1817
ARTES
SCIENTIA
LIBRARY VERITAS
OF THE
UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
EPLURDUSUNUM
TUE BOR
AN
SI QUÆRIS-PENINSULAM-AMQENAM
CIRCUMSPICE
در راه .. واري وو ي ل ي ل ل ا |
THE GIFT OF
Michigan State Library

MUSM
SB
407
2886 lb
1849




mum
SCIENCE
SB
407
c2886 el
1849


THE
LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN.
Bulbous phlants.

0
COEX


Pl. 46.
4
1. Hyacinthus amethystinus__2
. Hyacinthus spicatus_-3.
Flyacinthes orientale... Hyacinthus orientals (the Duo de Bouw dwó
)
5 Hyacinthus cruentales (tho Gloria florum suprema) – 6 Hyacinthus rentals (the Duchess of Bonb)
UNIL
OF
CH



THE
LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OF
ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
Jane (Webb)
BY MRS. LOUDON.
SECOND EDITION.
LONDON:
WILLIAM S. ORR & CO., AMEN CORNER,
.
PATERNOSTER ROW.

.
3
mich. It. Lite
gt.
9-6-1991
LONDON:
PRINTED BY STEWART AND MURRAY,
OLD BAILEY.

CONTENTS.
CHAPTER I.
CHAPTER III.
GENUS
PAGE
GENUS
PAGE
IRIDACEÆ.
HYPOXIDEÆ.
I. Iris
{
1. Hypoxis
II. Curculigo
The Hypoxis
The Curculigo
- 108
112
II. Moræa-
III. Herbertia
iv. Cypella -
v. Phalocallis -
CHAPTER IV.
VI. Vieusseuxia
-
-
VI. Zephyranthes - {
-
-
-
-
The Fleur de Lis, Flower de
Luce, or Flag-flower
5
The Moræa
10
The Herbertia
15
- The Cypella
15
The Phalocallis
16
- The Vieusseuxia, or Peacock
Iris
17
The Homeria
19
The Hexaglottis
22
The Ferraria
23
The Tiger-flower
26
The Rigidella, or Stiff Stalk 27
The Galaxia
28
The Peyrousia
29
The Anomatheca
31
The Babiana
33
The Antholyza
39
The Anisanthus
41
The Petamenes
42
The Watsonia .
42
The Corn-flag
47
The Sphærosphora
66
The Synnotia
67
The Sparaxis
The Tritonia
72
The Ixia -
80
The Morphixia
87
The Melasphærula
88
The Evening Flower
89
Tile-Root
The Streptanthera
94
The Ribbon-flower
95
The Trichonema
- 96
- The Crocus
99
-
-
-
--
-
VII. Homeria
VIII. Hexaglottis
IX. Ferraria
x. Tigridia
XI. Rigidella
XII. Galaxia
XIII. Lapeyrousia
XIV. Anomatheca -
xv. Babiana
XVI. Antholyza
XVII. Anisanthus
XVIII. Petamenes
XIX. Watsonia
xx, Gladiolus
XXI. Sphærosphora
XXII. Synnotia
XXIII. Sparaxis
XXIV. Tritonia
XXV. Ixia
xxvi. Morphixia -
XXVII. Melasphærula
XXVIII. Hesperantha
XXIX. Geissorhiza
-
AMARYLLIDACEÆ.
1. Cooperia
The Cooperia
113
II. Sternbergia The Sternbergia
114
III. Oporanthus The Yellow Amaryllis
115
IV. Haylockia The Haylockia
- 116
v. Sceptranthus The Sceptre-flower
116
The Zephyranthes, or Swamp-
lily
117
VII. Habranthus The Habranthus
120
VIII. Amaryllis
The Amaryllis -
125
IX. Hippeastrum The Knight's Star Lily - 126
x. Sprekelia
The Jacobea Lily
- 128
XI. Lycoris
The Golden Lily
129
XII. Pyrolirion
The Flame Lily
129
XIII. Nerine
The Guernsey Lily
- 130
XIV. Choretis
The Choretis
136
xv. Ixiolirion
The Ixiolirion
136
XVI. Strumaria
The Strumaria
- 137
XVII. Hessea
The Hessea
138
XVIII. Imhofia
The Imhofia
138
xix. Carpolyza - The Carpolyza -
· 140
xx. Buphane
The Buphane
140
XXI. Ammocharis The Ammocharis
141
XXII. Phycella
The Phycella
143
XXIII. Griffinia
The Griffinia
144
XXIV. Hæmanthus The Blood-flower
145
xxv. Crinum
The Crinum
149
XXVI. Coburghia The Coburghia
151
XXVII. Cyrtanthus The Cyrtanthus
- 152
XXVIII. Gastronema The Gastronema
155
xxix. Vallota
The Vallota
156
xxx. Chlidanthus The Chlidanthus
- 157
xxxi. Urceolina
The Urceolina
- 157
XXXII. Stenomesson The Stenomesson
· 158
XXXIII. Eucrosia
The Eucrosia
: 159
Xxxiv. Calostemma The Calostemma
159
68
-
-
-
bo
91
-
-
-
-
xxx. Streptanthera
XXXI. Spatalanthus
XXXII. Trichonema -
XXXIII. Crocus
CHAPTER II.
HÆMODORACEÆ.
I. Wachendorfia
· The Wachendorfia
- 106
-
a 3

vi
CONTENTS.
GENUS
PAGE
GENUS
PAGE
-
-
xxxv. Eurycles
XXXVI. Pancratium
XXXVII. Hymenocallis
XXXVIU. Ismene -
XXXIX. Narcissus
XL. Galanthus
-
-
The Eurycles
- 160
The Sea Daffodil
- 161
The Hymenocallis
· 163
The Ismene
164
The Narcissus
167
The Snowdrop -
- 180
The Spring Snowflake, or St.
Agnes'-flower
- 181
The Acis, or Narrow-leaved
Snowflake
182
· The Snowflake
- 183
The Gethyllis, or Cape Crocus 184
XIII. Hyacinthus
xiv. Uropetalon
xv. Bellevalia
XVI. Muscari
XVII. Lachenalia
XVIII. Drimia
XIX. Eriospermum
XX. Allium
XXI. Cyanella
XXII. Conanthera
XXIII. Cummingia
XXIV. Triteleia
XLI. Erinosma
-
The Hyacinth
212
The Uropetalon
221
The Roman Squill
222
The Grape Hyacinth
- 222
The Lachenalia
- 225
The Drimia
230
The Eriospermum
- 231
The Garlic
232
The Cyanella
238
The Conanthera
- 240
The Cummingia
240
The Triteleia
241
The Missouri Hyacinth, or
Onion of the West
242
The Leucocoryne
243
The Milla
.243
XLII. Acis
XLII. Leucojum -
xliv. Gethyllis
-
xxv. Hesperoscordum {
CHAPTER V.
HEMEROCALLIDEÆ.
ON
1. Veltheimia
II. Brodiæa
III. Calliprora -
The Veltheimia
The Brodiaa
The Calliprora
185
. 186
CHAPTER VII.
-
. 187
LILIACEÆ.
CHAPTER VI.
ASPHODELACEÆ.
The Tulip
The Fritillary
The Cyclobothra
The Calochortus
The Rhinopetalum
The Lily -
Dog's-tooth Violet
• 244
- 250
- 252
254
256
256
- 262
-
-
CHAPTER VIII.
1. Camassia
11. Bessera
IU. Puschkinia
IV. Albuca -
v. Ornithogalum
VI. Urginea
VII. Gagea
VIII. Barnardia
IX. Orithyia
x. Lloydia
MELANTHACEÆ.
The Quamash
- 187
The Bessera
- 188
The Puschkinia
188
The Albuca
- 189
The Star of Bethlehem · 192
The Sea Onion
- 201
The Gagea
202
The Chinese Squill
203
The Orithyia
- 204
Mountain Spider-wort
204
s The Wild Hyacinth, or Hare-
bell
205
The Squill
206
- {
The Bulbocodium
265
The Colchicum, or Meadow
Saffron
XI. Myogalum
XXVI. Leucocoryne
XXVII. Milla
1. Tulipa
II. Fritillaria
III. Cyclobothra
IV. Calochortus
v. Rhinopetalum
VI. Lilium
VII. Erythronium
1. Bulbocodium
II. Colchicum -
265
The Merendera
267
The Wurmbea
. 267
The Melanthium
- 268
III. Merendera
IV. Wurmbea -
V. Melanthium
XII. Scilla

LIST
OF PLATES.
FIG.
PAGE
PLATE I.
PAGE
6
32
FIG.
1
2
33
3. Lapeyrousia corymbosa. Corymb-flowered Lapey-
rousia.
4. L. fissifolia. Leafy-spiked Lapeyrousia.
5. L. aculeata. Prickly-stemmed Lapeyrousia.
6. Anamotheca cruenta. Blood-stained Anamotheca.
34
1. Iris caucasica. Iris of Mount Caucasus.
2. I. lusitanica. Portuguese Flag-flower.
3. I. Xiphioides. Pyrenean Flag-flower.
4. I. Xiphium. Spanish Flag-flower.
5. I. persica. Persian Iris.
6. I. tuberosa. Snake's Head Iris.
3
4
35
5
6
PLATE VII.
36
PLATE II.
10
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
1. Moræa viscaria. Birdlime Moræa.
2. M. angusta. Narrow-leaved Moræa.
3. M. ramosa. Branching Moræa.
4. M. edulis. Eatable Moræa.
5. M. lurida. Lurid-coloured Moræa.
6. M. Tenoreana. Tenore's Moræa.
7. M. ciliata. Bearded Moræa.
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
1. Babiana tubata. Tube-like Babiana.
2. B. disticha. Two-ranked Babiana.
3. B. sulphurea. Sulphur-coloured Babiana.
4. B. stricta. Upright Babiana.
5. B. rubro-cyanea. Red and blue Babiana.
6. B. villosa. Hairy crimson Babiana.
7. B. angustifolia. Narrow-leaved Babiana.
8. B. spathacea. Stiff-leaved Babiana. .
PLATE III.
PLATE VIII.
16
40
44
45
46
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
1. Herbertia pulchella. Beautiful Herbertia.
2. Cypella Herberti. Herbert's Cypella.
3. Phalocallis plumbea. Lead-coloured Phalocallis.
4. Vieusseuxia pavonia. Orange-coloured Peacock Iris.
5. V. villosa. Purple Peacock Iris.
6. V. glaucopis. White-flowered Peacock Iris.
7. V. Bellendeni. Mr. Bellenden Ker's Vieusseuxia.
1. Anisanthus splendens. Splendid Anisanthus.
2. Antholyza æthiopica Ethiopian Antholyza.
3. Petamenes quadrangularis. Quadrangular Corn-
flag.
PLATE IX.
44
47
48
PLATE IV.
20
1. Watsonia brevifolia. Short-leaved Watsonia
2. W. Meriana, var. punicea. Sybilla Merian's
Watsonia.
3. W. humilis, var. Dwarf Watsonia variety.
4. W. aletroides. Aletris-flowered Watsonia.
49
50
21
22
23
24
25
1. Homeria spicata. Spike-flowered Homeria.
2. H. ochroleuca. Cream-coloured Homeria.
3. H. lineata. Lined-leaved Homeria.
4. H. aurantiaca. Orange-coloured Homeria.
5. Hexaglottis flexuosa. Flexible Hexaglottis.
PLATE X.
48
51
PLATE V.
26
52
53
54
1. Gladiolus recurvus. Recurved Gladiolus.
2. G. suaveolens. Fragrant Gladiolus.
3. G. carneus. Flesh-coloured Gladiolus.
4. G. cuspidatus. Sharp-pointed Gladiolus.
26
27
28
29
1. Tigridia pavonia. Common Tiger-flower.
2. Rigidella flammea. Flame-coloured Rigidella.
3. Ferraria divaricata. Spreading-anthered Ferraria.
4. F. uncinata. Hook-leaved Ferraria.
PLATE XI.
52
30
55
56
57
58
1. G. pudibundus. Blush-flowered Gladiolus.
2. G. albidus. White Gladiolus.
3. G. floribundus. Abundant-flowering Gladiolus.
4. G. Mortonianus. Morton's Gladiolus.
PLATE VI.
30
3.1
1. Galaxia ovata. Ovate-leaved Galaxia.
2. G. o. var. purpurea. The purple variety.

vili
LIST OF PLATES.
PAGE
PLATE XII.
PAGE
56
99
FIG.
59
60
61
1, G. ramosus. Branching Gladiolus.
2. G. tristis. Melancholy-looking Gladiolus.
3. G. viperatus. Viper Gladiolus.
100
101
PIG.
4. Hesper autha falcata. Sickle-leaved Evening-
flower.
5. H. pilosa. Hairy Evening-flower.
6. Melasphærula intermedia. Intermediate Mela-
sphærula.
PLATE XIII,
60
PLATE XXI.
92
62
63
64
65
66
67
1. G. Namaquensis. Namaqua-land Gladiolus.
2. G. Psittacinus. Parrot Gladiolus.
3. G. trichuremifolius. Thread-leaved Gladiolus.
4. G. algoensis. Algoa Bay Gladiolus.
5. G. Colvillii. Mr. Colvill's Gladiolus.
6. G. Watsonius. Mr. Watson's Gladiolus.
102
103
104
105
106
107
1. Geissorhiza vaginata. Sheathed Tile Root.
2. G. obtusata. Obtuse-leaved Tile Root.
3. G. Rocheana. La Roche's Tile Root.
4. G. secunda. Single-rowed Tile Root.
5. G. excisa. Cut-leaved Tile Root.
6. G. setacea. Bristly-leaved Tile Root.
PLATE XIV.
66
PLATE XXII.
96
68
69
70
1. Sphærosphora imbricata. Italian Corn-flag.
2. Synnotia variegata. Variegated Synnotia.
3. S. bicolor. Two-coloured Synnotia.
108
109
110
111
1. Spatalanthus speciosus. Beautiful Ribbon flower.
2. Trichonema speciosum. Beautiful Trichonema.
3. T. roseum. Rose-coloured Trichonema.
4. T. Bulbocodium. Hoop-petticoat Narcissus-
leaved Trichonema.
5. Streptanthera elegans. Elegant Streptantbera.
70
112
PLATE XV.
1. Sparaxis pendula. Pendulous Sparaxis.
2. S. stellaris. Starry Sparaxis.
3. S. tricolor. Three-coloured Sparaxis.
4. S. grandiflora. Larger-flowered Sparaxis.
5. S. g. var. striata. The streaked variety.
6. S. lineata. Red-lined Sparaxis.
PLATE XXIII.
71
72
73
74
75
76
102
113
114
115
116
117
118
1. Crocus speciosus. Showy. Crocus.
2. C. sativus. Cultivated, or Saffron Crocus.
3. C. biflorus. Two-flowered, or Scotch Crocus.
4. C. serotinus. Late-flowered, or autumnal Crocus.
5. C. Susianus. Turkey, or cloth-of-gold Crocus.
6. C. versicolor. Parti-coloured Crocus.
PLATE XVI.
74
PLATE XXIV.
106
77
78
79
80
81
82
1. Tritonia fucata. Painted Tritonia.
2. T. refracta. Reflexed Tritonia.
3. T. longiflora. Long-flowered Tritonia.
4. T. deusta. Blighted Tritonia.
5. T. lineata. Pencilled Tritonia.
6. T. flava. Yellow Tritonia.
119
120
121
1. Wachendorfia paniculata. Panicled Wachendorfia.
2. W. brevifolia. Short-leaved Wachendorfia.
3. W. Herbertii. Herbert's Wachendorfia.
PLATE XVII.
78
PLATE XXV.
110
83
84
85
1. T. squalida. Squalid Tritonia.
2. T. fenestrata, Window-flowered Tritonia.
3. T. rosea. Rosy Tritonia.
122
123
124
125
126
1. Hypoxis serrata. Saw-leaved Hypoxis.
2. H. elegans. Elegant Hypoxis.
3. H. sobolifera. Bulb-bearing Hypoxis.
4. H. stellata. Starry Hypoxis.
5. Curculigo plicata. Plaited-leaved Curculigo
PLATE XVIII.
80
PLATE XXVI.
114
127
86
87
88
89
90
91
1. Ixia ochroleuca. Cream-coloured Ixia.
2. I. conica. Conical Ixia.
3. I. viridiflora. Green-flowered Ixia.
4. I. monadelphia. One-anthered Ixia.
5. I. columellaris. Column-like Ixia.
6. I. crispa. Curled-leaved Ixia.
128
129
130
1. Sceptranthus Drummondi. Drummond's Sceptre-
flower.
2. Cooperia chlorosolen. Green-tubed Cooperia.
3. Oporanthus luteus. Yellow Oporanthus.
4. Sternbergia colchiciflora. Colchicum-flowered
Sternbergia.
5. Haylockia pusilla. Dwarf Haylockia.
PLATE XIX.
84
131
92
93
94
95
1. I. patens. Spreading-flowered Ixia.
2. I. crateroides. Cup-shaped Ixia.
3. I. hybrida. Hybrid Ixia.
.
4. I. odorata. Sweet-scented Ixia.
PLATE XXVII.
118
132
PLATE XX.
88
133
134
135
136
137
1. Zephyranthes carinata. Keeled-leaved Zephyr-
anthes.
2. Z. tubispatha. Tubular-spathed Zephyranthes.
3. Z. Atamasco.Atamasco Lily.
4. Habranthus Andersoni. Anderson's Habranthus.
5. H. roseas. Rosy Habranthus.
6. H. Bagnoldianus. Captain Bagnold's Habrarthus.
9.6
97
98
1. Morphixia aulica. Courtly Morphixia.
2. M. capillaris. Hair-like Morphixia.
3. M. linearis. Linear Morphixia.

LIST OF PLATES.
is
PAGE
FIG.
PAGE
PLATE XXVIII.
126
FIG.
138
139
140
1. Belladonna purpureus. Belladonna Lily.
2. B. blanda. Blush Lily.
3. B. purpureus pallida. Belladonna Lily (variety).
172
173
174
175
176
4. Narcissus incomparabilis. Nonsuch Daffodil.
5. N. montanus. White Mountain Daffodil.
6. N. triandrus. Three-anthered Rush Daffodil.
7. N. Jonquilla. The Jonquil.
8. N. gracilis. Slender Narcissus.
PLATE XXIX.
128
PLATE XXXIX.
174
141
142
143
144
1. Amaryllis breviflora. Short-flowered Knight's
Star Lily.
2. Lycorus aurea. Golden Lycoris.
3. Sprekelia formosissima. Beautiful Jacobea Lily.
4. Pyrolyrion flavum. Yellow Flame Lily.
177
178
179
180
181
182
1. N. orientalis. Polyanthus Narcissus (variety).
2. N. Trewianus. Polyanthus Narcissus (variety).
3. N. concolor. Self-coloured Rush Daffodil.
4. N. calathin us. Sweet-scented Narcissus (variety).
5. N. poeticus. The Poet Narcissus.
6. N. viridiflora.
132
145
146
147
PLATE XXX.
1. Nerine corusca.
Brilliant Guernsey Lily.
2. N. sarniensis. Common Guernsey Lily.
3. N. humilis, Dwarf Nerine.
182
PLATE XL.
1. Leucojum vernum. Spring Snowflake.
2. L. æstivum. Summer Snowflake.
.
3. L. autumnalis. Autumn-flowering Snowflake.
4. Acis rosea. Rose-coloured Acis.
5. Gethyllis spiralis. Spiral-leaved Gethyllis.
PLATE XXXI.
183
184
185
186
187
140
148
149
1. Buphane ciliaris. Fringed Buphane.
2. Brunsvegia latecoma. The lucid Nerine.
PLATE XXXII.
136
150
151
152
1. Choretis glauca. Glaucous Choretis.
2. Ixiolirion tartaricum. Tartarian Ixiolirion.
3. Imhofia crispa. Curly-flowered Imhofia.
188
189
190
191
192
193
PLATE XLI.
186
1. Veltheimia glauca. Glaucous Veltheimia (variety).
2. Bessera elegans. Elegant Bessera,
3. Brodiæa grandiflora. Large-flowered Brodiæa.
4. Camassia esculenta. Eatable Camassia.
5. Calliprora lutea. Yellow Calliprora.
6. Puschkinia scilloides. Squill-like Puschkinia.
PLATE XXXIII.
144
153
154
155
1. Griffinia Hyacinthina. Hyacinthine Griffinia.
2. G. intermedia. Intermediate Griffinia.
3. Phycella Herbertiana. Herbert's Phycella.
PLATE XLII.
190
PLATE XXXIV.
150
156
157
1. Crinum arenarium. Australian Crinum.
2. Coburghia incarnata. Flesh-coloured Coburghia.
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
1. Albuca major. Larger Albuca.
2. A. exiviata. Adder's-skin Albuca.
3. A. physodes. Dingy-flowered Albuca.
4. Gagea glauca. Glaucous-leaved Gagea.
5. G. minima. The least Gagea.
.
6. Orithyia uniflora. Single-flowered Orithyia.
7. Anthericum serotinum. Late-flowering Moun-
tain Spider-wort.
PLATE XXXV.
154
158
159
1. Cyrtanthus obliquus. Oblique-leaved Cyrtanthus.
2. C. uniflorus, or Gastronema clavatum. Clavate
Gastronema.
3. C. odorus. Sweet-scented Cyrtanthus.
196
160
201
PLATE XXXVI.
158
PLATE XLIII.
1. Ornithogalum thyrsoides. Thyrse-flowered Star
of Bethlehem.
2. O. arabicum. Arabian Ornithogalum.
3. 0. aureum.
Golden Ornithogalum.
4. 0. narbonense. Narbonne Ornithogalum.
5. O. nutans. Drooping Star of Bethlehem.
161
162
163
202
203
204
205
1. Chlidanus fragrans. Fragrant Chlidanus.
2. Eurycles Cunninghamii. Cunningham's Eurycles.
3. Stenomesson curvidentatum. Curved-toothed
Stenomesson,
4. Calostemma purpureum. Purple Calostemma.
5. Eucrosia bicolor. * Two-coloured Eucrosia.
164
165
PLATE XLIV.
202
PLATE XXXVII.
162
206
207
208
209
210
1. Urginea maritima. Sea Onion.
2. Bellevalia romana. Roman Squill.
3. Barnardia scilloides. Squill-like Barnardia.
4. Myogalum nutans. Common Harebell.
5. Uropetalon fulvum. Copper-coloured Uropetalon.
166
167
168
1. Ismene Amancaes. Peruvian Amancaes.
2. Pancratium maritimum. Common Sea Daffodil.
3. Hymenocallis litoralis.
PLATE XXXVIII.
170
PLATE XLV.
208
169
170
171
1. Narcissus albicans. Great Spanish white Daffodil.
2. N. Sabini. Sabine's Daffodil.
3. N. conspicuus. Conspicuous Narcissus.
211
212
213
1. Scilla campanulata. Spanish Squill.
2. S. italica.
Italian Squill.
3. S. esculenta. Eatable Squill.

x
LIST OF PLATES.
FIG.
PAGE
FIG.
PAGE
}
214 4. S. autumnalis. Autumn Squill.
215 5. S. sibirica. Siberian Squill.
216, 217 6 & 7. S. bifolia.
6 & 7. S. bifolia. Two-flowered Squill.
218
8. S. verna. The Spring Squill.
219 9. S. amoenula. The few-flowered Squill.
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
2. F. persica B.
Persian Fritillary.
3. F. persica.
4. F. leucantha. White-flowered Fritillary.
5. F. meleagris. Checquered Fritillary.
6. F. pyrenaica. Black Fritillary.
7. F. lutea. Yellow Fritillary.
8. F. obliqua. Oblique-leaved Fritillary.
PLATE XLVI.
212
220 1. Hyacinthus amethystus. The Spanish Hyacinth.
221 2. H. spicatus. Spike-flowered Hyacinth.
222 to 225 3 to 6. H. orientalis. Common Hyacinth (four
varieties).
PLATE LIII.
254
268
226
227
PLATE XLVII.
224
1. Lachenalia pendula. Pendulous Lachenalia.
2. Muscari macrocarpum. Large-fruited Grape Hy-
acinth.
3. M. comosum.
Tassel Hyacinth.
4. Drimia elata. The tall Drimia.
5. Eriospermum Bellendeni. Mr. Bellenden Ker's
Eriospermum.
269
270
271
272
273
274
1. Calochortus macrocarpus.
Long-fruited Calo-
chortus.
2. C. venustus. Beautiful Calochortus.
3. C. splendens. Splendid Calochortus.
4. C. luteus. Yellow Calochortus.
5. Cyclobothra barbata. Purple Cyclobothra.
6. C. alba. White Cyclobothra.
7. C. pulchella. Pretty Cyclobothra.
228
229
230
PLATE LIV.
256
232
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
PLATE XLVIII.
1. Allium cæruleum. Blue Allium.
2. A. longifolium. Long-leaved Garlic.
3. A. Moly. The yellow Moly.
4. A. bisulcum, Furrowed Garlic.
5. A. Neapolitanum. Neapolitan Allium.
6. A. triquetrum. Triangular-stemmed Garlic.
7. A. striatellum. Streaked Allium.
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
1. Lilium bulbiferum. Common Orange Lily.
2. L. candidum. White Lily.
3. L. canadense. Canadian Lily.
Variety.
5. L. Catesbæi. Catesby's Lily.
6. L. Buschianum.
7. L. philadelphicum. Philadelphian Lily.
8. L. concolor. One-coloured Lily.
PLATE LV.
258
PLATE XLIX.
240
238
239
240
241
283
284
285
286
1. Lilium japonicum. Japan Lily.
2. L. lancifolium. Lanceolate-leaved Lily.
3. L. speciosum. Showy Lily.
4. L. Thunbergianum. Thunberg's Lily.
1. Conanthera campanulata. Bell-shaped Conanthera.
2. Triteleia laxa. Loose-flowered Tritelia.
3. T. uniflora. Single-flowered Tritelia.
4. Hesperoscordum lacteum. Milk-white Missouri
Hyacinth.
5. Leucocoryne odorata. Sweet-scented Leucorine.
6. Milla biflora, Two-flowered Milla.
7. M. uniflora. Single-flowered Milla.
8. Cyanella lutea. Yellow Cyanella.
PLATE LVI.
260
242
243
244
245
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
1. Lilium tigrinum.
2. L. superbum. Superb Lily.
3. L. Martagon. Turk’s-cap Lily.
4. L. carolinianum.
5. L. tenuifolium.
6. L. Pomponium. Pyrenean Lily.
7. L. autumnale.
8. L, chalcedonicum. Scarlet Martagon.
244
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
PLATE L.
1. Tulipa oculus solis. Sun's eye Tulip.
2. T. cornuta. Horned Tulip.
3. T. sylvestris. Wild Tulip.
4. T. Clusiana Sicilian Tulip.
5. T. suaveolens. Duc Van Thol Tulip.
6. T. montana. Mountain Tulip.
7. T. capensis. Cels's Tulip.
8. T. biflora. Two-flowered Tulip.
9. T. stellata. Starry Tulip.
262
295
296
297
PLATE LVII.
1. Lilium monadelphum. Caucasian Lily.
2. L. Pomponium rubrum.
3. L. pumilum.
PLATE LVIII.
266
248
255
256
257
258
259
PLATE LI.
1. Tulipa Gesneriana.
2. The Duke of Sutherland--a Bizarre.
3. The Duchess of Montrose--a rose.
4. The Claude-a Bibloemen.
5. The Parrot Tulip.
298
299
300
301
1. Colchicum variegatum. Variegated Colchicum.
2. C. crociflorum Crocus-flowered Colchicum.
3. Erythronium Dens canis. Dog's-tooth Violet.
4. E. grandiflorum. Large-flowered Dog's-tooth
Violet.
5. Ornithoglossum undulatum.
6. Merendera caucasica. Caucasian Merendera.
7. Melanthium uniflorum. One-flowered Melanthium.
8. Bulbocodium vernum. Spring Bulbocodium.
PLATE LII.
250
302
303
304
305
260
1. Fritillaria imperialis. Crown imperial.

INTRODUCTION.
There are many persons who have no idea of any other flowering bulbs than hyacinths, tulips,
crocuses, and narcissi ; and there are very few indeed who grow collections of bulbous plants in their
gardens. The reason of this must be principally because the splendid flowers produced by these
plants are but little known; as in other respects bulbs have much to recommend them. Nothing can
exceed the brilliancy and variety of the colour displayed by their flowers, and nothing can be more
simple than their culture. The bulb, when purchased, contains within itself the future flower, and it
requires very little aid from the gardener to develop it. Its long period of rest also leaves the ground
half the
year free for other plants; and by growing the bulbs in pots, and removing them as soon as
they have done flowering, to mature their leaves in a reserve ground, the beds in the flower-garden
will be ready to be covered with annuals, which may have been previously sown and brought forward,
and thus the beauty of the garden will be preserved during the whole season of flowers. Among the
other advantages of bulbous plants, is the very great one, that many of them produce their flowers in
very early spring ; at a season when few other plants are in blossom, and yet when flowers are doubly
valuable from their rarity. At this season, a bed of crocuses presents a flowery carpet of the most
brilliant colours, and borders of hyacinths refresh us with their fragrance, while they enchant us with
their beauty. About the same time the bright blue flowers of the scillas burst at once in full perfection
through the ground; and a little later these are followed by the fritillarias, the crown imperials, the
narcissi, the tulips, and the irises, which in their turn are succeeded by the showy gladioluses and the
stately lilies. Interspersed with these come a whole host of beautiful flowers, of which few
persons
know even the names. The Moræas, the Vieusseuxias, the Homerias, the Babianas, the different kinds
of Sparaxis, Tritonia, and Ixia, with many, many others, form altogether a garden of unrivalled richness, ,
which varies every month by a succession of new flowers, every fresh one appearing more splendid than
the last.
B

2
INTRODUCTION.
The principal objection generally made to the culture of bulbs is their expense ; and this, if fresh
bulbs are to be purchased in the seed-shops every year, is certainly considerable. With a little
care, however, bulbs may be preserved for many years in this country, so as to flower every season as
well as those yearly imported from abroad. All that is requisite is to study the nature of the bulb,
and to treat it accordingly.
A bulb, though generally considered as a root, partakes in fact much more of the nature of a seed ;
as when it is fixed firmly in the ground, or suspended over water, it sends down its true roots, and up
its ascending shoot, exactly in the same manner as a seed does when it vegetates; the feculent matter
contained in the fleshy scales of the bulb serving to nourish the young plant in the same manner as the
albumen in the cotyledons of the seed. There are, however, some important differences. The seed
wastes
away in giving birth to the plant which springs from it, while the bulb, though really renovated
every year, remains to all appearance the same after flowering as when it was put into the ground; the
seed also sends up a stem producing buds, which become leaves or branches, while the bulb only sends
up leaves and a flower-stem without buds.
What are commonly called bulbs are of three kinds; the tunicated bulbs, such as the hyacinth and
the onion, which consist of a number of coats or tunics, which may be peeled off one after another ; ;
the solid bulbs or corms, such as the crocus, which consist of one solid, white, nut-like mass, covered
with a loose skin ; and the scaly bulbs, such as the lily, which consist of fleshy scales only connected at
the root. All the kinds abound in feculent or starchy matter, provided by nature for the support of
the
young plant.
The bulb, thus containing within itself the substance necessary to supply nourishment to the plant
which is to spring from it, only requires to be stimulated by heat and moisture to make it produce
leaves and flowers; and thus hyacinths, and many other bulbs, may be flowered in glasses with water
only, quite as well as in any kind of soil. When this is the case, however, the bulb becomes greatly
exhausted ; and if it were taken out of the glass, and then dried immediately, it would be incapable of
producing any flowers the following year, and would, indeed, probably die, all its stock of nourishment
having been exhausted. To prevent this from being the case, the bulb, as soon as it has done flowering, is
taken out of the glass, and planted in the earth; in order that its roots may extract a sufficient quantity
of rich food from the soil, to enable it to lay up a fresh stock of nutritive matter for the ensuing year :
the new matter, whether it be accumulated in the form of fleshy tunics, or scales, or of a solid mass,
always entirely supplying the place of the old and exhausted parts, which shrivel and decay. The new

INTRODUCTION.
3
matter thus formed appears in different positions, according to the nature of the bulb to which it
belongs. Sometimes it forms in the centre of the old bulb, as in the hyacinth; sometimes on the side,
as in the tulip; sometimes above, as in the crocus; and occasionally under, as in the bulbous irises.
Thus, another reason is afforded for taking up and replanting bulbs every year; as, unless this be done,
the crocuses will in a few years be actually pushed out of the ground, and the irises sunk too deeply
into it to flower, while the tulips will travel away from the place where they were criginally planted.
This, in fact, does take place when bulbs are left for several years in the ground without taking up;
and thus many are lost, besides those that die from the excess of moisture to which they are exposed,
if they are left during winter in the soil. It should never be forgotten that
It should never be forgotten that many bulbous-rooted plants
are natives of warm countries in very dry situations, where the extraordinary provision of nourishment
laid
up in the bulb is absolutely necessary for their preservation. Many of these are natives of the
hot sandy plains of South Africa, where they are subject to alternate seasons of excessive rain and
excessive dryness: and to produce an assimilation to this climate in the culture of the Cape bulbs,
they should be allowed a season of complete repose; as during the dry season the bulb lies in its
native sands without roots or leaves, which it is only stimulated to produce by the excessive moisture
to which it is exposed, when the rainy season begins.
The new matter which bulbs form every year to supply the place of that exhausted by the
production of stems, leaves, and flowers, must not be confounded with the offsets or young bulbs, which
are produced by the side of the old ones, and which are the principal means provided by nature for
continuing the species. These offsets, indeed, can only be considered in the light of suckers, and are
quite distinct from the old bulb; which nature renovates every year, by a process peculiar to this class
of plants.
The feculent matter in the bulb is produced, like the mealiness of over-ripe fruit, by the light and
heat of the sun elaborating the sap, and evaporating its watery particles during its circulation through
the leaves, and forcing it to deposit its carbon. To effect this, the bulb should be placed in an open, but
sheltered situation, where it will be fully exposed to the sun's rays; and it should be allowed to retain
all its leaves, as it is during the progress of the sap through the leaves, that it is principally acted upon
by the heat of the sun. For this reason, the leaves of a bulbous plant should never be cut off till
they begin to wither and turn brown at the points, which is a sign that the sap no longer circulates
through them; as if they are cut off before the sap is fully matured, the bulb will either produce no
flowers at all the ensuing year, or its flowers will be pale and weak. The bulb itself would indeed
perish, if the leaves were to be cut off as fast as they appeared.

4
INTRODUCTION.
As soon as the leaves have withered they should be pulled off, and the bulb taken up and kept
dry till the planting season returns ; and this is done, because if the bulbs are left in the ground
during their season of complete repose, during which their growth is entirely stopped, they will be
either in danger of becoming rotten by the moisture of the earth, or be stimulated by it into a
premature and unnatural activity.
Bulbs are propagated not only by their offsets, but by seeds ; though when raised in the latter
method, they arc generally four or five years before they flower. All bulbous plants are what is
called monocotyledonous ; that is, their seeds send up only one seed-leaf, instead of dividing into
two, and their leaves are veined longitudinally, without any, or with very slight ramifications,
instead of being strongly reticulated like those of the dicotyledonous plants.

THE
LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OF
Ornamental Bulbous plants.
CHAPTER I.
IRIDACEÆ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted. Stamens three, arising | lipped. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved, with a loculicidal dehiscence.
from the base of the outer segments. Antlers bursting externally Seeds attached to the inner angle of the cell; or sometimes to a
lengthwise, fixed by the base, 2-celled. Ovary 3-celled, cells central column.
many-seeded. Styles three. Stigmas often petaloid, rarely 2-
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Several of the plants belonging to this order have not bulbous roots, but those which
have comprise several very important genera, the best known of which are Iris, (the Fleur de lis, or Flag-flower)
Gladiolus (the Corn-flag,) and Crocus. The Ixias and Tigridias are also very frequently found in gardens, but
the other genera, though all producing beautiful flowers, are comparatively but little known. They are
generally hardy, and of the easiest culture.
GENUS I.
IRIS L. THE FLEUR DE LIS, FLOWER DE LUCE, OR FLAG-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGNYIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Common spathe 2-valved, l-or many- bearded or not bearded. Style short. Stigmas three, petal-like, large,
flowered. Perianth large, and 6-parted; three of the segments erect, oblong, lying over the stamens.
and the three alternate ones reflexed. The stumen-bearing segments,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The extraordinary beauty of the flowers of the plants belonging to this order, renders them
valuable in every garden. The greater part of the species of the genus Iris have, however, fibrous roots, and
consequently cannot be included in the present work. The bulbous Irises are few, but their flowers are so
beautiful, that they are all well known. They are all hardy; and when once planted, they are generally left
in the ground year after year, without any care being bestowed upon them. They should, however, be taken
,
up every second or third year; as the new bulb forms every year below the old bulb, and thus if the plant be

6
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
suffered to remain undisturbed, the bulb will in a few years have descended so low as to be out of the reach of
the sun and air, without the aid of which it cannot vegetate. In this manner many valuable species have been
lost, or rather, have been supposed to be lost, as disinterring them would restore them at once to light and life.
To prevent the descent and consequent loss of the bulbs, Miller, in his “ Gardener's Dictionary,” recommends
placing a stratum of lime rubbish beneath the bed in which the Irises are to be grown. Bnt this, besides the
trouble and expense attending on it, is found by modern gardeners to have an injurious effect in checking the
growth of the fibrous roots, and consequently weakening the plant. Nearly all the bulbous Irises are natives of
Europe ; and most of them have been many years in cultivation in our gardens : they do not appear to have
any medicinal properties, though several are attributed to the fibrous-rooted species, one of which, Iris
florentina, produces the orrice-root, (corrupted from iris root,) of the shops.
The botanical construction of all the plants belonging to the genus Iris is rather interesting. The flower
springs from a curiously folded leaf-like stem called a spathe, which the older botanists considered to be the
calyx. Modern botanists, on the contrary, consider the calyx to be confounded with the corolla ; and call the
three reflexed segments of the perianth, the sepals of the calyx, and the upright ones (or standards as they were
called by Linnæus), the petals of the corolla. All the segments of the perianth are deeply coloured on both
sides, and even the stigmas are dilated and coloured, so as to look like petals. The bulbs are generally tunicated,
and the leaves of many of the species remain on during winter.
The name of Iris was first given to this genus by Theophrastus, the oldest writer on plants of whom we
have any record, and according to Plutarch it signifies the eye of heaven. It appears applied to these plants
from their varied colours, in the same way as it has been by poets to the rainbow, and by surgeons to the
pupil of the eye.
1.–IRIS XIPHIUM, Lin. THE SPANISH FLAG-FLOWER.
SYNONYME.-I. hispanica, Hort.
Outer segments of the perianth sub-rotate and recurved, a little shorter
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 686; and our fig. 4, in Plate 1. than the upright ones, which are somewhat convolute, and sub-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Noi bearded ; the spathe generally 1-flowered. ! diverging. Ovary not inclosed in the spathe. Peduncle very short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is ovate-oblong, with a brown membraneous covering. The leaves, which
remain on all the winter, are very long and awl-shaped, ending in a sharp point: they are deeply channelled,
with a glossy surface within, and somewhat rough and keel-shaped on the outside.
The flower is very hand-
some, and usually expands in June ; it has a slight smell of coriander-seed. The whole plant is rarely above
,
a foot and a half high, but it is very ornamental. It is a native of Spain according to Clusius and other
botanists, and Desfontaines also found it growing wild in the sandy plains near Algiers. It was introduced
before 1596, as Gerard mentions it as one of the plants cultivated in his garden ; and bulbs of it are to be had
under the name of Iris hispanica, at any of the seed-shops, for a mere trifle. The bulbs should be planted in
September or October in a sandy loam, sufficiently loose, or, as the gardeners call it, free, to allow the roots to
descend easily; and they should be taken up every other year, and after the offsets have been removed, the bulb
should be laid on a shelf in an airy situation, that the wounds may heal before it is replaced in the ground.
The time this takes varies; but the bulb should never be kept longer than a month out of the ground. When
the offsets are not required for propagation, many gardeners push them off as soon as they appear, with a blunt
stick, without taking the bulb out of the ground, lest they should weaken the plant, and should prevent it from
a



P1.1.
5
1
2
3.
Ô
7. Iris Caucasica._Iris lusitanica.—3. Iris Xiphioides.
4. Iris Lipkeem ._ 5 Iris Pessica. _ 6. Tris longifolias


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
7
producing good flowers. The species is very seldom propagated by seeds in this country (though it comes very
true in that manner), as it produces abundance of offsets. The best bulbs, however, are those imported from
Holland, where they are raised from seeds; and those which are sold as varieties, are generally hybrids between
this species and I. Xiphioides.
2.- IRIS XIPHIOIDES, Ehr. THE PYRENEAN, OR LARGE BULBOUS-ROOTED FLAG-FLOWER.
SYNONYME.-J. anglica, Horl.; Er.glisl. Iris.
ginately-cleft ; outer ones spreading horizontally, and larger than the
ENGLAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 687; and our fig. 3, in Platc 1. inner ones, which are spathulate-obovate, and somerhat convolute.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Perianth beardless ; spathe often 2-flow- Ovary inclosed in the spathe.
cred, lanceolate, and inflated. Segments of the perianth emar-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulbs somewhat resemble those of I. Xiphium, but they are larger and less oblong.
The plant is generally above two feet high, with a strong erect stem, terminating in an inflated spathe, the
point of which rises up into the centre of the flower. Sometimes two, or even three flowers, rise from the same
spathe, and when this is the case, they are divided from each other by a kind of membranaceous valve. The
leaves resemble those of I. Xiphium, but they do not remain on during winter. The flowers are large, and
very handsome, the outer segments being claw-shaped at the base, and dilating into a large limb or lip, which
,
is bent back, as though to display all its beauty. This species is a native of the Pyrenees, and it appears to
have been introduced at a very early period, probably by the captain of some ship from Bordeaux, as it was
found growing in such abundance in the neighbourhood of Bristol, that Clusius, when he visited this country in
1571, considered it to be a native. It has disappeared, however, long since from that locality; and it is now
only cultivated in gardens, where it generally requires replanting every four or five years, from the bulbs
descending into the earth. It is sold in the seed-shops under the name of Iris ang’ica, and it is
dearer than the Spanish Iris, as the bulbs produce very few offsets, and those for sale are almost all imported
from Holland. There are many varieties; as the species is generally raised by the dealers from seed, which it
produces in great abundance, but which seldom comes true. The soil, time of planting, mode of culture, and
time of flowering, are the same as those of I. Xiphium.
و
very much
-
-
3.-IRIS LUSITANICA, Ker. THE PORTUGUESE FLAG-FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.—I. sordida, Soland.; I. bulbosa lutea, Bauhin and SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth beardless; spathe 1-flowered, outer
Gerard.
segments only a little larger than the inner ones ; claws nearly erect,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 679; and our fig. 2, in Plate 1. but the limbs are revolute and deflexed. Ovary half inclosed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful species is nearly allied to I. Xiphioides, but it differs in having the
claws or narrow part of the outer segments nearly erect, instead of their spreading horizontally; and in the
germen, or incipient seed-vessel, being only half inclosed in the spathe, instead of being entirely hidden by it.
The flowers are without scent; and are produced only one in each spathe. The plant grows about two feet
high : it is a native of Portugal, and was introduced before the time of Gerard (1596), though it was probably
lost and re-introduced, as a later date is generally assigned to its introduction. It appears to have been first
figured and described by Clusius. Bulbs of this species are not so common in the seed-shops as those of the
other kinds ; but when they are met with, their time of flowering and culture are the same as those of
1. Xiphium, with the exception of their requiring a somewhat richer soil. To enrich the soil, about a fourth
part of vegetable mould (decayed leaves), or thoroughly rotten manure, should be mixed with the sandy loam.
a

8
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
4.—IRIS ALATA, Poir. THE WINGED IRIS.
-
-
SYNONYMES.—I. scorpioides, Desf.; I. microptera, Vahl.; I.
transtagana, Brot.; Juno scorpioides, Tratt.
ENGRAVINGS.—Redoubté Liliacæ, t. 211; Bot. Reg. t. 1876.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stemless. Leaves sword-shaped. Perianth
beardless, with a very long tube ; inner segments much shorter than
the others. Stigmata equal in length to the inner segments.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A dwarf plant, with very large broad leaves, but no stem. The flower is white,
streaked with blue, and a little yellow; and it rises from a short, and very loose spathe. Its odour Dr. Lindley
describes as something between that of a hyacinth and elder-flowers. It is a native of moist places near Algiers,
where it flowers in winter; and it is found generally on the shores of the Mediterranean. It is less ornamental
than most of the other species; and, though it was introduced in 1801, bulbs of it are seldom to be procured in
the seed-shops. As it flowers in January or February, it is, though hardy, more suitable for growing in pots
than in the
open
air.
5.-IRIS RETICULATA, Rom. et Schul. THE NETTED-BULB IRIS.
ENGRAVING.- Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1829.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth beardless; segments all nearly
equal, inner ones somewhat lanceolate, and incurved. Ovary partly
inclosed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty little plant, with rich dark purple flowers, marked with blue, and a
little yellow. The leaves are very slender, and somewhat longer than the flower-stem. The bulb looks as
though covered with net-work, whence the specific name. The species is a native of the countries near Mount
Caucasus; whence it was introduced in 1821. It is quite hardy, and only requires to be grown in light sandy
loam ; but it is very difficult to propagate, as it produces few offsets, and we do not know where bulbs of it
can be procured, unless it be from Messrs. Loddiges, who introduced it. It flowers in the beginning of March ;
and, from its dwarf size, compact habit of growth, and brilliant dark purple flowers, it is very well suited for
growing in a pot.
6.-IRIS PERSICA, Lin.
THE PERSIAN IRIS.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 1, and our fig. 5, in Plate 1.
SFECIFIC CHARACTER.-— Perianth beardless. Inner segments very short and spreading.
2.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A beautiful little plant, varying in colour from the most delicate tint of coerulean blue
to a full azure, according to the degree of its exposure to light and air. It is a native of Persia, whence it was
introduced about 1627, for Henrietta Maria, the Queen of Charles I., who was passionately fond of flowers ;
and it has continued a favourite plant in British gardens for more than two centuries. Bulbs of this species are
common in all the nurseries, and they may either be flowered in water like hyacinths, or grown in a pot in
pure sand, or in the open air in sandy loam. They will also bear forcing well; and in this manner may be
made to produce flowers nearly all the year ; though their natural season for flowering is February and March.
When grown in water the flowers are less fragrant than they are when the plants are grown in pots, and much
paler than they are in the open air; and when grown in pots, they should be frequently watered, but the water
should not be suffered to reinain in the saucers.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
g
-
7.-IRIS CAUCASIA, Stev. THE IRIS OF MOUNT CAUCASUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 255; and our fig. 1, in 2-flowered ; outer segments large, ovate, obtuse, and marked with
Plate 1.
a rough yellow crest; inner ones small, lanceolate, and abruptly
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Beardless. Leaves scythe-shaped, and con- reflexel. Ovary nearly round, and partly inclosed. Stigmas erect,
duplicate, a little larger than the scape. Spathe inflated, sometimes and equal in size to the outer segments of the perianth.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious little plant, resembling I. Persica in its tunicated bulb, and in its habit of
growth, but differing in its flowers, which are of a pale straw colour, and devoid of fragrance. It is a native
of Mount Caucasus, and requires a very dry, sandy soil, well drained, as it is very apt to rot.
a pot, the pot should be very deep, and half filled with broken pot-sherds, so as to ensure thorough drainage ;
and water should never be allowed to stand in the saucer.
It is quite hardy, standing out during winter
without any protection or care, save that of keeping it quite dry, and it flowers in February and March.
a
When grown in
8.-IRIS TUBEROSA, Thunb. THE SNAKE'S-HEAD IRIS, OR VELVET FLOWER-DE-LUCE.
SYNONYMES.-Hermadactylus folio quadrangulo, Tourn. ; H. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Beardless. The tube of the perianth, peduncle
bispathaceus, Swt.
and ovary, inclosed in the spathe, which is double, or 2-valved.
VARIETY.–1. t. 2 longifolia; I. longifolius, fig. 6, in Plate l; Hemo- Outer segments of the perianth wedge-shaped, retuse ; inner ones
dactylis, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 146.
erect, very slender at the base, and widening upwards.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 531.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The roots of this very curious plant, and its variety, are solid, and tuberous. The
flowers are remarkable for their rich velvet hue, and the leaves for their length and squareness. Those of the
variety are very glaucous. The spathe differs from that of most other kinds of Iris, in being in two parts, one
of which rises up into the flower. The Snake's-head Iris is a native of the Levant, whence it was introduced
before 1596, as it is mentioned by Gerard. It is quite hardy, and flowers best in situations that have an
eastern aspect. The variety is a native of Naples, and was introduced in 1830. Both should be taken up
and replanted every year; as they have both a tendency to weaken themselves by producing offsets, and to
bury themselves rapidly in the ground, if the soil be at all light. They both blossom in April or May, and
seldom produce seeds in England. The species is common in all the seed-shops.
.
9.-IRIS SUSIANA, Lin. THE CHALCEDONIAN IRIS, OR GREAT TURKEY FLOWER-DE-LUCE.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 91.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves glabrous, sword-shaped. Scape 1-flowered. Perianth bearded, inner segments rounded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the most magnificent species of the genus, growing two feet high, and with
tuberous roots. It is a native of Persia, near the city of Susiana, whence it was brought to Europe, in 1573.
It
grows freely in the open air in England in a sandy loam ; but it requires a sunny exposure, and abundance
of
pure air, as it is very apt to be killed off by damp, and it should be protected by a hand-glass, or flower-pot
being turned over it, in case of severe frost. It rarely ripens its seed in this country; but it may
be propagated
by parting its roots in autumn. This is, however, seldom done, as fresh tubers are imported every year from
Holland, and may be purchased in any of the seed-shops. As its new tubers form on the side, and not below,
,
it does not require taking up every year like the bulbous Irises. It is very suitable for growing in a large pot,
which must be well drained by being half filled with potsherds, and kept not too moist, no water being ever
allowed to stand in the saucer; and as it bears forcing well, it may be made, by putting the pot into a stove or
hotbed, to produce its flowers at any season of the year.
с

10
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN
GENUS II.
MORÆA, Mill. THE MORÆA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted, spreading; the inner segments smaller than the outer ones. Stigma variable.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--Many of the plants which now constitute the genus Moræa were included by Linnæus
in the genus Iris; but they have been separated, on account of the different formation of the bulb; which in
;
Moræa, instead of being tunicated as in Iris, is solid, and partakes of the nature of a corm.
This is the
principal distinction between the genera, as all the other differences are very slight. It is true that all the
six segments of the perianth in the genus Moræa are frequently nearly equal, which they never are in Iris ;
and that the stigmas are not always petal-shaped in Moræa, though they are in Iris.
though they are in Iris. The flower-scape also
generally produces several flowers, instead of only one, or very rarely two; the plants are of smaller and more
humble habit of growth, and the flowers of the Moræas are generally of much shorter duration than those of
the different kinds of Iris. All the plants belonging to the genus Moræa are well adapted for growing in pots,
or in boxes under a veranda ; and they all require a good deal of care and attention from their cultivator. The
name of Moræa was given to this genus by Miller, in compliment to his friend Robert Moore, Esq., of
Shrewsbury.
-
1.-MORÆA SISYRINCHIUM, Ther. THE EUROPEAN MORÆA, OR, SPANISH-NUT.
SYNONYME.—Iris Sisyrinchium, Lin.
which is generally 3-flowered. Perianth with a very long filiform
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. 1407.
tube, and the alternate segments of the limb erect.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves channelled, larger than the scape,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower of this species is very handsome. The outer segments of the perianth are of
a deep blue, marked with white and yellow in the centre, like those of some of the kinds of Iris, and are
reflexed, while the inner segments and the dilated petal-like stigmas stand erect. The spathe is short, leafy,
and two-flowered. The bulb is solid, and about the size of a small chestnut ; it is covered with a coarse brown
reticulated skin, but the inner part, which is white, is said to be eaten by the children in Spain and Portugal
in the way of nuts. The fibrous roots issue from the side of the bulb, and not the base. It is a native of
Spain and Portugal, and, in fact, of both shores of the Mediterranean; and it was introduced before 1596, as it
is mentioned by Gerard. It blossoms in May, and requires protection during winter. It
It may, however, remain
in the ground for three or four years without taking up; which the bulbous Irises should never be allowed
to do, on account of their sinking into the earth deeper and deeper every year. The Spanish-nut, on the
contrary, forms its new bulb, like the crocus, above the old one; and consequently it is more inclined to rise
out of the ground than to sink into it. The soil should be sandy loam, but any common garden soil will do.
It may be observed that the bulb tubers of the Moræas may be planted much deeper than the Irises, the
Moræas may indeed be planted five or six inches deep, while the Irises should be only just covered with
the soil.



Pl. 2
5
6
7
1
2
1. Moræa viscaria.
2. Moræa angusta
3. Moraa ramosa
4 Moraa edulis_5
Moræa lurida-6. Moræa Tenoreana 7. Moræa ciliata,
UNIL
OF
M


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
11
Outer seg.
2.—MORÆA TENOREANA, Swt. TENORE'S MORÆA.
SYNONYME.—Iris fugax, Ten.
root. Scape jointed, subracemose, and many flowered.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard, t. 110; and our fig. 6, in ments of the perianth bearded, and more than twice as large as the
Plate 2.
inner ones.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves very long, and springing from the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Strongly resembling M. Sisyrinchium, but smaller in all its parts; and differing
botanically, in the spathe being membranaceous instead of leafy, and in the fibrous roots issuing from the base
of the bulb instead of from its side. This species is a native of Naples, where it was first described by Professor
Tenore, after whom it is named. It was introduced in 1824. It requires the same culture as M. Sisyrinchium,
except as regards the soil, which should be very light and sandy, or equal parts of loam, peat, and sand. It
may also be left in the ground for three or four or more years, without removal; but it must be protected
during winter. It does not flower till June or July; and need not be planted till April.
3.—MORÆA PAPILIONACEA, Ker. THE BUTTERFLY MORÆA.
SYNONYMES.-Iris papilionacea, Lin. ; Dwarf Moræa.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Plant hairy ; leaves reflexed. Stem divided ;
ENGRAVING. —Bot. Mag. 750.
segments of the perianth all spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A beautiful little plant, with the stem not above two or three inches high, and orange
and scarlet flowers. The leaves are somewhat larger than the stem, and pubescent on both sides. The stem is
simple, but produces a panicle of two or three flowers, which have a very agreeable fragrance. A native of the
Cape ; introduced in 1795 ; and flowering in May or June.
4.- MORÆA CILIATA, Ker. THE FRINGED-LEAVED MORÆA.
SYNONYME.— Iris ciliata, Lin.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves ciliated. Outer segments of the
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. 1061 of the variety.
perianth obovate and beardless ; inner ones erect.
VARIETY.—M. c. 2 coerulea; I. c. 2 cerulescens, Lin. Flowers blue.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A pretty little plant, seldom growing above six inches high, with yellow flowers and
fringed leaves. A native of the Cape of Good Hope ; imported in 1787. Like all the Cape bulbs, it should
be taken up every autumn as soon as its leaves begin to wither, and kept out of the ground till February, when it
should be replanted. This is done to give the bulbs a period of complete rest, like that which they have during
the dry season in their native country, the sandy plains of South Africa ; but which they can never have in the
winter, if left in the ground in the moist climate of England. They should also be grown in very sandy soil,
and supplied with abundance of water; as in Africa it is only in the rainy season that they send forth leaves
and flowers. It flowers from April to June.
5.—MORÆA BARBIGERA, Sal.
THE BEARDED MORÆA.
SYNONYMES.— Iris ciliata, var. purpurea-rubra, Lin.; M. c. 2 SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves ciliated much longer than the scape.
purpurea-rubra, Ker.
Outer segments of the perianth bearded, obovate; inner ones somewhat
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1012; and our fig. 7, in Plate 2, under spreading. Filaments connected at the base.
the name of M. ciliata.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful little plant, growing to about the same height as the Persian Iris, with
very small bulbs, and crimson and yellow flowers. It may have been observed that one of the marks of
c2

12
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
distinction between the different kinds of bulbs belonging to Iridaceæ is, whether their flowers are bearded or
not bearded. This beard consists of a number of very short hairs on the yellow part of the outer segments
of the flower, which present a rough surface to the touch, while in the kinds that are not bearded this part is
without hairs, and is perfectly smooth. The bearded Moræa is without fragrance; and the flowers are of very
short duration. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1807; and it requires
the same culture as M. ciliata. It flowers in April or May.
6.—MORÆA CRISPA, Ker. THE CRISPED-LEAVED MORÆA.
SYNONYME. — Iris crispa, Lin.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1284.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Glabrous ; leaves reflexed, curled, almost
the length of the scape. Segments of perianth all spreading, and the
alternate ones smallest.
1.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are very unlike those of most of the other species, both of Iris and Morça ;
as the segments bear considerable resemblance to the petals of a jasmine, except that they are of pale yellow,
and that the outer ones are streaked with a darker colour. The petal-like stigmas are also much smaller than
in the other species. The leaves are curiously crumpled or waved; and the fibrous roots issue from the sides
of the bulb. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was introduced in 1803. The culture is
the same as of the other Cape species. It flowers in May.
7.—MORÆA LURIDA, Ker. THE LURID-COLOURED MORÆA.
SYNONYME.Mr. Griffin's Moraa.
ered. Leaves about three. Outer segments of the perianth roundish;
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 312; and our fig. 5, in Plate 2.
inner ones much smaller, quite entire.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Glabrous, papillous. Stem simple, l-flow-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Principally remarkable for the rich dark maroon colour of its flowers, its slender stalk,
and long grassy leaves, and its delicate little bulb. The whole plant is not above six inches high, and the stem
is not more than thrice the thickness of a hair, but quite erect. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and
was introduced in 1817. It flowers in July or August, and is seldom ready to take up before October or
.
November. On this account, though by no means tender, it is more suitable for growing in a pot, or in a
conservatory, than in the open air ; and when it is grown in a flower-border, it should, after it has done
flowering, be protected by a hand-glass from frost and heavy rain till the leaves are sufficiently withered to allow
of its being taken up. It should be planted in April.
8.-MORÆA RAMOSA, Ker. THE BRANCHING MORÆA.
SYNONYMES. — Iris ramosa, Thunb.; I. ramosissima, Lin.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 771 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem erect, paniculately-branched. Leaves
broadly-subulate, channelled, keeled ; serrately rough at the margiu.
Segments nearly equal, with the limb twice the length of the clavy.
Spathe, germen, and capsule, very small in proportion to the size of
the flower. Stigmas serrated.
.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very distinct species, with a strong branching stem, growing above three feet high,
c
and as thick as a finger at the base. The leaves are broad, and enfold the stem at their base. The spathe,
germen, and capsule, however, are very small, and the latter being, with the withered flower, not larger than
a pea, made Thunberg, who described the plant from a dried specimen, fancy that the flowers were small too,

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
13
though, in fact, they are larger than those of any other species of Morea, and remarkably handsome. They
are also of very long duration ; often continuing in full beauty a month. A native of the Cape of Good Hope ;
and introduced in 1789. The culture is the same as that of the other Cape species; with the exception, that it
requires rather a richer soil, and should be grown in sandy loam, or a mixture of vegetable mould and peat.
It flowers early in May, and the flowers usually remain till the latter end of June.
9.—MORÆA VISCARIA, G. Don. THE BIRDLIME MORÆA.
SYNONYME.—Iris viscaria, Thunb.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 587; and our fig. 1, in Plate 2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER—Stem terete, stiff, of many spikes, clammy.
Leaves flat, linear. Segments of the perianth all reflexed. Stigmas
serrated.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very curious plant, with the stem branched like candelabra, and only about a foot
&-A
high; while the leaves, which are much longer, rise up round the flower. The stem is covered with a glutinous
exudation like birdlime, which retains all the insects that happen to touch it: this exudation is, however,
found on no other part of the plant but the stem and branches. The flowers, which are very curiously shaped,
are produced in June. The plant is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1800 ; and where it was
found growing in pure sand near the coast. The culture is the same as for M. ciliata.
a
10.—MORÆA LONGIFLORA, Ker. THE LONG-FLOWERED MORÆA.
ENGRAVING. -Bot. Mag. t. 712.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem simple; almost hidden by two large
bracteas. Perianth cup-shaped at the base ; with a very long filiform
tube. Segments unequal; all recurved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The stem of this species is scarcely any longer than the flowers, which have long tubes,
and larger segments; and which are produced several together from the same spathe. When they wither, the
segments roll up at the end of the tube, so as to have the appearance of a very small bud at the end of a long
peduncle. The leaves are not very long, and they are produced in fascicles. The species is a native of the
Cape, and was introduced in 1802.
11.—MORÆA EDULIS, Ker. THE EATABLE MORÆA.
SYNONYMES.-Iris edulis, Lin.; I. capensis, Bunn. ; I. longifolia,
Schneeuoght ; Moræa vegeta, Jacq.; M. fugax, Murr.; the long-
leaved Morza.
ENGRAVINGS._Bot. Mag. t. 613; and our fig. 4, in Plate 2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER -Stem many-flowered ; much shorter than
the linear leaf. Inner segments of the perianth linear; outer ones
beardless.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Schneevoght, a Dutch botanist, asserts that the leaves of this species sometimes grow five
feet long. The fowers are delightfully fragrant; and vary in colour from a bright pinkish-lilac to a dark blue.
They are very short-lived, seldom lasting longer than five or six hours; but as several are produced from the
same spathe, they open in succession. It is a native of the Cape, where it was found growing in the lowlands
close to Cape Town: the soil in which it is grown should therefore be vegetable mould and peat, or sandy loam.
It was introduced in 1792. It generally flowers in May.

14
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
12.-MORÆA ANGUSTA, Ker. NARROW-LEAVED MORÆA.
SYNONYMES. — Iris angusta, Thunb., the rolled-leaved Moræa. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Glabrous. Leaf filiform, erect. Inner seg -
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1276; and our fig. 2, in Plate 2. ments of the perianth lanceolate, obtuse.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Another very distinct species. The stem is round, the spathe is round, and the leaves
are rolled together, so as to look round also. The bulb is oblong, with very strong woody fibrous roots
projecting from the sides. The flower is loose, and rather oddly shaped, the petal-like stigmas bending so as to
form right angles. A native of the hills near the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1790.
OTHER SPECIES OF MORÆA.
So very little is known of the following species, that it has not been thought worth while to keep them
under different headings. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope.
M. MINUTA, Ker.
А
very small plant, with yellow flowers ; introduced in 1825.
M. TRISTIS, Ker. Bot. Mag. t. 577.
The flowers are blue and yellow, with a shade of brown ; but the colours are dull. Introduced in 1768.
M. TRICOLOR, And. Bot. Rep. t. 83.
The flowers resemble those of the preceding species in shape, but their colours are brown, red, and yellow.
Introduced in 1809.
M. PLUMARIA, Ker.
Has blue flowers, and was introduced in 1825.
M. BITUMINOSA, Ker. Bot. Mag. 1045; I. BITUMINOSA, Thunb.
Greatly resembling M. viscaria in form, though not in colour; the outer segments being yellow, and the
inner ones red. Introduced in 1787.
M. POLYSTACHYA, Ker.
This species has many spikes of blue flowers, and was introduced in 1825.
M. SETACEA, Thunb.
The leaves are bristle-parted, and the flowers blue. Introduced in 1825.
M. ODORA, Sal.
This species has white and very fragrant flowers.
Introduced in 1792.
M. LONGIFOLIA, And. Bot. Rep. t. 45; M. EDULIS, var. LUTESCENS, Bot. Mag. t. 1238; with many other synonymes.
The flowers are pale yellow, and very loose, the inner segments and stigmas being scarcely distinguishable
from the outer ones. Introduced in 1808.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
15
GENUS III.
HERBERTIA, Swt. THE HERBERTIA.
which was
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-parted, with a very short tube, the three inner segments much shorter than the outer ones. Stamens
three, monadelphous. Stigmas three, petaloid, bifid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There are only two species known of this very beautiful and distinct
genus;
named, by Sweet, in honour of the Honourable and Reverend William Herbert, so well known for the great
attention he has paid to bulbous plants. The principal characteristics of the genus are the very short tube of the
perianth, and the great difference of size between the outer and inner segments. The three stamens are also
connected, for about half their length, into a column; and the capsule is three-celled, with numerous horny seeds,
which H. pulchella produces in great abundance.
1.-HERBERTIA PULCHELLA, Swt. THE BEAUTIFUL HERBERTIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 222; and our fig. 1, in
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, sword-shaped, acute at both
Plate 3.
ends, and plicate. Segments of the perianth bearded at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is small, and clothed with several very dark brown, smooth, membranaceous
shells. The leaves are short, narrow, and ending in a sharp point; and the spathe is two-valved : each bulb
thus generally producing two flowers. It is a native of an island in the Bay of Maldonado, near the Straits of
Magellan. The bulbs should be planted in April, in light sandy soil, (a pit about a foot deep, and a foot in
diameter being made for them, and filled with that soil, if necessary), and taken up in autumn as soon as the leaves
begin to wither. When grown in pots, the pots should be well drained, and the soil should be a mixture of
equal parts of turfy loam broken up small, peat, and sand.
2.-H. PUSILLA, Swt. FERRARIA PUSILLA, Lk. and Otto.
Is a dwarf plant, with striped flowers, a native of Brazil, introduced in 1830 ; but which appears to have
been since lost.
GENUS IV.
CYPELLA, W. H.
THE CYPELLA.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. Perianth 6-parted, concave at the base; outer segments spreading, inner ones small, convolute, and reflexed at top,
Stamens 3, monadelphous at the base. Style slender. Stigmas 3-lobed, segments trifid, appendiculate at the base on both sides.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable genus, of which only one species has been discovered. Cypella
signifies cup-like, and alludes to the form of the corolla; the petals being deeply indented at the base, so as to
form a kind of cup.
This peculiarity, and that of the outer segments being spreading, and not reflexed, are
the chief distinctions of the genus. Each bulb also produces many flowers.
a

16
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
CYPELLA HERBERTI, W. THE HONOURABLE AND REVEREND GEORGE HERBERT'S CYPELLA.
SYNONYMES. — Tigridia Herberti, W. H., in Bot. Mag. ; Morra 1810 ; Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 33; and our fig. 2, in Plate 3.
Herberti, Lindl.; Marica Herbertiana, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves long, lanceolate, acute, rather glaucous,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2599; Bot. Reg. t. 949 ; Bot. Cab. t. plicate. Stem leafy, branched.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plant grows about two feet high, with a very slender stem, which produces many
flowers. The bulb is solid, and the leaves are broad, erect, and plaited like those of a Palm. The species is a
native of South America, near Buenos Ayres, whence it was imported in 1823; and it was named, by the
Honourable and Reverend William Herbert, in honour of his brother. It should be planted in light soil, and
may remain in the ground for several years without taking up, if it be protected in winter during severe weather
with a mat, or some other slight covering. It ripens abundance of seeds, but it does not
appear
that
any
varieties
have been produced.
GENUS V.
PHALOCALLIS, W. H.
W. H. THE PHALOCALLIS.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.----Perianth cup-shaped at the base ; outer to the style, cup-shaped at the top, and three-lobed. Stigmas emargi-
segments spreading, inner ones small and revolute. Stamens three, nate. Capsule indehiscent. Seeds winged.
monadelphous at the base, and reflexed at the apex. Anthers adhering
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Only one species has been introduced. The genus was found by the Hon. and Rev.
W. Herbert; and its name alludes to “ the delicacy of the cone” formed in the centre of the flower, by the
petal-like crests of the stigmas; the Greek words of which it is composed signifying literally “ a pretty cone."
.
9
PHALOCALLIS PLUMBEA, W. H. THE LEAD-COLOURED PHALOCALLIS.
SYNONYME.—Cypella plumbea, Lindl., in Bot. Reg. Mis. for 1838, perianth pubescent in the middle. Lateral segments of the style
p. 71.
scimetar-shaped, furnished with three reflexed crests, the inter ones
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 3710 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 3. transverse, two-horned.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Plant glaucous; minor segments of the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant when first introduced was supposed to belong to Cypella, but it has been
since found to be perfectly distinct; from the different form of the stigma, and from the capsule having no apparent
opening when ripe, though its covering is very thin and perishable ; while that of Cypella is of strong texture
and opens conspicuously at one end. Popularly, the two plants are easily distinguished by the flowers of the
Cypella lasting several days, and many flowers being produced in succession from the same bulb, from July to
November ; while the bulb of Phalocallis throws up a tall strong flower-stalk, which only produces a single
flower, and that only lasts a few hours. The leaves of the Phalocallis remain on all the year; and the plant,
being a native of Mexico, requires protection during winter. It was introduced in 1838, and there are plants in
the garden of the London Horticultural Society, though it is still rare in collections.



P1.3
6
1
2
3
1. Herbertia pulohella. 2. Capella Herberti 3.Phalocallis plambea.
Giusseuaia pavonia 5. Vieusseawiavillosa- 0 Vieutenaia glancopit.
7 Vieusseuxia Bellendeni
UND
GHIL
OF
M


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
17
GENUS VI.
VIEUSSEUXIA, Dec.
THE VIEUSSEUXIA, OR PEACOCK IRIS.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted, the alternate segments very small, and the tube very short. Stamens three, monadelphous.
Stigmas three, petaloid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Nearly all the species of this genus belonged originally to the genus Iris of Linnæus ;
they were afterwards removed to the genus Morça by Mr. Ker; but botanists now place them in the genus
Vieusseuxia, established by Professor De Candolle, and named by him in honour of his friend Dr. Vieusseux, of
Geneva. The species are so beautiful, that it seems a great pity that they should be called by so unpronounce-
able a name ; and I have therefore preserved in their English names that of the Peacock Iris, by which they
were formerly distinguished. The principal botanical difference between this genus and the genera Iris and
Moræa consists in the circumstance of the stamens being what is called monadelphous; that is, joined together
at the base so as to form a short column, and separating into three in the upper part. The genus Vieusseuxia is
also distinguished from Morça by the inner segments of the perianth, or flower, being very much smaller than
the outer ones, and there being scarcely any tube. All the species of Vieusseuxia have very showy flowers ;
and they are all of very easy culture.
1.- VIEUSSEUXIA TRIPETALOIDES, Dec. THE THREE-PENDANT FLAG-FLOWER, OR TRIPID
PEACOCK IRIS.
SYNONYMES.— Iris tripetala, Lin. ; Moræa tripetala, Ker; three
petal-like Vieusseuxia.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 702.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaf longer than the scape, which is 1-
flowered; inner segments of the perianth subulate, outer ones bearded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A remarkable flower from its distinct division into three parts; the inner segments and
dilated stigmas being laid on the outer segments so closely as to resemble three little flags or pendants. The
general colour of the flower is a bright blue, but the outer segments are marked with pale yellow and bearded.
The stem is long and slender, and quite round, as is the spathe ; and the leaves are channelled and very long.
It is a native of the Cape; but it is a rare species even there, and it is still more rare in England. It was
introduced in 1802 ; and its culture is the same as that of the other Cape bulbs. It flowers in April and May.
a
2.- VIEUSSEUXIA PAVONIA, Dec. THE ORANGE-COLOURED PEACOCK IRIS.
SYNONYMES.—Iris Pavonia, Lin. ; Moræa Pavonia, Ker.
segments of the perianth small, linear, erect ; outer ones longer,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1247 ; and our fig. 4, in Plate 3.
beardless.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Pubescent. Leaf solitary. Three inner
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, which has orange flowers, is the true Peacock Iris, being the Iris Pavonia
of Linnæus; though it is not the species which generally bears that name in seed-shops and gardens. The
flowers are showy in their colour, but they do not produce much effect unless several bulbs are planted together,
each sending up only one solitary leaf, and a long slender flower-stalk producing only one flower. The species
is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1790 ; it flowers in May or June, and its
culture is the same as that of the other Cape bulbs.
D

18
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
3.- VIEUSSEUXIA VILLOSA, Spring. THE PURPLE PEACOCK IRIS, OR HAIRY FLAG-FLOWER.
SYNONYMES. -Iris villosa, Lin.
ENGRAVINGS._Bot. Mag. t. 571; and our fig. 5, in Plate 3.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaf furnished with lines of pubescence.
Stem pubescent. Spathe quite glabrous. Inner segments of the
perianth tridentate, the middle tooth elongated ; outer segments large,
bearded.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a much handsomer species than the Orange-coloured Peacock Iris; and it differs
from that species not only in the colours of the flower, which are very beautiful, but in the flower-stem being much
shorter, and the leaf broader; so that, though each bulb only sends up one flower and one leaf, the plant has not
so naked an appearance as that of the Orange Peacock Iris. The present species is a native of the Cape, and it
was introduced in 1789. As it generally flowers in March, or very early in April, it ought to be planted in
autumn or mid-winter; and it succeeds best when grown in very sandy loam, in a well-drained pot. It may,
however, be planted in the open border in April, when it will not flower till June.
4.-VIEUSSEUXIA TRICUSPIS, Spring. THE THREE-POINTED PEACOCK IRIS.
SYNONYMES.—Iris tricuspis, Thun.; I. tricuspidata, Lin. fil.;
Vieusseuxia spiralis, Dec.; V. aristata, De la Roche; V. a. var.
Houtt. ; Moræa tricuspis, Ker.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 696.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Glabrous. Stem a little branched. Seg-
ments of the perianth converging at the base ; outer ones roundish-
ovate, beardless, inner ones small, tricuspidate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The stem is slender, but frequently branched ; and the flower is devoid of fragrance, of
a dingy cream colour, and bearded with dark purple. A native of the Cape of Good Hope, where it is found
in great abundance on the hills. Introduced in 1803, and requiring the same culture as the other Cape bulbs.
It flowers abundantly in May and June, and is easily propagated by offsets, of which it produces a great number.
5.-VIEUSSEUXIA GLAUCOPIS. Dec. THE WHITE-FLOWERED VIEUSSEUXIA, OR COMMON
PEACOCK IRIS.
SYNONYME. –Iris Pavonia, Lin.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 168 ; and our fig. 6, in Plate 3.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Glabrous. Stem branched. Leaves linear.
Outer segments of the perianth spreading, large, bearded ; inner ones
very small, tridentated, the middle tooth the largest.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The Common Peacock Iris is a delicate-looking plant, about a foot and a half high,
a
bearing generally two flowers in a spathe, and having frequently two spathes from one bulb. It is one of the
most common bulbs in the seed-shops next to the Hyacinths and Crocuses. There are many varieties, as the
bulbs are raised from seed in Holland, and sent over here for sale. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
and was introduced in 1794. It should be grown in equal parts of peat, vegetable mould, and sand ; and the
bulbs, when grown in the open air, should be planted in April, about three inches deep; and as soon as they
appear above ground, they
ground, they should be abundantly supplied with water till they go into flower, when the water
should be supplied more sparingly; and after the flowers drop, very little should be given till the leaves begin
to wither and the bulbs are ready for taking up.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
19
6.–VIEUSSEUXIA BELLENDENI, Swt. MR. BELLENDEN KER'S VIEUSSEUXIA, OR THE
YELLOW PEACOCK IRIS.
SYNONYME. Moræa tricuspis, var. lutea.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 772; and our fig. 7, in Plate 3.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Glabrous. Stem a little branched. Outer
segments of the perianth roundish, ovate ; inner ones small, bicus-
pidate.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very distinct species, from the inner segments of the perianth having only two points,
while those of V. tricuspis, of which it was formerly supposed to be a variety, have three points. Two or more
flowers are produced from each bulb, and the leaves are very long and narrow. The species is a native of the
Cape, and it was introduced in 1803. It flowers in June and July, and requires the usual treatment of
Cape bulbs.
OTHER SPECIES OF VIEUSSEUXIA.
V. TENUIS, Rom. et Schul. ; MORÆA TENUIS, Ker, Bot. Mag. 1047; IRIS TRICUSPIS, var. MINOR, Jacq.
A curious little bulb, with a single long and narrow leaf, and a very long and slender flower-stalk, crowned
with a small single brownish-yellow flower, very much resembling, at the first glance, Moræa viscaria. It is a
native of the Cape, introduced in 1807, and flowering in May and June.
V. SPIRALIS, Ræm. et Schul.
This species has yellow twisted flowers. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1825.
T. UNGUICULARIS, De la Roche; MORÆA UNGUICULATA, Ker. Bot. Mag. t. 593.
A very elegant plant, with white flowers, spotted with reddish-brown, and remarkable for the long claws of
the outer segments of the perianth, which give the flower a remarkably light and elegant appearance. The
leaves are very long, and each flower-stalk, though very slender, produces two flowers. It is a native of the
Cape, and was introduced in 1800.
GENUS VII.
HOMERIA, Vent. THE HOMERIA.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.Perianth 6-parted, spreading, with a very short tube ; the three alternate segments rather smaller than the others.
Stamens three, monadelphous. Stigma trifid, with bifid fringed segments.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Most of the plants belonging to the genus Homeria have very few of the peculiarities of
the Iridacece perceptible in their flowers. They were separated from the genus Moroa by Ventenat, a French
botanist, who named his new genus in honour of Homer, though why it would be difficult to say. All the
species are natives of the Cape of Good Hope; they are all ornamental; and they all require the same treatment.
They are also all remarkable for the abundance and long continuance of their flowers; and in this respect they
offer a striking contrast to the plants belonging to the genus Vieusseuxia, the flowers of which are not only as
a
D2

20
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
evanescent as they are beautiful, but are produced singly; only one flower, in most cases, springing from each
bulb. The stems of the Homerias are also thicker and stronger; while those of the Peacock Iris are so slender
as to be unable to support themselves, and consequently give the idea of their being unnaturally drawn up and
deformed. The Homerias are therefore much better suited to the possessors of small gardens, as their flowers
will afford a brilliant show nearly all the summer, and will thus amply repay the trouble bestowed in cultivating
the plants.
a
1.-HOMERIA SPICATA, Swt. THE SPIKE-FLOWERED HOMERIA.
SYNONYMB.-Moræa spicata, Ker.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1283; and our fig. 1, in Plate 4.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem flexuose, furnished with a sheathing
1-flowered spathe at every joint. Perianth salver-shaped ; segments
nearly equal, oblong. Stigmas petal-formed, bidentate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, having a many-jointed flexible stem, producing a flower-spathe
at every joint; the whole stem thus forming a long, remotely-flowered spike, with five or six, or even more,
beautiful flowers expanded upon it at one time. The leaves are very long, and moderately broad; and the bulbs
or rather corms, for they are solid, form every year the new one over the old one, like those of the Crocus, with
the offsets at the side. As they are thus in no danger of burying themselves too deep, they will not require
taking up and replanting every year, if it can be contrived to give them in any other way a season of complete
rest; but as this is very difficult to be accomplished when they are planted in the open ground, they generally
succeed best when they are taken up as soon as the leaves wither, and replanted in February or March.
are suffered to remain in the ground, the quantity of water given to them should be gradually lessened, till at
last they should be left entirely without any, and so covered as to keep them perfectly dry till the return of the
growing season, when they should be abundantly supplied with moisture. The soil should be a very sandy
loam, if the plants are grown in the open air ; and equal parts of sand, peat, and decayed leaves, if they are
grown in boxes or pots.
If they
2.-HOMERIA COLLINA, Swt. THE HILL-SIDE HOMERIA.
SYNONYMES.—Moræa collina, Ker; Sisyrinchium collinum, Cav.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1033; Redouté sur les Liliacées, t. 250.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem terete, branched, furnished on the upper
part with 1-3 flowered spathes. Perianth nearly equal ; segments
elliptic, oblong, acutish; outer ones each furnished with a melliferous
scale at the base.
;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very showy orange-scarlet flower, only differing from the following species in its
colour, and in the points of the segments of the perianth being more pointed. The bulb is solid, and is covered
with fibrous coats; the leaves are long; and the stem produces numerous spathes, each bearing two or three
flowers. This species was introduced in 1768, and it flowers in May. As its flowers are very numerous and
brilliant, a very good effect is produced by growing it in boxes under a veranda, intermingled with the yellow
and orange-flowered species, H. ochroleuca and H. aurantiaca ; but the boxes should be so placed that either the
grass of the lawn, or trees in the shrubbery in the distant garden, may form a background to them. Something
of this kind should always be contrived where the flowers of a plant are showy and its leaves few, particularly
if its colour be reddish. If, on the contrary, they are so placed as to have a gravel-walk or red brick-house for
a background, half their effect will be destroyed.



Pl. 4.
4
5
1
2
3
1. Homeria spicata._2. Homeria ochroleucar_3. Homeria lineata,
4. Homeria aurantinen _5. Haraglottis flexuosa.
ONI
OF
3


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
21
3.-HOMERIA OCHROLEUCA, Sal. THE CREAM-COLOURED HOMERIA.
SYNONYMES.--Moræa collina, var. Ker; M. iriopetala, Vahl.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem terete, branched, and furnished with
M. juncea, Lin.; Sisyrinchium elegans, Redouté.
many 1-3-flowered spathes. Segments of the perianth nearly equal,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1103 ; Redouté sur les Liliacées, t. obovate, rounded at the extremity.
171; and our fig. 2, in Plate 4.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Closely resembling the preceding species, except in the colour of the flower, which is of
a pale yellow-ochre tinge, or yellowish cream colour ; and in the shape of the segments of the perianth, which
are rounded at the extremity instead of being pointed. Both species are very handsome, and valuable from the
great number of flowers produced from each bulb; and they require the same treatment, both flowering in May.
H. ochroleuca was introduced in 1807.
-
.
4.-HOMERIA LINEATA, Swt. THE LINED-LEAVED HOMERIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 178; and our fig. 3, in longer than the branched scape. Spathes many-flowered, elongated.
Plate 4.
Segments of the perianth acute, outer ones rather the longest.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves glaucescent, with incurved margins,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb of this species is solid ; and it is clothed with a hard leathery covering,
terminating in a number of long stiff bristles, which surround the leaves and flower-stem like a fringe. The
leaves are about three feet long, of a stiff leathery texture, with the points bending down, and marked with a
white line down the centre, and numerous, strong, deeply-indented green lines on each side. The flower-stem is
about two feet long; and it produces a long succession of flowers, which expand in the morning, and close at
night. The species was introduced in 1825. It begins to flower in May, and continues producing a succession
of blossoms till July. The flowers are remarkable for their very peculiar and coppery hue, and for the kind of
metallic lustre which they exhibit in some lights. They are not suited for pots or boxes, from the length of
their flower-stalks and the evanescent nature of their flowers ; but they should be grown in the open garden at
the back of a border, in a raised bed of dry sandy soil; and, if possible, they should be backed by clumps of
evergreens, a laurel hedge, or some other similar object, having smaller plants in front near the walk. As this
species of Homeria will continue flowering nearly all the summer, the bulbs may be left in the ground tiil
September or October ; or if they are so situated that they can be sheltered from heavy rains and snow, they
may remain in the ground all the year. When they are taken up, they should be replanted early in March.
It must be always observed, that these bulbs, when left in the ground all the year, are not in half so much
danger from frost, as from heavy and continued rains.
5.-HOMERIA AURANTIACA, Swt. THE ORANGE-COLOURED HOMERIA.
SYNONYME.—Moræa collina, var. miniata minor, Ker.
Spathe 2—4-flowered, awned. Segments of the perianth acarly equal,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1612; and our fig. 4, in Plate 4. oblong-lanceolate, acute, reflexed.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucescent, longer than the scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has very long leaves, and a very slender flower-stem, which produces from one
to four spathes, each with a single flower. The flower is loose, and the segments long and very much reflexed.
The species was introduced in 1810, and, unlike most other Cape bulbs, it does not flower till autumn. For this
reason it should always be grown in a pot, as it cannot mature its leaves in winter in the open air. It is not a
very desirable species for an amateur gardener, on account of the weakness of its flower-stem, and the great

22
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
length of its leaves, which makes them liable to get bruised and discoloured at the extremity. It is, however,
useful in some cases, where flowers are wanted in a greenhouse, or to set out under a veranda late in the year ;
as it comes into flower at a season when nearly all the other bulbs have been long over.
-
a
6.-HOMERIA MINIATA, Swt. THE DWARF HOMERIA.
SYNONYME.—Moræa miniata, Andr.
the branched scape. Segments of the perianth acutish, bearded at the
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 152; Bot. Rep. t. 404. base; filaments rather villous.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves striated, glaucous, flaccid, longer than
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is solid, and clothed with a hard shell, covered with a kind of net-work. The
leaves are long and grass-like, and marked with numerous narrow lines, like those of H. lineata, but without
the central white line. The flowers also resemble those of H. lineata in their number and form ; but they are
smaller, more numerous, and of a much darker colour. The species was introduced in 1799, but soon lost;
it was re-introduced in 1825, and is now occasionally to be met with ; but it has never become common in
collections.
OTHER SPECIES OF HOMERIA.
H. PORRIFOLIA, Swt.
THE LEEK-LEAVED HOMERIA.
This species resembles H. lineata, but has scarlet flowers.
H. ELEGANS, Jacq.
The flowers are orange and green. Both species are said to have been introduced, but the year of their
introduction is not known.
GENUS VIII.
HEXAGLOTTIS, Vent. THE HEXAGLOTTIS.
-
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth 6-parted, nearly equal. Stamens three, monadelphous. Stigmas three, spreading, biparted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus strongly resembles Homeria in its habit of growth and manner of flowering;
—
but it differs in the shape of the segments of the perianth, in their being all nearly equal, and in the manner in
which the flowers roll up when they begin to decay. Only two species of the genus are known. The name
Hexaglottis signifies six-tongued, in allusion to the tongue-like shape of the six segments of the perianth.
1.-HEXAGLOTTIS FLEXUOSA, Swt. THE FLEXIBLE HEXAGLOTTIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. longifolia, Vent.; Moræa flexuosa, Lin.; Ixia SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape a little branched, and flexuose; leaves
longifolia, Jacq.
reflexed, somewhat undulated. Segments of the perianth oblong,
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 695; and our fig. 5, in Plate 4. spreading
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb-tuber or corm of this species is so floury that it is eaten roasted at the Cape,
and constitutes one of the principal articles of food among the Hottentots. The time when it is considered most

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
23
و
fit for eating is the dry season ; and at this period, when roasted, its taste very much resembles that of a roasted
chesnut. The flowers, which are produced several at a time, continue to blossom several weeks in succession ;
and when they wither, they curl up spirally, so as to be quite ornamental. They have, however, no fragrance.
The plant is a native of the sandy plains near the Cape of Good Hope, and it was introduced in 1803. Its
culture, like that of all the Cape bulbs, consists in growing it in very sandy soil, and giving it alternate seasons
of excessive dryness and excessive moisture ; and provided the end of keeping it quite dry can be obtained by
covering it in any effectual manner, it will not require taking up in autumn and replanting in February.
It flowers in May and June.
H. VIRGATA, Swt.
The flower-scape is much branched and twiggy, and the leaves bristly. In other respects it resembles the
preceding species. It was introduced from South Africa, in 1825.
GENUS IX.
FERRARIA, Ker. THE FERRARIA.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted ; segments undulated, inner ones the smallest. Stamens three, monadelphous. Stigmas three,
pencil-formed. Capsule inferior.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The plants belonging to the genus Ferraria are perhaps more curious than beautiful.
They are, however, all deserving of cultivation from their singularity. The name was given to the genus in
honour of Ferrarius, a botanist, who published a very curious work on plants in 1646, in which the first species
of the genus was described. Nearly all the species known are natives of South Africa, near the Cape of Good
Hope ; and these all require the same treatment as the other Cape bulbs. As, however, it is very troublesome
to take up such small bulbs every year, they are generally grown in pits which can be covered during winter;
or in beds raised in the centre, and sloping to each side, so as to leave the bulbs planted in the ridge of the bed
quite dry. Thus treated in warm situations and very sandy soil, they will require no other care ; but where
the situation is not very warm, the ridge of the bed may be covered with mats or straw. They all flower very
early in spring; so that if taken up when the leaves begin to wither, they should be replanted in October, and
kept warm and nearly dry till December or January, when they should be moderately supplied with water;
and this supply should be regulated according to the nature of the bulb, those that flower in the beginning of
February requiring, of course, water to be administered earlier, and more abundantly, than those that do not
begin to flower till the end of March. When the bulbs are left the whole year in the ground, the supply of
water should be stopped as soon as the leaves begin to wither, and not renewed till December or January, when
the bulbs show signs of returning vegetation. All the species are increased by offsets, which are produced freely.
1.-FERRARIA ANTHEROSA, Ker. THE GREEN VARIEGATED FERRARIA.
SYNONYMES.-F. Ferrariola, Ait.; F. viridiflora, And. ; F. viri- SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Stem erect, branched, many - flowered.
dis, Hort,
Leaves distich, ensiform, acutish, glaucous, keeled. Segments of the
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Rep. t. 285 ; Bot. Mag. t. 751.
perianth acuminated, involute at the apex. Lobes of anthers distinct.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.- The flowers are small, and of no great beauty, being almost hidden by the spathes and
leaves, which are coarse-looking and of a dull glaucous hue. The specific name antherosa signifies red-anthered ;

24
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
the lobes of the anthers having the appearance of little tufts of red threads. This kind of Ferraria was
introduced in 1800. It flowers in March, and consequently should be planted in autumn, requiring protection
from rain, and a dry, warm situation, during the early part of the winter, and warmth and abundant moisture
in January and February. To attain these ends, the bed may be covered with hoops, over which mats have
been stretched; or it may be covered with a thatching of straw, raised in the centre like a pent-house ; either
expedient being sufficient to ensure both dryness and warmth. When, however, the plants begin to grow in
spring, the covering should be removed for a short time in the middle of every day, to give the plant air,
without abundance of which it is impossible that they can thrive.
2.-FERRARIA UNCINATA, Swt. THE HOOK-LEAVED FERRARIA.
the base.
ENGRAVINGS.--- Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 161; and our fig. 4, in Plate 5. Spathe usually 2-flowered. Segments of the perianth acuminated,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem short, a little branched, shorter than involute at the apex. Lobes of anthers approximate, but distinct at
the leaves. Leaves linear, ensiform, striated, runcinate at the apex.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable little plant, with a bulb, or rather tuber, like a flattened potatoes
and long tapering segments to the perianth, so curiously curled and wrinkled, that they look almost like
bunches of worsted thread, that has been unravelled from a knitted stocking. The colour of these segments
is green, with a bright blue stain in the centre. The whole plant does not grow above four or six inches high ;
and its leaves have a very curious hook or claw at the extremity, whence the species takes its specific name.
This Ferraria was introduced in 1825, and it flowers in May. Its dwarf size and curious flowers render it most
suitable for growing in a pot, which should always be placed in situations where the flowers will be near the
eye, as they make no show at a distance, and indeed require to be examined closely. They are produced in
succession for several days; and then the species possesses no further beauty till the following year. It should
be grown in a mixture of loam, peat, and sand; and the pots should be well drained with broken potsherds.
When this species is grown in the open ground, it should be in little raised ridges in a bed or border, or on rock-
work; a little pit or cavity, in the latter case, being made in the rock-work, so contrived as to allow of drainage
at bottom, and filled with compost of sand, peat, and loam. When grown in the open ground the bulbs may
be either taken up in autumn or left in the ground; in the latter case taking care to protect them from the
attacks of mice. These little animals are indeed particularly fond of the tubers of all the kinds of Ferraria ;
and they will never cease nibbling at them, if left within their reach, till all the solid part of the tuber is
consumed.
a
3.-FERRARIA UNDULATA, Lin. THE CURLED FERRARIA.
SYNONYMES.--Flos indicus, Ferrar.; Gladiolus indicus, Moris.; the leaves. Leaves distich, glaucous, ensiform, acutish, keeled.
Narcissus indicus, Rud.; Iris stellata, Barrel.
Spathes generally 2-flowered. Segments of the perianth acuminated.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 144.
Lobes of the anthers approximate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem branched, few-flowered, longer than
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are rather larger than those of most of the other kinds; and
the leaves are distinctly marked with an edge of white. The species is interesting from its having been first
described and figured by Ferrarius (after whom the genus was afterwards named) in 1646. The flowers only
last one day, opening in the morning and fading before night; but a great many are produced in succession
from each bulb or tuber. The bulbs should be potted in autumn, and protected during winter, as they flower

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
25
a
from February to May. The species was brought from the Cape of Good Hope to Holland, about 1640; as
Ferrarius, whose work was published at Amsterdam, calls it a curious and rare flower, lately brought from
India, almost all countries being at that time called India that were beyond the boundaries of Europe. It does
not, however, appear to have been introduced into England till 1755. This species is a favourite flower in Italy,
and few persons have ever received a packet of roots from Italy without its being among the number.
this account a very suitable ornament to the gardens, or rather to the terraces and verandas, of a villa in the
Italian style ; as a little attention to the accessaries of a mansion built in any particular style adds wonderfully
to the effect of the whole.
It is on
4.-FERRARIA ATRATA, Lodd. THE DARK-FLOWERED FERRARIA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1356.
keeled, acute, much longer than the stem. Segments of the perianth
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Stem a little branched. Leaves distich acuminated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A most beautiful little plant, the flowers of which are more brilliant in their colours
than those of any other species of the genus. It was introduced in 1825; and its culture is the same as that
of F. uncinata. It is, however, so much more brilliant in its colours than that species, that it
grown
in boxes, or even in beds in the open garden, with very good effect.
may be
-
a
5.-FERRARIA DIVARICATA, Swt. THE SPREADING ANTHERED FERRARIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 192; and our fig. 3, in P1. 5. Leaves linear, ensiform, acute, striated, glaucescent. Spathe many-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem rather flexuose, branched at the apex. flowered. Lobes of anthers divaricate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is flat, and nearly square, looking in its dry state almost like a flat greyish
pebble. The plant grows about eighteen inches high, with a somewhat flexible stem, and sharply-pointed sword-like
leaves. The flowers are much larger, and better shaped, than those of most of the other species ; and several of
them are produced in succession from the same spathe. The most remarkable part of the flower is, however,
the anthers, which resemble a spreading tuft of feathers.
Introduced in 1826. The culture is the same as in
the other species.
It
6.--FERRARIA OBTUSIFOLIA, Swt. THE OBTUSE-LEAVED FERRARIA.
ENGRAVING.–Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 148.
Leaves distich, ensiform, obtuse, glaucous, keeled on both sides,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem erect, much branched, many-flowered. Lobes of anthers approximate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very distinct, from its remarkable colour and its potato-like root.
grows about eighteen inches high, and throws out so many branches as to form quite a bush. As it flowers
much later than the other species (not till June or July), it may be taken up every winter, and need not be
planted out till March. It was introduced in 1825, and is well deserving of cultivation, from the great
profusion and beauty of its flowers.
OTHER SPECIES OF FERRARIA.
F. ANGUSTIFOLIA, Swt.
This species has long narrow leaves, and striped flowers. It was introduced in 1825; and flowers in April
and May.
F. ELONGATA, Grah.
The flowers are dark purple, and are produced from May to July. This species is a native of Monte Video,
.
and was introduced in 1828.
E

26
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS X.
TIGRIDIA, Jussieu. THE TIGER-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted ; three outer segments large, ovate, spoon-shaped at the base, sessile ; three inner ones smaller,
unguiculate, sagittate, contracted in the middle. Stamens 3, monadelphous. Stigmas bipartite.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The genus Tigridia was established by Jussieu from the tiger or rather leopard like
spotting of the flowers. The flowers are indeed very remarkable, and though they are of very short duration,
never lasting more than one day, they are produced in such abundance in succession, as to compensate for this
defect; one plant will continue flowering for two or three months in succession, and during the whole of that
time will make a splendid figure in the garden. Only two species of Tigridia are known, and both having
tunicated bulbs, and very long fibrous roots, which descend perpendicularly, they should be planted in a very
deep rich soil ; which should either be of an open nature, or be kept so by the mixture of a sufficient quantity
of sand, so as to allow a free passage for the descent of the roots, in the same way as is necessary for hyacinths.
When a bed of the Tigridia is required, the rows should be a foot apart, and the bulbs at least six inches from
each other in the rows. The earth in the bed should be pulverised, by digging or trenching, to the depth of at
least eighteen inches ; and if of a sandy loam, it will only require to be well manured with decayed leaves or part
of an old hotbed; but if the soil should be naturally rather compact, it should be lightened by the addition of
sand, in the proportion of about one part of sand to two of the common soil, and one of manure, throughout the bed,
When the Tigridias are to be raised from seed, the seeds are sown in March or April on a hotbed, and trans-
planted into the open border in May. Here they may remain till the leaves begin to wither in autumn, when
the young bulbs should be taken up, and kept for planting the ensuing spring.
-
I. – TIGRIDIA PAVONIA, Ait. THE COMMON TIGER FLOWER.
SYNONYMES. --Ferraria pavonia, Lin.; F. Tigridia, Ker; Moræa Specific CHARACTER.—Stem cylindrical. Outer segments of the
Pavonia, Thu.
perianth broad, ovate, obtuse, keeled, mucronate at the apex; inner
ENGRAVINGS. --Bot. Rep. t. 178; Redonté Lil. t. 6; Lodd. Bot.
oues elliptic, acuminated above the middle, but concave below it.
Cab. t. 1424 ; Bot. Mag. t. 532 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 5.
Ovarium three-furrowed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The splendid colours of this flower and the easiness of its culture render it a general
favourite. Its only faults are, that its flowers have no fragrance, and that they are of very short duration. It is
a native of Mexico, where it is called Ocoloxochitl. In its native country its bulb is considered medicinal; and
it was on this account that it was sent to Europe by Hernandez, physician to Philip II. of Spain, when he was
employed by the Spanish government to examine into “ the virtues” of the plants of the New World. It has
been also found in Peru. It was not introduced into England till 1796. The bulbs should be planted in the
open ground in March or April, when they will flower in May or June, and they should be taken up in
September or October, and tied in bunches, and hung up in a dry place till spring. They are sufficiently hardy
to be left in the ground all the winter; were it not on account of the danger to which they are exposed from
damp; and consequently if they can be kept quite dry they may remain in the ground. They will
grow
in
any
common garden soil, moderately rich, and not too stiff; but they succeed best where there is a mixture of sand,
9
a



OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
27
to allow of the free descent of the roots. When grown in pots, the soil should be sand and vegetable mould, or
loam. The bulbs produce abundance of offsets ; and the plants ripen plenty of seed, which it is worth sowing,
as, contrary to the general habit of bulbs, the seedlings will frequently blossom the second year.
Whenever the
Tigridias are planted so as to form a bed, care should be taken to give them a back ground of grass or evergreens,
on account of the great gorgeousness of their colours.
2.— TIGRIDIA CONCHIFOLIA, Swt. THE SHELL-FLOWERED TIGRIDIA.
SYNONYME.—T. oxypetala, Moris.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem angular. Outer segments of perianth
ENGRAVINGS.—Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 128; Morison's Flora Con- oblong-ovate, acutish, mutic; inner ones broad, ovate, acute above the
spicua, t. 20.
middle, and concave below it. Ovarium bluntly trigonal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are more of yellowish orange than scarlet, and the segments of the perianth
are sharply pointed instead of being obtuse. The style also rises above the anthers, instead of being about equal
with them. In every other respect the flowers are the same as those of T. Pavonia ; and the plants require
exactly the same culture. T. conchiflora is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1825.
GENUS XI.
RIGIDELLA, W. H. THE RIGIDELLA, OR STIFF STALK.
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.---Perianth 3-parted. Segments contracted below the middle, with a concave revolute limb. Stamens three, monadelphous.
Anthers linear. Stigmas 3, bipartite, papillose at the apex, appendiculate on the back. Capsule papyraceous. Seeds nearly globose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Only one species has as yet been discovered of this very beautiful genus, which takes
its name from the peculiarity of the peduncle, though drooping during the continuance of the flower, becoming
stiff and erect during the ripening of the seed. This is very remarkable ; as the footstalk while it bears the
flower is long and slender, and apparently very weak; though it afterwards becomes so strong and rigid as to
carry the capsule quite erect, even when it is heavy with the seeds. The genus is also very distinct, from the
total absence of the inner segments of the perianth, and the remarkable form of the seeds, in which the chalaza
and raphe are very conspicuous.
a
RIGIDELLA FLAMMEA, Lindi. THE FLAME-COLOURED RIGIDELLA
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. 1840, t. 16; and our fig. 2, in Plate 5.
Specific CHARACTER. — Leaves plicate. Flowers fasciculate, terminal, enclosed in a two-valved spathe.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, growing from three to five feet high, with very broad, curiously
plicate leaves, which look as though they had been regularly plaited by the hands of a skilful laundress. The
flowers are numerous, all issuing from one spathe, and opening only one at a time. They are very
They are very handsome,
from the brilliancy of their colour, and the peculiarity of their form. The plant is a native of Mexico, from
which country it was sent home by Mr. Hartweg in 1838. It is apparently quite as hardy as the common
tiger-flower, and it requires exactly the same culture. At present (1840) the Rigidella is, I believe, only in the
possession of the London Horticultural Society.
E 2

28
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XII.
GALAXIA, Thunb. THE GALAXIA.
-
-
Lin. Syst. MONADELPHIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. - Spathe one, two-leaved. Perianth 6-cleft, with a long tube, and nearly equal segments. Stamens 3, monadelphous.
Stigmas 3, divided.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A genus of very pretty dwarf plants, most of them with large yellow flowers, and solid
,
-
bulbs. This name of Galaxia, which signifies milk, alludes to the whiteness of the inner part of the bulb or
The bulbs of all the species are very small, but each produces several flowers; which, though they
generally last but a few hours, expand in succession for several weeks from May till August, or even September
and October. They are all natives of the Cape; and all require the usual treatment of Cape bulbs : that is,
taking up, when the leaves begin to wither, and replanting in February or March ; or leaving them in the
ground all the winter, having first taken ample care to keep them dry.
corm.
а.
1.-GALAXIA OVATA, Thunb. THE OVATE-LEAVED GALAXIA.
SYNONYME.-Ixia Galaxia, Lin.; Galaxia ciliata, Persoon.
VARIETY.-G. o. 2, purpurea, Ker. ; Bot. Mag. t. 1516 ; and our
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1208 ; ? Bot. Reg. t. 94; and our fig. fig. 2, in Plate 6.
1, in Plate 6 ; ? G. mucronularis, Sal.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Nearly stemless. Leaves ciliated, ovate-
oblong, obtuse, plicate. Spathe 3-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A pretty little plant, not growing above three or four inches high ; with large bright
yellow flowers possessing very little fragrance. The outer segments are slightly streaked with green. The
flowers expand in May, and are very short-lived ; generally opening in the morning, and drooping before four
o'clock in the day. The variety is probably the same as Galaxia mucronularis Salisbury, as it is of deep
purplish rose-colour, with a mucro at the tip of each segment of the corolla. G. versicolor, Sal., appears only
to differ in being without the mucros. They are all natives of the Cape, introduced in 1799, and require the
,
usual treatment of Cape bulbs.
To
2.---GALAXIA GRANDIFLORA, And. THE LARGE-FLOWERED GALAXIA.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Rep. t. 164.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Nearly stemless. Leaves glabrous, lanceolate-acuminate, arched. Spathe 1-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Differing from the preceding species only in the leaves being neither ciliated nor plicate,
but quite smooth, and in the flowers being without any greenish streaks. It was introduced in 1800.
be here observed that ciliated signifies like an eyelash," and that it is applied to leaves edged at the margin with
fine hairs like those of the eyelid. Any one who will take the trouble of comparing the leaves of G. ovata with
those of G. grandiflora, will immediately perceive the difference.
It may
66
---
3.-GALAXIA GRAMINEA, Thunb. THE GRASS-LEAVED GALAXIA.
SYNONYME.—Ixia fugacissima, Lin.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Nearly stemless. Leaves glabrous, linear,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. fig. 1292.
filiform, convolute, dilated at the base. Spathe 1-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very distinct species, with rather small yellow flowers remarkable for the length of
their tubes, and with grass-like leaves. It was introduced in 1795. It does not flower till July or August ; and it

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
29
may be left in the ground all the winter, if proper precautions are used to keep it dry. If taken up, it should
not be till November, and it need not be replanted till April or May. All the Galaxias are very suitable for
growing in pots, or in boxes for a window, &c., on account of their dwarf stature, and the large size and
brilliant colours of their flowers.
GENUS XIII.
LAPEYROUSIA, Pourret.
THE PEYROUSIA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a slender tube, and a regular 6-parted salver-shaped limb. Stamens three, distinct. Stigmas three,
slender, 2-parted, spreading.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very beautiful plants, natives of the Cape, which were originally considered to belong
to the genus Ixia, but were separated by the Abbé Pourret, an eminent French botanist, and named by him in
honour of Picot, Baron de la Peyrouse, author of the Natural History of the Pyrenees, &c. A similarity of
name has occasioned this Baron de la Peyrouse to be confounded with the Comte de la Peyrouse, the celebrated
and unfortunate French circumnavigator ; but they were not only different persons, but of different families ;
and the one is supposed to have perished about fifty years ago, while the other is yet living. The flowers are
very handsome, but not so large and showy as those of bulbs in general. Indeed, when seen growing in the
open garden, few persons would suppose them to be those of bulbous plants. Plants of this genus will be
frequently found described in botanical works under the name of Peyrousia, to distinguish them from the
Lapeyrousia of Thunberg, which is a genus of Composito, and was named in honour of the celebrated circum-
navigator. Professor De Candolle has, however, decided that the composite plants shall be called Peyrousia, and
the bulbs retain their old name of Lapeyrousia ; under which, accordingly, they are here described.
Branches
1.-- LAPEYROUSIA CORYMBOSA, Ker. THE CORYMB-FLOWERED LAPEYROUSIA.
SYNONYMES.--Ixia corymbosa, Lin.; I. crispifolia, And. ; Caryo- SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Stem two-edged, branched.
phyllus monomotapensis, Pluk.
corymbose. Segments of the limb oblong, bluntish.
ENGRAVINGS -Bot. Mag. t. 595; Bot. Rep. t. 35; and our fig. 4,
in Plate 6.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, with dark blue or purple flowers, which are produced in May,
and have a good effect from their abundance, but which have no fragrance. There is a variety with white
flowers. The species is a native of the Cape, introduced in 1791; and it requires the usual treatment of Cape
bulbs. It flowers in May, and should be planted in February or March.
a
2.-LAPEYROUSIA FISSIFOLIA, Ker. THE LEAFY-SPIKED LAPEYROUSIA.
SYNONYME.—Gladiolus fissifolius, Jacq.
ones shortest, cleft at the point, striated. Corollas with a long filiform
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1246; and our fig. 3, in Plate 6. tube ; segments of limb obovate, mucronate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem simple, spiked. Leaves lined, upper
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves are thick and leathery, and the flowers, which are pink, have very long
tubes, and rise out of a leafy spike. The bulb is very small, not larger than a marrowfat-pea, and the whole

30
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
plant is not above six inches high, though the tube of the flower is often an inch and a half long. The flowers
are fragrant and very brittle, and they produce a very good effect in pots or boxes, as well as in beds in the
open ground. As the flowers are not produced till July, and continue till September, the bulbs need not be
planted till March or April; and as the bulbs are very small, it would be too much trouble to take them up
every autumn. They are therefore generally planted in a bed raised a little in the centre, and gradually falling
on each side, so that the moisture may pass off without injuring the bulbs. The soil should be as sandy and as
light as possible; and the bulbs should be planted about two inches deep, and about three inches apart in rows.
The effect produced by the flowers of such a bed, if the plants have been regularly watered when in a growing
state, will be
very
beautiful. The bed must be carefully covered during winter, so as to protect it both from
frost and heavy rains. Seeds ripen freely, and the plants raised from them generally flower the second year.
.
3.--LAPEYROUSIA ACULEATA, Swt. THE PRICKLY-STEMMED LAPEYROUSIA.
---
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 39; and our
fig. 5, in Plate 6.
SYNONYME.-Peyrousia aculeata, Swt.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem leafy, branched ; branches 2-edged,
aculeately-denticulated.
Radical leaves ensiform, acute, plicate;
cauline ones broader, short, bluntish, with curled margins. Spathes
curled. Segments of the limb of the perianth oblong.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Chiefly distinguishable by its prickly stem, and the long segments of its flowers, which
are of a pinkish colour, and marked at the base with a spot of dark red. The leaves are curiously plaited and
edged with prickle-like teeth, which, however, do not prick, but when touched with the finger will be found
quite soft and smooth. Their culture is the same as for the other
Their culture is the same as for the other species, taking care to protect them from
snails and caterpillars, which are very fond of the succulent leaves and stems.
4.-LAPEYROUSIA ANCEPS, Ker. THE DOUBTFUL LAPEYROUSIA.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus anceps, Vahl.; G. denticulatis, Lour.;
Ixia Fabricii, De la Roche; Lapeyrousia compressa, Pourret ; Ixia
Lapeyrousia, Gmel. ; Ovreda anceps, Spreng.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 143.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape leafy, somewhat triquetrous, branched,
the angles denticulated. Leaves ensiform, nerved, with curled mar-
gius. Spathes foliaceous, curled. Segments of the limb spathulate,
concave.
;
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Some confusion prevails respecting this species, the Lapeyrousia anceps of the Botanical
Register being evidently quite a different plant to that of Sweet's British Flower Garden ; the latter, however,
appears to be a species described under this name by Roemer and Schultes. The bulb is about the size of a
marrowfat-pea, and it is covered with a hard glossy brown shell. The main stem is about six inches high, very
much branched, and three-edged; the branches are nearly flat, and two-edged. All the edges of the stem and
;
leaves are armed with short sharp teeth, like those of a coarse rasp. The flower has a long whitish tube, and
salver-shaped segments of a bright purple. The species was introduced in 1825. The bulbs should be placed
about two inches deep in a bed of very sandy soil, formed like a ridge, in March or April, when they will
flower in July and August: or they may be grown in pots, in a mixture of loamy peat and sand, and forced so
as to flower in spring. If grown in the open air, they may be left in the ground all the winter if care be taken
to keep the bed dry. When it is wished to ripen seeds, the pollen from the anthers should be brushed on the
stigmas, as otherwise, in this country at least, the seeds seldom
prove
fertile.



OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
31
5.–LAPEYROUSIA BRACTEATA, Ker. THE BRACTEATED LAPEYROUSIA.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus bracteatus, Vahl.; G. anceps, var. Thunb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers imbricate; segments of the corolla
? Lapeyrousia anceps, Lin.
ovate ; spathe rhomboid ; scape compressed. Leaves ensiform, obtuse.
ENGRAVING._? Bot. Reg. t. 1903.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very curious little plant, with white, very fragrant flowers, and imbricated spoon-
shaped bracteas. Introduced in 1823; and requiring the same culture as L. anceps. It flowers in June and
July, and ripens its seeds in October.
OTHER SPECIES OF LAPEYROUSIA.
There appears to be so much confusion respecting the other species of Lapeyrousia, and botanists differ so
much in the descriptions affixed to the names, that it would be in vain in a work like the present to attempt
to clear up the difficulty. The following kinds are, however, mentioned in the botanical catalogues, and are
said to have been all introduced.
L. FALCATA, Ker.
A species with blue flowers and scythe-shaped leaves; introduced in 1825 from the Cape, and flowering in
May and June. Nearly allied to L. corymbosa.
L. FASCICULATA, Ker; GALAXIA PLICATA, Jacq.; IXIA HETEROPHYLLA, Vahl.
This species is also nearly allied to L. corymbosa ; but the flowers are not so level at the top, and they are
white. It is also a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1825.
L. SILENOIDES, Ker.
This species was introduced in 1822. Its flowers are purple, and resemble those of a Silene in shape.
L. FABRICII, Ker.
This species has very slender branches and white flowers. It was introduced in 1825.
GENUS XIV.
ANOMATHECA, Ker. THE ANOMATHECA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Spathe short, 2-valved. Corolla with a long slender tube, and a salver-shaped, somewhat irregular spreading limb.
Stamens secund, with parallel anthers. Stigmas narrow, conduplicate, bipartite. Capsules papillose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Beautiful plants, nearly allied to Lapeyrousia, from which they differ principally in outer
appearance in having all the flowers produced on one side of the flower-stalk ; or, as botanists would express it,
in the flowers being secund. There are only two species, both natives of the Cape, and they are very much alike.

32
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN
The name of Anomatheca signifies a singular sheath, and alludes to the frosted appearance of the calyx of the
seed-vessel. Both species are very common in gardens and nurseries, from their beauty, the easiness of their
culture, and the rapidity with which they may be propagated by seeds.
1.--ANOMATHECA JUNCEA, Ait.
THE REED-LIKE ANOMATHECA.
SYNONYMES. — Lapeyrousia juncea, Ker.; Gladiolus junceus,
.
Thunb.; G. amabilis, Sal.; G. polystachyus, And,; Ixia excisa,
var. Lin.; I. spicata, Runn.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag, t. 606; Bot. Rep. t. 66.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.---Limb of perianth regular, three lower seg-
ments spotted at the base.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty plant, with pink flowers stained with a dark spot at the base, introduced
-A
in 1791. The flowers are produced in great abundance. The bulb is ovate, and of rather a large size; the leaves
issue obliquely from the earth, and spread in a horizontal direction when they are quite young, but they after-
wards become more upright; they are from four to eight in number, and are often partially deformed or curled
up, and only about half the length of the stem. The stem is very slender, and often rises two feet high, giving
the plant a very reed-like appearance. The flowers appear in May, and continue in blossom a long time : they
have no scent. The seed ripens freely, and young plants raised from it flower the second year.
2.-ANOMATHECA CRUENTA, Lindl. THE BLOOD-STAINED ANOMATHECA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1369; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1857; and our fig. 6, in Plate 6.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Limb of perianth bilabiate, one-half shorter than the tube, the lower lip spotted at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The tube of the flower is much longer than in A. juncea, and the spots at the base of the
three lower segments are much larger and more decidedly marked. In other respects the plants are nearly
alike, except that the leaves of A. cruenta are much larger and more perfect than those of A. juncea, being
entirely without the curling up and the deep indentation on the side. The plant is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, and it was only introduced in 1830. It flowers freely either in the greenhouse or in the open
ground ; and it should be grown in a soil composed of three-fourths of sandy peat or heath-mould, and one
of loam. As the bulbs are large, they are generally taken up in winter as soon as the leaves have begun to
wither; but this is often as late as November, as the plants will continue in flower from April to the latter end
of August. When the bulbs are left in the ground all winter, Paxton (an excellent authority in all matters
of culture) recommends turning a pot over them filled with sawdust ; and when grown in pots, he recommends
shaking all the old soil from the bulbs, and taking off the offsets, before repotting them in January or February.
When planted in the open ground, the bulbs should be planted about four inches deep, and the flower-stem
should be tied to a slight stake, to prevent it from being injured by the wind. The length and weakness of the
flower-stems prevent the plants from having a good appearance when
a good appearance when grown in masses; and on this account, they
,
should never be used to fill a symmetrical bed, but should be grown singly in the borders. Bulbs may be had
at Charlwood's and in all the seed-shops, but they are rather dear; or the plants may be raised from seed,
which ripens abundantly, and the seedlings generally flower the second, and sometimes even the first year.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
33
GENUS XV.
BABIANA, Ker.
THE BABIANA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 3-valved, inner valve bipartite. Perianth with a tubular base, and a 6-parted limb. Stigmas three, recurved.
Capsule roundish, torulose. Seeds numerous, succulent.
-
وا
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The Babianas have solid bulbs or corms, consisting of a white floury eatable substance,
which, when roasted, tastes like a sweet chesnut. These roots are eaten by the Hottentots; and the monkeys
are said to be so fond of them, that the Dutch settlers at the Cape of Good Hope call them Babianer, whence
the generic name of Babiana has been derived. Most of the species, when first discovered, were supposed to
belong either to Gladiolus or Ixia; but they differ from the former in their seeds, which are round, and covered
with a thick leathery skin ; and from the latter in the shape of their flowers, which resemble those of the
different kinds of Gladiolus. They have all curiously plaited leaves, which are long and sword-shaped, but
broader than those of most other kinds of bulbous-rooted plants. The corms are covered with hard, brown
scales, which are curiously netted on the outside, and a new one forms every year from the centre of the old
one, rising above it, and drawing all the nourishment from it; while the hard dry part of the old corm, divested
of its feculent matter, remains in the ground, and when examined is found to look like the stem of a Zamia or
Cycas. This and similar cases have induced botanists to call corms underground stems; and it is on account
of this tendency in the new corms to rise every year higher and higher above the ground, that corms ought to
be planted much deeper than common bulbs. All the Babianas have handsome flowers, and most of them have
hairy leaves; and the colours of their flowers are so various, and so brilliant, that a splendid flower-garden, for
about two months in every year, might be formed from this genus alone. They are all natives of the arid
plains near the Cape of Good Hope, where they are exposed to alternate seasons of excessive rain and excessive
drought; the ground during the dry season being so loose and powdery, that the corms often lie partly bare,
and exposed to the heat of the sun. It is thus evident that they should be grown in light sandy soil, and
allowed a season of complete repose. All the kinds of Babiana are propagated by offsets, and by seeds, the
plants raised from which do not flower till about the third year. When the corms are taken up in autumn,
all the offsets should be removed previous to replanting them, as otherwise they will draw away the strength
from the parent plant. Many of the kinds will bear a slight degree of frost without injury, but they are all
easily killed by too much moisture; and when they are not in a growing state, if they are not kept
perfectly dry, they will become rotten. Generally speaking, however, they are much more tender than those
Cape bulbs that are found in the mountainous regions; and though they will grow and flower well in a dry
warm border in the open air, they do best in pots, or in situations where they can be covered with a frame.
Perhaps one of the best situations for growing the different species of Babiana, and other rather tender Cape
bulbs, is on a raised sandy bank sloping forward, in front of a wall facing the south, with a ledge in the face of
the wall about a foot above the surface of the ground, on which a slight frame of wood-work may rest, which
may be covered with thatched straw, or anything that will keep out the wet, and protect the plants from frost.
F

34
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
1.-BABIANA RUBRO-CYANEA, Ker. THE RED AND BLUE BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia rubro-cyanea, Linn; I. villosa, Schnee; I.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Villous. Limb of perianth spreading, with
cyanea, Pers.; Gladiolus rubro-cyaneas, Vahl.
rhomboid segments. Leaves oblong, lanceolate, ensiform, plicato,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 410; and our fig. 5, in Plate 7.
shorter than the scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This is a very handsome plant, independently of the flowers, which are very brilliant in
their colour, and handsome in their shape. The flower-stem grows about six or eight inches high, and the
leaves are broad, plaited, of a bluish-green above, and covered with a hairy down beneath. There are three
or four large flowers on each flower-stalk, which, if kept in the shade, will last a long time, but if exposed to
the sun will fade in a few hours. Every part of the flower is brilliant : the segments of the perianth are partly
of a fine dark ultra-marine blue, and partly of a rich dazzling crimson. The anthers are yellow above and
purple below; and even the stigma is divided into three segments, which are spread widely out, and edged with
a fringe of strong hairs, which form a sort of eyelash. This species was first sent from the Cape to Holland,
whence it was introduced into England in 1796. It is quite hardy, and may be left in the ground all the year
with perfect safety, if care be taken to keep it dry. It should be planted in a warm dry border, in a light
sandy soil ; and if it be intended to remain all the year in the ground, it should be planted four or six inches
deep. This will make it flower feebly the first year ; but afterwards it will flower well for five or six years,
after which period it will generally require taking up and replanting. Where trouble is not an object, the corms
may be planted in February or March, when they will flower in May and June, and sometimes through the
greater part of July. In autumn, when the leaves have withered, they should be taken up, and kept in a cool
dry place till the following spring.
spring. They look very well in pots or boxes. Bulbs are imported every year
from Holland, and may be had at all the principal seed-shops.
-
2.- BABIANA NANA, Spr. THE DWARF BABIANA.
SYNONYME.-Gladiolus nanus, And.
in length to the scape. Segments of perianth repand, semi-marginate.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Rep. t. 137.
Spathe 2-valved.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Pilose. Leaves lanceolate, plicate, equal
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A little plant, not more than six inches high, somewhat resembling the preceding
species, but quite on a miniature scale. It requires the same culture; but, on account of the smallness of the
bulb, it need not be planted so deep, even when it is intended to remain in the ground all the year.
It was
introduced in 1807.
3.-BABIANA VILLOSA, Ker. THE HAIRY CRIMSON BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.- Ixia villosa, Ait.; I. punicea, Jacq.; I. flabelli- SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Villous. Perianth regular, with oblong,
formis, Sal. ; Gladiolus plicatus, var. purpurea, Thun.
mucronate segments. Leaves oblong, ensiform, plicate.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 583 ; and our fig. 6, in Plate 7.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The stem is shorter than that of B. rubro-cyanea, and the flowers smaller ; they are,
however, more numerous, and of so deep and rich a crimson as to be quite dazzling when the sun shines upon
them. The segments of the corolla are purple on the outer side, and the anthers of a very dark violet. This
species was introduced by Dr. Russell in 1778, and was first planted in the Kew garden. Its brilliant colours
soon, however, made it a favourite, and it became in general cultivation. It may be planted in the open air,
or kept in a greenhouse ; but in the latter case it should be
grown in a small pot, in a soil composed of very
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
35
sandy loam, mixed with a little vegetable mould. The specific name of villosa, hairy, is so badly applied
(nearly all the species being hairy), that I have adopted the English name given to this species in the Botanical
Magazine, and which alludes to the colour of the flowers.
4.-BABIANA PURPUREA, Ker. THE DARK CRIMSON BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.-B. stricta, Ker.; Ixia purpurea, Jacq.; I. villosa, ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1052.
Mart.; Gladiolus strictus, Vahl. ; G. purpureus, Vahl. ; the SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Villous. Perianth spreading, with oblong
Purple-flowered Babiana.
acute segments. Leaves lanceolate, ensiform, shorter than the scape
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This species is very improperly called purpurea, as it is a decided crimson. The flowers
are smaller than those of most of the other species, and somewhat resemble those of Anomatheca cruenta, except
that they are not all on one side. The plant is also of rather lower growth than that species. The culture is
the same as that of B. rubro-cyanea. It was introduced in 1806.
a
5.–BABIANA STRICTA, Ker. THE UPRIGHT BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.-Gladiolus strictus, Willd. ; G. plicatus, L. Sp. Pl. ; ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 621; and our fig. 4, in Plate 7.
G. nervosus, Lam. ; Ixia plicata, Amen. Acad. ; I. villosa, Jacq. ; Specific CHARACTER.- Villous. Perianth somewhat campanulate,
I. scillaris, Mil.
regular. Leaves narrow, ensiform, plicate, shorter than the scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species with lilac and white flowers, and an upright stem; introduced
in 1757. It is a compact growing plant, very well adapted for pots or boxes, as it requires to be seen near the
eye to be duly estimated. Its colours are particularly bright and distinct. When plants of this species are
grown in pots, they should be about a quarter filled with cinders, to ensure perfect drainage ; and then filled up,
not quite to the brim, with very sandy loam, mixed with a little leaf mould. They should be well and frequently
watered, while they are in a growing state, generally twice a day; and when the flowers expand, they should be
kept as much as possible in the shade to prolong their season of flowering. Thus treated, they will continue in
flower for several weeks, but if exposed to the full heat of the sun, and the soil they grow in suffered to become
dry, their flowers will often fade in a single day. Plants in flower will rarely bear exposure to the scorching
rays of the sun without injury ; and when they are grown in pots in a balcony where the combined influence of
the sun and air is suffered to dry the outside of the pots, they are hurried to premature perfection, and undergo
as rapid a decay. This is particularly observable where the flowers are of delicate colours. Watering flowers
overhead, as the gardeners call it, also greatly shortens their existence, though this kind of watering is
extremely beneficial to the leaves, and general health of the plants on which they grow.
a
-
6.-BABIANA ANGUSTIFOLIA, G. Don. THE NARROW-LEAVED BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.—B. stricta var. a, Bot. Mag.; Ixia villosa var. Jacq.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Villous. Perianth campanulate, with oblong,
mucronate segments. Leaves narrow, ensiform, equal in length to the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 637; and our fig. 7, in Plate 7.
scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful little plant of dwarf habit of growth, very suitable for growing in pots
in a balcony, or in a bed in a symmetrical flower-garden. The colour is a brilliant blue softening into pink, and
with dark spots at the base of each segment of the perianth, and the flowers are slightly fragrant. The culture is
the same as for B. stricta, of which indeed some botanists consider this a variety, and the same remarks will
apply as to the best method of prolonging its flowering season. It was introduced in 1757.
a
F 2

36
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
7.--BABIANA SULPHUREA, Ker. THE SULPHUR-COLOURED BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.-Gladiolus sulphureus, Jacq.; G. plicatus, And. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Villous. Perianth campanulate, with oblong-
G. pygmæas, Burm.; G. ringens, Thunb.; pale-flowered Babiana. lanceolate, undulated segments. Leaves lanceolate-ensiform, plicate,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1053; Bot. Rep. t. 268 ; and our fig. about equal in length to the scape.
3, in Plate 7.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A dwarf plant, with a profusion of large and handsome cream-coloured flowers, with
dark blue anthers and yellow stigmas. It is perhaps the commonest of all the species, and one of the easiest to
manage ; as when once planted it will remain several years in the ground, without requiring to be taken up
and
it is hardier than most of the other species. It was imported direct from the Cape of Good Hope by Messrs.
Lee and Kennedy in 1803, and it has continued in cultivation ever since.
1
8.BABIANA PLICATA, Ker. THE PLAITED-LEAVED BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.--Gladiolus plicatus, Thunb.; G. fragrans, Jacq. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Villous. Perianth somewhat ringent, spread-
G. polystachys, Redonte ; Iris africana, Pluk.; the sweet-scented ing, with nearly equal segments ; the upper one convolute at top.
Babiana.
Leaves oblong-lanceolate, plicate, longer than the scape.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 576.
DESCRIPTION, &C.-A pale violet-coloured flower with blue anthers and yellow stigmas. The stems and
leaves are pubescent, and the whole plant seldom exceeds six inches in height. The flowers smell like the Clove
Carnation This species is a native of the low hills and sandy plains of South Africa, near Cape Town, where
it was found by Thunberg in great abundance. In England it is rather tender, and should be grown in pots in
a greenhouse. It flowers in May. It was introduced in 1778, and it was first grown in Kew Gardens. The
specific name of plicata is not a good one, as all the species have plaited leaves ; and sweet-scented is not much
better, as they are nearly all sweet-scented.
a
-
-
9.-BABIANA DISTICHA, Ker. THE TWO-RANKED BABIANA.
SYNONYMES. — Gladiolus plicatus, Jacq. ; the Hyacinth-scented SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Villous. Perianth campanulate, rather
Babiana.
irregular, with oblong, obtuse, undulated segments, and a filiform tube.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 626; Redouté Lil. 2, t. 89; and our Leaves distich, oblong-lanceolate, plicate.
fig. 2, in Plate 7.
DESCRIPTION, &c.——This species has the peculiarity of having the leaves shorter than the stem ; they are
also distinctly ciliated, and so deeply plaited as to appear furrowed. The flowers are numerous, and equally
disposed on both sides of the stem; they are regularly formed, with the segments spreading and somewhat
recurved, and they are exquisitely fragrant, resembling the scent of a Hyacinth, but infinitely superior to it.
This species is a very popular one, as it is hardy, and not apt to rot. It will indeed withstand ordinary winters
without any care, and it should not be removed oftener than once in three or four years. It is increased by
offsets, which it produces in great abundance; but which generally do not flower till they are two or three years
old. The flowers are produced in June. The plant was introduced in 1774.
a
10.-BABIANA SPATHACEA, Ker. THE STIFF-LEAVED BABIANA.
SYNONYME.Gladiolus spathaceus, Thunb.
with a long filiform tube, and irregular limb; the alternate segments
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. May. t. 638; and our fig. 8, in Plate 7.
mucronate. Leaves stiff, narrow-ensiform, longer than the stamens.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Glabrous. Spathes imbricate. Perianth
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable little plant, which varies very much when raised from seed; some of
the seedlings having a stem three feet high, while the greater part do not exceed three or four inches. The stem



Pl. 7.
7
6
5
3
8
7
1. Babrana tabiflora. — 2. Babiana disticha._ 3. Babiana sulphurea. 4.Babiana strista .
5. Babiana rubro cyanea 6. Babiana villosa1. Babiana angustifolia. 8. Babiana spathacea.
UNIL
OF
3


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
37.
and leaves are less pubescent than those of any other species of the genus; and the flowers are remarkable for
the long and slender tube of the perianth, which, notwithstanding its apparent weakness, stands quite erect so
long as the flower remains in perfection, but bends down when it fades. The leaves are short, rather broad, and
deeply plaited; and they stand remarkably stiff and erect, whence the name of the species. It was introduced
in 1801.
11.-BABIANA SAMBUCINA, Ker. ELDER-FLOWER SCENTED BABIANA.
SYNONYME.—Gladiolus sambucinus, Jacq.
long tube, and the alternate segments mucronate. Spathes imbricated,
ENGRAVING. —Bot. Mag. t. 1019.
awned, villous at top. Leaves lanceolate, ensiform, plicate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Glabrous. Perianth campanulate, with a
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A dwarf plant, greatly resembling B. spathacea in its general habit of growth, though it
differs in two important particulars; these are, that the leaves are not so stiff and erect as in that species, and
;
the flowers have not such long tubes. Their colour is a deep rich purple, and the segments of the limb of the
perianth are large and spreading ; they are also very fragrant. It may be observed that in speaking of most of
the flowers of the Iridacece the terms segments and perianth are used instead of petals and corolla. The reason
is that in all these flowers the calyx and corolla are confounded together, and there is no separate calyx ; unless,
indeed, the leafy spathe from which the flowers spring be so considered, as it was by some of the old botanists.
Plants of this species of Babiana look exceedingly well in boxes under a veranda, where they can have a back-
ground of green, from their low and compact habit of growth, and the dark rich colour of their flowers. They
will bear growing in rather a richer soil than the other kinds; but the manures used to enrich the soil for them
should be only those of a cold nature, such as rotten cow-dung, or decayed leaves; and never stable manure, unless
it be part of a very old hotbed.
а.
a
12.–BABIANA TUBATA, G. Don.
THE TUBE-LIKE BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.-Babiana tubiflora, B Ker.; Gladiolus tubiflorus, Lin.; ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 680; Bot. Rep. î. 5; and our fig. 1, in
G. tubatus, Jacq.; G. longiflorus, And. ; Ixia tubulosa, Burm. ; Plate 7, under the name of B. tubiflora.
Sysyrinchium Africanum, Herm. ; long-tubed Babiana ; long-flowered Specific CHARACTER.-Villous. Leaves lanceolais-ensiform, and, as
Babiana.
well as the spathes, distich. Perianth with a very long tube, and a
ringent limb. Scapes shorter than the leaves. Stamens ascending.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The corm is ovate-acuminate, and covered with several thin, dark-brown, membranous
skins or tunics. The leaves are short, broad, deeply plaited, and covered with hair, except near the base, where
they form a kind of petiole, and where they are quite smooth. The flower is very remarkable from the
extraordinary length of the tube of the perianth, which is often more than four inches long, and quite erect as
long as the flower continues expanded, but drooping when it fades. The limb of the flower is open and spreading,
and it is curiously marked with dark-red blotches. Each bulb produces from five to seven flowers, which look
best when the bulbs are grown in pots, as the flowers are thus brought near the eye. The extraordinary length
of the tube gives them a loose and untidy appearance when grown in beds or boxes ; and the beauty of their
curious markings is comparatively lost when seen at a distance.
13.-BABIANA TUBIFLORA, Ker. THE TUBE-FLOWERED BABIANA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 847.
an irregular limb. Upper segment more remote than the rest. Scape
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Villous.
-
Leaves lanceolate-ensiform, and, shorter than the leaves. Stamens erect.
as well as the spathes, distich. Perianth with a long filiform tube, and
DESCRIPTION, &o—This species differs very little in general appearance from the preceding one, except in
0
the tube of the flowers being larger and more slender, and the limb or open part smaller and more irregular.

38
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
The whole plant is also smaller and weaker, except the leaves, which are short and broad, and stand erect. Each
plant produces, like those belonging to the last genus, from five to seven flowers ; and the same remarks will
apply, though in a still stronger degree, to the best situations for growing them, so as to display the flowers to
advantage. In the Botanical Magazine this species is described as a variety of the last, and it is stated that
there are other intermediate varieties quite as distinct as this.
..
14.-BABIANA RINGENS, Ker. THE GAPING BABIANA.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus ringens, And. ; Antholyza ringens, Vahl. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Glabrous. Perianth ringent, upper segment
ENGRAVING: -Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1006.
and stamens erect, lower ones secund. Leaves ensiform, plicate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very singular plant, the upper segment of the limb of which is as disproportionately
long as the tube was of the flowers belonging to the last genus. This enormous segment stands erect, with the
stamens, which are proportionately long, and it seems gaping for whatever it can devour. The colour is a
brilliant scarlet. This very singular plant was one of the first of the Cape bulbs received in Europe, and it was
described and figured in a work published in 1701, from a plant that flowered in Holland in 1697. It
was not introduced into England till the following century, as the first trace we find of it in this country is its
being recorded among the plants cultivated in the Chelsea Botanic Garden by Miller in 1759. It has since been
frequently lost, and reintroduced from Holland, where it ripens its seeds freely; or direct from the Cape. It
flowered splendidly a few years since in the collection of Messrs. Loddiges, at Hackney, where it was grown in
front of a stove, in a border of sandy peat. It is generally increased by seed, as it produces few offsets ; but the
seedlings vary very little from the parent.
OTHER SPECIES OF BABIANA.
B. TENUIFLORA, Swt.
This species, which has slender blue flowers, was introduced in 1825, from the Cape.
B. MUCRONATA, Ker.
The flowers are purple and yellow, tipped with a strong mucro, or sharp bristly point, at the end of each
segment. It was introduced in 1825.
B. PALLIDA, W. Herb.
A hybrid with very pale delicate flowers, raised by the Honourable and Reverend W. Herbert.
B. OCHROLEUCA, G. Don.
The flowers are cream-coloured, and are produced in great abundance from May to August. It was
introduced from the Cape in 1825.
B. THUNBERGII, Ker. ; ANTHOLYZA PLICATA,
A splendid plant, with many spikes of purple flowers, very different in general appearance from the other
kinds of Babiana. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1774.
a
B. OBTUSIFOLIA, Ker.; IXIA VILLOSA, Jacq.
This species is often confounded with B. villosa, from which it differs principally in the colour of its flowers,
which are of a pale violet instead of being of a dark crimson ; and in its short, obtuse leaves.
It also flowers in
May and June, while B. villosa seldom flowers before August. B. obtusifolia was introduced in 1825.
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
39
GENUS XVI.
ANTHOLYZA, Ker. THE ANTHOLYZA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
a
GENERIC. CHARACTER.—Spathe 2-valved. Perianth tubular, ringent, recurved, with a long tube, and a 6-cleft limb, the lateral segments of
the upper lip the shortest. Stamens ascending. Stigmas three, recurved. Capsule roundish. Seeds numerous, roundish.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Very remarkable plants, which differ strikingly from the Babianas both in the form and
colour of their flowers. They have all large bulbs, or rather tubers, like those of the Ferraria, which are flattish,
but rather raised in the centre, and concave beneath. They all produce long spikes of large showy flowers,
bearing from ten to forty flowers on each spike; and they are all natives of the Cape, requiring the usual
treatment of Cape bulbs. As the spike of flowers grows generally three or four feet high, and the leaves are
numerous and very large, these plants are only suitable for growing in borders, where they look extremely well
with a background of shrubs. The name of Antholyza signifies a flower in a rage, and appears to have been
applied from the fiery colour of the principal species. It is, however, rather a singular name for a plant
producing such splendid flowers.
a
1.–ANTHOLYZA ÆTHIOPICA, Ker. THE ETHIOPIAN ANTHOLYZA.
SYNONYMES.-A. ringens, And. ; Gladiolus Æthiopicus, Com. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves ensiform, striated, attenuated at both
G. pyramidalis, Burm. ; Hyacinthus Africanus, Pluk. ; the flag- ends, oblong, mucronate, spiked disk. Upper segment of the perianth
leaved Antholyza ; African hyacinth ; pyramidal Corn-flag.
large and stretched out, the rest recurved.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 561; Bot. Rep, t. 32 ; and our fig.
2, in Plate 8.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A stately plant growing four or five feet high, with a profusion of long, broad, spreading
leaves, which are striped, or rather indented, but not plaited so deeply as those of the Babianas. The upper
leaves are stiffer than the lower ones, and stand erect. The flowers are very large and handsome, and they are
produced on both sides of the flower-spike; from ten to forty being on each spike, and ten or twelve being
generally open at once. It is thus evident that this species is only suitable for situations where there is plenty
of room ; and also that when it has room, it is a very splendid ornament to a flower-garden. The best situation
for it is a border, where its brilliant colours will be relieved by a background of grass or evergreens. It
produces abundance of seeds, which generally ripen, and are of a deep yellow. The capsule, which somewhat
resembles a small cherry, bursts when the seeds are ripe. The flowers appear in May or June, and continue a
long time. The plant is quite hardy, and not so liable to be injured by wet as most of the Cape bulbs, but it
should be taken up every second or third year, on account of the great number of offsets which it produces, and
which weaken the parent bulb if not removed. The name of Æthiopian, which was given to this species by Cornuti,
seems very inappropriate, as it is a native of the Cape; but at the early period when it was first introduced
into Europe (1633), everything not European was called Indian or African ; and it was perhaps from some
vague notion of Æthiopia being in Africa that this plant received its name. It was first mentioned in English
catalogues by Miller, who appears to have cultivated it in the Chelsea Botanic Garden in 1759. It has kept its
place in English gardens ever since ; and bulbs may now be had at all the principal seed-shops and nurseries,
particularly at Knight's nursery, Chelsea, and at Charlwood's seed-shop, Covent Garden, and Carter's,
Holborn. When this plant is wished to be particularly large and fine, a pit should be dug about eighteen
;

THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
inches deep and a foot in diameter, at the bottom of which should be put a layer of old rotten cow-dung, and
the pit should be filled up with very sandy loam ; or the pit may be made two feet deep, and have two or three
layers of pebbles or broken brickbats at the bottom to ensure drainage. When thus treated, bulbs should be
planted in October ; and the young plants protected during winter, or at least in very severe weather, by a hand-
glass or some other covering; as the manure, &c., will, by increasing the rapidity of their growth, render the
young stalks and leaves more succulent, and consequently more easily affected by frost.
2.- ANTHOLYZA PRÆALTA, Dec. THE TALL ANTHOLYZA.
SYNONYMES.-A. Æthiopica paz. B, Ker; A. vittigera, Sal.; the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves ensiform, striated. Upper segment
losser Scarlet Antholyza.
of perianth very long, curved ; lower one reflexed, the two lateral seg-
ENGRAVINGS. --Bot. Mag. t. 1172, Redouté Lil. t. 387.
merts small.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The specific names of the plants belonging to this genus appear to have been very
unhappily applied ; for this species, which Professor De Candolle calls the stall” Antholyza, is much shorter
than the preceding species, and much smaller in all its parts. The flowers are of a yellowish orange; and instead
of the long, deeply furrowed tube of the preceding species, they have a short tube, with the lower lip of the
corolla very much recurved, and the upper one projecting at least twice the length of the tube, which gives the
flowers even when just expanded the appearance of being half fallen, or at least curled up, and in a state of
decay. The flower when it first opens is generally found filled with a limpid water, like the drops suspended
under the bell of the crown imperial. This species should be planted in a very sandy border in March or April,
or even May or June, as it does not flower till September or October; and it should be taken up every year, as
if suffered to remain long in the ground, it wastes its strength in the production of offsets. These are often so
mumerous, that when the plant is taken up, it appears as if the root had become stoloniferous like that of couch-
grass, &c
3.—ANTHOLYZA MONTANA, Ker. THE MOUNTAIN ANTHOLYZA.
SYNONYMIS. -Gladiolus montanus, Vahl ; G. par viflors, Jacq-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER —Leaves filiform. Upper lip of corolla erect
about equal in length to the lower löp, which is reflexed. Segments
all wmdiulated..
ENGRAVING. Loda. Bot. Cab. t. 1022
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A plant with marrow grass-like leaves and small flowers, the segments of which are very
marrow, and so much undulated as to look withered as soon as they expand. It was introduced in 1824. "The
flowers are more curious than beautiful, but at a little distance they look like those of some kind of Oncidium or
other orchidaceous plant, and thus they have a striking appearance when seen growing in the open air; they
are also delightfully furaguant. The bulb should be planted in samdy peat or health mould im February or March,
and it will flower in Jumo.
OTHER KINDS OF ANTHOLYZA.
A. LUCIDA, G. Don; A. LUCIDOR, Wahl; WATSONIA LUCENS, Pons
Has filliform leaves and purple flowers: it is said to have been introduced in 1825, but it is probably host, as it
dis never seen in collections.
A. NERVOSA, Wahl ; GLADIOLUS ANTHOLYZA, Piran
Hus broad, sword-shaped leaves and flesh-colonied flowers, which are so disposed as to form a kind of cone. TH
does not appear to have been introduced.



2
3
1
1. Anisarthus splendono 2 Artholyza Sethiopica 5. Petamenes quadrangulatos
UNIL
ZOF
CH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
41
GENUS XVII.
ANISANTHUS, Swt. THE ANISANTHUS.
MA
-
very small.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA,
GENERIC CHARACTER. – Spathe 2-valved. Perianth tubular,
Stamens ascending. Stigmas three, spreading, dilated
unilabiate ; limb unequal, 6-parted, ringent; upper segment very at top. Capsule oblong, triangular, Seeds numerous, winged.
long and spoon-shaped, lateral ones bent upwards; three lower ones
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name “ Anisanthus” signifies unequal flower, and it applies to the shape of the
—
perianth, one of the segments of which projects like the beak of a bird, or a little hood, beyond the others. The
bulbs, or rather corms, are small and solid, and are covered with a hard dark brown shell. This
genus was
separated by the late Mr. Sweet from Antholyza, principally on account of its flat winged seeds, while those
of Antholyza are roundish, or somewhat angular by compression.
a
1.-ANISANTHUS SPLENDENS, Sweet. THE SPLENDID ANISANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 84; and our fig. 1, in Plate 8.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape simple, erect. Leaves ensiform, acute, glabrous, nerved. Flowers distich. Spathe nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A very showy plant, with a spike of deep crimson flowers, a foot long. The plant grows
about three feet high, so that it is only fit for a border flower; but in a border with a background of green,
it
has a very brilliant effect. It was introduced from the Cape of Good Hope in 1825, and in England it flowers
in March and April. The bulbs should be planted in October in a compost of two-fourths of loam, one of peat,
and one of fine white sand; and they should be protected during the winter by a hand-glass from excessive rain
.
and frost, taking the glass off during the day in fine open weather. They may be left in the ground for several
years without injury, if protected from rain and frost; the first being still more injurious than the latter, as it is
sure either to excite the plants into premature growth, or to rot the bulbs. This species seeds freely, and it may
be increased either by seeds, which will flower the second year, or by offsets from the parent bulb.
2.--ANISANTHUS CUNONIA, Swt. CUNO'S ANISANTHUS.
SYNONYMES. - Antholyza Cunonia, Lin. ; Cunonia Antholyza, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape simple, flexuous. Leaves ensiform,
Mill. ; Gladiolus Cunonia, Ait.; scarlet-flowered Antholyza. attenuated at both ends, glabrous. Spike distich. Spathes lanceolate,
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 343.
unequal.
DESCRIPTION, &C.--The flowers are of a deep scarlet, with a little yellow at the base of the tube, something
like those of the Indian Shot (Canna Indica). The plant was introduced from Holland in 1756 ; and it was
named Cunonia, in honour of a Dutchman of the name of Cuno, who wrote a poem in Dutch verse in 1750, in
praise of his garden at Amsterdam. This species seeds freely, and, as the seedlings flower the second year, it is
easily propagated in that manner. The seeds should be sown as soon as they are ripe, which is generally about
the middle of August, and kept under shelter during winter, when the largest plants will be ready for planting
out in spring, and will probably flower in the course of the summer. It is also propagated by offsets. The
species is rather tender, and does better in a pot in a greenhouse, where it can have plenty of air during summer
than in the open ground. It is found wild in Persia, as well as near the Cape of Good Hope.
G

42
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN.
GENUS XVIII.
PETAMENES, Sal. THE PETAMENES.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Spathe 1-valved, convolute, tubular at the base. Perianth tubular, with a 6-parted ringent limb; upper segment
large, cucullate ; the rest of the segments small, and somewhat reflexed. Stamens ascending. Stigmas three, dilated.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species in this genus, which was separated from Gladiolus by Mr.
Salisbury, author of several botanical works. The meaning of the generic name is not known.
-
1.–PETAMENES QUADRANGULARIS, Sal. THE QUADRANGULAR CORN-FLAG.
SYNONYMES. - Gladiolus quadrangularis, Ker ; G. abbreviatus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves narrow, ensiform, sulcately quad-
And. ; Antholyza quadrangularis, Burm.
rangular.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 567; Bot. Rep. t. 166 ; and our fig.
3, in Plate 8.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is distinguished from all the others belonging to Iridacece by its very singular
flowers. The stem grows about three feet high, and the whole plant is deeply tinged with yellow and red. The
flowers are of the same colour as the scape, and are only distinguished from it by being streaked with red, which
the scape is not. They have no scent.
They have no scent. The species is propagated either by seed or offsets ; but it is now very
seldom to be met with. The name of quadrangularis alludes to the leaves, which are so deeply furrowed as to
present the shape of a Greek cross, when cut across. The culture is the same as that of Antholyza Æthiopica.
GENUS XIX.
WATSONIA, Ker.
THE WATSONIA.
-
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Spathes 2-valved. Perianth with a long curved tube, which is swollen at top; and an irregular 6-parted limb. Stamens
ascending. Stigmas three, bifid, recurved. Capsule oblong-trigonal. Seeds numerous, winged.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plants composing this genus were separated from Gladiolus and named Watsonia by
Miller, in honour of his friend, Sir W. Watson. Some of them differ from most of the allied genera
in having
tunicated bulbs, like a hyacinth, instead of solid bulbous corms, like a crocus. The species are all hardy ; but
they are easily injured by wet, and are much better taken up during winter than left in the ground, unless the
soil be well drained. The flowers are generally very showy, but they differ very much in shape as well as
colour ; some of the kinds being tube-shaped, others funnel-shaped, and others salver-shaped. Three or four of
the species, W. plantaginea and its allies, are so different from the rest, that they will probably be formed into a
when botanists have time thoroughly to examine them. The kinds most nearly allied to Gladiolus
are the handsomest, from the large size of their flowers, and the brilliancy of their colours. Nearly all the species
are without scent. The Watsonias are propagated by offsets and seeds, both of which they produce abundantly,
different genus

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS
43
1.-WATSONIA ALETROIDES, G. Don. THE ALETRIS-FLOWERED WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.- Antholyza Merianella, Ait.; A. aletroides, Burm.; Bot. Mag. t. 533; Andrews's Bot. Rep. t. 174 ; and our fig. 4, in
A. tubulosa, And.; Gladiolus tubulosus, Jacq. ; G. merianus, Plate 9.
Thunb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth tubular, drooping ; segments of the
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 441.
limb erect. Leaves ensiform, marginate.
VARIETY.–W. a. 2. variegata, G. Don. ; W. aletroides, Ker. ;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species rarely rises more than a foot high, and seldom bears more than six or eight
flowers, which are of a deep red, and very little opened. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1754.
It flowers in May and June. This species varies very much when raised from seed; the variety figured in Plate
9 is, however, the kind most commonly produced, and the flowers are not only handsomer than those of the
species, but they are produced in much greater abundance, there being frequently from twenty to thirty on a a.
spike, and the flower-stem growing two feet high. The first specimen grown in England of this variety was
imported from the Cape in 1778.
2.- WATSONIA HUMILIS, Mill. THE DWARF WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.-W. laceata, Ker.; W. erubescens, Banks ; Gla- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Perianth funnel-shaped, drooping, secund;
diolus laceatus, Jacq. ; the lake-coloured Watsonia.
segments of the limb oblong and spreading. Leaves linear, with hairy
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 631.
sheaths at the base.
VARIETY.-W. h, var. B Ker. ; Bot. Mag. t. 1193; and our fig.
3, in Plate 9.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - This is one of the smallest plants of the genus, the stem rarely exceeding six inches or
eight inches high, though the flowers are very large and handsome. They are of a beautiful rose-colour, and
only about four or five are produced on each flower-stem. It flowers in May. This species was introduced in
1754, when it was raised from seed brought from the Cape by a Captain Hutchinson, and given by him to
Miller, then curator of the Chelsea Botanic Garden. The variety is a much finer plant than the species, and the
flowers are more beautiful.
3.-WATSONIA MERIANA, Ker. SYBILLA MERIAN'S WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.— Antholyza Meriana, Lin.; Meriana rubra, Trew; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, recurved, drooping
red-flowered Antholyza.
segments of the limb obtuse, spreading, and equal. Leaves linear,
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 418.
ensiform.
VARIETY.-W. m. 2 punicea, W. M. var. y Ker.; Bot. Mag. t.
1194 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 9.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, and quite worthy of the fair lady whose name it bears; Dr.
&
Trew, of Nuremberg, having named it early in the last century in honour of Sybilla Merian, a lady celebrated
both for her skill as an artist and her knowledge as a naturalist. It was introduced by seed in 1756, and it
requires no other care than planting in the open border in a light sandy peat, and taking up occasionally to
remove the offsets, which are produced in great abundance. The variety is still handsomer than the species.
-
4.--WATSONIA FULGIDA, Sal. THE DARK-SCARLET WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.--Antholyza fulgens, And.; Watsonia iridifolia, var. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth bent, with an erect tube ; segmente
fulgens, Ker.; Gladiolus iridifolius, Jacq.; G. marginatus, y of the limb unequal, spreading, oval, oblong, and acutish. Leaves
Thunt.
ensiform, nerved.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 600 ; Bot. Rep. t. 192.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - This species is perhaps the tallest and handsomest of the Watsonias ; the stem, which is
frequently above six feet high, being branched, and producing several upright spikes of flowers, each spike nearly
G2

44
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
a
a foot long, and bearing from ten to twenty large bright-scarlet flowers, which are produced on both sides of the
stem, but converge slightly together towards the light. The bulb is kidney-shaped, and it should be grown in a
large deep pot in sandy peat, requiring no particular care, except supplying it freely and regularly with water
when it is about to flower. It is necessary to grow this species in a pot, as it does not flower till September, and
consequently would not have time to mature its new bulb in the open air. The pot should, however, be sunk in
the border, or lawn, to allow the plant to flower in the open air; where it will produce a splendid effect, as it will
continue in bloom a month or six weeks, if not destroyed by frost. The leaves are numerous and very broad and
shining ; they are long, and slightly attenuated at each end. It is propagated by seeds and offsets, both of
which it produces in abundance, and it flowers freely. It is to be procured in all the seed-shops (at Charlwood's,
-
Covent Garden, and at other places, under the name of Antholyza Fulgens, and of Carter, Holborn,
under the name of Watsonia fulgida), and it is generally planted in March ; by planting the bulb in January or
February, however, and keeping it in a greenhouse or vinery, where the temperature is from fifty-five to sixty
degrees, and not bringing the pot into the open air till May or June, its flowering season may be greatly
prolonged; as it will flower in July and continue producing fresh blossoms till the beginning of October.
5.-WATSONIA ROSEO-ALBA, Ker. THE ROSE-COLOURED AND WHITE WATSONIA.
SYNONYME. - Gladiolus roseo-albus, Jacq.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth bent, with an upright tube, and
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 537.
a nearly regular, spreading limb; segments lanceolate-acuminated,
VARIETY.-W. r. a. 2 variegata, Ker; Bot. Mag. t. 1193.
Flowers distich. Leaves ensiform, with thickened margins.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The leaves of this species are rather short, narrow, and somewhat twisted at the base
The stem is slightly bent, and the flowers have very long tubes in proportion to the limb, the segments of which
are narrow, and pointed something like those of the Jessamine. The colour is a pinkish-white, deepening in the
tube, and at the base of the segments, into a decided pink. The flowers of the variety are pink, blotched with a
deep rose-colour. There is said to be another variety, the flowers of which are purple.
6.-WATSONIA BREVIFOLIA, Ker. THE SHORT-LEAVED WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus caryophyllus, Houtt, ; G. marginatus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, with a spreading limb;
var. B, Thunb.; Antholyza spicata, Andr.
inner segments the broadest ; tube filiform, length of spathe. Flowers
ENGRAVINGS.–Bot. Mag. t. 601; Andrews's Bot. Rep. t. 56; and secund. Leaves lanceolate, nerved, somewhat falcate, very short,
our fig. 1, in Plate 9.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are of a bright orange, and they are always produced on one
side of the spike. They have short tubes, and the segments of the limb are broad and equal. The leaves are
broad and very short, and the flower-stem is often not above six inches high. The bulb should be planted in a
dry sandy bank, or in a pot in sandy peat or heath mould, in October with the Hyacinths, and it will
flower in May.
7.-WATSONIA ROSEA, Ker. THE ROSE-COLOURED WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES. — Gladiolus glumaceus, Vahl. ; G. pyramidatus, ! SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, with a nearly regu-
Andr.; G. iridifolia, var. speciosa, Jacq.; G. marginatus, var. lar, spreading, drooping limb, and an erect slender tube. Spathe
purpureus, Thunb. Pyramidal Watsonia.
equal in length to the tube. The flowers are panicled. Leaves
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1072; Bot. Rep. t. 335.
lorately-lanceolate, with cartilaginous margins.
DESCRIPTION, &c.This is one of the tallest and handsomest of all the species. The stem generally grows
above four feet high, with long spires of large and handsome rose-coloured flowers, with purple anthers. This
-



Pl. 9
2
Watsonia brevifolia. 2. Watsonia Moriana, 3. Walmia familie. Watsonia Nietrijden
UN
OF
M


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
45
noble species is well adapted for growing as a border flower, with a background of evergreens, or for planting in
groups on a lawn; care being taken in both cases to form a pit for it two feet deep and two feet in diameter, of
very sandy loam, if the soil should not be of that character. The proportion should be two parts of sand to one
of light turfy loam. When sand cannot readily be procured, peat mixed with about a third of loam or vegetable
mould will do very nearly as well.
8.—WATSONIA STRICTIFLORA, Ker. THE UPRIGHT-FLOWERED WATSONIA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1406.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth strait, with an erect, slender,
striated tube, and a salver-shaped, regular, spreading limb; the three
outer segments oblong, mucronate ; three inner ones broader, obovate-
elliptic, and marginate at the apex. Leaves ensiform, with a strong
middle nerve.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable species. The bulb is solid and about the size of a large nutmeg,
with a thick, brown, membraneous integument. The leaves are from four to six inches long, and about half an
inch broad. The stem which rises above them is very slender, and bears only two flowers. The flowers have
a very slender tube, and a regular, salver-shaped limb, of a cherry red colour, but marked with a dark purplo
star, one point of it being at the base of each segment. The anthers are of a dark purple, with yellow pollen,
and the stigmas of a deep rose-colour. When the flower begins to fade, the points of its segments converge, so
as to make the limb of the flower appear almost cup-shaped. It was introduced from the Cape of Good Hope,
by the Hon. and Rev. William Herbert, in 1810.
9.-WATSONIA MARGINATA, Ker. THE EMARGINATE OR SCEPTRE-FLOWERED WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES. - Ixia sceptrum, Hort. ; I. marginata, Ait. ; Gladio-
lus marginatus, Thunb. Long-spiked Watsonia.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 608.
VARIETY.-W. m. 2 minor, Ker. Bot. Mag. 1530 ; Ixia carti-
laginea, Lam.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, with six teeth in the
throat, and with a spreading limb, and a short, slender, erect tube,
Stigmas bifid. Spike of flowers dense, compound at the base. Leaves
ensiform, nerved with thickened margins.
1.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very splendid, Ixia-looking plant, with a long spike of densely-crowded pink flowers,
which are salver-shaped, with scarcely any tube, and broad equal segments to the limb. This is almost the only
kind of Watsonia that is fragrant, and its flowers smell something like noyeau. The bulb is compressed, and
somewhat kidney-shaped; and the stem, which is woody at the base, is strong and erect, and about three or four
feet high. The leaves are broad, strongly nerved, and somewhat shorter than the stem. This species, which is
very distinct from most of the other kinds, is generally known by nurserymen and seedsmen, under the name of
Ixia sceptrum. It is a native of the low sandy hills near the Cape of Good Hope, where it was found by
Thunberg in such abundance, that he describes the hills as looking at a little distance as if covered with a rose-
coloured carpet. It was introduced in 1774. It is generally grown in large and very deep pots, in sandy peat,
and it flowers freely in July and August. The bulb is generally planted about Christmas, and the plant is kept
in the greenhouse till it is ready to flower, when the pot may be plunged into a flower-border, or the central bed
of a regular flower-garden. Owing to the number and close adherence of small spikelets, which spring from the
main flower stem, and which flower later, the flower spike has the singular appearance of beginning to expand its
flowers in the centre instead of at the base.
a
a
a

46
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
10.--WATSONIA PUNCTATA, Ait. DOTTED-FLOWERED WATSONIA.
SYNONYME.—Ixia punctata, Andr.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Rep, t. 177.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth salver-shaped, with a spreading
limb, and very short tube ; segments obovate, and dotted in lines.
Spike three-flowered. Stem jointed. Leaves linear, and sheathing
the stem.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is certainly much more like an Ixia than a Watsonia. The segments of the
perianth are dark purple, and marked with dotted lines, whence the name of punctata. The species is tender,
and should be grown in a pot in a greenhouse or frame, as it will not bear the open air, except in the very
middle of summer. The soil should be a light sandy peat or heath mould, and the bulb should be planted in
October to flower in April or May. It is a native of the warm valleys hear the Cape of Good Hope, and it was
introduced in the
year
1800.
a
11.-WATSONIA PLANTAGINEA, Ker. THE PLANTAIN-LIKE WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia plantaginea, Ait. ; I. triticea, Burm. ; Gladiolus
alopecuroides, Thunb. ; Phalangium spicatum, Linn. Small-flowered
Watsonia, Fox-tail Watsonia.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 553.
Specific CHARACTER.-Perianth salver-shaped, with a short, narrow
tube, and a campanulate spreading limb. Spike distich, crowded.
Stem 2-edged. Leaves narrow, ensiform, all erect; lower ones
falcate and fistular, the rest solid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is still more unlike a Watsonia than the last, as the spike of flowers
resembles that of a Veronica, and the flowers themselves are small and blue. The plant is seldom above a foot
high with a flexible spike, densely clothed with flowers. There are only three short leaves, which are all
slightly marked with long dots in lines, and the lower one of which is fistular, while the upper ones are solid,
and deeply sheathing the stem. Among the other peculiarities of this species, is that of its frequently producing
in its flower spathes, one, two, or three small oblong bulbs, instead of flowers; and that these bulbs, which fall
off when ripe, like ripe seeds, will grow if planted, and produce flowers, &c., as well as those, which spring in the
usual way from the collar or ring at the base of the old bulb, and are called offsets. It was found by Thunberg,
growing on the margins of roads and footpaths near the Cape.
12.-WATSONIA COMPACTA, Lodd. THE COMPACT WATSONIA.
ENGRAVING.-Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1577.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Perianth salver-shaped, with a short tube,
and a spreading equal limb. Spikes densely branched at the base.
Leaves narrow, ensiform, nerved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Closely resembling Watsonia plantaginea in its general appearance, as far as regards the
shape and colour of the flowers, and the dense manner in which they clothe the flower-spike; but differing in
the leaves, which are not tubular, and in the plant not having the habit of producing bulbs instead of flowers, in
the flower-spathe. It flowers in June, and
It flowers in June, and may be grown in the open air, in a border of sandy peat. It is
figured in the Botanical Cabinet, published by Messrs. Loddiges, and appears to have been only grown in their
nursery, in their bulb border, in front of one of the hothouses. Messrs. Loddiges add to their description of this
plant, that “ before and during the flowering season, it should be well watered.” It is increased by offsets.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
47
13.—WATSONIA SPICATA, Ker. THE SPIKED WATSONIA.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia fistulosa, Sims ; I. teretifolia, Banks ; Gladio- SPECIFIC CHARACTER,- Perianth salver-shaped, with a short tube,
lus fistulosus, Jacq. Hollow-leaved Ixia, Cylindrical-leaved Wat-
and a spreading, equal, campanulate limb. Spike distich, densely-
sonia.
flowered. Leaves cylindrical, blunt, and mucronate at the apex,
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 523.
fistular.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This very remarkable plant is evidently nearly allied to Watsonia plantaginea, already
&
described ; the flowers are white, tipped with pink, instead of being blue; they are also larger, and are disposed
in a looser, better formed spike. The leaves are, however, the most remarkable, as they are cylindrical and
hollow, being perfectly smooth on the outside, and tipped with a little, soft point or mucro, in the centre of the
extremity of the cylinder. This species is very apt to produce small bulbs,“ of the size and form of a grain of
oats,” in the flower-spathes instead of flowers; sometimes only a few of these bulbs are produced, and the other
part of the spike is covered with flowers; but very often there are no flowers at all, and their place throughout
the whole of the flower-spathe, is supplied by miniature bulbs.
OTHER SPECIES OF WATSONIA.
W. ANGUSTA, Ker.
This species has small, narrow, scarlet flowers.
. It was introduced in 1825.
W. IRIDIFOLIA, Jacq.
A tall, handsome plant, with Iris-like leaves, and flame-coloured flowers. Nearly allied to W. fulgida.
.
Introduced in 1795.
W. RUBENS, Ker.
The flowers are red, and have red spathes. Introduced in 1825.
GENUS XX.
GLADIOLUS, Ker. THE CORN-FLAG.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. --Spathe 2-valved. Perianth tubular at the entire. Capsule membranaceous, somewhat triagonal. Seeds numerous
base ; limb 6-parted; segments irregular, or nearly equal. Stamens winged.
three, ascending ; anthers parallel. Stigmas three, somewhat dilated,
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The Gladioli or Corn-flags are well-known showy flowers, two species of which are
natives of Europe ; and the others (amounting to fifty-eight, besides varieties) are either from the Cape or
hybrids. The shape of the flowers in nearly all the species is alike: the calyx and corolla are confounded
together, and the perianth thus formed is tubular, and divided into six segments. In some cases these segments
are nearly equal; but generally three of them are much larger than the others, and elevated, so as to form a
distinct upper lip. The three upper segments of the perianth are generally connivent, that is, growing so closely
together as to form a sort of hood; and the three lower segments are generally loose and spreading. The three
stamens are upright, terminating in upright anthers; and the three stigmas are hollow, and somewhat grooved,
a

48
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
The seed-vessel or capsule is ovate-oblong, and somewhat three-sided ; and the seeds are very numerous, and
winged, or furnished with a feathery substance like those of some of the Composita. These are the characters
of Mr. Bellenden Ker's genus Gladiolus ; but the genus Gladiolus of Linnæus embraced a much wider range,
and took in the modern genera Anomatheca, Tritonia, Babiana, and Watsonia, besides several kinds of Ixia.
The genus was formerly principally characterised by its sword-shaped leaves, which gave rise to the name of
Ensato, by which Jussieu distinguished the Corn-flag tribe. Gladiolus also signifies a sword; and it
appears
to have applied to the original genus since the time of Dioscorides ; at present it is not so appropriate, as the
sword-shaped leaves are common to many genera.
Most of the species contained in the modern genus Gladiolus, being natives of the Cape of Good Hope, require
alternate seasons of drought and moisture, or, in other words, of complete rest and excitement. They should
consequently be grown in dry sandy soil, in a warm situation (as for example, on a sloping bank in front of a
south wall), and either taken up in winter, or sheltered from the heavy rains that generally fall at that season.
All the Cape bulbs are more injured by excessive moisture during the dormant season, than even by frost;
provided they were quite dry when the frost set in. The reason for this is, that the bulbs in their native
country are only accustomed to moisture in their growing season ; and thus when the ground around them is
saturated with rain they are stimulated into premature activity, as they seem to suppose their growing season
has arrived. This unnatural growth, at a season when the nourishment of the plant is not matured, of course
exhausts it, and it falls a prey to the first disease that attacks it. The common and Turkish Gladioli, on the
contrary, may remain in the ground all the year without injury, and the common Gladiolus is so hardy, and
increases so rapidly by its numerous offsets, that in the course of a few years it becomes as troublesome as a
weed. All the kinds are very free flowerers; and most of them are remarkably handsome, either for growing
as border-flowers, or in groups on a lawn.
1.-GLADIOLUS COCHLEATUS, Swt. THE SPOON-TIPPED GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVING.-Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 140.
elongated. Segments of the perianth elliptic-ovate, somewhat obtuse,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, almost linear, 2-nerved, and spreading; lower segments concave and spoon-shaped ; tube much
stiff, upright, and glaucous, attenuated at the apex; the margin and shorter than the spathe.
the central nerve are very prominent. Scape simple, slender, and
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A curious plant, with a very slender stem, sometimes nearly two feet long. The leaves
are very narrow, straight, and rigid, tapering to a sharp point. The central nerve is very prominent on both
sides; thus approaching the leaf of Pentamenes quadrangularis. The spathe is two-valved, and both the valves
are much longer than the tube of the perianth; they are broadly lanceolate before the flower expands; but they
afterwards roll inwards, and appear very narrow. The flower is white; the three upper segments are about
half the size of the lower ones, and more erect; they are stained with a red feathery mark, somewhat
compass-shaped ; the lower segments are white, and the central one spoon-shaped. The stamens are short, and
,
the anthers very long and upright, with straw-coloured pollen. The style is white, and the stigma three-cleft,
with the segments very slender at the base, but dilated at the ends. The plant has a very singular appearance,
from the very slender, stiff, upright leaves, which surround the flower, and the curved spoon-shaped lower lip.
,
A native of the Cape; introduced in 1809. It requires to be kept in a greenhouse, as it flowers in February
and March



P1.10
772
2
3
2. Gladiolus
pecurus
2Gladiolus versicolor
. _ 3. Gladiolus carnesto.4
3. Gladiolus carnento.4. Gladiolus, cuspidatus.
UNIL
OF
e


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
49
2.-GLADIOLUS VERSICOLOR, Andr. THE CHANGEABLE GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Reg. t. 19; Bot. Mag. t. 1042, a.
round tube, with nearly equal, ovate segments. Leaves linear, cunei-
Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, with a short, rather form, three-ribbed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A handsome plant, the flowers of which somewhat resemble in colour those of the parrot-
cornflag, though they are very different in shape, the segments of the perianth being long and tapering, undulated
at the margin, and somewhat recurved. This species was introduced in 1794, and it flowers in May and June.
It is very fragrant in an evening, and each flower-stem generally produces four flowers. The name of versicolor
appears to allude to a slight change visible in the colour of the flowers about sunset, when they take a curiously
shifting hue, like that perceivable in shot silk when held up to the light. This peculiarity makes the plants of
this and the following species extremely well adapted for planting in boxes under a veranda, or in
where they are likely to be seen with the setting sun shining on them.
any situation
3.—GLADIOLUS LÆVIS, Ker. THE SMOOTH GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.-G. versicolor, var. binervis, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth drooping, secund; spathe longer
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1042, e.
than the tube. Leaves two-nerved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Closely resembling the preceding species, but with the points of the segments of the
perianth less undulated, and consequently less like those of a Ferraria. The colours are also very variable, and
appear to change in the setting sun; but as blue predominates instead of red, the general effect is that of coldness
instead of the rich glow displayed by the hues of G. versicolor. G. lævis is a native of the Cape of Good Hope,
and it was introduced in 1806. The culture is the same as for the other species.
4.-GLADIOLUS SUAVEOLENS, Ait. THE FRAGRANT GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. versicolor, var. tenuior, Sims; G. versicolor, curved tube, and a deep nearly equal limb; upper segments of limb
Hort.
elliptic, bluntish, emarginate, convolute, and undulated at the apex ;
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 556; and our fig. 2, in Plate 10, under lateral ones narrower. Leaves three-nerved, striated, shorter than the
the name of G. versicolor.
sheath.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Perianth campanulate, with a short rather
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are of a pale yellow or straw colour, dotted in the upper part with red spots.
The leaves are ribbed, but not quadrangular, like those of some of the species. The species is a native of the
Cape, and it was introduced in 1799. It may be grown either in pots, or in the open air; but in the latter case
it will require protection during winter. It is most suitable for pots, as its curious markings are scarcely seen
when it is grown far from the eye.
R.
5.-GLADIOLUS RECURVUS, Ker. THE RECURVED, OR VIOLET-SCENTED CORNFLAG.
SYNONYMES.-G. carinatus, Ait. ; G. punctatus, Jacq.; G. tristis,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulately ringent, and com-
var. punctatus, Thunb.; G. alatus, Schneev.; G. odorus, Sal.; pressed at the sides ; outer segments lanceolate and recurved ; inner
G. ringens, And.
ones somewhat wedge-shaped at the base. Leaves linear, smooth,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 578; Bot. Rep. t. 27; and our fig. 1, except the midrib, which is prominent.
in Plate 10.
1
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished not only by its colour, which is a beautiful violet
tinged with yellow, and its scent, which resembles that of the violet, or rather of the orris-root, but by the sheath,
H

50
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
which rises from the bulb, and envelops the base of the stem. This sheath is white, mottled with a purplish-
brown, and it is as glossy as the finest porcelain, which indeed it greatly resembles. Each bulb sends up
three
leaves, and a stem about two feet high, with a flower-spike of from two to five flowers. The stem is never
branched, though it is so represented in Miller's figure, probably through a mistake of the draughtsman. When
the flowers first expand they will be found, if closely examined, to be yellow, so closely dotted over with very
small violet-blue spots as to look quite blue at a distance; and in this state the flowers are very beautiful. In
the course of two or three days, however, the dots disappear, the whole flower becomes of a pale and somewhat
dull violet-blue. The stigmas, which are green, are larger than the anthers, and gracefully curved. This species
was first
grown in England in 1760 by Miller, who raised it from Cape seeds. In 1774 it was reintroduced into
Kew Gardens by Mr. Masson, who gave it the name of carinata, or keeled, from the projecting midrib of the
leaf. When it flowered, it was, however, immediately recognised to be the same plant as that of Miller.
Thunberg describes a variety with the same fragrance, &c., but with flesh-coloured flowers. It is, like many of
the other Cape Iridaceæ, quite able to resist the cold of an English winter-at least all the cold that it is likely
to meet with in the neighbourhood of London ; but it must be kept dry, or at any rate so placed that no stagnant
;
water may remain round the corm. It does not, however, bear taking up in autumn and replanting in spring,
as it flowers in April ; and unless it be planted in September or October the plant has not time to develop its
growth. It succeeds very well grown in pots, as its roots do not require much room ; and though the stem is
more dwarf, it looks better on that account, as the scantiness of its flowers is thus rendered less conspicuous. In
other respects its culture is the same as that of the preceding species; but it has the advantage, when raised from
seed, of coming into flower much earlier, and of never failing to produce flowers every season.
-
6.—GLADIOLUS GRACILIS, Ker. THE SLENDER GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME. —G. punctatus, var. Soland.
segments, tube equal in length to the spathe. Leaves linear, the
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 562.
marginal ribs projecting, and the midrib depressed. Scape flexuous,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth ringent, with lanceolate obtuse
-
kneed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is one of the least ornamental of all the kinds of Gladiolus, from the great length
and slenderness of the stem, its narrow leaves, and few flowers. The bulb is very small, and the stem rises
without
any branches two or three feet high, with only three or four very short linear leaves. There are seldom
more than three flowers, which are of a pale lilac, and have their lower segments spotted with black. They are
without fragrance. This species is quite hardy ; and in any common garden soil it may be left in the ground all
the winter without any protection. It will, however, be advisable to plant it tolerably deep (say four inches, or
six inches), as it has a tendency to rise out of the ground like the Crocus.
ones
7.-GLADIOLUS CARNEUS, Jacq. THE FLESH-COLOURED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.-G. cuspidatus, Andr.
ments and a somewhat incurved tube ; the upper segment the broadest,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 591; Bot. Rep. t. 147; and our fig. convolute and somewhat recurved at the apex, the lower
3, in Plate 10.
narrower and dependent. Leaves ensiform, striated, glabrous, margi-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth subringent, with nearly equal seg- nate. Scale flexuous. Flowers drooping.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant growing two or three feet high, with broad sword-shaped leaves,
edged with a narrow white cartilaginous margin. The flowers are very large, with a long tube, and rather

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
51
narrow-pointed segments; the lower three having a brilliant carmine diamond-shaped spot in the centre of each.
The spathes are broadly inflated, and the flower-spike is decidedly distich ; that is, the flowers are nearly equally
disposed on both sides. The flowers have no scent; but from their large size, and beautiful colour, and from the
great abundance in which they are produced, the plant is very ornamental. It is, however, too large for
growing in pots or boxes, and looks best planted out on a lawn in a prepared pit, as will be directed for
Gladiolus pudibundus. It is a native of the country near the Cape of Good Hope; and it was introduced in
1796. It flowers in May and June.
.
8.-GLADIOLUS CUSPIDATUS, Jacq. THE SHARP-POINTED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES. -- G. undulatus, Lin.; G. tristis, var. hastatus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Perianth erect, funnel shaped, Segments
Thunb.; Tall cornflag.
of the limb undulated, obtuse, upper lateral ones ovate oblong, upper-
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 582; Bot. Rep. t. 219; and our fig. most one larger, lower ones much smaller, equal and somewhat re-
4, in Plate 10.
curved. Leaves ensiform, striated, shorter than the stem.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is one of the most remarkable species of the genus, from the great length and
undulation of the segments of the perianth. The flowers, which are produced in May and June, are cream-
coloured, but the lower segments are marked with a very rich and most remarkable stain, which looks like a
spot of gold worked on dark purple velvet. This mark is much larger and more brilliant in some flowers than
in others—in some indeed it is scarcely visible. This plant is a native of the plains near the Cape of Good
Hope, and it was introduced in 1795, that great year for the introduction of Cape bulbs into England. In that
year the Cape of Good Hope was ceded to the English; and English botanists, who had been before compelled
to obtain the Cape plants by a circuitous route through Holland, were now enabled to procure them direct from
Africa. This circumstance appears to have given a great impulse to the culture of Cape plants, and particularly of
Cape bulbs ; for we find the Botanical Magazine for 1796, and the ten subsequent volumes, almost filled with these
beautiful flowers. Want of care in their culture, or rather a want of knowledge of the general principles of
physiology on which that culture ought to be directed, appears to have caused them to be comparatively
neglected; but they are so beautiful, and so easily managed, when the general principles of their culture are
understood, that it appears only necessary to call attention to them to have them become general favourites.
9.-GLADIOLUS PUDIBUNDUS, Swt. THE BLUSH-FLOWERED GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Series, t. 140; Paxton's perianth shorter than the scape ; segments ovate-lanceolate, obtuse,
Mag. of Bot. vol. 2, p. 197 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 11.
undulated at the margin, recurvedly spreading.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers somewhat inverted; tube of the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very showy plant is a hybrid, raised by the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert, between
G. cardinalis, and G. blandus. The stem is straight, cylindrical, and smooth ; and it grows between two feet
and three feet high. The leaves are broad, deeply ribbed, and sword-shaped. The flowers are large, of a deep
rose-colour, and very handsome ; and they are well and regularly disposed on each side of the spike. The spike
is somewhat twisted, so as to give the flowers, which are ten in number, a spreading character. Both the style
and stigmas are gently curved, and of a delicate white; and the anthers are large, and of a rich, dark purple.
The bulbs of this species flower best when they are planted in pits prepared for them in the following manner.
Each pit should be about two feet deep, and two feet in diameter, and two or three layers of broken brickbats.
potsherds, pebbles, &c., should be laid at the bottom, so as to fill the pit to the depth of about six inches. The
H 2

52
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
may be taken
pit should then be filled up with a mixture of two-fourths sand, one of loam, and one of decayed leaves or peat,
and the bulbs should be planted two or three inches deep. The pit should be covered with a handglass, over
which in severe frost, or excessive rain, a mat may be spread ; but this should be taken off when not absolutely
necessary,
and the glass itself should be raised in the middle of the day, whenever the weather is fine and open,
Thus treated, the plants will flower magnificently. In September or October, according to the season--that is
in September if the summer has been warm and dry, and in October if it has been cool and moist—the bulbs
up,
if their offsets are to be removed. The bulbs may be replanted in other pits filled with
fresh soil; or they may be put into pots to flower the following year; a compost of equal parts of very sandy
loam and peat being used for filling the pots. The plants may then be kept in the greenhouse, or a frame, during
the winter, and the pots plunged into the open border in spring. This last mode is by far the most economical,
as the expense of making and filling the pits is considerable, and the gladioli, if taken up, should not be replanted in
the same soil. It also prevents the untidy appearance presented by the leaves after the plant has done flowering;
as the pot can be taken out of the border, and carried to some reserve ground to mature its leaves, while its
place can be filled up by annuals, brought forward for that purpose, by sowing them, and keeping them in pots,
till they are ready for transplanting. This plan answers very well, as most of the Gladioli flower in May; and
the spring-sown annuals may safely be kept in their pots till June. It must be observed, however, that the
Gladioli never produce either such brilliant flowers, or such tall and vigorous stems in pots, as they do when
planted in the open ground.
10.-GLADIOLUS MORTONIUS, W. Herb. MR. MORTON'S GLADIOLUS.
FNGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 3680; and our fig. 4, in Plate 11. rous; tube of the perianth nearly equal to the scape. Segments
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves numerous, broad, acuminate, and reflexed, spreading with undulated margins.
strongly nerved ; slightly twisted towards the apex. Flowers nume-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A handsome species with numerous pale pink flowers, and broad yellowish green leaves,
It is a native of the east coast of Southern Africa, from which it was sent to England in 1837, by Mr. Morton,
after whom it has been named. Its culture is the same as that of G. natalensis.
a
11.—GLADIOLUS DEBILIS, W. Herb. THE WEAK CORNFLAG.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 2585.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves linear, smooth. Segments of the perianth all spreading open, oval, and pointed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are solitary, and they are very different from those of most of the other kinds
of Gladiolus, as all the segments of the perianth are spread open like those of the Ixias ; and the two inner
segments are marked with a rich dark rose-coloured spot near the base. The other parts of the flower are white.
The leaves and stem are both very long and slender, and very weak. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was
introduced in 1822. It should be grown in a pot in a greenhouse, where it will flower in May.
a
12.-GLADIOLUS ANGUSTUS, Sims. THE NARROW-LEAVED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. africanus, Boer.; G. tristis, var. cordatus, Thun. tube, and a dilated funnel-shaped limb much longer than the spathe.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 602.
Segments ovate, flat ; lower ones ovate-lanceolate. Leaves linear.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Perianth with an elongated nearly straight Flowers secund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves are very narrow, and grass-like; they have a prominent midrib, and are
shorter than the stem. The stem grows about two feet high, and is slightly bending. The flowers are rather



P11l
2
2
3
7
3
Gladiduo pudibandas_2.Gladiolas albidus... Gladiolem flerebandes. 4 Gladiolue Mortonius.
UNIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
53
small, and secund. They have no scent, and are not very handsome. The tube is rather long and very slender,
and the segments are flat and spreading. The general colour of the flower is a dingy white; but the lower
segments are stained with a heart-shaped mark of red. It is one of the oldest Cape species in Europe; as it was
in cultivation by Miller in 1757. It is easily propagated by seeds or offsets ; but it is hardly worth growing,
as it is not a free flowerer, and its flowers have but little beauty even when they do appear.
13.-GLADIOLUS VOMERCULUS, Jacq. THE SPADE GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. hastatus, Vuhl. ; G. tristus, var. hastatus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, ringent. Segments
Thunb.
unequal. Leaves linear, striated.
ENGRAVING. - Bot. Mag. t. 1564.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The very odd name of Spade Gladiolus, seems to have been given to this species on
account of a peculiar mark on the lower segments of the perianth, which resembles in form the spade on playing-
cards, but the colour of which is yellow edged with blue. The specific names have nearly the same meaning ;
as vomerculus signifies the coulter of a ploughshare; and hastatus, a spearhead or halbert. The general colour of
the flower is of a bluish white.
The leaves are narrow, and deeply furrowed, and a curiously marked sheath,
which enfolds them towards the base, is mottled and shining. The flowers are produced in April and May. The
species is a native of the country near the Cape of Good Hope, and it was introduced in 1816. The culture is
the same as for the other species.
14.-GLADIOLUS EDULIS, Burchell. THE EATABLE GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 169.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with long-tailed segments. Leaves very long, linear, glaucous, with a prominent nerve on both sides.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very remarkable species was found by Mr. Burchell, the South African traveller,
,
near Litakoon or Lattakoo, near the centre of the peninsula, about S. Long 28°, and E. Lat. 24. The part
where it was found is one of the farthest points inland to which Europeans have as yet penetrated. The
flower is of no beauty, being white, slightly stained with pink and yellow, and the segments being linear, and so
very much curled that they look withered as soon as they expand. The leaves are very long and threadlike;
and the corm is oblong, somewhat resembling in shape a clove of garlick. It is firm, and white, and is eaten by
the natives. When roasted, its taste greatly resembles that of a roasted chesnut. The plant is tender, and it
requires to be grown in a pot, and kept all the year in the greenhouse.
15.—GLADIOLUS UNDULATUS, Ker. THE WAVY GLADIOLUS.
ENCRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 647.
largest, lower ones much smaller, equal, somewhat recurved. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Perianth erect, funnel-shaped, with undu- ensiform.
lated obtuse segments, upper ones ovate oblong ; uppermost one the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are decidedly secund; that is, they all grow on the same side of the flower-
spike, like those of the common cornflag. Those of the present species are of a pale yellow, with a broad red
stripe down the centre of each segment. The leaves are broad, and sword-shaped, and the stem grows about two
A native of the Cape ; introduced in 1760, and requiring the same culture as the other species. It
flowers in May and June.
feet high.

54
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
16.-GLADIOLUS FASCIATUS, Sal. THE SWATHED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. undulatus, var. Ker ; G. angustus, Thunb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Segments of perianth unequal, reflexed,
G. undulatus, Jacq. ; G. striatus, Andr.
curled. Leaves ensiform, much shorter than the scape.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 538; Bot. Rep. t. 91.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty dwarf species, the stem seldom growing above six or eight inches high, and
—
never exceeding a foot. The flowers have no scent, but they are of a delicate pink, the segments having waved
margins, and the three lower ones having a dark crimson streak down each. The calyx is inflated, and the bud,
when bursting forth with its crimped segments, looks something like a baby in swaddling-clothes, whence
probably the odd specific name. The stem is generally branched ; and if potted first in a very small pot and
afterwards shifted two or three times into others, getting gradually larger, without breaking the ball of earth, the
plant will form a compact little bush, covered with flowers, and will be very suitable for standing in a wire frame
or window.
17.-GLADIOLUS BLANDUS, Ker. THE FAIR GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 625.
spathe. Leaves linear, having the middle nerve prominent on both
Specific CHARACTER.-Perianth campanulate, subringent; upper sides, shorter than the scape.
segment concave ; three lower ones narrower; tube shorter than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.--Closely allied to G. carneus, but with white flowers, the three lower segments of which
are stained each with two little oval spots of red. The style and stamens are white, but the anthers are of a very
dark blue, or rather purple. The spathe is not inflated, and the leaf is short though very broad. The flowers
have no fragrance, but the plant is very handsome, as the flower-stem grows above two feet high, and produces
from eight to ten flowers, which are ranked alternately on each side. The species flowers in June. It is a native
of the Cape, and it was introduced in 1774.
a
.
-
18.-GLADIOLUS ALBIDUS, Willd. THE WHITE GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.-G. blandus, var. Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulately subringent, with a
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 648 ; Bot. Rep. t. 99; and our fig. 2, short tube, and acute nearly equal segments, the three lower segments
in Plate 11.
conniving at top. Leaves ensiform, rather oblique.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is called the White Gladiolus, because it is nearly without any stain of colour
except on the back of the segments of the perianth before they expand. The spathe is somewhat inflated, and
the leaf very broad and rather short. The culture is the same as of the other species. The exact time of its
.
introduction is not known, but it is supposed to have been one of a collection of Cape bulbs introduced by Messrs.
Lee and Kennedy of the Hammersmith Nursery in 1794.
a
-
a
19.—GLADIOLUS CAMPANULATUS, Andr. THE BELL-SHAPED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.—G. blandus, var. purpuro-albescens, Ker.
incurved tube, and deep, nearly equal, ovate segments. Leaves lanceo.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 645; Bot. Rep. t. 188.
late ; scape three-flowered, longer than the leaves.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth sub-campanulate, with a short rather
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very handsome species, but certainly singularly ill-named, as its flowers are less
c
campanulate or bell-shaped than those of most of the other species. The colour of the flowers is lilac, with a red
stain on each of the three lower segments of the perianth. The spathe is somewhat inflated, and the leaves are

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
55
broad and much shorter than the flower-scape. Both this and the preceding species were made varieties of
G. blandus by Mr. Bellenden Ker, &c. They certainly do seem very nearly allied to it. G. campanulatus was
introduced in 1794, in which year a large collection of Cape bulbs was purchased by Messrs. Lee and Kennedy
from Haarlem. The culture is the same as that of the other species,
20.—GLADIOLUS EXCELSUS, Jacq. THE TALL GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. blandus, var. excelsus? Ker 2 G. trimaculatus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER,—Perianth campanulate ; segments ovate,
Lour.
equal, spreading. Leaves ensiform, shorter than the scape.
ENGRAVING --Bot. Mag. t. 1665.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The tallest of all the kinds allied to G, blandus, as it is scarcely ever found less than three
feet high.
The flowers are large, of a beautiful pale pink, and each of the segments is marked at the base with
a dark crimson spot, differing in this respect from all the other species of Gladiolus, as in general the mark or stain
is only on the three lower segments. This species is remarkably handsome from its tall erect stem and its spike
of eight or ten large flowers, all expanded at one time. It is well adapted for growing on a lawn, in a pit purposely
a
prepared for it, as directed under G. pudibundus.
.
21.-GLADIOLUS FLORIBUNDUS, Ker. THE ABUNDANT-FLOWERING GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. grandiflorus, Andr.; the large-flowered cornflag. the length of the sheath, and the segments of the limb rather unequal,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 610; Bot. Gard. t. 631; Bot. Rep. t. flat, the upper one the largest. Leaves lanceolate, ensiform, narked
118; and our fig. 3, in Plate 11.
with red.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth erect, subringent, having the tube |
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is perhaps one of the commonest kinds in British gardens. The bulb or corm is
larger than in most of the other kinds, being generally about the size of a pigeon's egg. The leaves are large,
broad, strongly nerved, and edged with a bright pink cartilaginous margin. The stem grows about a foot high,
flowering from its very base ; and hence the specific name of floribundus. The flowers are very large, and stand
erect, opening widely like little lilies. They are white, but each segment has a bright pink stripe down the
centre. The style and stigmas are white, and rise above the anthers, which are dark purple. The spathe is about
two inches long, and is very large and handsome. The flowers have no fragrance, but they are produced in great
abundance from May till July. The bulbs, which may be bought in any seed-shop, are generally planted in
February or March, and are taken up as soon as they have done flowering in autumn. Thus treated, they are
quite hardy, and will grow in any soil or situation, though they prefer a deep sandy bank open to the south.
They produce abundance of offsets, and also ripen plenty of seed, from which young plants may easily be raised,
in the same manner as directed for other seedling bulbs. G. floribundus is a native of the low sandy hills near
the Cape of Good Hope, and it was introduced in 1788.
22.-GLADIOLUS MILLERI, Ker. MILLER'S GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. secundus, var. Banks ; Antholyza sulcata, Mill. having the segments nearly equal in length, the upper side one the
ENGRAVING.-- Bot. Mag. t. 632.
narrowest. Leaves linear, sulcate. Spathe green, striped with red.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Flowers secund; perianth campanulate,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable plant. The bull is about the size of a pigeon's egg.
, The leaves are
large, broad, and deeply furrowed. The stem is about a foot high, and generally bends to one side. The flowers

56
THE LADIES" FLOWER-GARDEN
are all on the same side the stem; they are large, and of pale yellow, with a purplish pink stripe down the centre
of each segment; they are without fragrance. The spathe is large, inflated, and of a reddish-brown on the
outside. The tube of the perianth is short, rigid, and very solid and fleshy; so much so indeed that it is quite
brittle, and if touched, the upper part of the flower breaks off like a young succulent head of asparagus.
The
flowers are white when they first expand, with a very faint streak of pink down the centre of each segment; but
the white soon turns to yellow, and the pink deepens into a purplish crimson with exposure to the air. The
plant is a native of the country near the Cape, and it was first raised in England from imported seed by Miller in
1757. It is generally grown in a greenhouse or in a frame, as it flowers in March or early in April, and
consequently should be planted in autumn.
a
-
23. -- GLADIOLUS CARDINALIS, Ker. THE SCARLET, OR SUPERB GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVING. -—Bot. Mag. t. 135.
| shorter than the spathe, and the segments of the limb lanceolate.
Specific CHARACTER.-Perianth campanulate, having the tube Leaves ensiform, marginate. Spikes numerous, secund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The scarlet Gladiolus is too well known to require any lengthened description. It is a
remarkably showy plant, and the stem, which in favourable situations will grow four feet high, generally branches
out near the top into five or six branches, each bearing six or eight flowers. The flowers are secund; they are
of a bright scarlet, and each segment is marked with a white diamond-shaped spot. The bulb should be planted
, -
in March or April, or even May, as the flowers do not appear till July or August. It may be left in the ground
in ordinary winters without any injury, provided the ground be tolerably dry. It is a native of the Cape, and
was introduced in 1789.
The most remarkable fact about this species is that it hybridizes more freely than any other, particularly with
G. blandus, some of the finest kinds of Gladiolus in British gardens having been raised in this manner.
When
it is wished to raise seed by hybridizing, the anthers of the plant which is to bear the seed are cut off before they
burst. The anthers of the other flower are watched, and, as soon as they have burst and are covered with the
floury substance called pollen, they are cut off, and received in a little tray, where they are kept till wanted. The
stigma of the fruit-bearing plant is then watched, and as soon as it appears moist the pollen is applied with a fine
camel-hair pencil. A thread is then tied round the spathe of the flower to indicate that the seed-pod is to be
saved. The pollen will keep good for many months; but the moisture on the stigma continues only a few days,
and must be taken advantage of as soon as it appears.
a
-
a
24.--GLADIOLUS BYZANTIUM, Ker. THE BYZANTIUM, OR TURKISH GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.—G. communis, var. Mill. ; the great corne-flagge of incurved tube and unequal segments ; upper segment covering the
Constantinople, Park.
lateral ones, three lower ones linear-lanceolate. Leaves ensiform.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 874.
Spike distich.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth ringent, with a thickened somewhat
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is quite hardy, and when once planted it may be left in the ground for years
without taking up. It does not even produce many offsets, and these are so few and weak that it is many years
before they become troublesome. The flowers are distich-that is, produced on both sides of the flower-stem ;
their colour somewhat resembles that of the common cornflag, but the flowers are much larger, and each of the
three lower segments has a yellow stripe down the centre. The style and stigma are of a dark-red, and the



P112
3
1
2
2. Gladidas rumetuo2-Gladiolus tristio.& Gladiolus veperatus
.
UND
OF
3
се


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
57
anthers are yellow. The seeds seldom ripen in English gardens. The flower-stem is shorter and more rigid than
that of the common kind, and the leaves, which are broad, are commonly doubled together. It flowers in June.
It is a native of the country near Constantinople, whence it was imported before 1629, as Parkinson speaks of it
as a well-known flower at that period. The bulb is generally planted in spring, and it will
grow
in
any
situation not under the drip of trees. Like all the species, however, it prefers a sandy soil and an open situation. .
It is said of this Gladiolus, that it will never flower when grown in the shade.
soil or
25.-GLADIOLUS COMMUNIS, Ker. THE COMMON CORNFLAG.
SYNONYMES.--G. Narbonensis, Besl. ; the French cornflag, Park. incurved tube, and unequal segments ; lower segments equal ; upper
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 86.
ones obtuse. Leaves ensiform, nerved ; flowers secund. Spathes
VARIETY.-G. c. 2 carneus, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 1575.
longer than the tube of the perianth.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth ringent, with a thickened somewhat
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The common cornflag is well known in almost every garden ; but Parkinson has given so
particular a description of it that I am tempted to quote a part of it, as a specimen of the style of the writer of a
lady's flower-garden in the time of Charles I. ; for Parkinson's work was no doubt much read by the ladies of
that day, as it is dedicated to the unfortunate Queen Henrietta Maria :-“ The French Corneflagge riseth up
with
three or foure broad, long, and stiffe, greene leaves, one as it were out of the side of another, being joyned together
at the bottome, somewhat like unto the leaves of Flower-de-luces (Iris), but stiffer, more full of ribbes, and larger
than many of them, and sharper pointed: the stalke riseth up from among the leaves, bearing
the leaves, bearing on them as it riseth,
having at the toppe divers huskes, out of which come the flowers one above another, all of them turning and
opening themselves one way, which are long and gaping, like unto the flowers of the Foxglove, a little arched, or
bunching less in the middle, of a faire reddish-purple colour, with two little spots within the mouth thereof, one
on each side, made like unto a lozenge that is square and long-pointed : after the flowers are past, come up round
heads or seede-vessels, wherein is contained reddish flat seede, like unto the seede of the Fritillaria, but thicker
and fuller. The root is somewhat great, round, and hard, with a show as if it were netted, having another short
spongie one under it, which, when it hath done bearing, and the stalke dry, that the roote may be taken up,
sticketh close to the bottome, but may be easily taken away, having usually a number of small rootes encreased
about it, the least of which will quickly grow, so that if it be suffered any long time in a garden, it will rather
choake and pester it than be an ornament unto it.” The common cornflag is a native of the south of France, and
indeed of the whole of the south of Europe, and it is quite hardy in British gardens. It should, however, be
third or fourth autumn, as, from the immense quantity of its offsets, it will, if they are not taken
away occasionally, become quite a weed ; and it will rather, as Parkinson says, 6 choake and pester” the garden,
66 than be an ornament to it."
,
taken up every
26.-GLADIOLUS RAMOSUS, Paxt. THE BRANCHING GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Paxt. Mag. of Bot. vol. vi. p. 99; and our fig. 1, oblong, obtuse ; lower ones narrower, emarginate. Leaves lanceolate,
in Plate 12.
acuminate, 5-nerved. Flowers distich. Spathes nearly equal to the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Upper segments of the perianth broadly tube of the perianth.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It is scarcely possible for any words to give a description of this splendid flower. The
flower-stem in a favourable situation grows about five feet high, throwing out numerous branches, which are
thickly covered with flowers of large size, and brilliant colour, which continue expanding in succession nearly all
I

58
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
the summer. The leaves are proportionately large and handsome ; and the whole plant forms a most magnificent
object, where there is plenty of room for it to be seen to advantage. The species was introduced from Holland
about 1836; and it is probably a hybrid raised in that country, though it is said to be a native of the Cape.
The corms should be planted in pots in October, and kept in a cold frame or greenhouse till May, when they
should be planted out into pits previously prepared for their reception, as directed under G. pudibundus. Thus
treated they will begin to flower magnificently in June, and will generally continue till August. As soon as
the leaves begin to wither, the corms should be taken up, and kept dry till they are replanted in pots in October ;
after which they should be kept in a frame till the following May, as before directed.
1
27.-GLADIOLUS TRISTIS, Lin. THE MELANCHOLY-LOOKING GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.—The square-leaved Corn-flag.
nearly equal segments. Leaves linear, 3-nerved, bisulcate. Spathe
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag, t. 272 and our fig. 2, in Plate 12. 3-valved.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, with a simple tube, and
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This was one of the first species of Gladiolus brought from the Cape of Good Hope to
England; as it was cultivated by Miller, and flowered in the Chelsea Botanic Garden in 1745. It was described
by Linnæus, who gave it the name of tristis from the sombre colour of its flowers; but the great naturalist was
probably misled by judging from a dried specimen, as when the plant is well grown the flowers are cream-
colour, each segment of the perianth having a green stripe up the centre, and the three upper segments having
this stripe dotted with a dark purplish red; the outside of the segments are beautifully feathered with the same
colour. The leaves are quadrangular from the great projection of the midrib on both sides of them. The
culture is the same as that of G. pudibundus.
.
-
-
28.-GLADIOLUS CONCOLOR, Sal. THE ONE-COLOURED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. tristus, var. B; yellow-flowered square-leaved SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, with one incurved
Corn-flag.
tube, and flat, rather unequal segments. Leaves linear, tetragonal,
ENGRAVINGS.—Sal. Parad. Lond. t. 8; Bot. Mag. t. 1098.
. . .
4-furrowed. Spathe 3-valved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very desirable species for its colour, which is of a clear bright yellow, and the form
of its flowers, which are nearly campanulate. The leaves are very curious ; the great projection of the midrib
making the section appear, when cut, in the form of a Greek cross. The number of the flowers varies from two
to eight, and they are all produced on the same side of the spike. In the day-time the flowers have no fragrance;
but towards evening they begin to diffuse an odour like that of the common pink. The species was introduced
in 1790, and it requires the same culture as G. pudibundus.
29.-GLADIOLUS. VIPERATUS, Ker. THE VIPER GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. alatus, Thunb.; G. orchidiflorus, Andr. ; Sisy- SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth ringent; upper segment obovate,
rinchium viperatum, Pluk.; the perfumed Cornflag.
recurved ; lateral ones rhomboid-ovate, spreading; lower ones spatulate,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 688; Bot. Rep. t. 241 ; Brit. Flow. acuminated, dependent. Leaves ensiform, striated.
Gard. t. 156; and our fig. 3, in Plate 12.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Dr. Plukenet gave this very singular plant the name of “ Viperatus," from the resem-
blance of part of its flower to the head of a viper, when raised and hissing, as if just preparing to bite. The
flowers are of a greenish grey, with livid and brown stripes; and they are extremely fragrant, resembling the

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
59
perfuine which the French call Eau de miel. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was
first sent to England about 1794 ; but it was soon lost, and it was not reintroduced till 1825. It is now very
rarely to be seen in collections. It must not, however, be supposed from this, that it is at all difficult to grow-
on the contrary, it is one of the hardiest of the Cape Iridaceæ ; but it requires a stronger soil than most of the
other Cape bulbs, and from the size and sweetness of its tuberous bulb or corm, it is an object of great attraction
to mice, which destroy nearly all the corms of this species that are left during the winter in the ground without
protection. The flowers are, however, so much finer and the plants so much stronger when grown
air, that it is worth trying to avoid the danger. Perhaps the best way of doing this is to plant the corms in a
compost of equal parts of sand, peat, and light loam, in very deep pots, which have been well drained with
potsherds, broken very small, in October, and to keep them in a dry place under shelter till February or March,
and then to turn the plants out of their pots with their balls of earth entire, into pits prepared by drainage and
filled with equal parts of sand and light loam.
in the open
30.-GLADIOLUS ALATUS, Ker. THE WINGED GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 586; Bot. Rep. t. 8; Swt. Brit. Flow. tube ; upper segment cuneate-lanceolate, flat, recurved lateral ones
Gard. t. 187.
very broad ovate rhomboid ; lower one spatulate rhomboid. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, with a short turbinate ensiform, stiff, striated. Spathes subventricose, decurrent.
DESCRIPTION, &c.The corm of this very singular plant is not larger than the seed of a lupine ; and it is
covered with a brown skin which slips off, and shows the glossy whiteness of the solid feculent matter within.
The leaves are rigid, and strongly nerved and plaited; they taper at both extremities, and sheath the stem at
the base. The spathe is two-valved, and the flowers, which smell like sweet-briar, are shaped a good deal like
those of G. viperatus, but the three upper segments are of a bright orange scarlet, softening almost into white in
the centre, and very strongly veined; while the three lower ones are yellowish and tipped with orange scarlet.
This species was found by Thunberg near the Cape, where it appears to be very common. It was introduced in
1795, and again in 1827; but it now appears to be lost. It is very handsome and hardy; and it appears to
,
belong to the same division as G. viperatus, having the same curved filaments, and like that species requiring a
stronger soil than most of the other species. All the plants belonging to this division should be grown in equal
parts of sand, peat, and loam.
31.—GLADIOLUS NAMAQUENSIS, Ker. THE NAMAQUA-LAND GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. galeatus, Andr.; G. alatus, var. namaquensis, tube, the upper segment concave, the lateral ones rhomboid ovate, flat
W. Herb.
and spreading, the lower ones conniving, dependent, spatulate, obtuse,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 592 ; Bot. Rep. t. 122 ; and our fig. with a mucrone, with convolute claws. Leaves coriaceous, rather ob-
1, in Plate 13.
long, marginate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, with a short turbinate
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers, as already observed, strongly resemble those of G. alatus, but the leaves
are decidedly different, being short and broad, and edged with a brownish-pink, or red cartilaginous margin ;
they are deeply plaited, and terminate abruptly in a short point. The plant is a native of Namaqua Land, on
a ,
the west-coast of South Africa, beyond the Orange River, S. lat. 28 ; and consequently its habitat is much
nearer the equator than the Cape. Notwithstanding this, the same peculiarities are observable in its constitution
as in those of its allies. It is nearly hardy, should be grown in the open ground, and requires a loamy soil. It
was introduced in the year 1800.
12

60
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
32.—GLADIOLUS ALGOENSIS, G. Don. THE ALGOA-BAY GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME: - G. alatus var., Hook.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 2608 ; and our fig. 4, in Plate 13.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, upper segments concave,
reflexed at top, upper lateral ones broad ovate, reflexed, lower ones
narrow, glandular. Spatulate also reflexed. Leaves ensiform, rigid,
costate. Scape winged from the decurrent sheaths.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This species is another of the viper division of Gladiolus ; the flowers are of the same
peculiar shape, and the stamens curled in the same singular manner. The upper segments of the perianth are
strongly veined, and the three lower ones yellow tipped with the colour of the upper ones in the same way.
In short, the Algoa-Bay Gladiolus, and that from Namaqua Land, are both so much like G. alatus, that it is
not at all surprising that Sir W. J. Hooker should have made them varieties of that species; and they are all
evidently very closely allied to G. viperatus. Besides the peculiar resemblance of form in the flowers of these
plants, they appear to resemble each other in constitution, as, though they are natives of different parts of South
Africa, and all from places most of which from their latitude must be much warmer than the Cape of Good
Hope, they are all much hardier than the majority of the Cape Iridaceæ, and all require a much stronger soil-
as the compost in which they are grown should consist of loam mixed with sand, without any peat. They have
all likewise very small corms, which appear to be peculiarly sweet and feculent, as they are more liable than any
other kinds to be devoured by mice and snails. They all likewise never flower well, unless they lave abundance
of air. G. algoensis is a native of Algoa Bay, in nearly the same latitude as Cape Town, but on the East coast
of South Africa; and it was introduced in 1824.
a
33.—GLADIOLUS PSITTACINUS, Hook. THE PARROT GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. Natalensis, Reinwardt ; Splendid Gladiolus,
Natal Cornflag.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 3032 ; Bot. Reg. t. 1442 ; Bot. Gard.
t. 536 ; Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 281; Floral Mag. vol. i. p.
67; and our fig. 2, in Plate 13, under the name of G. Natalensis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, with elliptic abruptly acu-
minated segments, the three superior ones large and conniving into the
form of a helmet; throat ventricose, 6-furrowed ; inner spathe
bicuspidate, longer than the tube. Leaves broad,
Leaves broad, ensiform.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very splendid plant was first sent to England by the Prince of Salm Dyck, one of
c
the most liberal and generous patrons of botany of the present age, and who probably possesses the finest
collection of succulents in Europe. The Parrot Gladiolus had been previously seen and admired by Richard
Harrison, Esq., of Liverpool, in the Botanic Garden at Leyden ; but the professor of botany in that garden
having unkindly refused to part with a bulb, Mr. Harrison applied, through Mr. Hitchin of Norwich, to the
Prince of Salm Dyck. The species was introduced in 1829, and it flowered the following summer for the first
time in England in Mr. Harrison's garden near Liverpool. It is a native of the south-east coast of Africa, near
Port Natal, in S. lat. 30; but though found so much nearer the Equator than the Cape of Good Hope, which is
on the south-west coast of Africa S. lat. 34, it is apparently nearly as hardy as the common European Gladiolus ;
and in a dry sandy soil it may be left in the open ground all the winter without the least danger. When thus
treated it forms a great number of offsets ; so many indeed, that if neglected it would probably in a few years
become almost a weed. In the open ground it grows three or four feet high, and sends up four or five spikes of
flowers, which are very large and of a splendid colour; but when grown in a pot it is seldom above a foot or
eighteen inches high, and very often there is only one spike of flowers to each bulb.



21.13..
3
5.
3.
"Gladiolu Namaguensin-2 Gladiolus Natalenoio. 3 Gladialus trichonemifolius.
3. Gladiolus Atsenues. Gladioline Bevilla Sifadistea Watoonita
Alzpenots
- –
5. Crtvilliu
.
SNL
OF
M


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
61
34.—GLADIOLUS TRICHONEMIFOLIUS, Ker. THE TRICHONEMA, OR THREAD-LEAVED
GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYME.—Ixia spathacea, Banks.
ovate-lanceolate, convolute. Leaves slender, linear, four-sided, angles
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1483; and our fig. 3, in Plate 13. furrowed ; the lower one much longer than the scape. Spike few-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, subringent, tube flowered. Flowers somewhat secund,
nearly equal in length to the spathes, ventricose at top. Segments
DESCRIPTION, &C.—The corm is small, and covered with a dark brown skin. The leaves are very long, and
c
quite erect.
The stem is much shorter than the leaves, and sheathed at the base in a dark purple membranaceous
covering, rising from the bulb. The spike has seldom more than two flowers, which are very fragrant, their
scent resembling that of the violet. It flowers in May. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced about
1810. The odd name of Trichonemifolius alludes to its leaves resembling those of a plant to which Mr. Bellenden
Ker gave the name of trichonema, from thrix, hair, and nemos, a filament.
a
-
a
a
35.-GLADIOLUS COLVILLII, Swt. MR. COLVILL'S GLADIOLUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 155 ; and our fig. 5, in Plate 13. segment the largest ; lower ones the smallest. Leaves ensiform, glau.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, tube about equal in length cescent, ribbed on both sides.
to the spathes. Segments obtuse, with subconvolute margins; upper
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A splendid hybrid, or rather cross-bred, raised in 1823 by Mr. Colvill from the seeds of
G. concolor, that had been fertilized by the pollen of G. cardinalis. The bulb-tuber, or corm, is rather small,
and the stem, which is slightly bending, grows about a foot and a half high. The leaves are numerous ; they are
long, rather broad, deeply furrowed, and of a glaucous green. The flowers, which have a delicious fragrance when
unfolding, are very handsome. The perianth is tubular, with a six-parted spreading limb, of a brilliant scarlet,
softening into purple in the margin. The spike is well filled, but the flowers are secund. . This very showy
species is generally grown in a pot filled with very sandy loam, and kept in a greenhouse, where it can have
abundance of air. I found a great number of splendid specimens of Gladiolus Colvillii going into flower in the
nursery of Mr. Groom, florist, Walworth, when I visited that establishment in May 1840 to see Mr. Groom's
tulip-show. He had also several other kinds of the Cape Iridacee, which he grows generally in pots, kept in a
very airy greenhouse, and he imports bulbs of them for sale every year from Holland. Mr. Groom is particularly
attentive and obliging, and a visit to his nursery will amply repay the trouble to any amateur of flowers. Among
other rare plants I was surprised to find Phalocallis plumbago (see p. 16), and Rigidella flammea ; particularly
the latter, which I had supposed to be only in the possession of the London Horticultural Society (see p. 27).
Having mentioned this plant, it may be proper to state, that in the Botanical Register for May 1840, Dr. Lindley
informs us that he finds, on minute examination, he was mistaken in supposing the perianth of the flower had
only three segments, as he has since discovered the three inner segments within the cup of the flower, but so
closely rolled up as to resemble anthers.
36.--GLADIOLUS WATSONIUS, Ker. MR. WATSON'S GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.-G. recurvus, Houtt; G. præcox, Andr.; An-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth subcampanulate, drooping, with a
tholyza revoluta, Burm.; dwarf Cornflag.
cylindrical tube, and lanceolate recurved nearly equal acute segments.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 450; and our fig. 6. in Plate 13. Leaves linear ensiform, marginate, three-ribbed.
VARIETY.-G. W. 2 variegata, Ker; Bot. Mag. t. 569.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The species grows about a foot or eighteen inches high, and has only two or three flowers,
which greatly resemble those of some kind of Antholyza. It has three or four leaves, which are short, and

62
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
apparently furnished with two deep grooves from the projection of the midribs and margins. The variety differs
in having a larger flower, which is red, variegated with yellow, and has a long tube, and deeply reflexed segments,
and in its stem being little more than half the height of that of the species. Both kinds, however, agree in their
leaves, and in their flowers being devoid of scent; and both must be grown in pots as they flower in February.
-
37.--GLADIOLUS HIRSUTUS, Jacq. THE HAIRY GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.—G. hirsutus, var. B, Ker. ; G. Merianellus, Thunb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth campanulate, regular. Leaves
Antholyza Merianella, Lin.; G. roseus, Andr.; the rose-coloured linear ensiform. Scape flexuous at top; leaves distich, hairy. Sheaths
Cornflag.
pilose. Spathes glabrous.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 574; Bot. Rep. t. 11.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— Though G. brevifolius was supposed by Mr. Bellenden Ker to be a variety of this
species, the two kinds are in fact very distinct. In G. hirsutus the flowers are large and rose-coloured ; they are
secund, that is, all growing on the same side of the spike; and the scapes and leaves are not only edged with a
deep red margin, but they are quite hairy. The plant varies, however, very much, according to the soil and
situation in which it is grown. The stem, which is generally less than a foot high, sometimes grows to the
height of three or even four feet, and the flowers, which are generally of a decided rose colour, vary to purple and
almost white. It should be grown in the open ground in very sandy loam, and it flowers in May. The fragrance
of the flowers resembles that of the hawthorn. The exact habitat of this plant is not known, as it was introduced
from Holland in 1795.
-
38.-GLADIOLUS BREVIFOLIUS, Jacq. THE SHORT-LEAVED GLADIOLUS.
SYNONYMES.—G. hirsutus var., Ker.; G. tristis var., Thunb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth subringent, having the tube equai
G. corneus, Andr.; G. villosiusculus, Banks"; the variegated shaggy in length to the spathe, with lanceolate segments ; scape leafless,
Cornflag.
drooping at top; sterile bulb furnished only with a single leaf.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 727; Bot. Rep. t. 240.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is only suitable for growing in a pot in a greenhouse, as it flowers in January.
The flowers, though small, are very pretty, from their rosy tint, and their delicate pencillings; but the stem
being often two feet long and very slender, has an uncouth and naked appearance. It looks best when this long
ugly stem is hidden by bushy plants with large leaves, and the pretty flowers peep just above them at such a
height as to be just on a level with the eye.
39.-GLADIOLUS APHYLLUS, Jacq. THE LEAFLESS GLADIOLUS.
—
SYNONYMES.-G. hirsutus, Ker; shaggy Cornflag.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth nearly regular; segments lanceolato-
oval, unguiculate at the base. Leaves short, ensiform, rising from the
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 992.
bulb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious plant, which at first sight looks more like a Linaria, or Toad-flax, than a
Gladiolus. It flowers very early in January or February, and the corm sends up a single slender stem about a
foot high, with six or eight flowers, but not a single leaf, except what appears to be the rudiments of one close to
the base of the stem. The flowers have no smell, but they are rather pretty, the upper segments of the perianth
being slightly tinted with pink, and the lower ones being of a darker pink or rose colour, and marked with
yellow.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
63
OTHER SPECIES OF GLADIOLUS.
The following species are all said to be in the country, and they are probably in some private collections,
though I have not been able to meet with them in the collection of any nurseryman or seedsman. They are all
natives of the Cape, and all require the same treatment. The hybrids, on the contrary, are common in every
nursery, and the floricultural world is greatly indebted for them to the Hon. and Rev. Wm. Herbert, so well
known for his admirable work on the Amaryllidaceæ, under whose directions they were raised.
G. PERMEABILIS, Sal.
The flowers are red and yellow, and they are produced in May and June. The species was introduced in
1825, and it has been described and figured by De la Roche. The specific name signifies “passing through," but
I am not aware why it is applied to this plant.
G. MERIANELLUS, Jacq.
The flowers are said to be small and delicate, and yellow tinged with purple. The plant probably bears some
resemblance to Watsonia Meriana, whence the name.
G. PUNICEUS, Lam.; G. VILLOSUS, Jacq. ; G. LAMARCKII, Sal.
The flowers of this species are dark purple, and the leaves downy.
G. BREYNIANUS, Jacq.
This species has brown and yellow flowers. It is named in honour of a Dutch botanist (Breynius), who
wrote two quarto works on exotic plants, towards the latter end of the seventeenth century.
G. ELONGATUS, Jacq.
The flowers are blue and yellow. The plant is named from the great length of its leaves, which appear
unnaturally elongated. It was introduced in 1799.
G. INFLATUS, Jacq.
The flowers are pale purple, and the name alludes to the inflated appearance of the spathe. It was introduced
in 1825.
G. HYALINUS, Jacq.
Nearly allied to G. tristis. The flowers are white and straw-coloured, striped with brown, and the leaves
have a peculiar and half-transparent appearance. The species was introduced in 1825. Hyalinus signifies a
glassy green.
G. TENELLUS, Jacq.
A
very slender delicate plant with straw-colour and brown flowers.
G. INVOLUTUS, Jacq.
,
The flowers are rose-colour and purple, and the segments of the perianth are somewhat involute, or rolled up,
whence the name.
The species was introduced in 1757, and it flowers in May and June.
G. TRIMACULATUS, Jacq.
The flowers are black, coloured with three distinct dark purple spots on each of the three lower segments of
the perianth. It is figured by Lamarck.

64
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
G. FLEXUOSUS, Thunb.
The flowers are of a pale black colour, and the flower-stem is bending. The species was introduced in 1825;
and it flowers in May and June.
G. BOCKVELDIENSIS, W. Herb.
A species introduced in 1826, from the district called Bockveld in the interior of South Africa, at a short
distance from the Cape.
HYBRID GLADIOLI.
66
a
The following observations by the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert, on his hybrid Gladioli, are so very interesting
that I shall quote them; as they are contained in Mr. Herbert's excellent work on the Amaryllidaceve, which I
think not likely to be in the hands of many of my readers.
The hybrid Gladioli, of which a large portion are sufficiently hardy, flower about the same time as the
roses, and contribute quite as much in general effect to the embellishment of the garden by their fine colours and
profusion of blossoms. They succeed very well in the natural soil of the garden at Spofforth (near Wetherby in
Yorkshire), which is a good yellowish light loam, suitable for barley, and also in the artificial borders of peat
and sand, where, however, in a dry summer they stand more in need of water. These hardy crosses are between
G. cardinalis, blandus, carneus, inflatus, angustus, and tristis, and they vary with every shade of colour from
white to scarlet, rose, coppery, and blackish purple, and some are exquisitely speckled in consequence of the
cross with tristis. They succeed best when grown into a thick tuft, in which state the profusion of blossom is
admirable, the cluster of bulbs, and the old skins of decayed bulbs permitting the wet to drain away, and
preventing the earth from lying too close and heavy on the bulbs in autumn and winter. Clusters have now
stood undisturbed at Spofforth above twenty years, with the precaution of covering them with leaves from
November to March or April. There is danger in disturbing and parting them, for numbers will rot, if reset
separately; and if they must be divided, it is best to do so in April, or, if it be done in the autumn, the roots
taken
up should be potted, and turned out again in the spring. The beautiful crosses with hirsutus, recurvus,
and versicolor, are more delicate plants, and do not succeed well in the borders. I have not succeeded in obtain-
ing any cross, on the correctness of which I can depend, by admixture with Gladiolus psittacinus, and I do not
believe that it will breed with any of the above. Like all the European species it presents its flowers in front
of the stem, which is erect ; and repeated experiments have shown that every flower of G. tristis which was
touched with the pollen of G. Byzantinus only, failed of making seed, while every flower to which the natural
pollen had access produced it, and I consider tlie union of Byzantinus with any of the species above enumerated
except Psittacinus, to be impracticable. I consider alatus to belong to the same family as Psittacinus, and also
a beautiful species imported likewise, as I understood, from the neighbourhood of the Nattal river, which I
propose to call G. oppositiflorus. It is now sold by the Dutch nurserymen under the name of floribundus, which
has been long preoccupied. Its flowers, twenty-four or more in number, present themselves alternately from
the two sides of a robust, erect stalk. Blandus, Cardinalis, &c., have the flowers rising upwards from the back
,
of a bent stalk, and seem to constitute a family distinct from those which present themselves in front.
oppositiflorus has the flower much undulated, white, dashed with pinkish purple. The
Gladiolus ought
to be divided into at least two sections or sub-genera. I consider a sub-genus to be such a portion of any genus
genus
a
G.

OF ORNAMENTAL. BULBOUS PLANTS.
65
as will not intermingle with the rest, and has some distinctive appearance, but insufficient to induce a belief of
their original diversity. Seedling Gladioli will flower often the first autumn ; the best treatment is to sow the
seed in pots, and give them shelter till the seedlings are pretty strong, and then turn out the ball unbroken into
the border, where they will produce a crowded nosegay of flowers of various shades of colour.” (Amaryll.
p. 366.) In another place Mr. Herbert observes, that when he has crossed two species very different from each
other in colour, the hybrid has always been disposed to adopt the palest colour instead of the most brilliant.
The first experiments of hybridizing appear to have been tried by Mr. Herbert as early as 1808, but they were
not brought into public notice till the year 1819, when the attention of the floricultural world was drawn to the
subject of hybridizing by some papers which appeared in the Horticultural Society's Transactions, by R. J.
Gowen, Esq. The following are the most remarkable of the hybrids raised by Mr. Herbert.
G. SPOFFORTHIANUS, W. H.
Between G. blandus and G. cardinalis. The flowers are variegated, but show more resemblance to G. blandus
than to G. cardinalis. The plant is hardy.
G. MITCHAMIENSIS, W. H.
Between G. tristis and G. hirsutus. The flowers are beautifully variegated, and incline towards G. tristis ;
but the plant is rather tender.
G. RIGIDUS, W. H.
Between G. tristis and G. blandus, but inclining to the latter. The plant is tolerably hardy.
G. PROPINQUUS, W. Herb.
Between G. Floribundus and G. blandus. A very beautiful plant, with a profusion of flowers. Tolerably
hardy.
G. FRAGRANS, W. Heró.
very sweet-scented plant, with variegated flowers, between G. recurvus and G. tristis. Plant tolerably
hardy
G. HAYLOCKIANUS, W. Herb.
Between G. versicolor and G. blandus. Flowers pale, and slightly variegated.
А.
G. HERBERTIANUS, G. Don.
This was a treble cross; the flowers of G. tristis having been fecundated with the pollen of the hybrid
G. Spofforthianus. The result was very satisfactory, as very beautiful and hardy plants were produced, the seed
of which was fertile.
G. ODORATUS, W. Herb.
This was also a treble cross between G. hirsutus and G. Spofforthianus ; but the plant proved tender, and its
seeds would not germinate.
G. DELICATUS, W. Herb.
A very beautiful plant, between G. recurvus and G. blandus.
a
OTHER HYBRID GLADIOLI.
Besides the above, numerous hybrids and cross-breeds have been raised in the nurseries and in private gardens
Two
very
beautiful ones, G. candidus and G. incarnatus, both between G. cardinalis and G. blandus, and both
raised by Mr. Miller of the Bristol Nursery, were figured in Smith's Floral Mayazine.
K

66
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XXI.
SPHÆROSPHORA, Swt. THE SPHÆROSPHORA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. - Flowers secund, remote. Perianth ringent; upper segment the largest, lateral ones incumbent, the three lower ones
nearly equal. Leaves ensiform, striated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It is rather curious that the species which Sweet has made the type of this new genus
was till lately considered by botanists to be only a variety of the common cornflag. Mr. Sweet, however, though
unquestionably a very clever man, and an excellent cultivator, was one of those troublesome botanists who are
always in search of shades of difference, and who have contributed to disgust many persons with the study of
botany by the fearful number of new species and even new genera that they have introduced. However good the
motives may be which induce botanists to make these numerous alterations, there can be no doubt that every change
does a serious injury in preventing the spread of a love of botany among the great mass of mankind, as uncertainty
is more discouraging than any other kind of difficulty. The grounds of difference in this
The grounds of difference in this genus which distinguish
it from Gladiolus consist principally in the seeds, which are round and solid instead of being flat and winged ; and
hence the name Sphærosphora, signifying spherical seeds.
.
a
1.-SPHÆROSPHORA IMBRICATA, Swt.
THE SCALY SPHÆROSPHORA, OR ITALIAN CORNFLAG.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus segetum, Ker. ; G. spicatus, Banks ;
G. imbricatum, Jacq. ; G. communis, Bull. ; Ghiaggiulo, Ital.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 719; and our fig. 1, in Plate 14.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 2-valved; outer valve the largest.
Perianth 6-cleft, ringent; segments unequal ; tube short. Stamens
three, ascending. Stigma trifid, dilated. Capsule ovate, somewhat
tetragonal, many-seeded. Seeds globose, axillate, drawn out downwards,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower of this plant appears intermediate between the common and Turkish cornflags.
The corm is, however, smaller, and the leaves are much more slender. The flowers are nearly of the colour of
those of G. byzantius ; but they differ from that species in having the upper segment of the perianth much larger
than the others; it is also elevated, and curved over the two lateral ones, and not enclosed by them as in the
common cornflag. The lateral and lower segments are all nearly of the same size, except the central one of the
three lower segments, which is narrower than the others. The lower segments are marked like those of
G. cardinalis. Another peculiarity in the Italian Cornflay is, that the anthers are larger than the filaments of
the stamens, and the style a great deal longer than the stamens altogether. The seeds are round, solid, and
subbaccate. The species is a native of Barbary, but it is found wild in the south of France, and grows
abundance all over Italy. It is quite hardy, but it does best in a dry sandy soil, and in an open situation exposed
to the sun. It does not require taking up in winter, and it flowers in May and June. The bulbs are generally
purchased for planting in spring.
in great
S. TRIPHYLLA, Swt.
This species is a native of Greece, and it was introduced in 1825.
***



P1.141.
2
1
1.Spherospora imbricata2.dynnotiavariegata I. olypnotia bicolor
3


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
67
GENUS XXII.
SYNNOTIA, Swt. THE SYNNOTIA.
-
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. - Spathe 2-valved ; membranous, lace- 3, dilated at the apex, fringed, recurvedly-spreading. Capsule oblong-
rated. Perianth with a long slender tube. Limb sub-bibliate, ringent. triagonal. Seeds globose, naked.
Stamens 3, ascending, inserted in the base of the limb. Stigmas
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The corm of the plants of this genus looks like one of the American walnuts or hiecories.
The flowers have lacerated spathes ; and the stamens are inserted in the limb of the perianth. There are only
three species, all of which are natives of the Cape of Good Hope. They all require the same treatment as the
other Cape Iridaceæ, that is, to be grown in dry sandy soil, and allowed a season of rest when out of flower.
The name of Synnotia was given to this genus by Sweet, in honour of W. Synnot, Esq., a great importer and
collector of Cape bulbs.
-
a
1.-SYNNOTIA VARIEGATA, Swt. THE VARIEGATED SYNNOTIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 150 ; and our fig. 2, in acute; central one elliptic, erect, two lateral ones oblong, recurved at
Plate 14.
the apex ; lower ones only cleft to the middle of the limb.
Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent; upper segments long,
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The corm is just about the size and appearance of one of the American walnuts. The
shell is hard and whitish, and it is curiously reticulated. The leaves spring from the base of the flower-scape,
spreading like a fan. They are sword-shaped, sheathing the stem towards the base, and marked with numerous
small lines. The upper ones are undulated, or somewhat curled at the margin, and of a pale green. The flower-
scape is sometimes slightly branched; but more generally it is simple. The spathes consist of a light brown
membrane striped with black, and very much torn at the edges. The flowers are ringent, and consist of a long
slender tube, and a campanulate limb; the upper part is divided into three distinct segments, the centre one of
which is much broader than the others, and stands erect. The lower part or labellum is deeply three-cleft, but
is entire at the base. This curious plant was brought from the interior of the South African peninsula, by Mr.
Synnot, in honour of whom the genus has been very appropriately named. It was introduced into Britain in
1825. It is nearly hardy, and may be grown in the open garden in a dry sandy soil; but it does best on a
,
sloping bank open to the south. If slightly protected in severe winters, it may remain in the ground in such a
situation many years without taking up; but where the situation is low and damp, it is apt to rot if left in the
ground during winter without protection. It flowers from June or July to September ; and it is generally
planted in spring
2.-SYNNOTIA BICOLOR, Swt. THE TWO-COLOURED SYNNOTIA.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia bicolor, Ker. ; Gladiolus tricolor, Thunb. ; G.
. ;
Specific CHARACTER. -Perianth ringent, having the limb about equal
latifolius, Breyn.; G. villosus, Burm. ; Sparaxis tricolor, Hort. in length to the tube; lateral segments smaller than the lower ones,
ENGRAVINGS.---Bot. Mag. t. 548; and our fig. 3, in Plate 14. convolute. Leaves ensiform. Spathe jagged.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— At first sight the flowers of this plant appear so different from those of S. variegata, that
it seems astonishing how they could have been ranked together. On a closer examination, however, the
K 2

68
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN
features will be found to be the same. There is the same peculiarity in the centre one of the three upper
segments of the perianth, being erect, and longer than the others; the same slender tube, the same deeply-cleft
lower limb, and the same membranaceous and laciniated spathe. The flowers of this species are without scent,
and they appear in March. The plant was introduced in 1786, and its culture is the same as that of
S. variegata.
S. GALEATA, Swt. ; GLADIOLUS GALEATA, Jacq. ; THE HELMET-FLOWERED SYNNOTIA.
The flowers of this species greatly resemble those of the preceding kind. It is a native of the Cape, and was
introduced in 1825.
GENUS XXIII.
SPARAXIS, Ker. THE SPARAXIS.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Spathe aristately jagged, dry. Perianth times ascending, anthers linear. Stigmas 3, narrow, linear, complicate
funnel-shaped, spreading, or tubular, 6-cleft ; tube short, slender. diverging. Capsule membranous, oblong, trigonal torulose, 3-celled,
Limb large, regular, equal. Stamens 3, inclosed, collateral, and some- 3-valved. Seeds in 2 rows in each cell, numerous, globose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Most of the plants which compose this genus were, on their first introduction, considered
to belong to the genus Ixia; but they were separated from it principally on account of their lacerated spathes,
and also from some differences in the form of the capsules and seeds. At first the plant now called Synnotia
bicolor was included in the genus Sparaxis, but it has been separated, as before mentioned, on account of its
curiously-formed corolla and dilated stigmas. The word Sparaxis is derived from spathos, torn, in allusion to the
,
lacerated spathe. The species are nearly all dwarf plants, producing abundance of splendid flowers, and they
are all natives of South Africa.
-
1.-SPARAXIS TRICOLOR, Ker. THE THREE-COLOURED SPARAXIS.
SYNONYME.—Ixia tricolor, Curtis.
Specific CHARACTER.- Perianth stellately spreading, having the tube
shorter than the spathe, and obovate mucronated segments. Scape
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 381 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 15.
flexuous, 3-flowered, longer than the leaves, which are bluntish.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is of rather taller growth than the generality of the other kinds of Sparaxis,
and it has a slender stem, which is somewhat crooked, and requires support. The flowers are of extraordinary
brilliance and splendour. The lower part of each segment of the perianth is of a brilliant yellow, bordered by a
patch of dark purple velvet, so rich and deep as to look nearly black. Beyond this, the rest of each segment is
of a dark and brilliant orange. The anthers are yellow, and the stigmas purplish. The species is a native of the
sandy plains near the Cape of Good Hope, and it was introduced in 1789. It is generally grown in a pot, and
kept in a frame or greenhouse. In the month of October it should be fresh potted, in a compost of two parts
sand and one yellow loam, enriched with a little vegetable mould, and kept regularly watered, though moderately
during winter. In spring, when the flower-buds begin to form, the quantity of water should be increased till
June, when it will flower; water should then be given more sparingly till the leaves begin to wither, when it
should be stopped entirely, till the corms are repotted in October.
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
69
2.-SPARAXIS VERSICOLOR, Swt. THE VARIOUS-COLOURED SPARAXIS.
SYNONYME. —S. tricolor, Var. B, Ker.
ENGRAVINGS.-Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 160; Bot. Mag. t. 1480, fig. 1.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth campanulated, having the tube
shorter than the spathe, and obovate-oblong, obtuse, segments. Spathe
awned, scape 3-flowered, leaves sheathed, uncinately mucronate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The corm is large, and covered with a rough fibrous coat. The stem grows about a foot
high, throwing out numerous leaves and branches, each of the latter terminating in a spike of flowers. The leaves,
which are very numerous, are broad, and of a pale bluish-green, marked with longitudinal veins, and terminating
in a short, hooked, mucro, which forms one of the characteristics of the species. The flower-scapes rise higher
than the leaves, and as each produces three or four flowers, a bed of these plants has a very brilliant
appearance.
The spathes are two-valved, curiously wrinkled, and membranaceous, and they are streaked with numerous brown
and purple stripes. The form of the flower greatly resembles that of S. tricolor, but the colour is less brilliant, the
ground-colour being crimson instead of orange.
The species is a native of the interior of South Africa, and it was
first introduced by Mr. Griffin, in 1811 ; but having been lost it was re-introduced by Mr. Synnot.
It requires
a loamy soil mixed with sand; and if planted in the open ground, it may be left without injury for several years,
protecting it slightly the first two or three winters till its roots and offsets have formed a mass, and then leaving
it to itself.
It produces numerous offsets, which should be suffered to remain untouched if the parent bulb is
to remain several years in the ground without taking up, and it ripens seeds. It also occasionally produces small
bulbs in the axils of the leaves, which may be taken off and planted like offsets.
a
3.—SPARAXIS GRIFFINI, Sut.
MR. GRIFFIN'S SPARAXIS.
SYNONYMES.-S. tricolor, var. violaceo-purpurea, Thun.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1482, fig. 3.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, spreading, having the
tube much shorter than the spathe, and spatulate obtuse segments;
awns of spathe subulate. Scapes 3—4-flowered, longer than the
leaves.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A dwarf plant with very pretty flowers, the centre of which is yellow, tipped with black,
and terminating in purple. The species was introduced by Mr. Griffin, of South Lambeth, in 1811, and was
figured in the Botanical Magazine the following year, as a variety of S. tricolor, which it probably is. It has
been long since lost, but it well deserves re-introducing. The culture is the same as that of the preceding species.
.
4.—SPARAXIS BLANDA, Swt. THE PLEASING SPARAXIS.
SYNONYME –S. tricolor, var. subroseo-albida, Ker; the blush-
flowered sparaxis.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1482, fig. 2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, with a very short
tube, and obovate rounded segments, spathe 2-valved, not awned,
scape few-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A dwarf plant with very pretty pink and white flowers, with a yellow centre. It differs
from the other kinds figured in the Botanical Magazine as varieties of S. tricolor, in having no black or dark
purple in its flowers. It was imported with the other species supposed to belong to S. tricolor, in 1811, by
Mr. Griffin, of Lambeth ; and its culture is the same as that of the preceding species. They all flower in April
و
or May.

70
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
5.-SPARAXIS GRANDIFLORA, Ait. THE LARGER-FLOWERED SPARAXIS.
SYNONYMES.—Ixis grandiflora, Ker; I. bulbifera var. Thunb. ; VARIETY.-S. g. 2. striata, Ker.; Bot. Mag. t. 779; and our fig.
1. aristata, Andr.; I. uniflora, Lin.; I. holosericea, Jacq. ; Sysy- 5, in Plate 15.
rinchium æthiopicum, Comm. ; velvet-flowered Ixia.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth stellately spreading, with a short
ENGRAVINGS.— Bot. Mag. t. 541; Bot. Rep. t. 8; and our fig. 4, tube, and oblong cuneated obtuse segments; awns of spathe subulate.
in Plate 15.
Scape 2-3-flowered, longer than the leaves.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A dwarf plant, rarely growing more than six inches high, with from five to eight short
leaves rising from the base. The scape is stiff, and stands quite erect without any support; and the spathes are
membranaceous, and divided into numerous jagged segments. There are from one to five flowers on each
flowers are whitish on the outside, and of a dark, rich, reddish-purple, which has a peculiar and velvet-like look,
within. This species has the habit common to several species of this genus, of producing bulbs in the axils of its
leaves. The flowers have no fragrance. It is a native of the Cape, and was sent to Kew in 1758. It flowers
in May, and requires the same culture as the other kinds. The variety is very different from the species. It
is yellowish, and each segment is marked with a rich brownish-purple stain at its base. The back of the
segments before the flowers expand, is beautifully streaked or feathered. This variety was introduced by
Mr. Salisbury, from the Cape, in 1803.
scape. The
a
-
6.--SPARAXIS PENDULA, Ker. THE PENDULOUS SPARAXIS.
SYNONYMES.-—Ixia pendula, Thunb.; Watsonia palustris, Pers. very short tube, and oblong-obtuse segments. Spathe jagged. Scape
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 1360 · and our fig. 1, in Plate 15. branch of several spikes, longer than the leaves, which are linear.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Perianth funnel-shaped, spreading, with a
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A
very
remarkable species,
and
very
unlike all the other kinds of Sparaxis, from the long
flexible flower-scape, which is from four feet to six feet long, and has several long and graceful drooping racemes
of purple flowers hanging from it. It is a native of South Africa, but contrary to the habits of the other species;
it is found only in wet situations. It is rather tender in England, and grows best planted in the free ground in
a conservatory. It should be suffered to grow without any restraint, when its long stems will shoot up at
first erect, and then droop downwards, like those of some of the kinds of Oncidium.
The stem will grow to
the length of five or six feet, and the leaves to that of three feet; the leaves forming a compact reed-like bush,
from which the stems spring.
7.—SPARAXIS LINEATA, Swt. THE RED-LINED SPARAXIS. .
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d Ser. t. 131; and our fig. beneath ; segments of spathe cuspidate. Leaves ensiform, striated,
6, in Plate 15.
acute; stem erect, leafy, dichotomous, 3-4-flowered.
Specific CHARACTER.-Segments of the perianth erect, acute, keeled
DESCRIPTION, &c.—An erect-growing dwarf plant, with very pretty flowers, which are rather curiously
marked.
Each segment is yellow at the base, clouded with black above and white beyond, with a pink stripe
down the centre. A mass of leaves rises from the base of the flower-stem, and the stem itself is frequently
branched. The species was introduced about 1820, and appears tolerably hardy. It flowers freely, and requires
,
to be
grown in a dry sandy oil, and protected from heavy rains and severe frost during winter. Thus treated, it
may remain in the ground for several years without injury. It is also very suitable for growing in pots and
boxes, on accouut of the beauty of its flowers and the compactness of its habit of growth.



P1.15
3
1
5
2
iharnais pendula._heSparaxis stellaris._ 3Sparaxis Hicolor
sebrancis grandiflow:6. Sparazis grandiflora vas, 6
var. 6. Sparaciólineata,


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
71
-
8. SPARAXIS LILIAGO, Swt. THE LILY-FLOWERED SPARAXIS.
SYNONYMED. -S. grandiflora, var. liliago, Ker; Ixia grandiflora, which is about the length of the spathe, and euneate-oblong mucronate
De la Roche; I. lilago Redouté; I. fimbriata, Lam.
segments. Scape 4--5-flowered, longer than the leaves, which are
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Reg. t. 545.
acute.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Perianth campanulate, with a slender tube,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are very large and lily-like. They are white, and resemble
the striated variety of S. grandiflora in the marks on the back. They have no fragrance, and are neither
so beautiful nor so compact in their habit of growth as most of the other kinds of Sparaxis. The leaves
are broad, and of a yellowish-green. The flowers are produced in April and May, and the plant requires the
same culture as S. grandiflora, of which it was originally supposed to be a variety. This plant differs essentially
from the last in the large size of its flowers, and in its loose and somewhat untidy habit of growth. It is thus
unsuitable for boxes under a veranda or in a balcony; into which only the smallest and neatest-growing flowers
should be admitted. Nothing has a better effect than boxes filled with dwarf plants, beautifully kept,
and so abundant in flowers as to hide the stiff outline of the box; while, on the contrary, nothing looks worse
than the same boxes filled with etiolated straggling plants ill kept and ill grown. The boxes in a balcony
or veranda are so near the house as almost to become a part of it, and they should partake in some degree of the
high finish of the drawing-room from which they are seen.
a
a
ments.
9.-SPARAXIS BULBIFERA, Ait. THE BULB-BEARING SPARAXIS.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia bulbifera, Lin.; I. b. var. flava, Thunb. ; I. with a slender tube, which is shorter than the segment of the spathe ;
monanthos, De la Roche ; the sulphur-coloured Ixia.
and oblong, cuneate, obtuse segments. Scape 2-3-flowered, shorter
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 545.
than the leaves, which are acute; spathe jagged, with subulate ség-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth spreading in a stellate manner,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is nothing very remarkable in the shape of the flower of this species, though there
is in its colour, which is a pure and brilliant yellow, very unlike the other kinds of Sparaxis. The shape of the
flower is somewhat campanulate, with all the segments nearly equal; and from three to five flowers are produced
from each bulb, the flower-stem being frequently branched. The flowers have a very slight fragrance. The
leaves are short, and of a yellowish green. It has been already mentioned that several species of Sparaxis have
a
the property of bearing bulbs in the axils of the leaves and on the joints of the stem ; but this species possesses
the property to a greater degree than any other, as it will frequently produce three or four bulbs at each joint,
which will fall off when mature, and will produce young plants. The species is a native of the Cape, and
was introduced in 1758.
a
10.-SPARAXIS STELLARIS, D. Don. THE STARRY SPARAXIS.
ENGRAVINGS.Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d Ser. ; and our fig. 2, in and lanceolate, acute segments. Branches of style elongated. Scape
Plate 15.
few-flowered, longer than the leaves, which are acute.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, with a filiform tube,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty species of Sparaxis, remarkable for the singular colour of its flowers, and
their elegant shape. The scape or flower-stem has but few flowers, but these have a very striking appearance,
from the slenderness of the tube which rises above the fringe-like filiform segments of the spathe. These tubes
are red, but the rest of the perianth is of a deep purple within, and whitish without. The species is a native of
the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1837, and it has flowered in the nursery of Mr. Rogers, at Battersea.
a

72
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OTHER SPECIES OF SPARAXIS.
S. FRAGRANS, Ker.
The flowers are yellow and very fragrant. This species is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1825.
a
S. ANEMONEFLORA, Ker. ; IXIA ANEMONEFLORA, Jacq.
The flowers are stone-coloured ; and this species was introduced from the Cape the same year as the
preceding kind.
GENUS XXIV.
TRITONIA, Ker.
THE TRITONIA.
The genus
a
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Spathe 2-valved, scarious. Perianth with a turbinate tube, a 6-parted limb, and unguiculate segments. Stamens three,
inclinate ; filaments curved ; anthers oscillating. Stigmas three, recurvedly spreading. Capsule ovate-roundish. Seeds numerous, globose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The genus Tritonia takes its name from a Greek word signifying a weathercock, in
—
allusion to its anthers, which turn and twist about in a very singular manner. In other respects, Tritonia is not
what may be called a natural genus, as the flowers of the different species differ so widely in the shape as scarcely
to be recognised. Some of the flowers are funnel-shaped, with very long tubes, and a regular spreading limb, like
a jessamine. Others are salver-shaped, with a very short tube, like an Ixia; and others are bell-shaped, like the
common Cornflag.
Tritonia is indeed so nearly allied to the genera Sparaxis, Gladiolus, Babiana,
and Ixis, that I have thought it may be useful to state here a few of the most striking points in which they differ.
The different kinds of Sparaxis have all membranous jagged spathes, and many of the species bear bulbs in the
axils of their leaves, which the Tritonias never do ; the spathes of the Tritonias are also smooth and green.
The
seeds of the Gladiolus have a little thin membrane round them, called by botanists a wing; while those of the
Tritonia are smooth and naked. The fruit of the Babiana is a berry; while that of the Tritonia is a dry
capsule. The stamens of the Ixia are inserted at the foot of the limb, or spreading part of the flower; while
those of the Tritonia spring from the tube. There are many other points of difference, but these are the plainest
and most perceptible.
Most of the kinds of Tritonia are of dwarf stature, and they are nearly all more tender than the Gladioli.
For these reasons they are generally grown in pots, kept either in a frame or greenhouse, and indulged with
bottom heat (that is plunged into a hotbed), to force them to throw out roots before the development of their
leaves. This is the great secret in the management of all the weaker kinds of Cape bulbs. They grow so rapidly,
and require so many mouths, as their roots may be called, to enable them to imbibe the moisture necessary
to support their numerous leaves and flowers, that unless their roots are brought forward by some artificial means,
the leaves and stems wither for want of food; that is, from the evaporation from their leaves being greater than
they have the means of supplying. In some situations, where the soil is good, and the ground warmer than the
surrounding atmosphere, the earth acts as a natural hotbed ; and hence the apparent contradiction which some-
times occurs in the culture of the Gladioli - these plants flourishing better in the open air in Yorkshire
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
73
(see p. 64), than they do in the neighbourhood of London, unless in pits properly prepared for them. This
principle was suggested to me by Mr. Beaton, who is at once an excellent gardener and a very intelligent man;
and it will be found illustrated by the following observations written by a lady at Cheltenham (and which were
published in the Gardener's Magazine for May 1840), as it is evident that her system of management depends
entirely on bringing forward the roots by means of bottom heat. I shall give the whole article in the lady's
own words.
“The plants belonging to the natural order Iridaceve from the Cape have for many years possessed great
attractions for me, at a period when they were scarcely to be procured, except through some accidental circum-
stances, and before they engaged as much general attention as they have now obtained. The mode I pursued in
cultivating them was, accordingly, the result of my own experience ; for though in the West of England I have
seen beds of Sparaxis grandiflora and S. tricolor in great perfection in the open ground, still I often found the
best success attend the following system ; and I am inclined to think the delicate beauty of the flowers of this
order is shown to greater advantage when, from being grown in pots, these plants can be removed to the greenhouse.
"In the month of October the bulbs were examined, and the larger ones, separated from the offsets, were
potted in a compost of fresh light turfy loam and sand, with good drainage ; and I have found, with regard to the
stronger-growing Gladioli, a layer of rotten cow manure over the drainage conduce much to the vigour of their
growth. At the same time I had a good bed prepared of dry old tan mixed with some fresh hot litter from the
stable, at least two feet in thickness above the level of the garden, and on the top a large frame placed. Within
this the pots were plunged in old tan; the stronger-growing Gladioli at the back; ixias, sparaxises, babianas,
tritonias, &c., arranged in gradation to the low-growing species of Oxalis and Lachenalia in front. The lights
were put on at night, giving abundance of air in fine weather, and withholding water, until the bulbs had made
roots and the leaves appeared, at which time it was carefully given, to avoid exhausting the bulbs by drought,
when there was no danger of frost. On the occurrence of severe weather, I had the frame well banked round
with old tan, assisted by hot dung, and the lights well protected by external coverings.
“ Under this management the Sparaxis of different kinds began to show bloom about the end of April, and
being removed to the greenhouse, opened their flowers to the sun with great brilliancy. The ixias and babianas
succeeded them, and were also removed to the front of the house. The Gladioli usually outgrew the height of the
frame, and threw up their flower-stalks vigorously on the stage of the greenhouse. Lastly, the varieties of
Tritonia formed a blaze, in shades of orange, copper-colour, and pink. After the blooms were past, I continued
watering the pots to perfect the foliage, and form the bulbs for the ensuing season ; and by replacing them in the
frame, and giving them full exposure to the sun until the leaves gradually died away, the bulbs became
thoroughly ripened. After a period of drought and rest, they were ready for repotting the following October.
“For the last two years I have not had opportunity to continue my accustomed method of culture, and last
autumn my Cape Iridacece were placed in a cold frame, from which the frost was just excluded during the winter,
and the pots plunged in sand : they look badly, and will not flower, which I attribute partly to the bulbs not being
well matured, owing to the cold wet summer of last year, and more especially to their not receiving a requisite
degree of bottom heat to induce them to form roots freely during the winter, which insures a vigorous growth of the
leaves, and the production of flowers. To attain this end, the temperature of the soil in the pots must be some
degrees higher than that of the atmosphere which surrounds them.”
L

74
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-TRITONIA CRISPA, Ker. THE CURLED-LEAVED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus crispus, Linn.; G. laceratus, Bunn. in length; three upper ones oblong-obovate, obtuse, unguiculate, the
ENGRAVING.— Bot. Mag. t. 678.
central one the broadest; lower ones equal, ligulate, obtuse. Spathe
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth subringent, with a very long tube, 2-valved, subarbaceous, very smooth. Scape many-flowered. Flowers
which is three or four times as long as the spathe. Segments equal secund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers have very long tubes like those of some of the kinds of Babiana, opening at
the upper part into six widely spreading segments, which are of a pale bluish colour within, and striped with a
dark purplish pink on the outside. The species was found by Thunberg on the Redsand Hills, and at Picketberg
near the Cape of Good Hope ; and it was introduced into the Kew Gardens in 1787, by Mr. Masson. It is
generally grown in a pot in a greenhouse or frame, in a compost of three-sevenths turfy loam, three-sevenths sand,
and one-seventh peat. The bulbs should be planted in October, and kept in a greenhouse or frame, where they
are protected from the frost during the winter. The flowers do not appear till June; and after they have fallen,
the plants should be suffered to retain their leaves, and be moderately watered, till the new bulbs are perfected,
which is known by the leaves beginning to decay. Water is then withheld till October, when the bulbs are taken
up and re-potted in a fresh compost of loam, sand, and peat, for flowering the following season.
-
2.-TRITONIA VIRIDIS, Ker. THE GREEN TRITONIA.
SYNONYME. - Gladiolus viridis, Ait.
tube very long. Leaves ensiform, glabrous. Scape triquetrous, the
.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1275.
angles membranaceous.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Segments of the perianth spreading, reflexed,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has no beauty to recommend it, but it is often grown for its singularity. The
stem, which is very short, rises from a tuft of yellowish-green leaves, and it is curiously twisted and distorted;
the flowers seeming to be placed at right angles to each other. The spathes are very short, and the tubes of the
flowers very long, with the segments turned in several different ways, so as to present a strange and almost grotesque
appearance. The colour of the flowers is a pale green, faintly tinged with a dingy-looking pink. The species is a
native of the Cape, whence it was brought to Kew in 1787, and its culture is the same as that of T. crispa.
a
-
3.-TRITONIA ROSEA, Ait. THE ROSY TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Tritonia capensis, Ker.; Houttuynia capensis, Hout.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped ; tube very long ;
Gladiolus roseus, Jacq.; G. striatus, Banks.
central upper segment erect, and larger than the others, the rest linear-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 618; and our fig. 3, in Plate 17. oblong, and divergingly spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very distinct species, from its grass-like leaves, and curiously marked flowers,
which are so strongly veined as to appear striated. The leaves are narrow and attenuated at the point; the
flower-stem is branched, and each bránch produces from four to six flowers. The spathes are small, red, and
ending in long bristle-like points, which look like the awns of an ear of barley. The flowers are erect, with very
long red tubes, and a large handsome limb, the segments of which are strongly veined with pale pink, the three
lower ones being marked with a small yellow, lozenge-shaped spot, bordered with dark-red. The anthers are
purple, and the stigmas which rise above them are white.
This species is very handsome, but it appears delicate, and it requires to be kept in a pot and carefully nursed.
The name of roseus alludes to the deep pink of the tube. The flowers have no fragrance, and they do not appear



3
4 5
1. Tritonia fucata. _ k.Tritonia refracta._ 3. Tritónia longiflora.
4 Tritonia deusao Fritonia lineata. 6. Pritmia Slava.
UN
GHI


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
75
till July. The species is a native of South Africa, but it was sent to England from Hollard about 1993.
Its culture is the same as that of T. crispa. It is somewhat interesting in a botanical point of view as having
served Houttuyn in his Natural History as the type of a new genus, which he rather unusually named after
himself. Other botanists have not, however, thought his distinctions sufficient to constitute a genus.
4-TRITONIA CAPENSIS, Ker. THE CAPE TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—T. capensis, var. B, Ker.; Gladiolus longiflorus, Lin.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, tube nearly twice az
Houttuynia capensis, B minor, Hout.; the Lesser Trumpet Tritonia. long as the spathe ; segments of the limb nearly equal. Spathe lace-
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1531.
rated and awned.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The flower differs from that of T. rosea, in being smaller, and of brighter colours ;
the flower is cream-coloured, but the segments of the perianth are marked inside with dark red stains, and the
tube is tinged with purple. The spathes are much cut, and terminate in long brownish awns. The leaves are
from three to six inches, the outer ones decreasing gradually in size ; the stem is about nine inches long, and it
bends very gracefully, especially before the expansion of the flowers. The species is a native of the Cape, whence
,
it was introduced by Mr. Griffin, in 1811; and it flowers from August to October.
5.—TRITONIA LONGIFLORA, Ker. THE LONG-FLOWERED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.--Ixia longiflora, dit.; Gladiolus longiflorus, Lin. ; T. 1. 3 concolor, Ker. The segments of the perianth are equal, but
Hexaglottis longiflora, Vent.
the tube is much shorter, and the anthers and stigmas are exserted.
ENGRAVINGS.- Bot. Mag. t. 256; and our fig. 3, in Plate 16.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, tube exceedingly
VARIETIES.—T. 1. 2 tenuiflora, Ker.; Bot. Mag. t. 1502, fig. 1 ; long, segments of the limb reflexed, each alternate one narrower than
Ixia tenuiflora, Vahl. The segments of the perianth are equal, and the rest. Anthers and stigmas not exserted. Leaves ensiform, linear.
the tube more slender.
a
9
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the least ornamental species, on account of the extraordinary length of the tube,
and the dingy colour of the flowers. The spathes appear as remarkably short as the flowers are long. The leaves
are long, narrow, and stand stifly erect. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1774;
and it requires the same culture as the other species. It flowers from April to June, and it is often found in
collections. Of the varieties, T. 1. tenuiflora has rather handsomer flowers than the species; the segments of the
corolla are all of the same size, and the tube is more slender; the whole flowers are also of a pale straw..colour,
and only tinged with purple inside the cup. In all other respects they are the same, and in both the anthers are
dark purple, and the stamens and pistils do not project beyond the cup of the flower. In the variety T. 1. concolor
the tubes of the flowers are shorter, the anthers are yellow, and both they and the stigmas project beyond the cup
of the flower. The colour of the flowers is also a pale yellow, without any tinge of purple or pink.
6.—TRITONIA FUCATA, Lin. THE PAINTED TRITONIA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. 1838, t. 35; and our fig. 1, in Plate 16. forked, lower limb 5-parted. Segments linear, obtuse, equal, recurved.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Perianth bilabiate ; tube ventricose, and Scape recurved. Flowers secund, erect.
arched in the upper part ; upper limb oblong, bidentate, somewhat
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This very beautiful plant is one of the most brilliant kinds of Tritonia ; and it is
somewhat remarkable, that bulbs of it remained for five-and-twenty years in the garden of the Hon. and Rev.
W. Herbert at Spofforth, without flowering. Some having been left in the open ground, they multiplied rapidly,
L 2

76
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
the old bulbs remaining, and forming a kind of chain by the side of the new bulbs, which formed every year. In
the autumn of 1837, manure was laid on one of these patches, and the result was the production of a spike of
flowers nearly three feet high, which continued in flower above a month. The leaves of the plant were broad and
ensiform, standing erect to the height of about two feet and a half round the flowers which surmounted them.
The species is a native of the Cape, and appears to have been introduced about 1812.
a
a
7.-TRITONIA ODORATA, Lodd. THE SWEET-SCENTED TRITONIA.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Cab. t. 1820.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ringent, tube ventricose, but not
arched, segments of the limb nearly equal. Scape decurved, kneed.
Flowers secund, erect.
-
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A pretty little plant, bearing a considerable resemblance in form and habit of growth to
the preceding species, but wanting its brilliancy of colour. Each bulb generally sends up two flower-scapes, and
four or five leaves, which are much shorter than the stem. The flowers are yellow; they are very fragrant, and
they are produced early in May. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1829. It is
generally grown in sandy peat, and it does better in the open air in a dry sheltered situation, than in a frame or
greenhouse. It is increased by offsets.
8.-TRITONIA ROCHENSIS, Ker. DE LA ROCHE'S TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia paniculata, De la Roche; I. longiflora, Berg.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth salver-shaped, but with a rather
Gladiolus longiflorus, Thunb.; Sisyrinchium Africanum, Herne ; long slender arched tube ; segments subcuneately elliptic, somewhat
the Bending-flowered Tritonia.
concave, equal. Leaves ensiform, nerved. Scape simple or panicu-
ENGRAVING. - Bot. Mag. t. 1503.
| lately branched. Flowers distich.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant, from its large Ixia-like flowers, which only resemble those of the
—
other Tritonias in their rather long and slender tubes, which are delicately striped with pink. The flowers, which
droop gracefully from their bending tubes, are cream-coloured, with a pink and green star in the centre; and they
are produced in great abundance from June till August. The species is a native of the Cape, and was introduced
in 1813. This species resembles T. fucata, in producing chains of new bulbs attached to the old ones; and it
would probably flower well in the open ground, in a rich yellow mixed with a little sand. It is, however,
generally grown in pots, and brought forward in a pit under a frame, or in a greenhouse, till it has formed its
flower-buds, when, after it has been gradually hardened by giving it air, the pot should be plunged in the open
ground. It is also sometimes grown in a sandy soil, on a sloping bank open to the south ; where it may be left in
the ground all the year, if a little protection be given to it during winter.
-
9.—TRITONIA LINEATA, Ker. THE PENCILLED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES. — Gladiatus lineatus, Sal.; Ixia squalida, var. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate; segments of the limb
stricta, Ait.
four times larger than the tube; segments elliptic, unequal, the upper
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 487; and our fig. 5, in Plate 16. one being broader than the rest, incurved, but somewhat spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are of a delicate straw-colour or pale yellow, tinged with a dark orange
hue
at their margin ; and they are beautifully pencilled with fine dark lines, three of which are in the centre of each
segment, and the others branching from them. The stalk is erect, and grows about two feet high ; it is round and
sinooth, and it terminates in a spike of five or six flowers, which nods remarkably before the flowers open.
The
-
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
77
flowers are secund, and rise from two-valved spathes, which are brown, membranaceous, and end in pinkish bristly
points. The leaves are long, erect, and rather narrow, and they have the midrib strongly marked. The species
was introduced in 1774, and requires the usual treatment of the hardier kinds of Cape bulbs; as it may
be
grown
either in a pot, or in the open ground, in which latter case it may generally be left in the ground without
protection. It flowers freely in May, and is propagated by seed or offsets.
10.—TRITONIA SECURIGERA, Ker. THE HATCHET-BEARING TRITONIA, .
SYNONYMES.—Gladiolus securiger, Ait. ; Ixia gladiolus, Lam.; obtuse, the three lower ones having each a horny unguiculate appendage
Montbretia securigera, Redouté; the Copper-coloured Corn-flag. at the base, which stands erect. Outer valve of the spathe obtusely
ENGRAVINGS.-- Bot. Mag. t. 383; Red. Lil. t. 53.
indented. Flowers distich.
Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth salver-shaped ; segments oblong-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished from all the other Iridacece, by three curious little
hatchet-shaped horny substances, the use of which does not appear obvious, one of which is placed at the base of
each of the three lower segments of the flower. These singular appendages are yellow, while the rest of the flower
is copper-coloured, with a dark mark on the three lower petals. The leaves are short and somewhat blunt, and
the whole plant does not grow above eight inches or a foot high. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced
in 1774. It is generally grown in pots; and if treated as directed for the Tritonias generally (see p. 73), it will
produce abundance of flowers in May and June.
11.—TRITONIA FLAVA, Ker. THE YELLOW TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.-Gladiolus flavus, Soland. ; Paterson's Tritonia. elengated tube : segments nearly equal, recurved, three lower ones
ENGRAVINGS.-- Bot. Reg. t. 747; and our fig. 6, in Plate 16. with each a small raised lozenge-shaped appendage. Exterior valve of
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth somewhat campanulate, with an the spathe cuspidate. Stem jointed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A dwarf plant, with very short small leaves, a slight delicate stem, and bright yellow
flowers; the three lower segments of which have each a small horny protuberance, of the same nature as those of
T. securigera, but much smaller and less conspicuous. All the segments roll up backwards when they begin to
fade ; and the new bulbs and offsets form a kind of chain attached to the remains of the old bulbs, in the same
manner as several other kinds of the genus. The species was introduced from the Cape, by Colonel Paterson, in
1780, but it was soon lost. It was re-introduced in 1822, but is now seldom seen in collections. It should be
grown in a pot, and requires the same treatment as the other half-hardy species.
12.-TRITONIA REFRACTA, Ker. THE REFLEXED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.-Gladiolus refractus, Jacg.; G. resupinatus, Persoon. equal, somewhat reflexed; stamens ascending, stigmas bifid. Scapo
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 135; and our fig. 2, in Plate 16. branched ; branches divaricate. Flowers secund, erect, somewhat
Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth subringent ; segments ovate, nearly resupinate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the most remarkable species of the genus, from the curious manner in which the
flower-stem is bent, and in which the flowers are twisted. The stem grows from one foot to two feet high,
throwing out three or four branches, each terminating in a spike of six or seven flowers. The leaves are narrow
like
grass,
and glaucous ; the flowers are fragrant, and the spathes are very small.
. The plant was introduced
from the Cape in 1815, and it flowers in May or June. It
either in pots or in the open ground;
but it should not be taken up oftener than once in two or three years.
inay
be
grown

78
THE LADIES' FLOWER.GARDEN
13.---TRITONIA SQUALIDA, Ker. THE SQUALID TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia squalida, Ait. ; I. lanica, Thunb.; I. crocata,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth salver-shaped, segments equal, un-
var. Burm. ; I. similis, Sal.; Sweet-scented Tritonia.
guiculate and united at the base, urceolately gibbous, and rounded at the
margin. Leaves ensiform, sometimes blunt and falcate. Flowers
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 581; and our fig. 1, in Plate 17.
secund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It is very difficult to imagine why this beautiful plant should be called squalid, unless by
antithesis, as nothing can be more fresh and less squalid than its appearance. The leaves are broad and strongly
nerved, the flowers are beautifully coloured and very fragrant, and the plant is remarkably handsome. The
flower-stem grows
about a foot high, and produces six or eight flowers. The species is a native of the Cape,
whence it was sent to Kew Gardens in 1774, by Mr. Masson. It is generally grown in a pot in a light sandy
loam, and it flowers abundantly in May. Its culture is the same as that of the other species.
a
-
14.—TRITONIA FENESTRATA, Rer. THE WINDOW-FLOWERED TRITONIA
SYNONYMES.—Ixia fenestrata, Jacq.; Open-flowered Tritonia. segments equal, unguiculate, spreading, obtuse at the margin ; hyaline
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 704; and our fig. 2, in Plate 17. at the base; much longer than the tube. Leaves short, acuminate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth funnel-shaped ; tube turbinate;
,
;
Flowers secund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable plant from the long claws of the segments, which, with the trans-
parent glossy membrane on each side, give the flowers a very open appearance, and hence the curious specific
The plant is very strong and healthy, and may safely be planted out in the open border. It is a native
of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1801. It looks remarkably well in a bed in a regular flower garden, or
in boxes under a veranda, where, when well grown, it forms a perfect blaze of brilliancy. In its culture,
when planted in the open ground, it only requires to be slightly protected for the first two or three winters, till its
roots have become firmly established in the soil; and when this is the case, it may be left entirely to itself. It
flowers in May.
name.
15.—TRITONIA CROCATA, Ker. THE SAFFRON-COLOURED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia crocata, Ait.; I. planifolia, Mill. ; Crocus- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate ; tube very short, and
flowered Tritonia.
hyaline ; segments ovate, equal, conniving. Leaves ensiform, acumi-
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 184.
nate, very short. Flowers distich.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The peculiarity of this flower is the transparent glossiness of the tube, which contrasts
strongly with the heavy mass formed by the ovate segments of the corolla, which lie so closely together that their
division is scarcely perceptible. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced before 1758, as in that year
Miller had a mass of it in the Chelsea Botanic Garden. It is one of the kinds that may be planted in the open
ground in a yellow sandy loam, and left for several years without taking up, protecting it at first like T.
fenestrata. It produces abundance of flowers in May.
a
16.- TRITONIA DEUSTA, Ker. THE BLIGHTED TRITONIA,
SYNONYMES.Ixia deusta, Ait.; I. gibba, Sal.; I. crocata, var. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Perianth somewhat campanulate, with a very
imaculata, Thun.; I. miniatæ var. Jacq. ; Copper-coloured Tri- short tube and a spreading limb; segments ovate-obtuse, nearly equal,
tonia ; Spotted Tritonia.
the alternate ones gibbous towards their base. Leaves ensiform,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 622 ; Bot. Rep. t. 134; and our fig. strongly nerved. Flowers secund.
4, in Plate 16.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the last in not having any part of its flower transparent, and in



Pl.17
1
3
2
7.
Tritonia squalida_nTritonia femstrato-3. Tritonia rode
.
UNIL
ICH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
79
having a blackish protaberance at the base of every alternate segment of the corolla.
The flower-stem grows
about a foot high, and is branched, though each spike only produces a few flowers. The leaves are broad and
strongly veined. The skin of the bulb, when out of the ground, is almost black. This species was brought from
the Cape by Mr. Masson in 1774, and it flowers in May. It belongs to the hardier kinds of Cape bulbs, and
may be treated exactly in the same manner as directed for the two preceding species.
17.— TRITONIA MINIATA, Ker. THE VERMILION-STAINED TRITONIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia miniata, Jacq. ; Late-flowering Tritonia. very short tube, and a spreading limb; segments obovate, equal.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 609.
Leaves ensiform, elongately acuminate, sub-falcate, erect. Flowers
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth somewhat funnel-shaped, with a distich.
DESCRIPTION, &c.- Very pretty lively-looking orange-coloured flowers, the three upper segments of which
look as if a little sealing-wax had been dropped on their base. The leaves are short and sharply pointed,
appearing to be cut in near the petiole. The flower-stem is about a foot and a half high, erect, and very
much
branched, and it produces abundance of flowers in August and September. The species was introduced in 1825 :
and it should be grown in pots or boxes; as from the lateness of its flowering it would not otherwise have time
to perfect its leaves and new bulbs. When grown in the open ground, it should be planted in spring, and taken
up in October
a
OTHER SPECIES OF TRITONIA.
T. ANIGOZANTHIFLORA, G. Don.
The flowers are greenish and resemble in shape those of the Australian shrub Anigozanthus. The species
was introduced in 1825, and it flowers from June to August.
T. PALLIDA, Ker.
The flowers are of a pale straw-colour. The species was introduced in 1806 from Holland.
T. PECTINATA, Ker.
The flowers are blush-coloured, with paler stripes. The species was introduced in 1825, and it flowers in
May and June.
T. STRIATA, Ker.
The flowers are straw-coloured, strongly veined with violet.
The year of introduction is not known.
T. PURPUREA, Jacq.
The flowers are purple, and the species was introduced in 1825.
T. XANTHOSPILA, Sal.
The flowers are white, spotted with yellow, and they are produced in May and June. The species was
introduced in 1825.

80
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN.
GENUS XXV.
IXIA, Ker. THE IXIA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
a
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth salver-shaped, with a slender tube, series in each cell, filiform. Stigmas three, narrow, linear, recurved.
and a six-parted, equal, spreading limb. Stamens three ; anthers Capsule membranous, ovate, globose, trigibbous, 3-celled, 3-valved.
variable. Ovarium ovate, trigonal, 3-celled. Ovula numerous ; two Seeds numerous, sub-globose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The genus Ixia formerly included the plants now belonging to twelve or thirteen other
genera, which have been separated from it. The species now composing the genus Ixia all belong to the Linnean
class Triandria Monogynia ; they are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, or of the interior of the peninsula of
South Africa, and they are all very ornamental in their flowers. The name of Ixia is said to have been given to
these plants on account of their viscid roots, and to be derived from a Greek word signifying to fix. The species
have all bulbo-tubers, or corms, collateral, ensate leaves, and simple or branching stems, terminating in a dense
spike of flowers. They are all tolerably hardy, and with a little care most of them may be grown in the open
ground.
.
1.—IXIA MONADELPHA, De la Roche. THE MONADELPHOUS, OR ONE-ANTHERED IXIA.
SYNONYME. -I. columnaris, Sal.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a straight narrow tube, and a
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 607; Bot. Rep. t. 203; and our fig. stellately-spreading limb; segments lanceolate, obtuse. Spathe short.
4, in Plate 18.
Stamens monadelphous. Leaves plicate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb of this very beautiful species is rather flat, like that of some of the kinds of
Ferraria. The stem is slender, and about a foot high, sometimes spreading into branches, and always with
numerous flowers. There are generally three or four leaves, which are rolled up
when they first appear,
but
which afterwards gradually unfold, though they are always narrow and grass-like. The segments of the
perianth are of a firm texture, and vary very much in colour, though they have always a broad, strongly-marked
ring in the centre of the flower. The stigmas are recurved, but the anthers stand erect; and it is from their
growing together, so as to form a short thick column, that this species has received the name of I. monadelpha.
This species is very handsome, as it generally produces from five to ten flowers; and as it flowers in April, it
succeeds best (like all the early-flowering kinds) if planted in October, and kept in a frame, with a little bottom
heat during winter (see p. 73). When planted in the open ground, it should be preserved from frost and violent
rains by a hand-glass, which should be removed as soon as the plant begins to push vigorously in spring. This
species was introduced in 1792.
2.-IXIA CURTA, Andr. THE SHORTENED IXIA..
SYNONYMES.--I. monadelpha B, Ker. ; Galaxia ixiæflora B, Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth with a straight narrow tube, and a
Redouté ; Orange-coloured monadelphous Ixia.
campanulate limb; segments obovate. Filaments monadelphous;
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 1378; Bot. Rep. t. 554 ; Redouté anthers free. Spathe short. Leaves ensiform.
Liliacées, t. 41.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very showy species, with a short spike of large and handsome orange-coloured flowers.
It was at first supposed to be a variety of Ixia monadelpha, but it differs from that species in the shortness of its
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
81
spike of flowers, and in their shape, which is somewhat campanulate or bell-like, instead of being stellate or star-
like. The exact year of its introduction is unknown, but it appears to have been figured for the first time about
1809. Its culture is the same as that of I. monadelpha.
3.—IXIA COLUMELLARIS, Ker. THE COLUMN-LIKE IXIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia variegata, Banks; variegated Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 630 ; and our fig. 5, in Plate 18.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth with a straight narrow tube, and a
stellately-spreading limb; segments oblong. Spathe short. Stamens
confluent, adhering together at the very base. Leaves narrow, ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species appears at first sight closely to resemble 1. monadelpha, as it has a strongly
marked band round the centre of the flower, and the anthers form a kind of column. On a closer examination,
however, it will be found to differ in many essential particulars. The bulb or corm is round instead of being
flat, and it is covered with strong rib-like fibres, reticulated between with others more slender. There are three
or four leaves, which are not rolled up before their expansion ; they are narrow and strongly nerved, but shorter
than the stem. The flowers are as abundant as those of 1. monadelpha, but much smaller, and they have the
fragrance of the Tongo Bean. The flowers open about eight o'clock in the morning if the weather be fine and
warm, and they close towards the middle of the day; opening and shutting in this manner several days before
they fall, unless the season should be very hot and dry. The bulbs are generally planted in March or April, in
the open ground, if the situation be warm and dry, and the soil tolerably light; or if in pots, in a compost of
loam, peat, and sand. The plants flower in August, and if kept moderately and regularly watered they will
continue producing a succession of flowers for two or three weeks. The species was introduced in 1790.
4.-IXIA CONICA, Sal. THE CONICAL IXIA.
.
SYNONYME.—I. maculata Thun. ; I. Milleri, Berg. ; I. capitata,
Andr.; Sisyrinchium africanum, Old. ; the Orange-coloured Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 539 ; Bot. Rep. t. 50; and our fig. 2,
in Plate 18.
SPECIFI CHARACTER.—Perianth with short narrow tube and a
spreading limb; segments ovate. Anthers spreading. Spathe mem-
branous, 2-valved ; inner valve bifid. Leaves ensiform, and somewhat
plicate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This beautiful species is said to be one of the most common in the neighbourhood of Cape
Town, where it produces a very striking effect, from the singular habit of its flowers, which fold up the moment the
sun withdraws its light, or is shaded by a passing cloud. The inside of the segments is a briglit orange,
but the
outside is tinged with a rich crimson ; so that when the flowers fold up they not only change their form but their
colour, presenting, instead of handsome salver-shaped orange flowers, a multitude of small crimson cones, pointed
at the summit, and swelling out at the base. It is from this peculiarity that the species is called conica. The
flowers only expand in sunshine, but as they are very brilliant when they are expanded, and very numerous, the
species is well deserving of cultivation. The plants should be grown in a mixture of very sandy loam and peat,
and the bulbs may either be planted in the open ground in spring, in which case they will not flower till August,
or in pots in September or October, and kept in a frame during the winter, in which case they will flower in
June. The flowers of this species, contrary to those of most of the other kinds of Ixia, preserve their beauty when
dried. This species was one of the first of the Cape bulbs brought to England, having been introduced so early
as 1757.
M

82
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
5.-IXIA VIRIDIFLORA, Sal. THE GREEN-FLOWERED IXIA.
SYNONYMES.—. maculata, Murr. ; I. spectabilis, Sal. ; I. amena, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a slender tube and a cam-
Andr.; I. abbreviata, Houtt. ; I. maculata, var. viridis, Ker. panulately-spreading limb; segments oblong-lanceolate. Stamens with
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 549; Bot. Rep. t. 29; and our fig. 3, short filaments, and very long anthers. Stigma short. Spathe mem-
in Plate 18.
branous, short. Leaves ensiform.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—I think I never recollect being more charmed with a flower than I was when I saw this
plant for the first time in the garden of the Messrs. Loddiges at Hackney. A row of bulbs of this species, which
had been planted in a narrow border in front of one of the hothouses, were in full blossom, and the peculiar and
delicate hue of their flowers struck me forcibly. I have since frequently seen this species (as it is very hardy, and
flowers freely), but it has always been with renewed admiration. It is indeed quite impossible to give a just
idea of these beautiful flowers on paper; they must be seen growing to be properly appreciated.
The flower-stem varies from one to four feet in height, and it is frequently branched, containing from six to
thirty flowers in a spike. The flowers have no fragrance, and the leaves are much shorter than the flower-stem.
The species was first discovered by Thunberg, flowering in October, by the sides of rivers and brooks, in the
Roode-Zand (Red-sand) Valley, many days' journey from Cape Town,” (Bot. Mag. vol. xxxi.), and it was
'
introduced in 1780. The culture is very simple; it only requires planting in the open air, in a dry and somewhat
sheltered situation, in October, and protecting during severe winters from frost, and excessive wet.
66
6.-IXIA OCHROLEUCA, G. Don. THE CREAM-COLOURED IXIA.
SYNONYME.-I. maculata, var. ochroleuca, Ker.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1285 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 18.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a long narrow tube, and cam-
panulate limb; segments orbiculately-obovate. Filaments equal in
length to the anthers. Stigmas fringed,
Stigmas fringed. Spathe short. Leaves
broadly-ensiform, short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is remarkable for its large and handsome flowers, and its short, broad
leaves. The colour of the flowers is a yellowish creamy hue, with a brown centre, and they are remarkable for
their very long and slender tubes, and round campanulate limbs. The species was introduced from the Cape in
1809 by Messrs. Loddiges, to whom the floricultural world owe so many Cape bulbs, and its culture is the same
as that of I. monadelpha.
7.-IXIA ERECTA, Ait. THE ERECT IXIA.
-
a
SYNONYMES.—I. e. albiflora, G. Don ; I. polystachia, Lin.; I.
scrotina, Sal. ; I. scillaris var., and I. thyrsiflora, De la Roche ;
Ornithogalum spicatum, Pluk.
VARIETIES.-I. e. 2 incarnata, Andr.; Bot. Rep. t. 128. The
flowers are flesh-coloured. I. e. 3 lutea, Ker; Bot. Mag. t. 846.
The flowers are orange, with yellow stamens and stigmas.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 623; Bot. Rep. t. 155.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a filiform tube, and campanu-
lately spreading limb, segments oval. Stigmas free to the tube.
Anthers longer than the filaments. Spathe short. Leaves ensi-
form.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful species has a long spike of white flowers, with a dark eye; which,
however, are without fragrance. It was found by Thunberg in sheltered valleys near Cape Town, and it was
introduced before 1757, as it was cultivated in that year by Miller at Chelsea. It is very common, as it produces
abundance of offsets, and if left in the soil in any tolerably warm and dry situation it will live many years
without any care, flowering freely every June. It is very ornamental, and it is well deserving of a place in
every flower-garden.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
83
-
8.-IXIA ODORATA, G. Don. THE SWEET-SCENTED IXIA.
SYNONYME.--I. erecta, var. lutea odorata, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth with a filiform tube, and a funnel-
shaped limb; segments obovate, and concave. Spathe short. Stamens
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1173; and our fig. 4, in Plate 19.
connivent. Leaves ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A pretty species, with a rather short spike of bright yellow flowers. It was first
supposed to be a variety of I. erecta ; but it differs from that species, not only in the colour of its flowers and the
shortness of their spike, but in their being fragrant, while the flowers of I. erecta are totally without scent. It
is very common near the Cape of Good Hope, and a parcel of bulbs seldom arrives from that country without
this species being included. It flowers freely in May and June, and requires the same treatment as the preceding
species.
9.--IXIA RETUSA, Jacq. THE RETUSE-FLOWERED IXIA.
SYNONYMES.-I. polystachia, Ker. ; I. scillaris var., Houtt. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth filiform, with a spreading limb;
Lily of the Valley-scented Ixia.
segments oblong. Anthers roundish, shorter than the filaments.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. 629 ; Bot. Rep. t. 128,
Spathes short. Leaves ensiform.
a
name.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower-stem of this species is tall and slender, and the leaves long and grass-like.
The flowers are of a bright rose-colour, with long pointed segments which are frequently recurved, whence the
The flowers have the fragrance of those of the lily of the valley. The species is rather tender, and does
best kept in a frame during winter. It should be planted in October, and it will flower in May. It was
introduced in 1793.
-
10.-IXIA SCILLARIS, Lin. THE SQUILL-FLOWERED IXIA.
SYNONYMES. --I. 8., var. latifolia, Ker; I. pentandra, Lin. fil.;
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth with a short filiform tube, ard 2
I. retusa, Salis. ; I. polystachia var., Jacq.; I. reflexa, Andr.
subringent limb; segments obovate. Anthers shorter than the fila-
ments. Spathe nearly as long as the tube. Leaves broad-ensiform,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 542 ; Bot. Rep. t. 14.
oblique at the base ; somewhat plieate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The bulb of this species is about the size of a large pea, and quite smooth; the stem rises
about a foot high, terminating in a spike of from ten to twenty very pretty small bright pink flowers, and the
leaves, of which there are three or four, are short and broad. There are several varieties, or rather variations, as
they are found to change according to the circumstances of soil and climate ; in some of these the flowers are
purplish, and in others nearly white; and one kind has narrow leaves, which is the most distinct, as its flowers
are rather sweet, while those of the other kinds are entirely without scent. This species was introduced in 1787;
and as it flowers very early (frequently in January), it should always be grown in a frame or greenhouse. It
does best planted in September, and treated as directed for the Tritonias in p. 73; being removed from the frame
to a greenhouse or sitting-room just before the expansion of the flowers.
11.-IXIA CRISPA, Ker. THE CURLED-LEAVED IXIA.
SYNONYME.-I. urdulata, Burm.
campanulately-spreading limb; segments obovate. Anthers shorter
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 599; and our fig. 6, in Plate 18. than the filaments. Spathe one-half as long as the tube. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth with a short filiform tube, and a
1
narrow, undulately-curled.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species closely resemble those of the preceding kind in colour ; but
they are much less numerous, seldom exceeding three or four, and the leaves are very curiously crisped or curled.
M 2

84
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
There are varieties with white and bluish flowers. The species was found by Thunberg on the red sand hills
near Picketberg, and it was introduced in 1787. The flowers are very pretty, but they have no fragrance ;
they appear
in June. The plant, from its small size, is generally grown in a pot, the bulb being planted in
March or April.
12.-IXIA FUCATA, Ker. THE PAINTED IXIA.
ENGRAVING.— Bot. Mag. t. 1379.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a filiform tube, and a salver-
shaped limb; segments elliptic, recurved, and shorter than the tube.
Stamens forming a compact column, with erect divergent anthers.
Scape 2-flowered. Leaves long and narrow.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The stem is about six inches long, and very slender. The leaves are very narrow, and
somewhat twisted. The spike has only two flowers, the segments of which are white suffused with crimson,
whence the specific name. Mr. Ker thinks it doubtful whether it is a genuine species, or a hybrid between
I. crateroides and I. capillaris, as it appears to have been first observed in the Hammersmith nursery about the
year 1800, and nothing is known respecting its introduction. It is now probably lost, as its name does not
occur in any of the lists of bulbs usually cultivated.
13.-IXIA ARISTATA, Ker. THE BRISTLY IXIA.
SYNONYMES.-I. patens, Herb. Banks ; salver-flowered Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 589 ; Bot. Rept. t. 87.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth with a long filiform tube; seg-
ments oblong, flat, rotate. Stamens free, erect, nearly equal in length
to the style. Spathe short, and so deeply-toothed as to appear bristly.
Scape many-flowered. Leaves broadly-ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The stem of this species is generally divided into numerous short branches, each
terminating in a head of flowers, which are pale pink, striated with pink of a much darker colour; or very dark
purple. The flowers are without scent, and they appear in May. There are four broad, strongly-ribbed leaves ;
and the spathes are so deeply cut as to give them a bristly appearance, whence the name, The species was
found by Thunberg in moist sandy places, near the Cape; and it is said in the Bot. Mag. to be so “impatient
of drought,” that it should be “ set in a pan of water when near flowering.” It was introduced in 1800.
14.-IXIA MACULATA, Lin. THE SPOTTED IXIA,
SYNONYMES.—? I. spectabilis, Salis ; ? I. spicata, var. viridi-nigra,
Andr.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 530.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a long filiform tube, and a
flat, spreading limb; segments oblong. Stamens free, spreading.
Stigmas distinct and spreading at the base of the anthers. Scape many-
flowered. Leaves linear-ensiform, numerous.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, the flowers of which are of a French grey colour, with a green
—
spot at the base of each segment of the perianth. The spike of flowers is long and elegant, bearing more
resemblance to that of Ixia viridiflora than any other species. Some botanists indeed make both kinds belong to
the same species. It is also nearly allied to I. erecta. This Ixia is a native of the Cape, whence it has been
frequently imported, having been as frequently lost. It does best grown in the open ground, and treated like 1.
viridiflora (see p. 82).



Pl 19
2
3
1.Ixia patens. Refaciasorateroides. 3eIria hybrida. 4 Tria odorata.
UND
OF
Crit


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
85
15.—IXIA FLEXUOSA, Ker. THE FLEXUOSE IXIA.
SYNONYMES.—I. capitata, Andr. ; I. erecta, var. violacea, Thun. monadelphous. Anthers loose, and sometimes curved. Stigmas
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 624 ; Bot. Rep. t. 232.
distinct, recurved. Spathe short, membranous, and commonly den-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a short filiform tube, and ticulate. Scape few-flowered. Flowers in a very short dense raceme.
campanulately spreading limb; segments oval, oblong. Filaments Leaves linear-ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species varies very much in the colour of its flowers, which are sometimes white,
striped with pink, sometimes rose-coloured, and sometimes purple. The stem is very slender and flexible,
whence the specific name; and the flowers, which are fragrant, are disposed in a short dense raceme at its
extremity. It is a well-known species, which has been in cultivation since 1757; and it is generally grown in
pots (which may be kept in a cool frame or greenhouse during winter), as it flowers in April. It produces
numerous offsets, which should be taken off in September.
16.-IXIA HYBRIDA, Ker. THE HYBRID IXIA.
-
-
SYNONYMES.Ixia flexuosa, Lin.
phous. Anthers loose, erect. Stigmas distinct, recurved. Spathe
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 127; and our fig. 3, in Plate 19. nearly the length of the tube, bidenticulate. Scape few-flowered.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Perianth with a very slender tube, and cam- Flowers in an erect, loose raceme. Leaves linear-ensiform.
panulately spreading limb; segments obovate. Filaments monadel-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This Ixia differs so very slightly from I. flexuosa, that it is probably only a variety of
that species. The flowers are very pretty, and from not being so close together, they have a much lighter and
more elegant appearance. The two kinds are frequently confused together, and both are sold under the name of
1. flexuosa. The flowers are fragrant; and as they appear in April or May, the plants should be
I.
grown
and slightly protected during winter. Besides the ordinary protection from frost and excessive rains, care must
be taken to preserve the corms from mice, which will devour them if possible.
in pots,
17.— IXIA PATENS, Ker. THE SPREADING-FLOWERED IXIA.
SYNONYMES.-I. flaccida, Sol. ; crimson Ixia.
tube. Stamens free. Anthers erect. Stigmas recurved, rising as
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 522; and our fig. 1, in Plate 19. high as the anthers. Scape many-flowered. Leaves lanceolately-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a short filiform tube, and a ensiform.
campanulately-spreading limb; segments oblong, much longer than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very splendid species, easily distinguished from the other kinds by the length of the
segments of the limb, and their bright crimson-colour. It also differs from I. flexuosa in the breadth of the
leaves, and in the flowers not being fragrant. This species was introduced in 1779, and is a very common one
in gardens. It
may either be planted in pots and kept in a cold frame, or in the open ground, with a very
slight protection in the winter. The best soil is a yellow loam mixed with a little sand, but any common
garden mould will do. When it is to stand in the open air, the bulb should be planted in October, and a hand-
glass put over it, which should be raised for an hour or two in the middle of every fine day, and covered with a
mat, or a few bundles of straw, during severe frosts. When the plants are thoroughly established, and have
formed a mass of offsets, they may be safely left to themselves; only covering them in very severe frosts with a
heap of dead leaves. The effect of the plant when in flower is very brilliant. It flowers in April or May, and
the flowers remain in perfection a long time, especially if shielded by a veranda, or in some other way from the
excessive heat of the sun.
а.

86
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
18.-IXIA CRATEROIDES, Ker. THE CUP-SHAPED IXIA.
SYNONYMES.—I. speciosa, Andr. ; I. campanulata, Herb. Banks.
ENGRAVINGS.— Bot. Mag. t. 594 ; Bot. Rep. t. 186; and our fig.
2, in Plate 19.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a very short tube, and a cup-
shaped, hemispherically-campanulate limb; segments oval, erect.
Stamens free, spreading. Stigmas recurved, and rising much above the
anthers. Scape few-flowered. Leaves grass-like.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - The flowers of this species are very beautiful, from their brilliant colour and large size ;
they are, however, not so numerous as those of most of the other species, as they seldom exceed two or three in
each cluster. The stem is round and wiry, and it is from six inches to a foot high. There are five or six grass-
like leaves to each bulb, smooth excepting a prominent midrib, and shorter than the stem. The stamens, instead
of their filaments growing together, as in 1. flexuosa, are widely apart; and the stigmas, which are recurved, rise
above the anthers. This species does not blossom so freely as most of the other kinds; and the bulb, which is of
a spongy succulent nature, is very apt to rot if allowed to become too wet. The species is a native of some
sandy marshes near the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1800, and it is rather difficult to cultivate. It should
be grown in pots, well drained, by being a third part filled with cinders, in pure sand; and the pots should
!
stand in a saucer of water. It flowers in July, but it does not blossom freely, and very often the bulbs send up
only a mass of grass-like leaves, without any appearance of a flower-stem. It produces numerous offsets, but it
very seldom ripens seed.
OTHER SPECIES OF IXIA.
I. LEUCANTHA, Pers.
The flowers are of a pure white.
The species was introduced in 1779; and it flowers from May to October.
I. FUSCO-CITRINA, Roem. et Schultes.
The flowers are yellow and brown: neither the year of introduction nor the time of flowering are known ;
and as it is only figured in the splendid work of Redouté, it may be a hybrid, originated in France.
I. DUBIA, Rom. et Schultes.
The flowers are purple and yellow, and as it is only figured by Redouté, it may also be a French hybrid.
I. OVATA, Andr.
The flowers are white and purple. This species, which is figured in Andrews's Botanical Repository, t. 23,
is quite different from the Ixia ovata of the Bot. Mag., which is now called Galaxia, (see p. 28).
I. CAPITATA, var. Andr.
The flowers are white, with a very dark centre. This species is figured in the Bot. Rep. t. 159.
Besides the above, are several hybrids, which may be procured in the seed-shops, but have not been botanically
described.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS
87
GENUS XXVI.
MORPHIXIA, Ker. THE MORPHIXIA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth salver-shaped, with a turbinate, numerous. Style filiform. Stigmas 3, narrow.
rather angular tube, and a six-parted equal limb. Stamens 3. trigonal. Seeds numerous, rather globose.
Anthers versatile, connivent. Ovarium trigonal, 3-celled, ovulæ
Capsule oval,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Morphixia is derived from two Greek words, signifying form and Ixia ; and it is said to
be applied to this genus, because the general form of its flowers is similar to that of the Ixias. The principal
difference between the flowers of the two genera consists in the tube, which in Ixia is filiform or thread-like, and
in Morphixia is turbinate or angular. The flowers are also smaller, fewer together, and not so handsome. The
species are generally known in seed-shops by the general name of Ixia capillaris.
1.-MORPHIXIA LINEARIS, Ker. THE LINEAR MORPHIXIA.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia linearis, Roem. et Schultes ; I capillaris, var. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Spathe scariose, striated with linear-oblong
gracillima, Bot. Mag. ; Hyalis gracilis, Salis.
segments, or divisions. Leaves filiform. Stems slender one-flowered,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 570 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 20. flower drooping.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The stem and leaves of this plant are remarkably slender, and the flower-stem bears only
a single flower which is slightly drooping. The flowers have no scent. The species is a native of the Cape,
whence it was introduced in 1796. It flowers in April, and it should be grown in a pot, and kept in a green-
house, or cold frame, all the winter.
-
2.—MORPHIXIA CAPILLARIS, Ker. THE HAIR-LIKE MORPHIXIA.
SYNONYMES.—I. capillaris, B stricta, Bot. Mag.; I. lancea, Jacq. ;
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe scariose, striated with oblong seg-
Hyalis latifolia, Salis ; the wire-stemmed Ixia.
ments. Scapes racemous, racemes loose. Leaves ensiform and striated.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t, 617; and our fig. 2, in Plate 20.
Flowers erect.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the last, in the flowers being much more numerous, and disposed
in a branched raceme. They are also erect, and the filaments of the stamens are so closely pressed together as
to appear monadelphous. The leaves are much broader and sword-shaped. This species was introduced from
the Cape in 1774. It is much handsomer than the last; and it may be grown either in pots or in the open
ground; protecting it during winter by a hand-glass, if it is planted out, or by keeping it in a cold frame, if it
is
grown
in pots.
-
3.- MORPHIXIA AULICA, Ker. THE COURTLY MORPHIXIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia capillaris, y aulica, Bot. Mag. ; I. aulica, Hort. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Spathe scariose and striated, ovate-acute
Kew. ; Hyalis aulica, Salis ; Rose-coloured Ixia.
segments shorter than the tube of the perianth. Stem leafy.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1013; and our fig. 1, in Plate 20. Flowers spicate. Radical leaves broad, short, plicate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is by far the most splendid plant belonging to the genus. The flowers, which are
produced in a short spike, are of a brilliant rose-colour. The stem is much thicker and the leaves are short and
broad, with a cartilaginous margin. The bulb-tube is large, and covered with a thick and strong fibrous net-
work. The species was introduced in 1774; it flowers in April and May, and it requires the same treatment
as the preceding species.
a

88
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
4.-MORPHIXIA INCARNATA, Jacq. THE FLESH-COLOURED MORPHIXIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia capillaris, var. 8 incarnata. Ker; Sisyrin- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spatbe scariose, membranous, ribbed, and
chium, sp. Hort. ; flesh-coloured Ixia.
divided into five deeply cut, pointed segments. Tube of the perianth
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 617, fig. 2 ; Jacq. ic. 2, t. 278. elongated, anthers connivent.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species from its large pink flowers, and their fringe-like spathes. The
segments are frequently strongly veined with a somewhat darker colour. This species was introduced from the
Cape in 1774, and flowers in April and May. Its culture is the same as that of M. capillaris.
GENUS XXVII.
MELASPHÆRULA, Ker. THE MELASPHÆRULA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth 6-pointed, equal, spreading, seg- 3, narrow, linear, recurved. Capsule chartaceous, turbinately globose,
ments cuspidate. Stamens 3, subsecund. Anthers oblong, fixed by 3-lobed. Seeds few, subglobose.
the base, conniving. Ovarium 3-celled. Style ascending. Stigmas
DESCRIPTION, &c.—All the species have bulbo-tuberous rhizomas; collateral, ensate leaves, with round
panicled stems.
The leaves and branches are in threes. The flowers are secund, that is, all on one side of the
branches. The spathes are 2-valved, the outer valve being herbaceous in the middle, and membranous on the
margin. All the species are natives of the Cape. Professor De Candolle has named this genus Diasia.
The
name of Melasphærula is derived from two Greek words, signifying a black globe, and it alludes to the form and
colour of certain small bulbs produced on the stem.
1.–MELASPHÆRULA INTERMEDIA, G. Don. THE INTERMEDIATE MELASPHÆRULA.
-
SYNONYMES.—M. graminea, Bot. Mag. ; Gladiolus gramineus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth bilabiately campanulate, segments
Thunb. ; G. ramosus, Ray; Phalangium ramosum, Burm. .
distinct, and each ending in a sharp bristly point. Leaves short,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 615; and our fig. 6, in Plate 20. ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very remarkable plant with very slender branchlets, which quiver in every breeze like
—
those of the trembling-grass, Briza media. The flowers have no scent, and are more curious than beautiful ; and
curious little bulbs are produced instead of them if the plant be kept in a very hot and dry place. The species is
more tender than most of the other Cape bulbs, and it requires to be kept in a greenhouse, as it is very frequently
injured by frost even in a cold pit. It was found by Thunberg on the Groenekloof hills, near the Cape, and it
was introduced by Mr. Mason in 1787.
a
OTHER SPECIES OF MELASPHÆRULA.
M. VIRIDIFLORA, Swt.
The flowers are white and brown, and the leaves resemble those of the Iris. It was introduced from the
Cape in 1825, and it flowers in February. It should be grown in a pot, and kept in a warm greenhouse, or
hotbed framé.



Pl. 20.
3
4
5
2
1 Morphixia aslica, — Morphixia capillaris. — 3. Morphixia lineario.
4. Hoperantha
falcata 5: Haspirartha pilosa: 6 Molaopharula intermedia
UNIL
OF
3


OF ORNAMENTAL. BULBOUS PLANTS.
89
M. GRAMINEA, G. Don ; GLADIOLUS GRAMINEUS, Jacq. ; DIASIA GRAMINIFOLIA, Red. Lil. t. 163.
The flowers are white and brown, and the leaves very long and grass-like. It was introduced in 1825, and it
flowers in February. It requires the same treatment as the preceding species
M. PARVIFLORA, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1444.
A curious little plant with very small flowers, which are produced in February. It must be kept in a
greenhouse, as it dies down to the root in summer, but begins to grow again in autumn. It does best in
sandy peat.
GENUS XXVIII.
HESPERANTHA, Ker. THE EVENING FLOWER.
m
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
-
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth subcampanulate or tubular, with a numerous, 2 series in each cell. Style filiform ; stigmas elongated,
6-parted, regular, or sub-bilabiate limb. Segments callous at the base. Darrow, linear, reclinate. Capsule trigonal, torulose. Seeds numerous,
Stamens 3, secund; anthers versatile. Ovarium 3-celled, ovala many-sided,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—All the species have bulbo-tuberous rhizomas, and collateral sword-shaped leaves. The
spathes are 2-valved. The flowers are disposed in loose spikes; they expand and are sweet-scented in the
evening, but during the day they are closed and scentless; and hence the name of Hesperantha, which is literally
evening flower. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope.
92
1.-HESPERANTHA CINNAMOMEA, Ait. THE CINNAMON-COLOURED EVENING FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia cinnamomea, Thun.; the curled-leaved Evening SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Perianth with a slender tube, and a rotately-
Flower.
spreading limb. Stigmas much shorter than the stamens. Leaves
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1054.
falcately ensiform, lower ones curling, and much undulated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This beautiful little plant receives its name of cinnamomea from the outside of the
segments of its perianth being of a deep cinnamon colour, while the inner part is white. The flowers when open
are very pretty and star-like, but they are closed during the day. They are also only fragrant at night, when
their odour resembles that of the clove carnation. It was introduced from the Cape in 1787, and it flowers
in May.
-
2.-HESPERANTHA FALCATA, Ait. 'THE SICKLE-LEAVED EVENING FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia falcata, Linn.; I. cinnamomea, Andr.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a slender tube, and a sub-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 566; Bot. Rep. t. 44; and our fig. 4, campanulate, spreading limb; segments oval, concave ; stigmas 'onger
in Plate 20.
than the stamens, prostrate, curved. Leaves broad, falcate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plant is much larger in all its parts than the preceding species, and the alternate
segments are of a rich brown on the outside, edged with golden yellow. The number of flowers varies from
five to twenty, and when they expand, a little before sunset, they diffuse a delightful odour, like that of the
honeysuckle. The stem is upright, and from six inches to a foot high, with numerous branches. There are
three or four broad leaves, which curve outwardly like a sickle. The bulb is curiously covered with from ten
N

90
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
to fifteen coats or skins, which are all brown, and placed like scales one over another, so as to make the bulb
Jook quite large, though it is really only about the size of a pea. This species was introduced in 1787. It was
originally found by Thunberg on the hills near Cape Town, where it is much valued for its fragrance. It is
called by the Dutch Avond-bloem, or Afternoon Flower; because when the weather is fair, it opens exactly at four
o clock in the afternoon; and if it does not open exactly at that hour, it is quite certain to rain. It is rather
tender in England, where it should be grown in a very small put, in peat. It does not produce so many offsets as
most of the other species, and it is consequently more difficult to propagate.
3.—HESPERANTHA GRAMINIFOLIA, G. Don. THE GRASS-LEAVED HESPERANTHA.
a
SYNONYMES.-H. pilosa, var. B, Bot. Mag. ; Ixia pilosa, var. B, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a short tube and a spreading
Linn.
limb; segments obovate, stamens about the same length as the stigmas.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1254.
Leaves short, grass-like. Stem and leaves without hairs.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A little insignificant plant, with few flowers on a slender stem, which differs from that of
H. pilosa in being without hairs. The flowers are small, and nearly white; they expand in the evening and
remain
open till sunrise, diffusing a strong aromatic odour all the time they are expanded. It is a native of the
Cape of Good Hope, whence it was imported in 1809. It flowers in autumn, and appears to succeed best when
planted in April in the open ground, and taken up after it has done flowering, in autumn ; or if left in the ground
during winter, with the protection of a hand-glass during severe weather.
a
4.-HESPERANTHA PILOSA, Ait. THE HAIRY HESPERANTHA, OR EVENING FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia pilosa, Linn.
panulate spreading limb. Segments oblong. Filaments erect; anthers
ENGRAVINGS. Bot. Mag. t. 1475; and our fig. 5, in Plate 20. straight, shorter than the stigmas. Stigmas erect, divaricate. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a rather long tube and a cam- linear, and, as well as the stem, covered with pili.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The flowers are few and small, and the alternate segments are slightly speckled on the
back with a reddish-brown. Like all the other species of the genus, they are only fragrant at night, and then
only when the atmosphere is warm and dry. The leaves are small and narrow; and they, as well as the stem,
which is very long and slender, are covered with short hairs.
5.—HESPERANTHA RADIATA, Ait. THE RADIATED EVENING FLOWER.
SYNONYMES. —Ixia radiata, Jacq. ; I. fistulosa, Andr. ; I. angusta,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Perianth with a long, upright, recurved tube,
Willd. ; I. linearis, Jacq. ; Gladiolus recurvus, Thun. Nodding-
and a campanulate-spreading limb. Segments lanceolate-oblong, acute,
flowered Ixia.
reflexed at night. Filaments dependent; anthers straight, shorter
than the stigmas. Stigmas spreading, rather shorter than the segments.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 573; Bot. Rep. t. 59.
Leaves fistular.
DESCRIPTION, &c.- This is the handsomest species of the genus. The flowers are large, and when they
expand at night, the segments become so decidedly reflexed, that the stamens and stigmas project beyond them.
The alternate segments are delicately veined with brown on the outside. The stem is round, and the leaves are
fistulous,that is, hollow. The flower-stem is erect, but jointed; and the flowers, which are from eight to twenty,
though they grow on opposite sides of the stem, all twist to the same side before they expand. The species is a
native of the Cape, whence it was introduced about 1800. It flowers in April and May; and it is generally
grown in peat earth in a pot, and kept in a greenhouse during winter, as it is easily injured by continued rains.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
91
6.-HESPERANTHA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Ker. THE NARROW-LEAVED EVENING FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.-H. radiata, var. y caricina, Bot. Mag. ; ? Ixia
angusat, Jacq. The Sedge-leaved Hesperantha.
ENGRAVING. — Bot. Mag. t. 790.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Perianth with a short tube and spreading
limb; segments oblong, reflexed at night. Spathes adpressed. Scape
hair-like. Leaves short, and extremely narrow.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers resemble those of the last species, but they are produced on a very slender
hair-like stem, and with very small and narrow leaves. It was introduced in 1804; and having been lost, was
again sent to this country in 1825.
GENUS XXIX
GEISSORHIZA, Ker.
TILE-ROOT.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth funnel-shaped, with a short tube,
and an anıple 6-parted limb; segmezts nearly equal, erect, and fur-
nished each with a nectariferous pore at the base. Stamens 3, nearly
erect; anthers linear, fixed by their bases. Ovarium bluntly trigonal,
3-celled ; ovula numerous, two series in each cell. Style declinate ;
stigmas 3, cuneate-linear, with somewhat fringed edges. Capsule
membranous, prismatically trigonal, 3-celled, 3-valved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Some of the species of this genus are natives of the Cape, but some come from Abyssinia.
They are all remarkable for their bulbo-tubers, or rhizomas, which resemble fleshy stems, and are covered with
several crustaceous or scarious skins or tunics, which lie over each other, like scales, or the tiles of a house,
beginning from below. It is from this peculiarity that the plants take their English name of Tile-root. They
have but four leaves, all of which spring from the root, and are narrow and bristly, sometimes partially
dilating into the form called sword-shaped : they are also usually strongly nerved. The stems are simple or
branched, and generally flexible. The flowers, when more than one, are always produced all on the same side of
the branches; they are rather large, and each is sessile within a 2-valved spathe.
a
1.—GEISSORHIZA ROCHEANA, G. Don. LA ROCHE'S TILE-ROOT.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia Rochensis, Ker; I. azurea and I. violacea,
Herb. Banks.; I. secunda, Houtt. ; Plaid Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 598; and our fig. 3, in Plate 21.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Segments of the perianth lanceolate, spreading:
Spathe large, striated, convolute-oval. Stamens erect, slightly spreading
at top; anthers small, sagittate-ovate. Style long, stigmas recurved
over the anthers. Leaves bristly, striated, and sheathing at the base,
Scape filiform, one-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This curious little plant was formerly well known in gardens under the name of the Plaid
Ixia. It was introduced in 1790; and Mr. Ker named it in compliment to Dr. De la Roche, the author of a
work on the Cape Bulbs, published in Holland in 1766. The plant is so small, and the flower-stem so weak, that
the bulb is generally grown in a pot, being planted in September or October, and kept in a frame or greenhouse
during winter. It flowers in May; and a row of pots filled with it have a very agreeable and yet singular effect
in a box placed in a window or balcony.
N 2

92
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
2.-GEISSORHIZA SETACEA, Ker. THE BRISTLY-LEAVED TILE-ROOT.
SYNONYMES.-Ixia setacea, Thunb.; I. radicans, Vahl.; Narrowest- shorter than the limb; segments lanceolate-oblong, sub-unguicy late,
leaved Tile-root.
Stamens erect, anthers one-half shorter than the filaments. Style
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1255; and our fig. 6, in Plate 21. longer than the stamens. Spathe somewhat ventricose. Scape few-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth turbinately-campanulate; tube much flowered. Leaves slender and bristly, or ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The whole plant is larger and stronger than the Plaid Tile-root; but the flowers are less
showy, and they are without scent. The bulb is very small, and the leaves vary from long bristly threads to
half an inch or more broad. The flower-stem also varies very much, being sometimes not more than an inch
long, and sometimes eight or ten inches. The flowers, however, are always the same, and by them the species
may be always easily recognized. It flowers in June and July. It was introduced about 1809; and though
much larger than the Plaid Tile-root, it is yet generally too small to look well in the open ground.
3.—GEISSORHIZA OBTUSATA, Ker. THE OBTUSE-LEAVED TILE-ROOT.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia obtusata, Soland. ; Yellow-flowered Tile-root. Style much longer than the stamens. Stigmas recurved; anthers
ENGRAVINGS.-—Bot. Mag. t. 672; and our fig. 2, in Plate 21. large, linear-sagittate. Scape many-flowered. Spathe small, dentated.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Perianth turbinately campanulate; segments Leaves obtusely ensiform.
unguiculate-oblong, acute, alternate ones broader than the others.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, from the abundance and large size of its flowers. The bulb is
ovate, and covered with hard imbricated shell-like tunics. The leaves are rather broad and stiff; the stem is
erect, and stronger than in the other species. There are generally six or eight flowers, which are of a rich cream
colour, streaked with pink on the outside. The flowers have no scent. This species was introduced in 1801,
and it flowers in May. It may be grown in a warm border sloping to the south, provided the soil be a yellow
loam mixed with a little sand, and the plants be protected in frosty or very rainy weather by a hand-glass, or
by a little litter or dead leaves being spread over them. This species may be easily procured in the London
seed-shops.
a
a
4.- GEISSORHIZA VAGINATA. Swt.
THE SHEATHED TILE-ROOT.
ENGRAVINGS.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 138; and our fig. 1, in spreading. Style shorter than the tube. Spathe 2-valved, outer valve
Plate 21.
leaf-like. Scape sub-racemose, few-flowered. Leaves falcate, acutely
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Tube of the perianth very short; segments ensiform, plicately nerved, fistulous, sheathing at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This showy species is nearly allied to G. obtusata ; but it differs in the colour of the
flowers, and in the hollow glaucous leaves which curiously sheath the stem. The bulb is flatter than that of the
,
preceding species ; but the leaves are the most remarkable, and it is they which give the name to the species, as
the flower-stem appears to grow out of them as though out of a sheath. The outer valve of the spathe strongly
resembles a leaf. The style is very short ; and the stigmas, which are slightly fringed, curl over the base of the
a .
anthers.
This species was brought to England in 1825, by Mr. Synnot, a gentleman who resided several years at the
Cape of Good Hope, and who had therefore a good opportunity of collecting the most ornamental species.
It
was this gentleman that the genus Synnotia was named in honour of. This species does not flower till August
or September ; and it does best in the open air, if slightly protected during winter. A very good mode of growing
these plants is to dig out a pit in a warm border in front of a south wall, about two or four feet deep, according



Pl. 21.
3
I
2
5
.
z Gorsvorhiza vaginata. _ 2. Genothiga oltasata. 3. Geissorhiza Rocheana
.
4-Grissorhiza secunda_o Grissorhoza cathem, o Geissorhiza setacca.
exlisert. – .
.
UND
OF
2


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
93
to the nature of the soil, a stiff clay requiring the deepest pit. A layer or two of stones or rubbish should be
put in the bottom of the pit, and the remainder filled with a compost of one third of yellow loam mixed with
one-third of sand and one-third of peat: these proportions are given to form a general idea of the compost, but
the loam may predominate ; and when the sub-soil is sandy or gravelly, a compost of two-thirds of loam and one
of sand will do without any peat. The surface of the bed should be raised a little higher than the rest of the
garden, and it should slope towards the walk. In this bed the bulbs should be planted in rows, and the
effect will be splendid.
a
5.-GEISSORHIZA SECUNDA, Ker. THE SINGLE-ROWED TILE-ROOT.
-
SYNONYMES. - Ixia secunda, Thunb.; I. pusilla, Andr.; One-
ranked Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS.-_Bot. Mag. t. 597; Bot. Rep. t. 245; and our fig. 4,
in Plate 21.
VARIETY.-G. S. 2. albescens, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 1105.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth short, with a rotately-
spreading limb; segments oval, acute, equal, flat. Filaments shorter
than the anthers. Stigmas sub-revolute, longer than the stamens.
Flowers secund. Scape villous, sometimes branched. Leaves naked,
linear-ensiform, lower ones sheathing the stem at their base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is ovate, pointed, and about the size of a pea. The leaves are narrow, very
stiff and sharply pointed, and with a prominent mid-rib. The stem is six or eight inches high, covered with
very short velvet-like hairs, and bending abruptly at the joints whence the flowers proceed. The flowers are
one-ranked or secund—that is, they all spring from the same side of the flower-stem or scape; but from its
twisting and the abruptness of its bends, the flowers have the appearance of being from the alternate sides of the
scape. It was found by Thunberg on the red sand-hills near the Cape, and in its native state it has always been
found growing in pure red sand. It was introduced in 1795; but it is rather difficult to keep, as the bulbs are
very apt to rot if kept too moist. For this reason it is generally grown in a pot, and kept under glass during
winter. It flowers in May or June. The variety, which has pure white flowers, was introduced in 1805, and
requires the same treatment as the species.
6.-GEISSORHIZA EXCISA, Ker. THE CUT-LEAVED TILE-ROOT.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia excisa, Thunb.; I. ovata, Burm.; Dwarf
Ixia.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 584 ; and our fig. 5, in Plate 21.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth obsoletely triquetral,
with a rotately-spreading limb. Segments oblong-oval, slightly pointed,
somewhat concave. Filaments erect, longer than the anthers, distinct,
but not spreading, forming a kind of open-work column. Anthers
upright, sagittate. Style longer than the stamens; stigmas revolute,
and somewhat fringed. Leaves short, and excised towards the base.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very distinct species is remarkable for the fleshy tube of its flowers, its curiously
bent stem, and its leathery leaves, which look as though a piece had been stamped out of them near the base ;
whence the name of the species. The stem is so much bent, or kneed, as it is called, that the flowers springing
from its joints look as though they had each separate stems, the one growing out of the base of the other. The
leaves are very smooth, and somewhat shining; and the flowers, though small, are pretty. They appear in
April or May, and open about eight in the morning when the sun shines, only continuing expanded while exposed
to the rays of that luminary. They have no fragrance. The plants, from their small size, and the succulent
nature of their leaves and flowers, are generally grown in pots, and kept in a greenhouse ; as they do not look
well far from the eye, and are besides easily affected by frost. The species was brought from the Cape in 1789;
and it is sold in the seed-shops under the name of Ixia excisa.

94
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OTHER SPECIES OF GEISSORHIZA.
The following species are said to have been introduced, but we do not know where they are now to be
met with.
G. HUMILIS, Jacq.
A dwarf plant, with striped blush-coloured flowers; introduced in 1822.
G. ERECTA, W. Herb.
Striped blush-flowers ; introduced in 1824.
G. IMBRICATA, Ker.
Striped red flowers; year of introduction unknown.
G. HIRTA, Ker.
Pale blue flowers, and hairy stem.
G. CILIARIS, Sal.; G. INFLEXA, Jacq.; IXIA INFLEXA, De la Roche; FRINGED TILE-ROOT.
This species is common in Germany and in Holland, and it is said to have been introduced into England,
but the year of its introduction is not known.
G. SUBLUTEA, Ker; IXIA SUBLUTEA, Lam.
Flowers are yellowish ; introduced in 1825.
;
G. MONANTHA, G. Don ; IXIA MONANTHA, Houtt. ; ONE-FLOWERED TILE-ROOT.
Nearly allied to the Plaid Tile-root, but differing in the flowers being blue, and all of the same colour.
GENUS XXX.
STREPTANTHERA, Swt. THE STREPTANTHERA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 2-valved, obtuse, dry, a little lacerated. style. Stigmas 3, dilated, 2-lobed, fringed. Capsule triquetrous,
Perianth 6-parted, with a short tube and a regular rotate limb. 3-furrowed, many-seeded. Seeds globose, smooth.
Stamens 3 ; filaments erect; anthers twisted, and enclosing the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very distinct genus, from the peculiarity of the anthers being twisted round the
style, in which respect it differs from all the other Cape Iridaceæ. The stigma is two-lobed, dilated, and
spreading like that of the Irises, and the general appearance of the flower resembles that of the Ixias; while the
striped, membranous laciniated spathe and fan-like leaves rising from the base of the flower-scape, show its
relation to the Synnotias. The name Streptanthera signifies “twisted anther.” There are only two species of the
genus known; and both are natives of the interior of South Africa, near the Cape.
1.-STREPTANTHERA ELEGANS, Swt. THE ELEGANT STREPTANTHERA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 209; and our fig. 5, in Leaves ensiform, bluntish, sheathed, cut in the middle. Scape 1-2
Plate 22.
flowered.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Segments of the perianth broad-ovate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— One of the most beautiful of the Cape Iridaceæ, from its large white Ixia-like flowers,
each segment of which has at its base a rich velvet-like spot of purple, reddish brown, and gold. The plant grows

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
95
a
about six inches high, with a fan-like tuft of leaves at the base of the flower-stem; these leaves are of a pale
glaucous green, and each ends in a short stiff point. The perianth is salver-shaped, with a very short slender tube,
and the segments are broadly ovate. There are three stamens, which are inserted in the mouth of the tube, the
filaments of which are red, and the anthers dark purple. The stigmas are three, each two-lobed, very much
dilated and fringed, and of a bright purple. The seeds are smooth and round. This very beautiful plant was
introduced from the interior of the Cape by Mr. Synnot in 1825; and, like all the bulbs from the interior, it
requires a much more loamy soil than those species that are natives of the sandy plains near the sea-coast. It is
very nearly hardy; and it may be suffered to remain in the ground several years without taking up, if it is pro-
tected during severe weather by a mat, or any other slight covering. Both this and the following species flower
in May and June.
2.-STREPTANTHERA CUPREA, Swt.
THE COPPER-COLOURED STEPTANTHERA.
ENGRAVING.—Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 122.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Segments of the perianth ovate, obtuse,
carinated. Leaves ensiform, acute, striated, cut in the middle.
Scape 2-4 flowered.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs very little from the last, except in colour, and in the circumstance of
the corm throwing up two flowers instead of one. Both species are admirably adapted, from their dwarf staturé
and profusion of splendid flowers, for pots and boxes in a balcony, or under a veranda ; they are also well adapted
for window-gardening, and for beds in a geometric flower-garden. In the latter case, however, it would be
,
requisite to grow them in pots; in order to take up the pots as soon as the plants had done flowering, to remove
them to a reserve ground where they might mature their leaves and form their new bulbs, as otherwise the
leaves would have an unsuitable appearance in a formal garden. All the dwarf bulbs which flower in May and
June may be treated in the same manner; and when they have done flowering, their places may be supplied by
annuals, raised in pots, and turned out into the beds, with their balls of earth entire.
GENUS XXXI.
SPATALANTHUS, Swt. THE RIBBON-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. MONANDRIA TRIANDRIA.
а.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Spathe stiff, terminal, one-flowered, two-
combined into a tube; anthers oblong, sagittate. Ovarium roundigh,
valved ; valves convolute, entire. Perianth spreading, with a very short warted at the top; stigmas three, flat, bifurcate at the apex.
tube and a six-parted regular limb. Stamens three ; filaments short,
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species has a roundish, ovate bulbo-tuber, obliquely depressed at the base, covered
with coriaceous scales, and emitting thick fusiform tuberous roots at the base. The leaves are numerous, fili-
form, somewhat clavate at the apex and acute, dilated and sheathing at the base. The scapes are one-flowered,
and shorter than the leaves. The flowers are red, striated, and variegated in a stellate manner; whence the
generic name of Ribbon-flower. There is only one species.
a

96
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-SPATALANTHUS SPECIOSUS, Swt. THE BEAUTIFUL RIBBON-FLOWER.
SYNONYME.—Trichonema monadelphum, Swt.
Specific CHARACTER. -Segments of the perianth ovate-lanceolate,
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 300; and our fig. 1, in acute, Leaves striated.
Plate 22.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very splendid plant, producing abundance of bright red flowers, marked with a star of
.—
yellow and black in the centre. The corm is nearly flat, and covered with a shelly fibrous net-work; and the
leaves and stems spring up together, forming a thick mass at the base ; round which the flowers, which are on
very short stalks, form a cluster of brilliant fiery stars. The leaves are very curious, being excessively dilated
at the base, and tapering upwards for about an inch, after which they become abruptly filiform, and needle-
shaped. They are quite erect, and from four to six inches long. The texture of the flowers is very remarkable, ,
the petals being almost transparent, and streaked on the outside with from three to five longitudinal straw-
coloured stripes, which shine through the coppery red that forms the inside of the flower.
This species is very
rare even at the Cape of Good Hope; and though it was introduced in 1829, it appears to be now lost. It is,
however, so very beautiful, that it well deserves to be re-introduced, and brought into general cultivation. It
appears tolerably hardy, and would no doubt succeed in the open border if kept dry, and free from frost during
winter. The soil should be a compost formed of light turfy loam and sand, with a little peat.
GENUS XXXII.
TRICHONEMA, Ker. THE TRICHONEMA.
Lin. Syst. MONOGYNIA TRIANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth funnel-shaped, with a short tube,
and a 6-parted, equal, spreading limb. Stamens three, enclosed ;
anthers fixed by their bases, oblong. Ovarium bluntly trigonal,
3-celled, ovala numerous, two series in each cell, ascending. Style
filiform. Stigmas 3, linear, bipartite, recurved. Capsule membra-
nous, gibbously 3-lobed, 3-celled, 3-valved. Seeds numerous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The species of Trichonema are not only natives of the Cape of Good Hope, but also of
the shores of the Mediterranean. They are small and slender plants, with very slender and somewhat quadran-
gular leaves, and bulbo-tuberous rhizomas. The flowers are solitary on the scapes ; each being produced within
a two-valved spathe. The genus Spatalanthus differs from Trichonema in having monadelphous stamens, and
very different stigmas. The name Trichonema is derived from two Greek words, Thrix hair, and nema a
filament.
1.—TRICHONEMA BULBOCODIUM, Ker. THE HOOP-PETTICOAT NARCISSUS-LEAVED
TRICHONEMA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia Bulbocodium, Linn. ; Crocus vernus angustifo- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a straight filiform tube, and a
lius, Clus. ; Crocus-leaved Ixia.
campanulately spreading limb; segments lanceolate, acute. Leaves
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 265; and our fig. 4, in Plate 22. filiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A little crocus-looking plant, with slender leaves and purplish flowers. It is quite
hardy; and as it grows wild in Spain and Italy, it requires no particular care in England. It is very often
attacked by insects, which destroy the bulbs ; and it does best in an open situation exposed to the sun and some-
-



Pl. 2
2.
I Gratalanthus speriosus, 2Prichonsmashesiosumi sTrichonenaro,
* Frichonema salbsconsum. 6. Streptarthera dagars
NA
OF
3


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
97
a
ingly well.
what hilly. It flowers about the middle of April ; and a bed of it, planted like a bed of crocuses, looks exceed-
It is increased by offsets, which it produces in great abundance; and it has been in cultivation in
British gardens ever since the year 1739. Bulbs may be had in all the seed-shops, and they should be planted
in September or October.
-
2.—TRICHONEMA ROSEUM, Ker. THE ROSE-COLOURED TRICHONEMA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia rosea, Lin.; I. campanulata, Lam.; I. recurva, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a very short tube, and a
Red.; I. bulbocoides, De la Roche; Crocus triflorus, Burm. rotately-spreading limb; segments oval, acute. Leaves filiform, very
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1225; and our fig. 3, in Plate 22. long.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty little plant with dark crimson flowers, and very long grass-like leaves.
,
Like all the Trichonemas, it has long hair-like stigmas projecting over the anthers, but they are shorter than those
of T. Bulbocodium. The habits of the two plants are also very different; for T. Bulbocodium grows luxuriantly
;
in the open ground, flowering in April ; while T. roseum requires the protection of a greenhouse, and does not
flower till June or July. This last species is a native of the Cape, and was introduced about 1809. The bulbs
may be bought in the seed-shops, and should be planted either in October or February.
3.-TRICHONEMA SPECIOSUM, Ker. THE BEAUTIFUL TRICHONEMA.
-
SYNONYMES.—Ixia Bulbocodium var. speciosa, Andr.; Crimson
Trichonema.
ENGRAVINGS._Bot. Mag. t. 1476 ; Bot. Rep. t. 170 ; and our fig.
2, in Plate 22.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with an obsolete tube, and a cam-
panulately-spreading limb; segments oblong-lanceolate. Leaves fili-
form, very long.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A delicate little plant, with a very small bulb and very long slender leaves, which are
from a foot to eighteen inches long. These leaves are curiously formed, as they are divided into four furrows;
,
but the sides of the furrows close together, so as to give the leaf the appearance of being quite round. The
flowers are of a bright carmine colour, and beautiful in themselves; but they do not produce so good an effect as
those of some of the other species, from being few in number, and produced on weak and
slender stalks,
which appear to require support. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1808. It
requires a greenhouse in England, and it should be grown in sandy loam and peat. The species flowers in
March, and the bulbs should be planted in October.
very slender
a
THE BLUSHING TRICHONEMA.
4.-—TRICHONEMA PUDICUM, Ker.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia pudica, Soland.; Blush Trichonema.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1244.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth with a nearly obsolete tube, and a
campanulate, recurvedly-spreading limb; segments obovate-lanceolate
Cauline leaves dilated and sheathing at the base, and curiously folded
at the extremity, so as to appear linear-lanceolate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the others in the segments of the perianth being recurved, and
in the remarkable formation of the stem leaves, which are greatly dilated and sheath the stem at their base,
while they are folded together so as to be quite slender and lanceolate towards the extremity. The segments of
the perianth are pink, with a white ring stained with six black marks in the centre of the flower. The plant
grows three or four inches high : the bulbs are very small, and each produces three or four leaves and two
or three scentless flowers. The species is a native of the Cape, and it was introduced in 1809.
0

98
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
than the scape.
-
5.- TRICHONEMA LONGIFOLIUM, Sal. THE LONG-LEAVED TRICHONEMA.
SYNONYMES.-T. cruciatum, Ker, not Jacq. ; channel-leaved SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Segments of the perianth lanceolate-acute,
Trichonema.
recurvedly-spreading. Scape l-flowered. Leaves linear, much longer
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 575.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious plant, with little star-like red flowers and extremely long leaves; which,
however, do not show themselves above ground until the flower has expanded. Mr. Ker, when describing this
species in the Bot. Mag., supposed it to be the same as Jacquin's T. cruciatum ; but other botanists have found
it to be quite different from that species, a section of the leaf of which forms a Greek cross. There are several
varieties of T. longifolium, only differing in the colour of their flowers, which vary from a dark reddish purple,
or crimson, to a pale pink. The species is a native of the plains near Cape Town; it was introduced about the
year 1800, and it flowers in May.
9
var.
6.—TRICHONEMA CAULESCENS, Ker. THE STEMMED TRICHONEMA.
SYNONYMES.—Ixia bulbocodioides, De la Roche; I. rosea
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Perianth with a rotately.spreading limb;
aureis, Herb. Banks.
segments lanceolate. Radical leaves fistular, and sheathing the stem ;
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1392.
cauline leaves very short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-This species differs from the others in the stem acquiring its full growth above ground
before the flower has expanded, and developing its leaves ; while in most of the other species only the leafless
peduncle or flower-stalk is seen above the ground till the fruit begins to ripen, as in the genus Crocus. The
flower is of a bright metallic yellow, and shines like a little star among the dark green leaves. The bulbs are
very small; and as the flowers are small also, three or four should be planted in each pot to produce any effect.
OTHER SPECIES OF TRICHONEMA.
T. PURPURASCENS, G. Don; IXIA PURPURASCENS, Tenore.
A native of Naples, with purple flowers, introduced in 1825.
T. COLUMNÆ, Tenore.
Pretty flowers of straw-colour and lilac, supposed to be a hybrid, raised in Italy. Year of introduction
unknown.
T. RAMIFLORUM, G. Don.; IXIA RAMIFLORA, Tenore.
A handsome Italian species with purple flowers, produced on the branches of the stem ; introduced in 1830.
It flowers in May and June.
T. CCELESTINUM, G. Don ; IXIA COELESTINA, Pursh.
A North American species, introduced in 1820, with blue flowers, flowering in March and April.
T. CRUCIATUM, Jacq.
This species is quite distinct from the T. cruciatum of the Dut. May. (See T. LONGIFOLIUM, No. 5.) It has
rose-coloured flowers, which are produced in May and June; and it is a native of the Cape, whence it was
introduced in 1758.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
99
T. FILIFOLIUM, Jacg.
A species with yellow flowers and long slender leaves ; introduced from the Cape of Good Hope in 1812.
;
T. RECURVIFOLIUM, Jacq.
The flowers are straw-coloured, and the plant is a native of the Cape, whence it was brought in 1812.
T. TORTUOSUM, Jacq.
This species is more curious than beautiful, as it takes its name from its twisted and unhealthy-looking leaves.
It has yellow flowers, and it was introduced in 1822.
T. CHLOROLEUCUM, Ker.
The flowers are of a greenish white, and are produced in June and July. It is a native of the Cape, and it
was introduced in 1825.
GENUS XXXIII.
CROCUS, Tournefort.
THE CROCUS.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Perianth funnel-shaped, with an elongated
tube, and an erectly-spreading 6-parted limb; the inner segments
rather the smallest. Stamens three, erect, inclosed, Anthers
sagittate, fixed by their bases. Ovary bluntly trigonal. Ovula
numerous, ascending, two series in each cell. Style elongated. Stig-
mas ciliated, cuneate, fleshy, cucullate, and denticulate at their apices.
Capsule membranous, trigonal, 3-celled, 3-valved. Seeds aumerous,
sub-globose, each with a coriaceous, rather fleshy testa.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The Crocus may be described as a stemless herb, proceeding from a solid bulb or corm,
—
with narrow linear leaves, and large showy flowers, which proceed directly from the corm, and
appear
before the
leaves. They are natives of Europe and Middle Asia ; but none have yet been found at the Cape of Good Hope,
or in America, or Australia. Though every one at all fond of flowers must know that there are several kinds of
Crocuses, very few have any idea that there are above ninety named species and varieties, all of which are
sufficiently distinct to be easily distinguished. Of course it would be impossible in a work like the present to
describe all these, and I shall, therefore, content myself with giving those species which appear perfectly distinct,
and a few of the more remarkable of the varieties.
All kinds of Crocus may be classed in two grand divisions, viz. : those that flower in spring, and those that
flower in autumn; and this division was made by Linnæus as far back as 1737,—though he considered all
the kinds as only varieties of one species, which he called C. sativus. Willdenow, in his edition of the “Species
Plantarum," published in 1797, divided the Crocuses into two species--the autumnal one, C. sativus, and the spring
one, C. vérnus—and from these, all the others have arisen. The Crocuses now cultivated in gardens were first
collected by the late Mr. Sabine in 1818, and a detailed account of them will be found in the Hort. Trans. for
1829.
All the kinds of Crocus are hardy, and they all grow freely in common soil.
O2

100
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
SPRING CROCUSES.
1.-CROCUS VERNUS. Lin.
THE PURPLE SPRING CROCUS.
.
VARIETIES.-C. v. 2, plumbens, Sab.; C. v. 3, albus major, Sab.;
C. v. 4, leucorhynchus, Sab; C. v. 5, inflatus, Sab. ; C. v. 6,
fucatus, Sab. ; C. v. 7, pictus, Sab. ; C. v. 8, Andersonii, Sab. ;
C. v. 9, Sabini, Sab. ; C. v. 10, glorianus, Sab. ; C. v. 11, pulchellus,
Sab. ; C. v. 12, neapolitanus, Sal.; C. v. 13, obovatus, Sal.
ENGRAVINGS.-Eng. Bot. t. 344; 2nd edit. vol. 1, t. 44; Hort.
Trans. vol. v. t. 11 and 12; Bot. Reg. t. 1416 (leucorhynchus), and
t. 1440 (pictus); Bot. Mag. t. 860 (neapolitanus), and t. 2240
(obovatus).
Specific CHARACTER.–Tube of the perianth hairy at the mouth,
shorter than the segments ; segments obovate. Styles and stamens
enclosed within the flower. Leaves few, ensiform. Spathe l-valved.
Scales of the corms fibrous, membranous.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The true Spring Crocus is a handsome, somewhat egg-shaped flower, which never opens
fully, and has a rather thick tube, which is much shorter than the segments of the perianth. The colour of the
species is a pale lilac, and that of the varieties varies from white to a deep purple, though none of them are
yellow. This species grows wild in great abundance in the meadows near Nottingham, and in some other parts
of England, where it flowers in March. The leaves appear with the flowers; but they are very short until the
flower decays, after which they elongate, and should be left on till they wither naturally, as they are required to
nourish the new bulbs, which form every year above the old ones, as they gradually waste away. When planted
in a garden, these Crocuses should be grown in dry and rather poor soil, as if they are kept in a rich moist soil
they will waste their strength in producing offsets, and they will throw out more leaves than flowers. They
should very seldom be removed, as they are generally a full year before they recover themselves after transplanting.
The seed of the Crocus forms in the ground, and rises above it when ripe, which will be about the time that the
leaves show symptoms of decay. When this is the case, and it is wished to save the seed to raise new varieties,
the capsules should be gathered, and the seeds sown immediately in boxes, or in a warm dry border, where they
may remain till they flower, when the best may be selected and transplanted, and the others thrown away.
2.-CROCUS VERSICOLOR, Ker. THE PARTY-COLOURED CROCUS.
VARIETIES.-C. v. 2, purpureus, Sab. ; C. v. 3, plumosus, Sab.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth not hairy at the mouth,
C. v. 4, elegans, Sab.; C. v. 5, urbanus, Sab.
nearly equal in length to the limb; segments ovate. Styles and
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1110 : our fig. 6, in Plate 23; and stamens enclosed in the flower. Leaves numerous. Spathe bi-valved.
Hort. Trans. vol. 5. t. 11 and 12.
Tunic of the corm streaked with close straight parallel lines.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious little plant, which has the appearance of being stunted in its growth, and
which, in fact, frequently is so — as two new bulbs often form in the place of the old bulb ; and when this is the
case, they generally grow into one, which sends up two sets of leaves and flower-stems, which look stunted and
imperfect for want of sufficient room, and probably from a deficiency in nourishment. The flower is very fragrant,
having a scent resembling that of the violet. The species is supposed to be a native of the South of France; but
it has grown in English gardens ever since the time of Parkinson, by whom it was described in 1629, and probably
much longer. The corm is large, and covered with a strong brown membrane, strongly streaked with close
straight parallel lines. The culture is the same as for C. vernus ; but when planted, it seldom remains so many
years, as, from the large size and succulent nature of the corm, it is very apt to be devoured by mice and wood-
lice, the great enemies of plants of this genus.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
101
a
2.-
3.-CROCUS SUAVEOLENS, Bertol. THE FRAGRANT CROCUS.
SYNONYMES.--C. imperati, Coll., but not of Ten. C. vernus var., longer than the limb; seginents lanceolate. Stigma 3-cleft, lobes
Sebast. et Maur.
divaricate. Leaves numerous, slender. Spathe l-valved.
Corm
ENGRAVING.— Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 352.
covered with a fibrous tunic, and sending down one or two fleshy fusi-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth very slender, and much form roots.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty little plant, remarkable for the very long and slender tube of its flowers,
which is rendered the more striking by the tube being yellow and the limb lilac. The limb shrivels and becomes
of a deep purple in dyeing, which contrasts strongly with the dark orange of the stigmas. The flower is very
fragrant. The leaves are of a deep green, but very narrow and grass-like. This species is a native of Italy, and
it is found wild in great abundance near Rome. It is rather more tender than C. vernus.
-
4.—CROCUS IMPERATI, Ten. THE IMPERIAL CROCUS.
SYNONYME.-C. incurvus, Donn.
the three outer ones of a pale yellow tinge on the outside, feathered
ENGRAVING.--Swt. Brit, Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 98.
with dark violet-coloured lines. Leaves slender, recurved, spreading.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth about equal in length Spathe 2-valved. Corm covered with a scaly tunic, and sending down
to the limb; segments elliptic, obtuse, and sometimes emarginate ; two or more thick fusiform roots.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very remarkable species is distinguished by a long fusiform root protruding from the
bulb at the time of the plant flowering, and appearing to exhaust all its substance ; though a new bulb forms
afterwards, when the fusiform root wastes away. The bulb or rather corm is small and very hard; but the
fusiform root it sends forth is often six inches long or more, and sometimes it protrudes two. The flowers
and leaves appear to lie recumbent on the ground; and the flowers are remarkable for having the alternate
segments of the limb of a yellowish hue, feathered with dark purple, while the other segments are of a clear violet.
The species grows wild near Naples, and in England it requires protection during winter.
a
-
.
5.-CROCUS BIFLORUS, Ait. THE TWO-FLOWERED OR SCOTCH CROCUS.
SYNONYME.-C. vernus var., Mill.
SPECIFIC CAARACTER.—Tube of the perianth not hairy at the mouth,
VARIETY.--C. b. 2 Parkinsonii, Sab.
and shorter than the limb; segments ovate. Spathe bivalved. Tunis
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 845; Bot. Rep. t. 362 ; and our fig. 3 of the corm smooth, but in circular scales.
in plate 23.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the earliest-flowering and best-known of all the kinds of Crocus. A native of the
Crimea, introduced before 1629. It is difficult to say why it has obtained the name of the Scotch Crocus; unless
it be from its extreme hardiness, as the Scotch have the reputation of being an extremely hardy race. It will
grow
in
any soil and situation ; but, like the other hardy Crocuses, it will not bear removing as well as most other
plants. No Crocuses should ever be taken up oftener than once in three years, and, generally speaking,
not oftener than once in six or seven years, and then only to remove the offsets. The leaves and even the corns
of this species are frequently eaten by rabbits.
6.-CROCUS MINIMUS, Hook. THE SMALL OR ANNULAR CROCUS.
SYNONYMES. —C, nanus, Dec. ; C. reticulatus, Smith ; C. pre- limb; segments oblong. Leaves only three or four, shorter than tho
cox, Sowerby; C. pusillus, Tenore.
scape ; linear, with a flat broad heel in the middle, and the margina
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2991 ; Eng. Bot. Supp. t. 2645 ; revolute. Spathe 1-flowered. Tunic of the corm ceriaceous, smocth
sec. cdit. vol. 1, t. 44 bis ; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 106.
and dividing into rings at the base.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth much longer than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very small plant, each bulb only producing one flower, and these much less in size than
those of the other species of the genus. The flowers vary very much, some being nearly white, others streaked
.
-
-

102
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
with purple, and others entirely purple. The most remarkable part of the plant is, however, the corm, which is
covered with a smooth tunic, dividing at the base into several regular and very neat rings. It is a native of
Britain, having been found wild in the park at Barton Hall, Suffolk. It is also a native of Italy, where its
corm, like that of many of the other Italian Crocuses, frequently sends down a fleshy fusiform root during the
,
flowering season.
7. – CROCUS SUSIANUS, Ait. THE TURKEY OR CLOTH-OF-GOLD CROCUS.
ENGRAVINGS. —Bot. Mag. t. 652; and our fig. 5, in Plate 23. the back. The outer tunic of the corm consisting of coarse, wiry, reti-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth much longer than the culated fibres.
limb; segments spreading, recurved when fully expanded, striated on
DESCRIPTION, &c.This well-known Crocus is generally the second that opens in spring, as the Scotch Crocus
is the first, and it generally flowers early in March. Its flowers are, however, very short-lived. Very soon after
it
opens, the three outer segments of the limb curl back so strongly that they do not unroll when the rest of the
flower closes in the evening. The flower-stem seldom rises far above the ground, and the leaves are frequently
recumbent. The plant only rarely produces seed. The corm is covered with a loose, wiry, netted tunic. This
species is a native of the country near Constantinople, whence it was received by Clusius (who then resided at
Frankfort) about the year 1587, and it was soon after sent to England. It has thus been an inhabitant of
.
British gardens nearly three hundred years.
8.-CROCUS SULPHUREUS, Ker. THE SULPHUR-COLOURED OR SELF-COLOURED CLOTH-OF-
GOLD CROCUS.
VARIETY.-C. s. 2 striatus, Sab. The worst Yellow, -r old Cloth-of- than the limb; segments lanceolate, spreading. Stamens much
gold Crocus, Bot. Mag. t. 938.
shorter than the stigmas ; anthers very small. Tunic of the corm
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 938.
thin, pliant, and finely striated. Spathe bivalved.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth very slender, longer
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome flower, growing much higher and stronger than the common Cloth-of-
&
gold, and with the segments of the perianth more pointed. The flowers are also remarkable for the smallness of
the anthers. It flowers very early, and is very showy, but has no scent; and it never produces seeds, though it
has plenty of offsets. It is a native of the south of Europe, whence it was introduced before 1629. It is
probably the same as C. stellaris, or that kind is a variety of it.
9.-CROCUS LAGENÆFLORUS, Salis. THE BOTTLE GOURD-FLOWERED CROCUS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 2655.
segments oval, outer ones much narrower than the others. Anthers
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Tube of the perianth shorter than the limb; long, spreading ; stigmas narrow. Tunic of the bulb strongly striated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— Whitish flowers, of very little beauty. Both the flower-stem and the leaves appear
muffled
up
in a thick membranous sheath. It is probably only a variety of C. mosiacus. It is said to be a
native of Greece, but the year of its introduction is unknown.
10.-CROCUS AUREUS, Smith. THE GOLDEN CROCUS.
SYNONYME.-C. luteus, Lindl.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Tube of the perianth much longer than the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Nag. t. 2986; Eng. Bot. Supp. t. 2646; and 2d limb; segments ovate. Anthers much longer than the stigmas, which
edit. vol. 1, t. 44*.
are very small. Tunic of the corm elongated, stiff, membranous,
becoming ragged with age,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the first of the yellow-flowered division of the Spring Crocuses ; and the brilliancy
of its colour would make it well deserving of cultivation, were it not for the smallness of the flowers. The corm.
.



P1.23.
2
5
4
6.
3
7. Aprocne speciosus-2.Crocus sativus -3. Crocus biflorue,Abrocus serotinus.
5. Crocus Suvianus 6. Cocus versicolor.
UND
OF
3
TCH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
103
is nearly globular, and the tunic which covers it is thick, smooth, and jagged at the upper part. Very frequently
two or more flowers rise from one corm. The leaves are produced with the flowers, but they are very short
till the flowers decay, after which they gradually elongate, till at last they become very long. This species grows
wild in the park at Barton Hall, Suffolk, where it flowers in March.
a
11.—CROCUS LUTEUS, Sal. THE COMMON YELLOW CROCUS.
SYNONYMES.-C. vernus, Curt. ; C. v. latifolius, Bauh.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth shorter than the limb;
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 45.
segments obovate. Anthers shorter than the stigmas. Tunic of the
corm smooth, coriaceous, and jagged at the upper part.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The large Yellow Crocus is so common in gardens and so conspicuous a flower, that any
description of it seems superfluous. In fact, few objects are more beautiful early in March than a bed of yellow
Crocuses opening their large flowers to the mid-day sun, and shining with almost metallic lustre, while a number
of bees, just wakened into life and activity, are buzzing round them. The large yellow Crocus is a native of the
Levant, whence it was introduced in 1620 ; and since that period it has always been a favourite flower in
gardens, both for its beauty and the cheerful appearance it has among the dull green of a wintry garden, and for
the excellent effect it produces where Crocuses are planted so as to form some kind of pattern or arabesque in the
beds. A very showy effect is often thus produced, particularly in gardens which are looked down upon from the
window of a living-room. Arabesque patterns, a crest, diagonal lines, diamonds, crescents, and in short any
figure that may strike the fancy, may be produced by planting the large yellow, purple, and white Crocuses so as
,
to form masses of the desired colours; but in these beds no striped Crocuses should be admitted, and none of the
early-flowering kinds, as the beauty of the bed depends upon all the flowers being in full perfection at the same
time. There is one objection, however, to cultivating the Yellow Crocus; and that is, that no flower is more
liable to be attacked by the sparrows; and these mischievous birds seem to have a peculiar delight in spoiling the
appearance of the flowers, as they generally pull off only the tips of the segments, and thus, instead of being
content with destroying a few flowers, they spoil the appearance of the whole bed. A stuffed cat, apparently
crouching among the bushes bordering the bed of Crocuses, is a very good way of keeping these depredators at a
distance, without injuring the effect that it is wished to produce with the flowers. The Yellow Crocus should be
planted in sandy loam, in a dry open situation, and it will bear taking up and replanting once in three or four
years without injury. It should indeed be taken up occasionally whenever it is intended to form a figure; as
unless this is done, the lines will be rendered imperfect from the great number of its offsets.
12.-CROCUS MÆSIACUS, Ker.
THE CREAM-COLOURED CROCUS.
SYNONYMES.-C. aureus, Sil. ; C. lutcus, Lam.
equal in length to the limb; segments ovate. Anthers longer than
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 1111; Flor. Græc. t. 35.
the styles ; filaments pubescent. Tunic of the corm smooth, but
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Tube of the perianth not hairy, and about deeply lacerated. Spathe 2-valved.
Description, &c.—A very elegant but rare Crocus, though it was introduced from Greece in 1579. It
—
approaches nearest to C. sulphureus in both its habit of growth and general appearance.

104
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
AUTUMNAL CROCUSES.
-
-
13.-CROCUS SATIVUS, Smith. THE CULTIVATED OR SAFFRON CROCUS.
SYNONYME.-C. autumnalis, E. B.
and about equal in length to the limb; segments lanceolate. Style
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng. Bot. t. 343; 2d edit. vol. 1. t. 43; and our longer than the stamens; stigma deeply 3-cleft and hanging out of the
fig. 2, in Plate 23.
flower. Leaves very long. Tunic of the corm thin, membranous,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of perianth hairy at the mouth, and composed of reticulated fibres.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant, with large flowers of a pale purple or violet, which are easily
distinguished from all the other species by the stigmas hanging out of the flowers. These stigmas, when dried,
form the saffron ; and the Crocuses are grown on a large scale in order to produce it for sale near Saffron Walden
;
in Essex, the town taking its name from the drug. The flowers and leaves of the Saffron Crocus appear simul-
taneously, the leaves being even from the first longer than the flowers, which appear in September. It is very
ornamental, and it requires no other care than that of planting it in a deep and somewhat sandy soil. When a
saffron plantation is formed, the ground having been three or four times ploughed during winter, and manured,
the bulbs are planted in May, about three inches apart and six inches deep. They are planted in drills, and hoed
up every six weeks till the appearance of the flowers. The flowers continue to appear a month or six weeks in
succession, and they are gathered every day or every other day, dry weather and the middle of the day being
preferred if practicable. The flowers are then carried to the house, and the stigmas being picked out by women
and children, they are spread out to dry on linen cloths, suspended by cords, like hammocks, in a room heated by
a fire or hot pipes, the linen cloths being gently moved to and fro frequently while the saffron is drying to
prevent its becoming matted together. Five pounds' weight of stigmas make only one pound of saffron. The
saffron, when dry, is put into paper bags, and it is then ready for sale. Saffron plantations are liable to be
,
attacked by several diseases, the most fatal of which is called in France Mort du Safran, and consists of a fungus
(Rhizoctonia) which forms on the corm.
14.—CROCUS SEROTINUS, Sal. THE LATE-FLOWERED, OR AUTUMNAL CROCUS.
SYNONYMES. - C. alpinus, Rudb.; C. montanus, Park.; the SPECIFIC CHARACTER.— Tube of the perianth slightly pubescent at the
Mountain Crocus.
mouth ; much longer than the limb; segments lanceolate. Anthers
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1267; and our fig. 4, in Plate 23. much shorter than the styles. Tunic of the corm smooth, entire.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A purple-flowered species, remarkable for the deep orange-colour of its long and exserted
stigmas. The flowers are rather small. The species is a native of the Crimea, but it has also been found on
rocks by the sea-shore in Portugal.
-
15.— CROCUS SPECIOSUS, Hook. THE SHOWY CROCUS.
SYNONYMES.-C. nudiflorus, Smith; the naked-flowered Crocus. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth much longer than the
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng. Bot. t. 491; Supp. t. 2752; 2d ed. vol.1. t. 45 ; limb; segments obovate. Anthers much shorter than the styles.
Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 40; and our fig. 1, in Plate 23.
Tunics of the corm membranous and fibrous; outer one much shorter
than the others, and jagged.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The most beautiful of all the Crocuses, from the large size of its flowers, which appear in
October without the leaves, which are not protruded till the flowers have withered, but which remain on the
plant till the ripening of the seed, which is not till the following April or May. It grows wild in several parts
of England; but it is supposed to be only naturalised here, and to have been originally a native of the Crimea.
It differs from the other Crocuses in thriving under the shade of trees, and preferring a situation near water.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
105
OTHER SPECIES OF CROCUS.
C. STRIATUS, L.
The flowers are striped violet and white ; and it is probably only a variety of C. versioolor.
C. THOMASII, Tenore.
A native of Naples, introduced in 1830, with a bluish-purple flower.
C. ODORUS, Tenore.
An Italian species, flowering in February, with very fragrant flowers.
C. ARGENTEUS, Sab.; THE CLOTH-OF-SILVER CROCUS.
Probably a variety of C. biflorus, raised in England from seed.
C. ALBIFLORUS, Salisb.
A native of Hungary, with white flowers, which appear in February ; the year of introduction is unknown.
C. VARIEGATUS, Salisb.
A native of Greece, with yellow and purple flowers, nearly allied to the Cloth of Gold ; introduced in 1828.
C. RETICULATUS, Bieb.
With yellow and violet flowers, a native of Caucasus ; introduced in 1825. Probably only a variety of the
Cloth of Gold.
C. STELLARIS, Sab.
A native of the South of Europe, with yellow and purple flowers, commonly called the starry Cloth of Gold.
C. LACTEUS, Sab.
A species with cream-coloured flowers, which has a variety, C. l. 2 penicillatus, with striped flowers. The
native country and year of introduction of both these kinds are unknown. ,
C. PALLASII, Bieb. ; C. AUTUMNALIS, Salisb.
An autumnal-flowered Crocus, a native of Tauria and the Crimea ; the year of introduction is unknown.
CHAPTER II.
HÆMODORACEÆ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER OF THE ORDER.-Perianth regular, six-parted. sular, three-valved, indehiscent. Seeds peltate. Albumen farinaceous.
Stamens three or six; when three, they are opposite the alternate lobes Embryo minute.
of the perianth. Ovarium adherent. Stigma undivided. Fruit cap-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one genus belonging to this order which contains bulbous-rooted plants ;
all the rest being greenhouse suffrutescent perennials.
P

106
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS I.
WACHENDORFIA, L. THE WACHENDORFIA.
a
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth sub-bilabiately-rotate, resupinate, Capsule membranaceous, three-celled, three-valved, triquetrous, the
with a channelled, honey-bearing appendage on both sides at the base. angles compressed; cells one-folded.
Stamens six, declinate. Style elongated, oblique, partly persistent.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— Cape plants, with panicles of showy flowers, very unlike those of most of the kinds of
bulbous-rooted plants. The Wachendorfias can, in fact, scarcely be called bulbous plants, though they are
,
generally classed with these plants in seed-catalogues, and are propagated by bulb-like offsets. They have all
rhizomas or under-ground stems, in the scales of which buds, like little bulbs, form ; by which, when detached,
several of the species are propagated, and it is these species that are classed with the bulbs. The other species
have rhizomas, the buds of which are not sufficiently bulb-like to be detached; and these, not being included in
bulb-catalogues, have been omitted here.
-
Leaves
1.-WACHENDORFIA PANICULATA, L. THE PANICLED WACHENDORFIA.
SYNONYMES. — Asphodelus latifolius, Breyer ; Erythrobulbus SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Racemes corymbosely panicled.
hellebori, Pluk.
deciduous, plicate, glabrous.
ENGRAVINGS.- Bot. Mag. t. 616; and our fig. 1, in Plate 24.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the peculiarities of the genus Wachendorfia is, that some of the species have deciduous
leaves, and others persistent ones. Those of Wachendorfia paniculata are deciduous, that is, they fall off soon
after the plant has done flowering; and when this is the case, the bulb should be allowed a season of complete
rest, being kept with very little, or without any water, till the buds of the new leaves begin to show themselves.
The way to know when a little water should be given is frequently to examine the earth in the pot, and so long
as this remains sufficiently moist to adhere, no water is required; all that is necessary being to prevent the soil
from becoming quite dry and dust-like. The plants should be grown in pots, exceedingly well drained, by being
filled to at least a quarter of their depth with potsherds, and large in proportion to the plants; the soil being very
sandy loam mixed with peat. The plants are quite hardy, and if it were possible to keep them dry during
winter, they would thrive much better in the open ground than in pots, as they require plenty of room for their
roots. The flowers, which have no fragrance, are produced in great abundance in July; and they look at a little
distance like some showy variety of Wallflower. Even when grown in pots, they should be plunged into the
open border to flower. Bulbs of most of the kinds of Wachendorfia may be purchased in the seed-shops; and
they should be planted in February or March. The name of Wachendorfia was given to this species by Thunberg,
in honour of M. Wachendorf, a Dutch botanist, who imported it from the Cape ; but though it appears to have
been the first species sent to Europe, it was not introduced into England till 1770.
-
2.—WACHENDORFIA HERBERTI, Swt. THE HON. AND REV. W. HERBERT'S WACHENDORFIA.
SYNONYMES.—W. paniculata var. Herb. ; Panicled Wachendorfia, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Racemes panicled, racemules two-flowered,
Naples yellow variety.
villous. Leaves deciduous, lanceolate, plicate, glabrous, longer than
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2610 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 24.
;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant has a small close raceme, with very close lateral branches bearing only two
flowers each. The colour of the flowers is a pale yellow, and only a few are expanded at a time. The leaves
the scape.
-



P1.24
M
3
7.
Wachendorfia paniculata. 2 Wochendorfia brevifolia, 3 Wachendorfia Herberte.
2


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
107
are very long and curiously plaited; they are deciduous, and fall off soon after the flowers. The bulbs were sent
from the Cape of Good Hope, to the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert, in 1823; and when they first flowered they
were supposed to be a variety of W. paniculata. The different form of the raceme, and the great length of the
leaves, however, appear to have induced Mr. Sweet to make it a distinct species; and his example has been
generally followed by botanists. W. Herberti is generally grown in peat, and the culture is the same as that of
W. paniculata.
1
3.—WACHENDORFIA HIRSUTA, Thunb. THE HAIRY WACHENDORFIA.
SYNONYME.—W. paniculata, Burm.
divergent racemes, villous. Leaves deciduous, elliptic-lanceolate,
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 614.
plicate, villous.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers panicled, composed of numerous
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The colour of the flowers of this species is nearly the same as that of W. paniculata, but
the plant itself is far inferior in beauty, from the panicle being smaller, and the flowers fewer, and further apart.
The stem is also taller and weaker, and its branches spread wider. Every part of W. hirsuta is hairy, even the
flowers. The leaves are deciduous; and the flowers, which are without scent, open in succession, very few
being expanded at the same time, and those closing every evening. They appear in July.
The culture of the
plant is the same as of W. paniculata. W. hirsuta was the first species of the genus grown in England, having
been introduced in 1687; but W. paniculata had been known some years previously in Holland.
و
4.—WACHENDORFIA BREVIFOLIA, Soland. THE SHORT-LEAVED WACHENDORFIA.
SYNONYMES.- Sisyrinchium ramosum, Breyn. ; Dingy-flowered SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Racemes loose, panicled. Leaves persistent,
Wachendorfia.
lanceolate, plicate, villous.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1166 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 24.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This Wachendorfia differs from the other species described, in having persistent leaves.
The stem is not more than a foot high, and the panicle is large, and full of flowers. The flowers are of a very
singular colour and they are without fragrance. The leaves are short and very broad, with deep folds. The
species is worth cultivating notwithstanding the dingy hue of the flowers, from their abundance, and the compact
habit of growth of the whole plant. It is, however, more tender than the other kinds, and it is always kept in a
greenhouse. It was introduced in 1795.
CHAPTER III.
HYPOXIDE Æ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER OF THE ORDER.–Perianth regular, 6-parted. sometimes fleshy. Seeds numerous. Embryo in the centre of the
Stamens six, inserted at the base of the lobes of the ovarium, which fleshy albumen without any precise direction.
is adherent and 3-celled. Stigmas 3-lobed, Fruit indehiscent; !
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very small order. All the plants belonging to it have the segments of the
perianth regular, and somewhat pointed ; they have generally the leaves folded in two, so as to embrace the
stem ; and there is a tendency to hairiness in both the leaves and the flowers. Many of the kinds have erect
rhizomas, or underground stems, of coarse, fibrous matter, surmounted by a bulb, consisting of a similar
substance; and all the species have stiff, erect leaves, and stellate flowers.
و
а.

ICS
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS I.
HYPOXIS, L. THE HYPOXIS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Germen erect; perianth deeply divided, with 3-celled, 3-valved, the valves breaking transversely from the opercle,
an annular base ; expanding in the sun, persistent; filaments short, parting laterally upwards, united below. Seeds small, black, the
subulate, erect; affixed between the cells; styles short, 3-furrowed, foramen a little pointed, the umbilicus lateral, minutely beaked. (W.
tripartible down to the opercle; stigma short, erect, fimbriated ; capsule Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.-All the species of the genus Hypoxis have erect, oblong, fibrous rhizomas, or underground
stems; and some of the species have the rhizoma crowned by a kind of bulb, consisting of a mass of fibrous
coats. The leaves are generally plicate, and sheathing the stem; and the flowers when fully expanded are
star-shaped, and very showy. The species are natives of America, Australia, Asia, and Africa ; and only part
of them can be grown in the open air in England.
-
1.-HYPOXIS LINEARIS, And. THE LINEAR-LEAVED HYPOXIS.
SYNONYME. ---Hypoxis serrata B Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lorate, channelled, obsoletely serru-
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Rep. t. 171; Bot. Mag. t. 917.
lated. Scapes l-flowered, naked.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are star-like, and of a most brilliant orange, on naked foot-stalks. Each
bulb produces three or more flowers; and as these are borne on rather short, stiff, and erect stalks, they have a
very handsome appearance, and are very suitable for boxes under a veranda. They also look well planted on
a sloping bank, opposite a breakfast-room window; or in any situation exposed to the morning sun, as they expand
widely in its beams. The leaves are also broad and handsome. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it
was introduced in 1792; and it flowers in April and May. The bulbs should be planted in October or November,
in a sandy loam ; and they should be kept dry during winter.
2.-HYPOXIS STELLATA, Willd. THE STARRY HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis capensis, Lin; Fabricia stellata, Thunb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lorate, channelled, twisted. Scape
yellow starry Hypoxis.
1-flowered, sheathed by a convolute leafy bractea at the base.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 662; Bot. Rep. t. 101; and our fig.
4, in Plate 25.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This flower, though very showy, is not quite so handsome as that of H. linearis, because
the petals are narrower and more pointed, and there are not so many flowers to each bulb. There is, however, a
rich, dark brown spot at the base of each petal, which is wanting in the former species. In both species the
bulb is placed on the summit of a smooth rhizoma. The flowers only expand when the sun shines, but they last
several days; they are quite scentless. The species was discovered near the Cape of Good Hope, by Thunberg,
who called it Fabricia. It was introduced in 1778. It should be grown in light, sandy mould; and it
should be kept in a greenhouse. It may be planted in November, and it will flower in May.
3.-HYPOXIS ELEGANS, Pers. THE ELEGANT HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. stellata B Ker; white starry Hypoxis.
ENGRAVINGS. —Bot. Mag. t. 1223; and our fig. 2, in Plate 25.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate, channelled, straight.
Scape one-flowered, turned back near the apex, sheathed by a convorulo
leafy bractea, which is reflexed at the tip.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Each buib produces but one flower, which is star-like in shape; and the segments are
white, stained with a rich dark purple at the base, so as to form a dark eye in the centre of the flower. The

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
109
scape
is sheathed in a kind of leafy bractea, which is slightly turned back at the tip. It is a native of South
Africa, whence it was introduced in 1752. It is nearly hardy, but as it flowers early, and requires to be kept
dry during winter, it is generally grown in a pot in sandy loam, and kept in a frame or greenhouse. It flowers
in April and May.
4.- HYPOXIS SERRATA, Willd. THE SAW-LEAVED HYPOXIS.
SYNONYME.–Fabricia serrata, Thunb.
grade prickles. Scapes one-flowered, furnished with two small subulate
ENGRAVINGS.–Bot. Mag. t. 709; and our fig. 1, in Plate 25. bracteas beneath the middle.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lorate, serrulated, with remote retro-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very distinct species, from its prickly leaves and the smallness of its flowers, which
are of a bright orange yellow within and green without. The leaves are folded like those of the other species,
with a white channelled stripe down the midrib inside ; and along the back of the projection formed by the fold,
and on their margins, they are furnished with strong prickles, which stand out like the teeth of a saw. The
flowers are on separate stalks, but one bulb produces several. The rhizoma, which is renewed every year, is
sub-globose, and hollowed out in the upper part to receive the bulb. The flowers have no fragrance ; but though
small, they are worth growing for the length of time for which they are produced in succession. There is a
variety, the flowers of which are copper-coloured. Both the species and variety are very nearly hardy ; but
they succeed best in pots, in which they should be grown in heath mould, and kept nearly dry during winter.
The species is a native of the Cape, and it was introduced in 1788.
5.--HYPOXIS OVATA, Willd. THE OVATE-LEAVED HYPOXIS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1010.
Scapes one-flowered, furnished with a solitary linear-bractea below the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves ovate-lanceolate, channelled, striated.
middle.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very distinct species from the shape of the leaves, which are broad and short,
and not folded like those of the other species. The rhizoma is, however, nearly the same as that of H. serrata, ,
as it is semiglobular, and depressed at the summit, so as to form a kind of socket for the bulb. The flowers are
small and of rather a dingy yellow; they are produced singly on the flower-stems, and each bulb sends up
about
three. The species is a native of South Africa, and it was introduced in 1806.
6.--HYPOXIS STELLIPILIS, Ker. THE TUFTED HYPOXIS.
SYNONYME.—Starry-furred Hypoxis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves lorate-lanceolate, channelled, covered
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Rep. t. 663.
with wool, intermixed with tufts of starry hairs. Scapes hairy, few-
flowered, and the pedicels of each furnished with bractea.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves of this plant bear some resemblance to those of the pine-apple in their form
and general arrangement; but they are studded on the under side with starry tufts of rather long, grey hairs,
which shine like little stars among the white woolly, or cottony substance which clothes the leaves. The
flowers are small, and of a golden yellow; and they also are furred on the outside. The scape is two or three-
flowered ; and the bulb, which is more scaly than in most of the other species, is flattened at the base. The
species is a native of the Cape, and it was introduced in 1821. It begins to flower in May, and continues nearly
all the summer.
Is is tolerably hardy, and may be left in the open ground for several years in succession, if the
soil is sandy and the situation dry.
a

110
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
7.-HYPOXIS ERECTA, Willd. THE UPRIGHT HYPOXIS.
,
-
SYNONYMES.-H. Carolinensis var. Michx. ; Ornithogalum hir-
sutum, Lin.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 710; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 710.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves linear-lorate, channelled, hairy.
Scapes hairy, many-flowered, shorter than the leaves.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-One of the least ornamental species, but quite hardy. A native of North America, in
Virginia, Carolina, and Pennsylvania ; introduced in 1784. The flowers are yellow, and though they are small,
yet, from their great abundance and the length of time that they continue, they produce a tolerably good effect.
This species is quite hardy in the open ground in British gardens, but it grows best in a sandy or peat soil. The
bulbs should be planted in spring, and they may remain several years in the ground without taking up.
8.—HYPOXIS CAROLINENSIS, Michaux. THE CAROLINA HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. graminea, Pursh; H. filifolia, Elliot.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves subulate, grass-like. Scape 1-4-flowered ; segments ovate-lanceolate.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A hardy species, a native of Carolina, with yellow flowers ; introduced in 1822. It is
nearly allied to H. erecta, but it has larger flowers. It thrives best in sandy peat.
9.-HYPOXIS JUNCEA, Smith.
THE REED-LIKE HYPOXIS.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—The whole plant is hairy. Scape 1-flowered. Leaves filiform, channelled.
The flowers
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Nearly allied to H. erecta, with small yellow flowers and reed-like leaves.
are scentless, and they are produced in June and July. The species is a native of Carolina, whence it was
introduced in 1787; and it is quite hardy in British gardens. All the American species may be left in the ground
for several years.
10.– HYPOXIS SOBOLIFERA, Jacq. THE BULB-BEARING HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. villosa, Ait.; H. erecta var. Lam. ; H. fabricia,
Gertn. ; Fabricia villosa var. 3, Thunb.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 711; and our fig. 3, in Plate 25.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves linear-lanceolate, hairy, spreading ;
longer than the scape. Racemes 4-6-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the others, in having its rhizomas horizontal and creeping, instead
of erect; it is also more lasting, as it is not renewed every year; and it produces a great number of small bulb-
like buds, each of which sends up a flower-stalk, and each of which, if separated, with a portion of the rhizoma
attached, would form a new plant. The flowers have no fragrance, but they are rather large, and yellow, and
star-like ; and they are generally produced in bunches of four or six together, on a long, naked flower-stalk or
scape. The leaves are broad, very long, and not folded; and they are covered with a soft, shaggy wool, which
has a greyish hue. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1774. It is nearly hardy
in British gardens, only requiring a slight protection in case of severe and long-continued frosts; and as it is less
likely to be injured by moisture than the other species, it may be left in the ground for several years without
taking up Like all the Cape bulbs, it thrives best in a sandy soil.



Pl. 25
1
2
5
4
3
.
Z
1. Hopazil serrata. - 2 Hypazis slezans. _ 3 Hopazi sobolifera .
1. Harporis stellala-Shurculige plicata var.glabra.
UNIL
OF
ICH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
111
11.-HYPOXIS VILLOSA, Jacq. THE HAIRY HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. decumbens, Lum. ; H. villosa, Thunb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.— The whole plant covered with short, fine hairs. Scape 4-flowered. Leaves linear-lanceolate. Fruit cylindrical
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is subovate, flat at the base, solid and fleshy, and about the size of a hazel nut.
.
There are numerous leaves, which are rather narrow, with the midrib acutely prominent at the back. The
flower-stalk is slender and somewhat bending when in fruit, but the flowers are erect. The flowers are scentless,
yellow within, but of a brownish green on the outside, with the segments spreading and star-like.
is a native of the promontory of the Cape of Good Hope, and it is nearly hardy in British gardens, where it
may
be grown in the open air, with a slight protection during the winter, in very sandy loam, or heath mould. It
begins to flower in June, and it continues producing a succession of flowers nearly all the summer.
a
The species
12.—HYPOXIS OBLIQUA, Willd. THE OBLIQUE-LEAVED HYPOXIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. villosa var. Schultes ; Fabricia villosa var. 2 SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape 3-flowered, pilose, larger than the
Thunb.
leaves. Leaves lanceolate, acuminate, obliquely reflexed, smooth,
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Rep. t. 195.
except at the margin, and down the back of the midrib, which are
somewhat woolly.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Nearly allied to H. villosa, but the bulb is nearly round, and the leaves are turned back
and obliquely twisted. The flowers are yellow and without scent; the segments are greenish on the back,
particularly on the midrib, and the stamens have very short filaments. The species is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, where it is found in moist places between the mountains and the sea-shore. It is nearly hardy in
British gardens, where it should be grown in sandy soil.
13.-HYPOXIS OBTUSA, Rer. THE OBTUSE HYPOXIS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 159.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lincar lanceolate, striated, hairy on the margins, and the keel. Scapes hispid ; flowers racemose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the others in having the segments of the perianth obtuse, instead
of being pointed, and this destroys the star-like character of the flowers. The rhizoma is oblong and erect, the
lower part being marked with broad, ring-like scars, and the upper part being bristly with the fibrous remains of
the withered leaves. The bulb is somewhat flattened, and is produced as usual at the summit of the rhizoma.
This species was discovered by Mr. Burchell, the South African traveller, on the sandy plains of Litákoon,
about a thousand miles north-east of Cape Town. The flowers are small and yellow; they are scentless, and form
an erect raceme. The leaves are broad and hairy, and they are very numerous. The species, which is rather
tender in England, should be grown in sandy peat, and kept in a greenhouse.
14.-HYPOXIS ALBA, Willd. THE WHITE HYPOXIS.
ENGRAVING.-Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1074.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape 1-flowered. Leaves filiform and roundish, very smootlı, and shorter than the scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful little plant, not above six inches hgh, with a bright red, slender flower-
.—
stalk, and snow-white, star-like flowers, which open to the morning sun, and continue on the plant for several
days. The species is a native of the sandy plains of South Africa, at some distance from the Cape ; and it is
rather tender in England, where it should be kept in a greenhouse, and grown in sandy peat. It was introduced
by Messrs. Loddiges in 1806.
-

112
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OTHER SPECIES OF HYPOXIS.
H. HYGROMETRICA, R. Br.
A native of New Holland, with yellow flowers; introduced in 1820.
H. VERATRIFOLIA, Willd. ; H. PLICATA, Jacq.
A Cape plant, with yellow flowers; introduced in 1788, and flowers in June and July
H. RAMOSA, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1936.
This species has a branching stem and yellow flowers, which turn brown when they fade. After flowering
the bulb sometimes remains dormant for two or three years, and it very rarely produces any offsets. It should
be grown in sandy peat, and kept in the greenhouse.
H. MEXICANA, Karwinski.
Nearly allied to H. juncca, but with larger flowers, which have acute segments, yellow within and greenish
on the outside.
H. PUSILLA, Humb. et Bonpl.; H. HUMILIS, Kunth.
A dwarf species, with yellow flowers, having oblong, acute segmen
H. DECUMBENS, Willd.; ANTHERICUM SESSILE, Mill.
A showy species, with bright yellow flowers, a native of Jamaica, which is tender in England. Introduced
in 1755.
H. PRATENSIS, R. Br.
A native of Australia, with yellow flowers; introduced in 1822.
H. GRACILIS, Leh.
A Mexican species, with yellow flowers; introduced in 1828, and requiring a greenhouse.
H. SELLOII, Otto.
A native of Buenos Ayres, with yellow flowers ; introduced in 1827.
H. AQUATICA, Wiild.
A native of the marshy land near the Cape, with yellow flowers; introduced in 1787. This species should
in sandy or peaty soil, kept moist.
be grown
GENUS II.
CURCULIGO, R. Br. THE CURCULIGO.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Gormen erect, bracteate, nearly subterraneous;
indenture between the umbilicus and foramen ; umbilicus conspicuously
tube adhering to the style, cylindrical upwards ; limb regular, patent; beaked, proceeding from the side. Leaves broadest at the base. (W.
filaments short, inserted in the mouth of the tube; anthers distant, Herb.)
eiect; seeds black, pendent, with a thick white cord filling a large
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Curious little plants, of which only one species is a native of the Cape ; there are two
Australian kinds, which have not been introduced, and the rest are East Indian plants, which require a stove in
England. The genus takes its name from the shape of the seeds, which somewhat resemble the maggots found
in nuts, and which were formerly called Curculio.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
113
1.-CURCULIGO PLICATA, Ker. THE PLAITED-LEAVED CURCULIGO.
SYNONYMES.—Gethyllis plicata, Jacq. ; Hypoxis plicata, Linn. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves two or three, broad, ensiform, plicate,
Fabricia plicata, Thunb.
somewhat pubescent along the margins. Flowers sessile.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 345; and our fig. 5, in Plate 25.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very curious little plant, with yellow star-like flowers, which have very long tubes,
c—
and which appear before the leaves. There are two kinds,—the one having the leaves slightly hairy, and the
other quite smooth. The bulb is about twice the size of a hazel-nut; the leaves are rather broad at the base, but
long and tapering at the point, very short while the plant is in flower, but becoming gradually longer. The
flowers, which are few in number, spring direct from the sheath of the bulb; and they have the tube of the
corolla so long that it has the appearance of a flower-stalk. The species is a native of the Cape; and it may
be
grown in the open garden, if care be taken to keep it dry during winter.
CHAPTER IV.
AMARYLLIDACEÆ.
Seeds indefinite; albumen fleshy;
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER. Perianth of six segments; stamens six,
inserted in the perianth. Ovarium adherent ; stigma 3-parted. Capsule
3-celled, dehiscent, or baccate.
embryo almost straight.
DESCPIPTION, &c. - An order of bulbous-rooted ornamental plants; the leaves of which are narrow, with
parallel nerves; and the flowers are furnished with spathe-like bracteas. This order includes some of the most
beautiful bulbous plants cultivated in British gardens; and it has been illustrated by the labours of one of the
first botanists of the age, the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert, in his splendid work on the Amaryllidaceæ. All the
plants belonging to this order are well deserving of cultivation ; but unfortunately many of them require a stove
in England, and plants of this description do not come within the limits of my present work, in which I confine
myself to those plants which may be grown in the open air, or, at least, in a frame or greenhouse without
artificial heat.
GENUS I.
COOPERIA, W. Herb. THE COOPERIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Germen erect; tube erect, long, slender, affixed at one third from the base, not versatile, fasciculate; style erect.
cylindrical, widened at the mouth. Limb in its prime stellate. Stigma 3-lobed, fimbriated, viscous. Lobes furrowed, obtuse. Leaves
-
Filaments inserted at the mouth, nearly equal, erect. Anthers erect, linear, tortuous. Scape l-flowered. Spathe 1-valved. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plants belonging to this genus are remarkable for their erect stems, which have
none of the graceful pliability usually found in herbaceous plants, but stand straight upright, as though they had
been straightened artificially. The flowers are white, and they open quite flat, always first expanding at night,
but when once open remaining so night and day till the segments wither and fall off.
Q

114
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.- COOPERIA DRUMMONDI, Lindl. MR. DRUMMOND'S RED-TUBED COOPERIA.
SYNONYME.--C. Drummondiana, W. Herb.
Spathe univalved, cylindrical below. Tube of the perianth red, and
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Reg. t. 1835.
very long and slender ; limb stellate and spreading ; inner segments
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, tortuous. Scape 1-flowered. obtuse, exterior ones acute.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A very remarkable plant, from the extraordinary length of the tube of its flower, which
is a bright red, and the smallness of the limb, which is a clear white. The bulb is small and oval, and the leaves
very long and slender. The plant, taken altogether, is generally more curious than beautiful. It was found in Texas
by Mr. Drummond, the botanical collector; and Mr. Herbert named the genus Cooperia in honour of Mr. Cooper,
gardener to the Earl Fitzwilliam at Wentworth House, in whose collection it flowered for the first time.
Mr. Herbert thinks it will prove hardy, though it begins to grow
in autumn.
2.—COOPERIA CHOLOROSOLEN, W. H. THE GREEN-TUBED COOPERIA.
SYNONYME.-C. Drummondi, var. chlorosolen, W. Herb.
at the apex, tortuous. Spathe membraneous, slit at the apex. Tube
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 3482 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 26. of the perianth very long, green. Limb spreading; segments ovate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lanceolate, channelled, acute
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs from the preceding one in the long tube of the flower being green and
much thicker, and in the limb being much larger and less star-shaped: the leaves also are longer and broader.
Both kinds were sent from Texas together by Mr. Drummond in 1834, and both have the peculiarity of their
flowers expanding at night, and remaining open when once expanded without appearing to be at all affected by
the presence or absence of the sun till they wither, which is generally three or four days from the period of their
opening. The flowers have the fragrance of a primrose ; and as soon as one flower fades, another scape begins to
rise. The bulbs should be grown in very sandy loam, or heath-mould with a little loam ; and they will bear
considerable changes of heat and cold if care be taken to supply them freely with water.
GENUS II.
STERNBERGIA, Wald, et Kit. THE STERNBERGIA,
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate; leaves linear, following the conniving, alternately longer ; anthers short, oblong, versatile; style
flower; germen subterraneous; scape autumnal, 1-flowered ; tube erect, thicker upwards; stigma 3-lobed. Seeds black, shining, dotted, with
cylindrical; limb semi-patent; filaments filiform, dilated at the base, a thick spongy chord. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This
genus takes its name from Count Sternberg, the patron of Waldstein and Kitaibel,
two German botanists, who named it in their Flora of Hungary. Several species were formerly included
in this genus which have been since removed to other genera; so that it now contains only the following
two species.
-
-
1.-STERNBERGIA COLCHICIFLORA. Kit. et Wald. THE COLCHICUM-FLOWERED STERNBERGIA.
SYNONYME.-Narcissus autumnalis minor, Clus.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves erect, keeled, tortuous, blunt, about
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Reg. t. 2008; and our fig. 4, in Plate 26.
a line wide. Flower autumnal, yellow, sweet; tube long, limb shorter.
(W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A pretty little plant, with yellow flowers, which appear without the leaves in autumn,
and which are very sweet-scented, having the fragrance of the jasmine. It is a native of the Crimea, especially



P1.26
7
jelceptranthas Drummondi_2.Compeia chloroselen_3 Dhoranthus later,
1-Sternbergia colchiciflora. Hazlockia pusilla.
5.
ONIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
115
near the Bosphorus; and it is also found wild on calcareous mountains in Hungary. It was introduced in 1816.
The leaves do not wither till the fruit is ripe, and consequently they remain on the plant all winter. It has been
hitherto generally treated as a frame bulb; but it will probably prove quite hardy in British gardens. There is
a variety with smaller flowers, the limb of which is nearly as long as the tube, a native of Dalmatia.
2.-STERNBERGIA CLUSIANA, Ker. CLUSIUS'S STERNBERGIA.
SYNONYME. — Narcissus Persicus, Clus.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lorate, tortuous, glaucous, erect. Flowers autumnal. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are of a pale yellow, and they have a very unpleasant smell.
It was first described by Clusius, who received it from Constantinople ; it is quite hardy, and it appears to have
been formerly cultivated in Britain, though it has probably been long lost. There are two other species mentioned
in Mr. Herbert's Amaryllidacee, one of which is figured in that work, viz. S. citrina (fig. 9 in plate 42) with
lemon-coloured flowers, a native of Greece; and S. Ætnensis, found on Mount Ætna ; but they do not appear to
have been introduced.
GENUS III.
OPORANTHUS, W. Herb. THE YELLOW AMARYLLIS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Bulb roundish; leaves hiemal ; scape autum- inserted in the tube below the limb, decurrent, conniving; anthers
nal, 1-flowered. Spathe tubular, divided at the point; genera erect ; versatile ; stigmas trifid ; ovules roundish, irregularly angular by com-
tube short, erect, tending to funnel-shaped ; limb regular ; filaments pression. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.-- This genus has been separated by the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert from Sternbergia ;
&
there is only one species in British gardens, though there is another, O. exiguus, a native of Tangiers. The name
of Oporanthus is derived from two Greek words signifying Autumn-flower.
و
1.-OPORANTHUS LUTEUS, W. Herb. THE YELLOW OPORANTHUS.
SYNONYMES.-Sternbergia lutea, Ker; Amaryllis lutea, Linn. ; ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 290 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 26.
Colchicum luteum majus, Bauh. ; Narcissus autumnalis major, Specific CHARACTER.–Perianth campanulate ; tube shorter than the
Clus. ; the greater autumn, or winter-flowering Daffodil, Park.;
;
limb. Leaves ensiform.
the yellow Colchicum.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The flower of this species bears a strong resemblance to that of the yellow Crocus, for
which, indeed, if it flowered at the same season, it might almost be mistaken. The leaves of the species are,
however, much broader; and they are at first short, but lengthen gradually during winter, withering after the
seeds have ripened in spring. There is a variety with narrow leaves. The flowers expand in October, and
continue during a great part of November. Hill mentions a variety with double flowers. The bulbs are
generally planted in spring, in the open garden, in any common soil, and left in the ground unmolested for several
years: they are quite hardy, but they are sometimes apt to rot in spring, after the leaves have withered, if the
season should be
It is very ornamental when planted in beds with the autumnal Crocuses and the
Colchicum, as they all flower at the same season ; and it may be purchased in all the seed-shops, where it is
generally called Sternbergia lutea, or sometimes the Yellow Colchicum, the latter being the name under which it is
imported by the Dutch florists. It was introduced before 1597, and has been in cultivation ever since.
Very wet.
ز
Q 2

116
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS IV.
HAYLOCKIA, W. Herb. THE HAYLOCKIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Leaves linear; scape concealed, 1-flowered ; petaline higher; anthers incumbent, versatile, attached in the middlo;
spathe l-valved, half concealed, divided upwards; germen concealed in style erect; stigma deeply trifid, erect, with recurved points, concealed
the bulb; tube cylindrical, enlarged at the mouth ; limb funnel-shaped in the tube ; capsule protruded on a short peduncle, round, 3-furrowed,
below, semipatent upwards; filaments of alternate length, conniving, 3-valved ; seeds with a rounded back. (W. Herb.)
inserted in the segments of the limb, the sepaline at their base, the i
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Mr. Herbert has named this genus in honour of Mr. Matthew Haylock, who had the
care of Mr. Herbert's collection of plants at Spofforth, and previously at Mitcham, for more than two-and-twenty
years. There is only one species of the
genus known.
1.-HAYLOCKIA PUSILLA, W. Herb. THE DWARF HAYLOCKIA.
SYNONYME,--Sternbergia Americana, Hoffmannsegg.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb small; leaves hiemal ( wintery), very
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Reg. t. 1371; and our fig. 5, in Plate 26. narrow; flower autumnal. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A dwarfish plant, with dingy straw-coloured flowers stained with reddish purple. The
leaves are hiemal, that is, they continue growing all the winter, and wither when the seed ripens in spring,
The bulb is a native of the country near Buenos Ayres, where it is stated that there is a variety with pink
flowers. It was introduced in 1829, and it appears to require protection during winter in British gardens.
GENUS V.
SCEPTRANTHES, Graham. THE SCEPTRE-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Spathe membranous, tubular, split at the ovate, with revolute margins. Stamens six, enclosed. Capsule 3-sided,
top, longer than the peduncle. Perianth funnel-shaped ; limb con- or almost 3-lobed; 3-celled. Seeds in two rows in each cell.
tracted at the throat, shorter than the tube ; segments of the limb
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant was divided from Cooperia by Dr. Graham, and made a distinct genus on
account of “its less expanded limb, its shorter tube, and pedunculated germen ; but Mr. Herbert does not
consider these distinctions sufficiently constant to be sufficient for making it a distinct genus. The name of
Sceptranthes alludes to the sceptre-like appearance of the half-opened flower, which generally withers without
fully expanding
1.-SCEPTRANTHES DRUMMONDI, Graham. DRUMMOND'S SCEPTRE-FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.--Cooperia pedunculata, W. Herb.; Zephyranthes t. 3727; and our fig. 1, in Plate 26.
Drummondi, D. Don.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves glaucous, rather broad. Spathe
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 328 ; Bot. Mag. 1-flowered. Segments of the limb nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very elegant flower with a much shorter tube than the Cooperias. The flower opens
a
at night, and unless the day has been warm so as to occasion a great decrease in temperature, it only opens
-

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
117
imperfectly. The seeds are flat and black, and vegetate freely. The bulb is somewhat flattened. The species
is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1835; and it will probably prove nearly hardy in British
gardens, as the plants kept in a warm greenhouse did not thrive so well as those kept in a cool frame ; and those
kept in a stove did not expand their flowers at all.
GENUS VI.
ZEPHYRANTHES, W. Herb. THE ZEPHYRANTHES, OR SWAMP-LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. -_Leaves linear ; scape 1-flowered; spathe anthers sub-crect, versatile, attached below the middle, sloped. Stigma
1-valved ; germen sessile or pedunculated, crect; tube short, funnel- usually trifid, patent; capsule ovate, deeply 3-furrowed ; seeds less
shaped; perianth sub-erect; faucial membrane inconspicuous, not numerous than in Hippeastrum ; style generally declined, the opposite
annular, manifested (if at all) by six very minute points above the filament being averted. Leaves narrow, æstival, produced in the spring ;
insertion of the filaments, which is at the base of the segments, just flowers simultaneously, or later.
without the tube, the sepaline inserted a very little lower and shorter ;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very elegant and beautiful lily-like plants, which were formerly included in the genus
Amaryllis. They differ from Sternbergia and its allied genera in flowering in spring instead of autumn, in their
enjoying a season of complete rest during winter, and also in the leaves rising with the flower; and they differ from
Cooperia in the flower only expanding in the sun. They are all nearly hardy, and would probably all live in the
,
open ground if they were planted in a bed of white sand or covered with dead leaves or litter for the first winter.
As, however, dead leaves are apt to harbour snails, which destroy the bulbs, a safer mode of protection would be
to cover the bed with a thatched roof of straw, or to make it slope sufficiently to keep it dry without any covering
whatever. Zephyranthes signifies the Flower of the West Wind.
a
a
.
1.—ZEPHYRANTHES ATAMASCO, W. Herb. THE ATAMASCO LILY.
SYNONYME.— Amaryllis Atamasco, Linn.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the periauth short, with a campanu-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 239; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1899; and lately-spreading limb. Segments acuminate. Spathe bifid.
our fig. 3, in Plate 27.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome and well-known plant, which has been in British gardens since 1680.
-
It is a native of Virginia and Carolina, where it grows abundantly in the woods, and flowers splendidly in spring.
In England, where the bulbs are generally grown in pots, the effect is not so good, from the flowers being pro-
duced singly; but even when thus treated, they are very beautiful, from the delicate carnation tint of the outside
of the perianth, which tint fades into a pure white as the flower expands. The bulbs will thrive in the open air
if planted like the Gladiolus and treated in the same manner (see p. 52); and, like many other kinds of bulbs,
they will bear the open air in England quite well, if they are protected from excess of moisture the first year that
they are planted out ; but bulbs, before they have firmly established themselves in the ground, appear to be
peculiarly susceptible of injury from damp. The soil should be a rich yellow loam ; or if this be not to be
procured, a mixture of turfy loam and sand may be substituted. The bulbs should be planted in October or
November, and the flowers will appear in April, simultaneously with the leaves. There is a variety with
somewhat smaller flowers. This species, and Z. candida, are as hardy as the common Crocus.

118
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
2.—ZEPHYRANTHES MESOCHLOA, W. Herb. THE HALF-GREEN ZEPHYRANTHES.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1361.
acute. Scape becoming larger and thicker at the base while the seed is
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate, blackish. Leaves channelled, ripening. Spathe looped, or divided at the point.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There are three varieties of this species: the first has the spathe looped at the extremity;
in the second the peduncle is very short, and the flower is streaked with red; and in the third, the spathe is
divided at the apex, and the flower is yellowish. The species is a native of Buenos Ayres, whence it was
introduced in 1828. It flowers in June and July; and it produced three successive scapes “ in the greenhouse at
Spofforth, and ripened its seed.” It is generally grown in a mixture of peat and loam, or in turfy loam mixed
with two-thirds of sand, and kept in pots in a greenhouse: but it would probably succeed in similar soil in the
open air if planted on a sloping bank, and slightly protected during winter.
>
3.-ZEPHYRANTHES TUBISPATHA, W. Herb.
THE TUBULAR-SPATHED ZEPHYRANTHES.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis tubispatha, Ker; Mr. Griffin's Amaryllis.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 1586 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 27.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves rather broad. Tube of the perianth
very short, and rounded within by the bending of the base of the
filaments.
A very
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very elegantly-shaped flowers, which never open widely, and which are white, becoming
green at the base. The leaves are broader and shorter than in most of the other species, and they are sometimes
rather glaucous. The species is a native of the Blue Mountains in Jamaica, and it is too tender to bear the
open
air in England. It should be grown in very sandy soil, and watered abundantly during summer; but it should
be suffered to have a season of complete rest during winter, by water being withheld at that season.
beautiful hybrid with pink flowers has been raised by the Hon. and Rev. W. Herbert, from Z. tubispatha,
fertilised by the pollen of Z. carinata. This hybrid forms a curious intermixture of the qualities of its parents ;
the leaves are white, and distinguished by a keel like those of Z. carinata ; while in the shape of the flower and
in the greenness of the tube outside, it resembles Z. tubispatha. The limb is rose-coloured, and it is marked
inside with white in the form of a star. A figure of it is given in the Botanical Register, t. 1746, under the name
of Z. Spofforthiana. It is much hardier than 2. tubispatha.
a
4.-ZEPHYRANTHES CARINATA, W. Herb. THE KEELED-LEAVED ZEPHYRANTHES, OR
SWAMP-LILY.
SYNONYME.-Z. grandiflora, Lindl.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves channelled, keeled. Spathe longer
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2594; Bot. Reg. t. 902 ; Swt. Brit. than the peduncle, slit partly on one side. Tube of the perianth much
Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 4 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 27.
shorter than the limb; outer segments terminating in a sort of callous
point.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, with rose-coloured flowers; a native of Mexico ; which is quite
hardy in British gardens, in situations where it can be kept dry. It should be grown in a light sandy loam,
the proportion being three parts of sand to one of loam. The leaves are deeply channelled, and keeled on the
back; and they are of a very dark green, tinged with red at the base. The flower-scape is also tinged with red
at the base ; and the spathe, which is of a reddish brown, is cleft at the extremity. The flowers are of a beautiful
rose colour, the segments becoming green at the base, where they form the tube, and the three outer ones being
tipped with a small callous point; when fully expanded they bend back, like those of the common Lily. The
a



Pl. 27.
6
2
3
z
2
Z.
Zephyrantho carinata._2_Zephyranthe tubispatha. 3.Zephyranthe. Itamaseo.
1 Habranthus Hesperius,..biHabranthus roseus
.
roseus. _ 6. Habranthus Bagreldianus
بے
GNIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
119
bulbs flower best in the open air; and if planted on a sloping bank in a sandy soil, they may remain several
years
in the ground without taking up. The flowers appear in August. Each bulb produces numerous offsets, which
push their way through the ground at some distance from the parent bulb, making a circle round it, like layers
from a stool, or as though the roots were stoloniferous. The specimen figured in the Bot. Reg. represents the
flower unexpanded, as it only opens in bright sunshine. The leaves and bulb given in this plate were inserted
by mistake, as they belong to another species (Z. Lindleyana), having a very small flower, as pointed out by
Mr. Herbert in his Amaryllidaceoo, p. 173, and fig. 5, in Plate 35. The bulbs of Z. carinata are generally planted
p
in March or April, and they flower in August; when planted in autumn care should be taken to keep them dry
during winter. The species was introduced from Mexico, by Mr. Bullock, in 1825.
5.-ZEPHYRANTHES CANDIDA, W. Herb. THE WHITE ZEPHYRANTHES, OR PERUVIAN
SWAMP-LILY.
SYNONYME. — Amaryllis candida, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth much shorter than the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 724, and Bot. Mag. t. 2607.
limb; segments obtuse. Leaves linear, fleshy.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is one of the hardiest kinds of Zephyranthes. Mr. Herbert says of it, “ This plant,
conspicuous by its fleshy, semicylindrical, and rush-like leaves, which resist the severest frost of our usual winters,
has ripened its seeds, with me, after snow had lain upon them for three weeks. I have seen the quicksilver
fifteen degrees below the freezing point (Fahrenheit), without its losing more than the ends of its leaves."
,
Notwithstanding this hardiness, the plant is a native of Lima and Buenos Ayres ; and the banks of the river
Plata 66
are so covered with it, that it is understood that the river was called La Plata, meaning silver,' on account
of the profusion of its white blossoms on the shore." Mr. Herbert adds, that he has had “ seventy flowers
expanded at once on a small patch of this plant at Spofforth.” The flower of this species resembles that of a
large white Crocus; and it always closes at night, only half opening even in the daytime in the shade, or if the
air be damp, but expanding widely in broad sunshine when the atmosphere is warm and dry. The bulbs are
small, round, and black ; and the leaves, which are flat, fleshy, and quite erect, are produced in such numbers,
that they look at a little distance like a bunch of rushes. The flowers begin to appear in July or August, and
they continue rising in succession till October. If the weather in June and July should prove dry, the flowering
season of this plant may be hastened by regular watering. It ripens seeds freely, and they are large, shelly, and
of a glossy black ; but the plant is best propagated by its offsets, which it produces in great abundance. Mr.
Herbert thinks it probable that this species may form the type of a new genus, to which he proposes to give the
name of Argyropsis.
6.- ZEPHYRANTHES ROSEA, Lindl.
THE ROSE-COLOURED SWAMP-LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 821, and Bot. Mag. t. 2537.
widely-spreading limb ; segments oval, and terminating in a sharp
Specific CHARACTER.- Leaves flat, and somewhat broad, spreading point. Spathe fleshy, bifid at the apex.
over the surface of the ground. Tube of the perianth short, with a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, which has rose-coloured flowers, was found at the Havannah by Mr. George
Don, and introduced by him in 1823. It is nearly hardy, but it is generally kept in a greenhouse, on account of
its small size and delicate flowers. It is grown in well-drained pots in sandy peat mixed with a little yellow
loam. There is a variety, 2. r. bifolia, found in the woods of St. Domingo and Cayenne, which only differs from
a

120
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
the species in its leaves, which are produced two together, one of them being a foot long and the other only four
inches ; a peculiarity which, as Mr. Herbert observes, probably only exists at “the moment of flowering.” The
flower-scape, however, is said to be somewhat more robust,
-
-
a
7.—ZEPHYRANTHES SESSILIS, W. Herb. THE SESSILE ZEPHYRANTHES.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 2583.
tuous; germen sessile ; outer segments of the limb somewhat smaller
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves slender, semicylindrical, and tor- than the inner ones.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There are three forms of this species—Z. s. 1 verecunda, Z. verecunda, Bot. Mag. t. 2583 ;
Z. s. 2 striata, Z. striata, Bot. Mag. t. 2593, Amaryllis minuta, Humb.; and Z. s. 3 Akermanniana.
,
Z. s. verecunda has a rather small white flower, just faintly tinged with pink on the outside of the segments of
the flowers in their upper part, and stained with green at the base ; Z. s. striata is a dwarf plant, with a very
small flower, the outer segments of which are streaked with red on the outside ; and Z. s. Akermanniana is of a
pure white inside, and red without; it does not flower so freely as the other kinds, and it is more disposed to form
offsets. They are all natives of Mexico, and were all introduced by Mr. Bullock in 1824. They may all be
.
grown during summer in the open air ; and indeed, as Mr. Herbert observes, they “ require no trouble, but to keep
,
them dry in winter. They may be crowded in a small pot, stowed away anywhere dry, and set out of doors in
May or Jure, when they will flower immediately ; or they may be kept in dry sand, and planted out in May in
a border of sandy soil. Their flowers expand quite flat when the sun shines, and are produced abundantly, and
every flower is followed by a seed-pod. The seedlings flower at an early age.”'-(Amaryll. p. 175.)
There are some other species of Zephyranthes mentioned by Mr. Herbert, but the above are the only kinds
common in British gardens.
;
GENUS VII.
HABRANTHUS, Ker. THE HABRANTHUS.
"
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Flower declined; perianth short-tubed, sub- incumbent, versatile. Style declined, recurved. Leaves linear-lorate ,
campanulate, not convolute, more or less patent; alternate segments umbel precocious, unequally pedunculated. Stigma 3-lobed ; capsule
nearly equal ; filaments (properly of four lengths) inserted alike at turbinate; faucial membrane (as far as is known) never wanting -
the mouth of the tube, declined, recurved, semi-fasciculate ; faucial (W. Herb.)
membrane (when manifested) annular. Anthers affixed at the middle,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name of Habranthus, which is derived from two Greek words, signifying “delicate
flowers,” is applied to a genus of bulbous plants very nearly allied to Zephyranthes in appearance, but differing so
much botanically, that Mr. Herbert found it impossible to raise any hybrid between the two genera. He observes
that no Habranthus has yet been found with the leaf more than three-eighths of an inch wide, or without the
faucial annular membrane. The flower of the Habranthus also rises after the dry season of rest, and is followed
by the leaves, which remain on the plant through the winter, while the leaves of the Zephyranthes appear with
the flowers and fade in the winter. Thus, though all the different kinds of Habranthus are quite hardy, yet as
their leaves are in perfection during winter, they must be liable to injury unless they are protected in some
manner. They also require, “in order to prepare their blossoms, a hot period of rest, which would be often

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
121
a
9
wanting to them if exposed to our climate. When cultivated in a border, they should be covered with a glass
frame, to keep them hot and dry, in May, June, and July.” Mr. Herbert adds that any covering of mats or
straw that will prevent injury from severe frost, will be sufficient to protect them in winter ; “ or they may be
taken
up
when the leaves decay, without breaking the fibres, kept in sand and re-set three months afterwards."
He also advises the border in which they are grown to be well drained, with a layer, six inches deep, of stones,
“
covered with an inverted sod, or at least with heath, furze, or straw.” The same system, he adds, may be
adopted when the plants are grown in pots, by “placing a thin inverted sod, or some other covering, over the
“
crocks or stones to prevent the drainage from becoming choked; and with that precaution stronger soil may
be
used than would suit otherwise, and less water will be necessary.'
a
1.-HABRANTHUS GRACILIFOLIUS, Ker. THE SLENDER-LEAVED HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. 2464; Bot. Reg. t. 1967.
leaves. Spathe green, tubular, and slit at the point. Tube of the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves very long and slender, nearly cylin- perianth furnished with a thick annular membrane; limb closing at
drical, with a deep channel on the upper surface. Scapes numerous, night, and expanding widest in the sun: stigma trifid.
and produced in succession ; 1-2-flowered; much shorter than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is oblong and blackish ; and there are four or five very long slender leaves,
which are almost cylindrical, with a channelled line on the inner side. The flowers are without scent, and two or
more are produced from each scape ; they are pink, and close at night, expanding partially in the sun, but never
opening fully ; the tube is very short and green on the outside. The species is a native of Maldonado, in South
America, whence it was introduced in 1823. It flowers in September and October; and as the leaves only appear
in November, and continue on all the winter, it is generally kept in a greenhouse, though the plants appear
hardy. The leaves decay about May or June. There is a variety which has been figured and described in the
Bot. Reg. t. 1967, as H.g. var. Boothianus, which was sent to Sir Charles Lemon, from Maldonado, in 1836,
which flowered at Carclew the following year, and which has rather darker and more open flowers. It was
named in honour of Mr. Booth, who has long had the care of the plants at Carclew, and who states that he is inclined
“ to consider it as half-hardy, only requiring protection from frost. The soil round the bulbs, when received,
was of a very sandy nature.” Mr. Booth adds that the plant was grown at Carclew in a mixture of loam, peat,
and sand ; that it flowered in October, and that the flowers remained in perfection eight or ten days.
و
a
2.-HABRANTHUS ANGUSTUS, Ker. THE NARROW-FLOWERED HABRANTHUS.
SYNONYME.-H. spathaceus var. W. Herb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Segments of the perianth long, narrow;
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 2639.
flower tapering towards the base. Spathe 1-valved, slit. Scape
1-2-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species is distinguished by the narrowness of all its parts, particularly of its flowers,
which are never more than half opened. The leaves also are very long and narrow, and the bulb, though spherical
when planted, became, after having been twelve months in the ground, curiously elongated into a kind of
cylindrical underground stem, two inches long. The leaves are more erect than those of most of the other kinds.
Mr. Herbert makes H. angustus a variety of H. spathaceus, which only differs from it in both the flowers and
leaves being broader. Both kinds were imported from Buenos Ayres in 1825, and they require the same culture
as the other species. They are not common in collections, though the names are in many of the bulb catalogues ;
and when cultivated they are generally grown in pots.
R

122
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
3.-HABRANTHUS VERSICOLOR, W. Herb. THE CHANGEABLE-COLOURED HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 2485.
1-flowered, appearing before the leaves. Segments ovate, ending in a
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves long, ovate, recumbent. Scape sharp point, somewhat spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb, which is oblong and blackish, shows a tendency to elongate itself in the same
manner as that of the preceding species. The flowers, which are of a very delicate pink, slightly streaked with
a darker colour, are produced singly, and the leaves are about a quarter of an inch wide and a foot long. The
species is a native of Maldonado, whence it was imported in 1823. It is generally kept 'n a greenhouse, where
it flowers in January, the leaves decaying in the course of the summer; and, like the other species, its flowering
well is promoted by the bulbs being kept in a dry heat while in a state of rest. Mr. Herbert states that he was
prevented from completing his observations on this species by his gardener having killed his bulbs of it, by
watering them during the dormant season.
а
a
4.-HABRANTHUS BIFIDUS, W. Herb. THE TWO-CLEFT HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 2597.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 2-valved. Scape 4-5-flowered. Membrane annular.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species from Buenos Ayres, whence it was imported, by Lord Carnar-
von, in 1825. The flowers are of a dark rose colour, and are but very little opened. The bulb is large, round,
and quite black. There is a variety of this species which Mr. Herbert calls H.b. littoralis, and which he supposes
to be the same as the kind he formerly called H. lorifolius. This variety is five-flowered, and the flowers are of
a deep purple. It was found in great abundance at Monte Video, within the tide-mark, and hence the name of
littoraliswhich signifies “sea-side.” This plant had not flowered with Mr. Herbert at the period of publishing his
work on the Amaryllidaceæ ; as the bulbs appeared to waste their strength in producing offsets, and in elongating
themselves, which they did to a very great length. “The bulbs of the species of Habranthus,” says Mr. Herbert,
are nearly round when imported. After having been potted a year, they generally become elongated, some-
times to the length of six inches, and constricted in one place or more. We suspect that this singular habit,
which seems peculiar to the genus, is an effort of nature to withdraw the bulb to a greater depth, and that the
long neck would become attenuated gradually if it remained undisturbed.” (Bot. Mag. vol. lii. t. 2597.)
Mr. Herbert thinks it probable that this elongation of the bulb impedes the flowering of the plant; and he
suggests using salt in the culture of the variety H. bifidus littoralis, as that bulb has hitherto only been found in
situations washed by the sea, at high water.
a
-
5.--HABRANTHUS ROBUSTUS, W. Herb. THE ROBUST HABRANTHUS.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis tubispatha, L. Hérit.; A. Berteri, Spreng. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves sub-glaucous, channelled.
Scape
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 14; Lodd. Bot. robust; scape undivided, two-thirds of its length, a little shorter than
Cab. t. 1761.
the peduncle. Flower large, much declined.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species Mr. Herbert believes to be the Amaryllis tubispatha of L'Héritier, which is
a native of Buenos Ayres, and which ought not to be confounded with Zephyranthes tubispatha, a native of Jamaica,
but which is figured as Amaryllis tubispatha in the Bot. Reg. This species, which is a native of Buenos Ayres,
and was introduced in 1827, is the hardiest of all the kinds of Habranthus, and it may remain during the winter
in the open ground, if planted in a warm dry border about six inches deep, and a flower-pot turned over it in frosty

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
123
weather. As, however, it is, in this case, very liable to be attacked by slugs and insects, and as it is
very
liable
to be injured by moisture, Mr. Herbert recommends keeping them in the greenhouse during winter, and planting
them out in spring. They generally flower in July, and in most situations they ripen seeds in abundance.
6.- HABRANTHUS BAGNOLDIANUS, W. Herb. CAPTAIN BAGNOLD'S HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 1396 ; and our fig. 6, in Plate 27.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucous, obtuse, nearly half an inch
wide. Scape 6-flowered. Segments of the limb ovate-lanceolate;
-
faucial membrane annular, fimbriated.
a
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very large black bulb, with a bunch of very handsome yellow flowers, slightly stained
with red. The leaves are much broader than in most of the other species. The plant is a native of Chili, whence
it was introduced in 1830; and it may be grown in the open air, in dry gravelly soil ; as if it is kept too hot it
will waste away, and it is very apt to rot if grown
in a moist soil. Mr. Herbert lost his plants of this species by
planting them “in a peaty compost.” There is a variety, H. B. 2 Gilliesianus, the flowers of which are much
paler than those of the species, and the bulb about the size of a pigeon's egg. They are both natives of the same
coast, and require the same kind of culture.
7.- HABRANTHUS ROSEUS, Swt. THE ROSY HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow, Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 107; and our SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves glaucous. Flowers two, rose-coloured,
fig. 5, in Plate 27.
green at the base, expanding wide ; filaments conspicuously of four
lengths. Faucial membrane not recorded. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very handsome plant with rich dark rose-coloured flowers, and long glaucous leaves.
A
It is a native of the island of Chiloe, whence it was introduced in 1828. It flowers in June; and
grown
in the open air, in a dry situation, with a slight protection from frost during winter. It is somewhat interesting
that bulbs of this plant and seeds of the beautiful Enothera anisoloba were brought to England at the same time,
and from the same place (Chiloe) by Lieutenant Barton, and given by him to Mr. Page, nurseryman of
Southampton.
may be
8.--HABRANTHUS ANDERSONI, W. Herb.
ANDERSON'S HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1345; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1677 ; glaucous. Spathe tubular, divided upwards. Peduncle about an inch
Sweet Brit. Flow. Gard, 2nd Ser. t. 70; Bot. Mag. t. 3596 ; and and a half long or more. Perianth golden or copper-coloured, streaked
Herb. Amaryllidaceae, fig. 4, in Plate 26.
outwardly, and marked at the base within with reddish brown ; faucial
;
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, linear, acute, green, or sub- membrane annular. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There are many varieties of this species, which appears to have a very extensive range in
Mexico and South America. The species which Mr. Herbert calls H. A. 1 aurea is of a bright golden yellow,
and is figured in Sweet's British Flower Garden and in Loddiges' Botanical Cabinet. H. A.2 cuprea is of a
dark
copper colour ; and this, and H. A. 3 obscura, which is of a dingy livid brown, are figured in the Botanical
Register. H. A. 4 brevilimba has broader leaves and shorter flowers ; H. A.5 parvula, figured in Mr. Herbert's
Amaryllidaceæ, has small dingy flowers; and H. A. 6 Texana, figured in the Botanical Magazine, has bright
yellow flowers, with roundish obtuse segments. The first four of these varieties were introduced by Mr. Ander-
son, the botanical collector, in 1829, from Monte Video ; the fifth was from Buenos Ayres; and the sixth was
sent by Mr. Drunimond from Texas. They are all nearly hardy, and may be grown in the open ground, with a
,
R 2

124
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
very slight protection during frosty weather. They begin to flower in May (much earlier than any of the other
kinds of Habranthus); and they continue flowering the whole summer. They should be grown in very sandy
soil, and kept as dry as possible during winter.
a
9.-HABRANTHUS HESPERIUS, W. Herb. THE WESTERN HABRANTHUS.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis advena, Ker; Hippeastrum advenum, Cab. t. 1760; Sweet Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser. t. 213; Herb.
Herb. Streaked-flowered Amaryllis ; Chilian Pelegrino.
Amary. fig. 2 in Plate 26; and our fig. 4, in Plate 27.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 849 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1125; Lodd. Bot. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves glaucous. Perianth spreading, re-
flexed ; faucial ring fimbriated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulbs are rather smaller than some of the other kinds; the leaves are nearly erect,
and longer than the scape, deeply channelled, and somewhat glaucous. The segments of the flower are narrow,
,
almost lanceolate, and ending in a sharp point. The species is a native of Chili, whence it was introduced in
1806; and it is rather a delicate plant in British gardens, where it is very apt to rot, particularly if it has been
planted in peat. There are two varieties, viz. H. H. 2 pallidas, figured in Loddiges' Bot. Cab., and called
Amaryllis advena var. citrina in the Bot. Reg. vol. x., t. 849 ; a native of Valparaiso, the leaves of which are
less channelled and more glaucous and recumbent than those of the species, and the flowers of a pale lemon-
coloured yellow; and H. H. 3 miniatus, figured in Sweet's British Flower Garden, under the name of H. miniatus,
also a native of Valparaiso, the flowers of which are much smaller, but of the same colour as the species. This
last kind appears to be hardier than the others, and it will thrive in the open air if planted on a dry sandy bank.
10.-HABRANTHUS INTERMEDIUS, W. Herb. THE INTERMEDIATE HABRANTHUS.
SYNONYME.— Amaryllis intermedia, Lindl.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, obtuse. Spathe 3-flowered,
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Reg. t. 1148.
shorter than the peduncle. Segments of the perianth oblong, pointed,
nearly equal, spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c —This very handsome species is distinguished by its deep red flowers opening much more
-
than is usual in the
genus. The leaves also are broader and shorter than in most of the other species. It is a
native of Brazil, and it is rather tender in British gardens. There is another South American species, with dark
crimson flowers, which Mr. Herbert has called H. nemoralis (because it is found in woods), which is nearly allied
to this.
11.-HABRANTHUS PUMILUS, Lodd. THE DWARF HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.—Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1771.
sinuous, rose-coloured. Faucial membrane and filaments not ob-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves narrow ; scape short; flower patent, served. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A Chilian species nearly allied to H. roseus, the flower-scape of which never exceeds six
inches in height; the leaves are recumbent and of a glaucous green. It should be kept in a greenhouse, and
grown
in
very sandy loam.
-
12.-HABRANTHUS KERMESINUS, W. Herb. THE CRIMSON HABRANTHUS.
SYNONYMES.—Amaryllis kermesina, Lindl. ; Carmine Amaryllis. of the perianth nearly equal, and somewhat spreading. Flowers on
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate, obtuse ; slightly glau- long peduncles, and nearly erect.
cous beneath ; shorter than the scape, which is 3-flowered. Segments
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are large, and of a brilliant dark crimson, streaked with
yellow near the base on the outside of the perianth. The leaves are rather broad and flat. The species is a
native of Brazil, and it is generally kept in the greenhouse. It was introduced in 1833.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
125
13.-HABRANTUHS PHYCELLOIDES, W. Herb THE PHYCELLA-LIKE HABRANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Reg. t. 1417.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad, obtuse, glaucous. Scape 6-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is closely allied in general appearance to Phycella ignea, but it agrees with
Habranthus in the unequal length of the stamens, and in the annular membrane within the throat of the tube.
It is a native of Chili, whence it was introduced in 1825; and it flowers in September.
GENUS VIII.
AMARYLLIS, L. THE AMARYLLIS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Leaves hiemal, arcuate; scape autumnal, before adhering to the petals, sepaline to the mouth of the tube; anthers in-
the leaves; umbel many-flowered, pedunculated, divaricate ; germen cumbent, attached in the middle ; capsule obovate, disposed to burst
triangularly obovate; tube narrow, funnel-shaped; petaline filaments prematurely. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A great confusion exists respecting the botanical name of the beautiful plants called, in
plate 28 of this work, Belladonna; and which were given that appellation by Sweet, whose Hortus Britannicus,
as re-arranged by Mr. George Don, I had followed in arranging my plants, as the latest authority on the subject.
Finding, however, that Mr. Herbert has restored Linnæus's name of Amaryllis to the Belladonna lily, and its
allies, I have done the same; and I only regret not having consulted Mr. Herbert's work before having the names
engraved on the plates. Linnæus tells us that he gave this plant the name of Amaryllis, the Belladonna of Virgil,
from its loveliness—and also, he adds, because some of the bulbs were said to be bitter (amarellas). The name
of Belladonna lily was given to the flower in Italy, from the beautiful blending of its red and white, resembling
that in the cheeks of a beautiful woman.
a
1.-AMARYLLIS BELLADONNA, L. THE BELLADONNA LILY.
SYNONYMES. — Belladonna purpurascens, Swt.; Lillionarcissus ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 733; and our fig. 1, in Plate 28, under
indicus, Wein.; Narcissus indicus, Ferr.; Cape Day lily; Bella- the name of Belladonna purpureus.
donna Narcissus.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lorate-linear, channelled. Perianth
funnel-shaped, segments acuminate, recurvedly spreading,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, which is remarkable for its beautiful flowers, is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope; but it has become naturalised in Madeira, and almost so in Portugal and Italy. It is so hardy in British
gardens, that it may not only be grown in the open air, but it does not require taking up in winter : two things
however, Mr. Herbert tells us, are necessary to its flowering, viz. “ a strong growth of the leaves, and absolute
rest from midsummer till the period of flowering in September. If the leaves sprout early, and are so much
damaged by severe frosts that a rigorous growth does not ensue in spring—or if they are prevented by drought
in spring from developing themselves, or are preserved green by a wet summer after the period of rest—or if they
bave not moisture in September to promote the blossoming, it will fail, and in the latter case the abortive flower-
buds will be thrown out of the ground when the leaves sprout afterwards.” On this account Mr. Herbert
recommends putting a hand-glass or senie other covering over the bulbs, “so as to keep off the rain in a wet

126
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
9
summer. There are two varieties : A. B. 2 pallida, which is paler than the species, and which is represented in
the Botanical Register, t. 714—and also in our fig. 3, in Plate 28, under the name of Belladonna purpureus
pallida ; and A. B. 3 latifolia, which has broader leaves. The bulbs, which are very large, may be procured at
any
of the seed-shops, and they should be planted in July and August, in a very richly manured loamy soil, in
front of a south wall, where they will flower abundantly. Mr. Herbert states that in a favourable season he
has had nearly “two hundred stems rise in September, in thick patches,” from bulbs planted about two feet from
the front wall of a stove and greenhouse ; but that they rarely flower well with him “in the middle of the garden."
a
a
2.--AMARYLLIS BLANDA, L. THE BLUSH LILY.
SYNONYME. --Belladonna blanda, Swt.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate-lorate. Segments of the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1450 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 28, under perianth obovate.
the name of Belladonna blanda.
-
66
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The bulb of this species is nearly twice as large as that of the common Belladonna lily.
The leaves are very large, the inner ones being about three feet high, and an inch and a half broad; and the
outer ones, though shorter, still broader. The flower-scape is about three feet high, and nearly an inch in diameter
at the base. The flowers are about four inches long in the bud. This magnificent plant is much more tender
than the Belladonna lily, and the leaves, Mr. Herbert observes, “ when cut by frost or drought at the points,
will not continue to grow like those of that species." The bulbs should therefore be preserved in a greenhouse
all the year; keeping them in an airy situation during winter, and hot and dry in summer, when the plants will
flower magnificently in September. They are natives of the Cape of Good Hope, whence they were introduced
about 1800. In the description of this plant in the Botanical Magazine, t. 1450, this species is said to have been
grown by Miller in 1754; but this, Mr. Herbert informs us, is a mistake, as it is the pale variety of Belladonna
that was grown by Miller, and found by Sir Joseph Banks. A. Belladonna and A, blanda are very distinct
not only in their flowers but in their leaves, which in Belladonna are of a dull, dingy green, and not above half
an inch broad, and much shorter than the scape; while the leaves of A. blanda are of a bluish or apple-green,
two inches broad, and quite as long as the flower-stalk.
GENUS IX.
HIPPEASTRUM, W. Herb. THE KNIGHT'S STAR LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Perianth declined, tubed; tube abbreviated with gradations, the upper sepaline longer and inserted higher, the
underneath ; faucial membrane, when manifested, defective on the lower petaline shorter and inserted lower; style declined, removed;
lower side (not annular, as in Habranthus), the upper sepal wider, the stigma trifid or triangular. W. Herb.
lower petal narrower ; filaments declined, recurved, inserted in the tube
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus, which is called in Sweet’s Hortus Britannicus, Amaryllis, consists mostly of
stove-plants, from which an astonishingly great number of hybrids have been raised. H. Johnsonii and its
numerous hybrids, and H. vittatum, are greenhouse plants; and the latter, Mr. Herbert tells us, lived out with
him in Surrey, in the open ground, on the south front of his house, by protecting it with a heap of coal ashes



P1.28
1 Belladonna purpureis. 2.Belladonna blanda. 3.Belladonna purpurew pallida.
3
1


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
127
during winter, flowering well every year. All this genus are, however, extremely difficult to manage without
the aid of a gardener; as they require a season of complete rest, by being kept in the cold during winter, and
most of them should be removed to the stove to flower in spring. They also require great care in watering them,
as they are very easily killed by either too much or too little water; and even at those seasons when abundance
of water is required, they are often very seriously injured by want of sufficient drainage. For these reasons, I
shall only describe two or three of the hardiest species of this genus.
1.-HIPPEASTRUM VITTATUM, W. Herb. THE RIBAND-FLOWERED KNIGHT'S STAR LILY.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis vittata, L'Hérit. ; Superb Amaryllis. and a recurvedly spread limb. Segments pointed, and undulated at
ENGRAVING. – Bot. Mag. t. 129.
the margin. Spathe many-flowered.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, with a long tube,
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—One of the most beautiful species of the genus, and decidedly the hardiest. The flowers
are white, beautifully striped with bands of bright rose colour, like a riband ; and hence the specific name,
vittatum, signifying dressed with ribands. There are two varieties ; one with very broad glossy leaves, and the
other with obtuse segments to the perianth. The species is a native of Lima, and it was introduced in 1769.
It
may
be
grown in the open ground, by protecting with a heap of cinders during winter; and it flowers in
April or May. It rarely produces any offsets ; but when flowered in a pot, and kept in a stove during its
flowering season, it ripens abundance of seed.
2.-HIPPEASTRUM BREVIFLORUM, W. Herb. THE SHORT-FLOWERED KNIGHT'S STAR LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 3549 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 29, under the name of Amaryllis breviflora.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth campanulate ; segments lanceolate, spreading, slightly wavy at the apex. Spathe many-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The umbel, which is more compact than in most of the other species of the genus, is
composed of six or eight widely-opened flowers, which have no fragrance. The flower-scape grows about three
feet high, and the leaves are long and rather broad. It is a native of Buenos Ayres, whence it was sent home by
Mr. Tweedie in 1835. It flowers in April, and though it has been hitherto kept in the stove, it appears likely
prove quite as hardy as H. vittatum. Both species should be grown in loam, enriched with vegetable mould;
and both should have a season of rest by being kept dry during winter, and be liberally supplied with water in
spring, when they are pushing their leaves.
a
to
a
3.—HIPPEASTRUM PSITTACINUM, W. Herb. THE PARROT HIPPEASTRUM.
SYNONYME.- Amaryllis psittacina, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, spreading ; segments
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 199.
pointed, wavy at the margin. Spathe two-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very showy flowers, green, streaked and edged with red; and only two-flowered,
instead of having six or more flowers forming a spreading umbel. The species is a native of Brazil, near Rio
Janeiro ; and it was introduced in 1814. It was first kept in the stove ; but it is now found to be a hardy
greenhouse or frame plant, only requiring protection from frost. Many beautiful hybrids have been raised
between this species and H. Johnsonii ; this last kind being itself a hybrid between the beautiful scarlet-flowered
species H. regium, a native of Vera Cruz, which requires a stove in England, and H. vittatum, raised by a
person named Johnson, who had a small garden at Mitcham in 1810. H. Johnsonii is a greenhouse species
which requires rest during winter.

128
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS X.
SPREKELIA, Heister. THE JACOBEA LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.- Perianth declined ; tube scarcely any;
upper segments reflex, lower sloped downwards, convolute at the base ;
filaments inserted equally, with a connecting membrane at the base of
the perianth, fasciculato, declined and recurved at the style; the upper
sepaline and lower petaline shorter than the others. Anthers pendu-
lous, affixed one-third from the top.-(W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species known of this genus; the beautiful flower formerly known as
Amaryllis formosissima. Its English name of the Jacobean lily was taken from its fancied resemblance to the
flaming sword worn by the knights of the Spanish Order of San Jago del Espada. The name of Sprekelia was
first given to this genus by Heister, in his work on bulbous plants, published at Brunswick in 1753, in honour
of Baron M. de Sprekelsen, for some time secretary to the Republic of Hamburgh.
1.- SPREKELIA FORMOSISSIMA, W. Herb.
THE BEAUTIFUL JACOBEA LILY.
SYNONYMES.—Amaryllis formosissima, Lin. ; Narcissus indicus
jacobæus, Clus.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 47; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd Ser.
t. 144; Redouté, Lil. t. 4; and our fig. 3, in Plate 29.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth six-parted, somewhat campanulate ;
segments acuminate ; the three upper ones forming a kind of crown.
Leaves ensiform.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Clusius tells us in his Historia Plantarum, that he called this plant Narcissus indicus
jacobæus, because its flower reminded his friend, Dr. Simon Tovar, of the crimson sword worn as a badge by the
knights of the Spanish Order of St. James. The Order of San Jago del Espada was instituted in 1170, to stop
the incursions of the Moors, the knights obliging themselves by their vow to secure the roads. They bore a
crimson sword emblazoned on their shields, in memory of the victory gained by the Cid over the five Moorish
kings, in 1045, when finding his army much smaller than that opposed to him, he prayed for aid to St. James,
then considered the patron saint of Spain, when he and his soldiers were comforted by the vision of a flaming
sword in the sky, which encouraged them so much that they marched on, and won a complete victory. The
knights of this order were of the first families in Spain, and were obliged to give proof of their noble descent for
four generations on both sides, being also obliged to prove that their ancestors were neither Jews, Saracens, nor
heretics, and that they had never been accused by the Inquisition.
This beautiful plant is nearly hardy, and the bulbs may be left in the ground all the winter if they are planted
in a dry soil, and sufficiently deep. The bulbs, when they are to be left in the ground all the winter, should be
planted at least four inches deep in the ground; in general, however, it is safer to take up the bulbs, and to keep
them dry all the winter like tulips. These bulbs will flower beautifully, like hyacinths, in glasses, and also they
will flower, if hung up in a room, if they are kept moist, by wrapping moss round them. When planted either
in pots or in the open ground, it should be in rich soil, and the bulbs should be kept dry during winter, and well
watered just before they are going into flower in spring.
و



Pl. 29.
2
3
4
1. Amaryllis breviflora: 2. Lycoris
aurea. 3.
3. Skrelelin fermattuma: 4 Byrolinian flavom.
formosissima
ONIL
3
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
129
GENUS XI.
LYCORIS, W. Herb. THE GOLDEN LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Leaves linear, hiemal ; umbel many-flowered; ments long, recurved, inserted equally at the mouth of the tube; anthers
germen declined; perianth with the tube declined, obsoletely triangular, oblong, incumbent; style long, recurved, circumfimbriated near the
wider at the mouth, and curved upwards ; limb curved upwards ; fila- summit; stigma simple. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This
genus is nearly allied to the Guernsey Lily, and Griffinia ; but the species are natives
of Eastern Asia, instead of South Africa. The flowers are very beautiful, and they are remarkable for their rich
golden hue. The name of Lycoris is that of a Roman female, celebrated for her extravagance and her beauty.
1.-LYCORIS AUREA, W. Herb. THE GOLDEN LYCORIS.
SYNONYMES.-- Amaryllis aurea, L'Herit.; A. africana, Lam.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tube of the perianth short; segments lan-
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 409; Bot. Reg. t. 611; and our fig. ceolate, undulated at the margin ; erect for three fourths of their length,
;
2, in Plate 29.
but reflexed at the tip.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful plant was introduced by the celebrated Dr. Fothergill, from China, in
1777. It is generally kept in a hothouse, but it will flower well in a greenhouse, so that it is allowed a season of
rest, during which time it should be kept hot and dry. It flowers in Autumn, and it should be grown
light sandy soil.
in a
2.- LYCORIS RADIATA, W. Herb. THE RADIATED LYCORIS.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis radiata, L'Herit.; Yuk-lan, Chinese. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers numerous; tube of the perianth
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 596 ; Bot. Rep. t. 93.
very short, segments long, narrow, undulated at the margin, and spread-
ing widely from the base in a radiated manner.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This species has flowers of a dingy crimson. It is a native of Japan, whence it was
introduced in 1750. It is bardier than L. aurea, and will live in the open ground all the year.
Both species are,
however, improved by plunging the pot containing the bulb into a hotbed in spring, and keeping it dry till just
before the flowering season, when it should be abundantly supplied with water. Both species are very apt to
produce numerous offsets instead of flowers; and sometimes “the outer coat remains entire, so that they appear
like one bulb, with numerous leaves ; a closer inspection, however, shows that they consist of several bulbs, with
three leaves to each bulb.” (Bot. Reg. vol. 7.)
.
و
GENUS XII.
PYROLIRION, W. Herb. THE FLAME LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.- Leaves attenuated at both ends : scape one- patent; anthers versatile; style erect or reclining; stigma trifid.
flowered ; germen sessile ; tube cylindrical, erect ; limb campanulate, W. Herb.
with reflexed points. Filaments equal, or alternately equal, sub-erect,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus has tube-shaped flowers, bearing considerable resemblance to those of the
—
Zephyranthes in shape, but differing widely in colour. The name of Pyrolirion is compounded of two Greek words,
signifying fire-lily. The species are both natives of Peru; and they require protection in England during winter.
S

130
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-PYROLIRION AUREUM, W. Herb. THE GOLDEN FLAME LILY.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis aurea, Ruiz et Pavon; A. tubiflora, campanulate, with the mouth of the tube scaled ; atyle scarcely exceed-
I'Herit. ; A. peruviana, Lam.
ing the filaments.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Bulb beset with blind offsets. Perianth
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is common in the corn-fields and hedges in Peru, and it is there called
Hamanco de Antibo, that is, Satiny Hamanco. It flowers in January and February. It has been confounded
with P. flavum, and P. flammeum, from which it is, however, quite distinct. Mr. Herbert thus characterises the
three species :—“ aureum, with large golden flowers, style little exceeding the filaments, and faucial scales
longer ; flammeum, with smaller flowers, fiery orange, and crenate scales; and flavum, with paler flowers, larger
style, and short scape.
-
2.- PYROLIRION FLAVUM, W. Herb. THE YELLOW FLAME LILY.
SYNONYME.-P. aureum, Bot. Reg.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Scape short, tube smooth, filaments much
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1724; and our fig. 4, in Plate 29. shorter than the style, stigma trifid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very little is known of this plant, except that it flowered in the year 1834, in
the collection of Richard Harrison, Esq. at Liverpool. Its flowers appear in April, and its season of rest is the
summer.
GENUS XIII.
NERINE, W. Herb. THE GUERNSEY LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Tube none, except an annular connexion ; limb reflexed ; filaments with a gibbous monadelphous base ; stigmas
ultimately trifid. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION,
&c.—The beautiful plants comprised in this genus were formerly considered to belong to
Amaryllis ; but they have been separated by Mr. Herbert, on account of some very striking differences in the
construction of the flower. The principal of these is that the flowers have no tube, except a narrow ring which
merely serves to join the segments of the perianth together, and to the filaments, which are dilated and united at
the base so as to form a kind of cup, which is often full of liquid. The flowers of all the species, to the eye
of the
general observer, are strikingly like those of the common Guernsey lily; but Mr. Herbert has divided them
into two sections, viz., those with the flowers regular, and those with the flowers distorted; and these are again
divided into those with a centripetal, and those with a centrifugal inflorescence. As these terms may not be
generally understood, I may mention that Mr. Herbert calls that a centripetal inflorescence when the flowers in
the centre of the umbel expand first; while the centrifugal inflorescence is where the outer flowers open first.
Mr. Herbert called the genus Nerinè (the name of a sea-goddess), in allusion to the habit of the species in growing
freely in sea-sand, and in situations exposed to the sea. With regard to the culture of these plants, which is
generally thought very difficult, Mr. Herbert makes the following observations.
“ To promote the flowering of the Nerinès, a vigorous growth of leaf must be encouraged in the autumn; the
requisites are, warmth enough to excite them, and air enough to prevent their growing weak. During the winter
they must not be allowed to lose their foliage either by frost or drought. About May they should be allowed to
rest, by ceasing to water them. After three months' rest, they may be watered again to promote their growth, at
the very beginning of September.” (Amaryll. p. 286.)

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
131
SECTION J.
PERI ANTH REGULA R.
SUB-SECTION 1. INFLORESCENCE CENTRIPETAL.
a
a
1.-NERINE CURVIFOLIA, W. Herb. THE CURVED-LEAVED GUERNSEY LILY.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis curvifolia, Jacq. A. Fothergillia, Andr. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER Leaves glaucous ; linear-lorate, obtuse.
glaucous-leaved Amaryllis.
Umbel few-flowered. Segments of the perianth very slightly undulated
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Rep. t. 163; Bot. Mag. t. 725.
at the margin. Cells of the fruit 8-seeded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb, like that of all the other species, is tunicated ; and the inner covering is nearly
as fine as a cobweb, though the outer covering is thick and crustaceous. The flower-stalk is round, and longer
than the leaves, which are rather broad, glaucous, and depressed in the middle, ending in a somewhat blunt point.
The flowers are large and of a bright glittering scarlet, but without scent. It is a most abundant flowerer, especially
if planted in the open air against the front wail of a greenhouse. It produces plenty of seed, the cells being 8-
seeded ; but the seedlings do not flower till they are eight or nine years old. This species was brought to England
from the Cape in 1788, and was first grown at Kew; but there is a gardening tradition that bulbs of it were also
received from Japan by Dr. Fothergill, though there seems no rational ground for such a rumour. When grown in
the greenhouse, or in the open air, it flowers in September ; but by keeping it in a stove, and giving it alternate
seasons of excessive drought and moisture, it may be made to flower in any other month. It should be grown in
light sạndy soil, and when planted in the open air, the bulb should be covered at least four inches deep with soil.
The leaves should be carefully preserved during the winter; as even when injured at the point, they possess the
power of maturing the bulb.
a
2.-NERINE CORUSCA, W. Herb. THE BRILLIANT GUERNSEY LILY.
SYNONYMES. ----Amaryllis humilis, var. B., Ker.; Salmon-coloured SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves dark green, lorate-lanceolate. Umbel
Amaryllis.
many-flowered ; flowers large. Segments of the perianth very much
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 1089; and our fig. 1 in plate 30. undulated at the margin. Cells of the fruit few-seeded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is remarkable for its large umbels of salmon-coloured flowers, but it is not by
any means a free flowerer. It was introduced in 1809; and it is generally kept in the greenhouse. It is, how-
ever, by no means common in collections.
SUB-SECTION II.-INFLORESCENCE CENTRIFUGAL.
3.—NERINE VENUSTA, W. Herb. THE BEAUTIFUL GUERNSEY LILY.
SYNONYMES. — Amaryllis venusta, Ker. ;
·
the poppy-coloured ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 1090.
Amaryllis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves linear-lorate; somewhat concave.
VARIETY.-N. v. minor.
Segments of the perianth oblong-lanceolate. Stigma obsoletely three-cleft.
DESCRIPTION.—This plant so very nearly resembles the common Guernsey lily, that Mr. Herbert in his
Amaryllidacece has made the latter only a variety of N. venusta. I have, however, kept them distinct, as Mr.
Herbert first described them ; because there is so much to be said of the culture of the Guernsey lily, that I thought
it might confuse my readers to find that popular plant under a name which is comparatively so little known as
This last plant is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1806. It flowers rather earlier
than the common Guernsey lily; and, unlike that plant, its flowers are produced with its leaves. It frequently
N. venusta.

132
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
ripens seeds, which are somewhat larger than those of the common mustard. The variety N. v. minor, Mr.
Herbert calls “ a beautiful miniature of N. venusta, ” which flowers pretty freely.
” which flowers pretty freely. He adds that he has had it
about twenty-five years, but that it has never been figured. The colour is a deep red.
a
4.—NERINE SARNIENSIS, W. Herb. THE COMMON GUERNSEY LILY.
SYNONYME.—N. venusta, 2 sarniensis, W. Herb.; Amaryllis sar- SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Leaves hiemal, linear-lanceolate, erect.
niensis, Lin.; Lilium sarniense, Dougl. Narcissus japonica, Com. Segments of the perianth lanceolate. Style much longer than the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 294 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 30. filaments.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of the common Guernsey lily are almost as well known as those of the hyacinth;
but most persons buy the bulbs as they are imported from Guernsey, in the months of July and August, when the
flower-stems are just beginning to appear, and throw the bulbs away as soon as they have done flowering. This is
done because the bulb produces its flowers before its leaves; and few people are aware of the necessity of nourishing
the plant with as much care while it is in leaf, as was done while it was in flower. I have already mentioned
that bulbs are renewed every year; and that every season, as soon as the flowers fade, the old bulb gradually
wastes away, and a new bulb forms in its place, from the feculent matter deposited from the sap, after it has
been matured in the leaves. As the sap requires to pass through the leaves before it becomes in a fit state to
form a new bulb, it is evident that the leaves should be left on the plant till they decay naturally. In preserving
the leaves lies the great secret of all bulb culture; but when the leaves are hiemal, that is, produced in winter,
the difficulty is increased by the almost impossibility of preserving the leaves from frost, and yet affording them
sufficient air (see p. 120). The following remarks by the late T. A. Knight, Esq., relate to this subject.
“Bulbous roots increase in size, and proceed in acquiring powers to produce blossoms, only during the periods
in which they have leaves, and in which such leaves are exposed to light; and these organs always operate most
efficiently when they are young, and have just attained their full growth. The bulb of the Guernsey lily, as it is
usually cultivated in this country, rarely produces leaves till September, or the beginning of October, at which
period the quantity of light afforded by our climate is probably quite insufficient for a plant which is said to be a
native of the warm and bright climate of Japan; and before the return of spring its leaves are necessarily full grown
and nearly out of office, even when they have been safely protected from frost during the winter. Is it therefore
extraordinary that a bulb of this species, which has once expanded itself in producing flowers, should but very slowly
recover the power of blossoming again? Considering, therefore, the deficiency of light and heat, owing to the late
period of its vegetation, as the chief cause why this plant so often fails to produce flowers, I inferred, that nothing
more would be required to make it blossom freely, at least as it does in Guernsey, than such a slight degree of
artificial heat, applied early in summer, as would prove sufficient to make the bulbs vegetate a few weeks earlier
than usual in the autumn."
Mr. Knight then proceeds to give the results of his experiments, from which it appears that he succeeded in
making a Guernsey lily, which had flowered in autumn, produce flowers again two years afterwards in July.
If, however, the Guernsey lily be planted in a sandy soil, on a bank sloping to the sun, and sheltered behind by
a wall, it will generally mature its leaves sufficiently to form its new bulbs without any artificial heat; and in
favourable situations it will flower every summer as freely as it does in the open air in Guernsey. The best situation
is the border in front of a greenhouse, in which the bulbs should be planted during their season of rest, which lasts
from the beginning of May to the end of July. The soil should be a very sandy loam, enriched with vegetable
a
9)



P1.30
2
3
I Nerine corusca. 2Nerine Sapniensis. INerine humilis
UN
OF
2017
C


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
133
mould, or the remains of an old hotbed ; and where expense is not an object, a pit two or three feet deep may be
dug, and a quantity of rubbish being laid at the bottom, the upper part may be filled up with sandy loam and
leaf mould, or rotten dung. The rubbish will ensure drainage, and the plants may thus be easily kept warm
,
and dry during summer, which is the best means of securing their abundant flowering in Autumn. In general,
Guernsey lilies are grown in pots, in a compost of peat and sand; the bulb being purchased in the seed-shops, in
July or August, and thrown away after it has flowered in September.
This species is said by Thunberg and Koempfer to be a native of Japan, where it is called Seki-san, and where
its bulbs are considered poisonous. The reason it is called the Guernsey lily is thus given by Dr. Douglas in his
monograph. 6. The introduction of this plant into England happened by a very melancholy accident, of which
Dr. Morrison, who no doubt had it from some person then residing in Guernsey, gives us the following account.
A Dutch or English ship, it is uncertain which, coming from Japan with some of the roots of this flower on
board, was cast away on the island of Guernsey. The roots were thrown upon the sandy shore, and so by the
force of the winds and waves were soon buried in the sand. They remained there for some years, and afterwards,
to the great surprise and admiration of the inhabitants, the flowers appeared in all their pomp and beauty."
This story sounds very doubtful, but whether it be true or not, it is certain that for nearly two hundred years
this plant has been cultivated on a very extensive scale in the open air, in Guernsey; and that large importations
of the bulbs are made from that island every year, to supply the London market. It is stated in the Hortus
Kewensis that the plant flowered in Paris, in October, 1634; and that it was cultivated by General Lambert at
Wimbledon, in 1659.
W. Herb.
9
5.-NERINE ROSEA, W. Herb. THE ROSY GUERNSEY LILY.
SYNONYME.-N, venusta 3 rosea.
flat on the ground. Segments of the perianth contracted at the base,
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 2124.
revolutely spreading. Stamens and pistil erect, fasciculated, and very
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broadly lorate, nerves striated, lying | long. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c. -- “ This species,” says Mr. Herbert, in the Botanical Magazine, “was found wild at the
Cape, and the imported bulb flowered at Spofforth, in 1815. The flowers are much larger than those of
N. sarniensis, and of a more brilliant rosy red; the style and filaments are much longer; the leaves wider, more
fleshy, of a dark green colour; the nervous striæ much stronger, and when held to the light are seen to be
interrupted by cross bars; they lie flat upon the ground, and are not erect, as in N. sarniensis (Bot. Mag. vol. 47,
t. 2124). The species is a native of the Cape, and requires the same culture as N. sarniensis.
a
a
SÉCTION II.—PERIANTH DISTORTED.
SUB-SECTION 1.-INFLORESCENCE CENTRIPETAL.
6.–NERINE FLEXUOSA, W. Herb. THE FLEXIBLE NERINE.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis flexuosa, Jacq.; Pustulous-leaved Awa- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Umbel few-flowered, loose. Leaves lorate.
ryllis.
obtuse, and covered with minute pustulous dots. Segments of the
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 172.
perianth narrow, recurvedly-divaricate, undulated. Perianth, filaments,
and style curved upwards.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very distinct from the preceding ones; and it is distinguished by the
segments of its perianth being generally turned upwards, while the filaments and style, which are left projecting,

134
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
curve towards the point in the same direction. The leaves are still more remarkable, as they are covered,
particularly on the under side, with numerous small pustules. The umbel contains but few flowers, and these
are loosely disposed. The peduncles are rigid and yet very brittle. The species is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1795; and it is generally treated as a hardy greenhouse or frame bulb. It
may, however, be grown in the open air, with the same treatment as directed for N. sarniensis.
7.-NERINE PULCHELLA, W. Herb. THE PRETTY NERINE.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 2407.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucous, without pustules. Segments
of the perianth very narrow, not spreading. Umbel few-flowered
Scape long.
DESCRIPTION, &C.--This is perhaps the least beautiful of all the kinds of Nerine. The flowers are few, and
of a very pale dingy pink, striped with a somewhat darker colour. The bulb is tinged with purple and green,
and the leaves are glaucous. The peduncles of the flowers become elongated as the flowers decay. This species,
Mr. Herbert observes, is often confounded with N. humilis, though the latter is a very distinct plant. The
present species is most nearly allied to N. flexuosa. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced about
1820. Its culture is the same as that of the other species, and it should be kept very hot and dry during its
a
season of rest.
8. ---NERINE LUCIDA, W. Herb. THE LUCID NERINE.
SYNONYMES.--Amaryllis laticoma, Ker; Brunsvigia laticoma, W.
Herb. ; Prince Leopold's Amaryllis.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 497; and our fig. 2, in Plate 31, under
the name of Brunsvigia laticoma.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate ; umbel many-flowered;
flowers divaricate ; stamens and pistils longer than the perianth, and
curved upwards.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This
—
very handsome plant is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was brought
to England in 1818; and it flowered for the first time at Claremont, in 1820. It was first described in the
Botanical Register by Mr. Bellenden Ker, as an Amaryllis; it was then mentioned by Mr. Herbert in the
Botanical Magazine, as a Nerine ; but that gentleman was afterwards induced, by examining a dry specimen, to
suppose it a Brunsvigia. When, however, he saw the flowers in a living state, and the fruit, he found that they
agreed in all respects with Nerine. “ The only peculiarity it has,” says Mr. Herbert, when speaking of this
species in his Amaryllidacea, " is that after a period of rest, its old leaves are more disposed to push again, but I
find other species of Nerine capable of elongating their leaves after the ends have been injured, which a Brunsvigia
cannot do.” (Amaryll. p. 286.)
This species, in its native country, grows near the snowy mountains, and consequently it appears able to
resist a considerable degree of cold ; indeed when it is cut by frost in winter, it seems more disposed to grow
whenever it can, pushing out afresh the leaves, of which the tips have been damaged, whether by drought or
frost. I believe," continues Mr. Herbert, " that its native situation is refreshed in the hot season by frequent
thunder-storms, so that it has not the decided term of rest, which the dry season forces upon
its
congeners
in the
lower country.” The peculiarities above-mentioned render the culture of this species different to that of most
”
other bulbous plants.
a
66

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
135
SUB-SECTION II.-INFLORESCENCE CENTRIFUGAL.
9.—NERINE HUMILIS, W. Herb. THE DWARF NERINE.
-
SYNONYMES, – Amaryllis humilis, Jacq. ; the divaricate-petaled
Amaryllis.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 726 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 30.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, obtuse. Umbel few-flowered.
Segments lorate, divaricate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves are very narrow, somewhat channelled, and rounded at the point, and the
flowers have their segments very narrow, and very wide apart ; which gives a very light, feathery appearance to
the plant. This species is nearly allied to N. undulata ; and indeed the two plants are often confused together
in the nurseries, and they are both frequently called Amaryllis crispa, though that is the name of a very distinct
species. It is a native of the Cape, but the year of its introduction is unknown. The bulbs are generally planted
in pots, and kept in a greenhouse.
a
10.—NERINE UNDULATA, W. Herb. THE UNDULATED NERINE. ,
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis undulata, Linn. ; Waved-flowered Ama-
ryllis.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 369.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Loaves lorate, acuminate. Segments of the
perianth very narrow, and very much undulated.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this plant bear considerable resemblance to those of N. humilis ; but they
,
are still more curious, as they are very narrow, and very much waved, or rather crisped. The flowers are of a
,
very dark rose-colour; but they are more curious than beautiful. The species is a native of the Cape, and was
introduced in 1767. It is generally kept in a greenhouse; and it is propagated by offsets, which are produced in
great abundance.
Besides these species, there are innumerable varieties and hybrids of the Guernsey lily, most of which may
be procured in the seed-shops and nurseries.
OTHER SPECIES OF NERINE.
To the above may be added N. marginata, W. Herb., a plant which has been supposed successively to
belong to Amaryllis, Brunsvigia, and Imhofia, and which probably may prove the type of a new genus.
At
present it is only known to Europeans by the figure and description of Jacquin. “In his plate,” says Mr.
Herbert, “it differs from all other species of Nerine in having broader leaves, with a red margin and a short
blunt spathe, in which respect it approximates more to Brunsvegia. The inflorescence differs in no respect from
that of N. curvifolia, except being less undulated.” Mr. Herbert adds, Jacquin mentions that the plant in
question had a fetid smell ; and that he found N. curvifolia acquire a similar smell when exposed to great heat
from the sun, while in the stove. “ This circumstance," he continues, "is decisive as to the near affinity of the
two plants; and I have no hesitation in saying that it is a Nerine.” (Amaryll. p. 285.)
66
a

136
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XIV.
CHORETIS, W. Herb. THE CHORETIS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Tube nearly straight. Limb reflex. Filaments erect, conniving. Anthers long, attached by a callosity above the
middle, pendulous from the first. Seeds short, oblong. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Mexican plants, nearly allied to Crinum.
—
The name of Choretis, which signifies
vigorous, was given to this genus by Mr. Herbert, in allusion to its free habit of growth.
-
a
و
1.-CHORETIS GLAUCA, W. Herb. THE GLAUCOUS CHORETIS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Fl. Cab. t. 101; and our fig. 1, in Plate 32. Anthers recurved at both ends. Cells 2-seeded. Seeds large, glaucous,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb covered with a black membrane. Leaves smooth.
erect, glaucous, more or less obtuse. Scape round, 3-4-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A Mexican plant, introduced in 1837, with glaucous leaves, about two inches and a half
broad, and a foot and a half long. The flowers are large and white; and the seeds, which have been produced in
this country, are large, smooth, and glaucous. The species “is a greenhouse plant, liking a very sandy soil, and
perfect rest in the autumn and winter, approaching in habit to Ismene, but in the perianth to Hymenocallis rotata.
It is
grown in well-drained pots, in a mixture of sand, loam, and peat, the sand predominating; and great care
must be taken to water it regularly and equally during the flowering season. The seeds were obtained at
Spofforth, “ by cutting off the rind of the germen, and laying open the cells, and though two of the ovules had a
slice cut off in the operation, they did not suffer from the loss, and their growth seemed facilitated by the removal
of the rind, which they must otherwise have burst." These were afterwards sown, and produced bulbs under
ground, which did not throw up leaves till the following year. The flower appears in August, when the leaves,
which were before erect, become bent back. The flower-scape, also, bends “ downwards every night, but resumes
its erect position during day, while the flowers last.”
GENUS XV.
IXIOLIRION, W. Herb.
THE IXIOLIRION.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Stalk bracteate, with peduncles axillary or inserted at the base of the segments, alternately equal. Anthers ver-
terminal, 1-2-flowered. Germen oblong, erect. Perianth deeply cleft, satile. Style straight. Capsule oblong, striped, 3-celled, 3-valved.
regular, half-patent. Alternate segments equal. Filaments straight, Seeds numerous, oval-oblong. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Slender and elegant plants, with pale blue flowers. The name of Ixiolirion signifies
Ixia Lily
1.-IXIOLIRION MONTANUM, W. Herb. THE MOUNTAIN IXIOLIRION.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis montana, Labill. ; Alstromeria mon- ENGRAVINGS.—Red. Lil. t. 241 ; Herb. Amaryll. fig. 2, pl. 20.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Inflorescence partly spiked.
tana, Ker.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species is a native of Syria, whence it was introduced in 1829. It is quite hardy,
and only requires planting in the open border, in a dry open situation.



Pl. 32.
K
mm
1. Choreitis glauca. _ 2Eriolimon tostaricum, 3 Imhofia-criska
. .
3
1


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
137
2.-IXIOLIRION TATARICUM, W. Herb. THE TARTARIAN IXIOLIRION.
SYNONYME.- Amaryllis tatarica, Pall.
ENGRAVINGS.--Herb. Amaryll., Pl. 19; and our fig. 2, in Plate 32.
VARIETY. - I. t. 2. Scythica, W. Herb. ; Amaryll. fig. in Pl. 20. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Flowers terminal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very elegant little plant, with long slender leaves, and terminal tufts of pale blue
,
flowers. The flowers of the variety are much smaller, and of darker blue. Both the kinds are quite hardy, and
flower in early spring. The species was introduced in 1820.
GENUS XVI.
STRUMARIA, Ker. THE STRUMARIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Umbel many-flowered, pedunculated. Spathe or less adnate to the style in proportion to its thickness. Anthers
2-valved. Perianth regular. Tube none, except an annular connexion. incumbent. Style strumous (that is, enlarged below), angular, fur-
Filaments connected at the base, the alternate filaments generally more rowed. Stigma trifid. Seeds roundish, few. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The genus Strumaria was formerly much more extensive than it now is, as it comprised
most of those now considered to belong to the genus Imhofia. The word Strumaria is derived from Struma, a
wen, in allusion to a gibbous callosity at the base of the style. The genus, in the botanical construction of its
flowers, is very nearly allied to Nerine.
1.- STRUMARIA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Willd. THE NARROW-LEAVED STRUMARIA.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Leaves narrow, sub-acute. Style with three bifid processes, a little longer than the filaments, of which three are
free, and three connate with the style. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The flowers, which are white lined with red, are produced in April and May; and the
species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1795. It should be grown
soil, and slightly protected during winter.
in sandy
a
2.-STRUMARIA TRUNCATA, Willd. THE TRUNCATE STRUMARIA.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Leaves obtuse. Filaments shortly connate, three adhering to the style. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.-- The leaves of this species are about half an inch wide, and obtuse at the point. The
flower-spathe is lined with red; and the flowers themselves are white, tinged with red at the base, and in the
bud. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1795. It flowers in April and May, and
requires a slight protection during winter. The bulbs of all the species should be planted in October.
-
3.-STRUMARIA RUBELLA, Willd. THE RED STRUMARIA,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Filaments cylindrically connected half their length; three connected with the style. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves are only about a quarter of an inch wide ; and the flowers are red. This
species was introduced from the Cape with the preceding two, in 1795; but it flowers rather later in May and
June.
T

138
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-STRUMARIA LINGUÆFOLIA, Willd.
THE TONGUE-LEAVED STRUMARIA.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves short, obtuse. Filaments connected at the bottom with the perianth; three connected with the style. (W. Herd.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves are about half an inch wide, and somewhat tongue-shaped; and the flowers
are white, lined with green. The species is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1812.
5.-STRUMARIA UNDULATA, Willd. THE WAVY STRUMARIA.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, sub-acute. Flowers undulated ; filaments shortly connected at the base, all free from the style. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The leaves are long, narrow, and sub-acute; and the flowers, which are undulated at the
margin, are white, tipped with red. The species is a native of the Cape, but it seems hardier than the other
kinds; and it continues in flower from April to August. It may be left in the open ground for several years, ,
if planted in a dry, well-drained soil, or slightly protected from heavy rains.
GENUS XVII.
HESSEA, W. Herb. THE HESSEA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Spathe bifid. Limb regular, tube short. patent, fimbriated. Germen at first very small, swelling large pre-
Filaments equal, subulate, erect at first, afterwards reflex, inserted at maturely, turbinate. (W. Herb.)
the base, after expansion circular. Style filiform. Stigma trifid,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus only contains two species, H. stellaris (Amaryllis stellaris, Jacq.), and H.
-
breviflora. Both species are natives of the Cape; but according to Mr. Herbert, neither of these has been
introduced. I mention them, however, here, as H. stellaris is included in Mr. G. Don's new edition of Sweet's
Hortus Britannicus, and the date 1794 assigned for its introduction. The name of Hessea was given in honour
of Mr. Hesse, a missionary at the Cape of Good Hope.
GENUS XVIII.
IMHOFIA, W. Herb.
W. Herb. THE IMHOFIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 2-valved. Limb patent. Style disk, patent. Anthers short, attached at the base, erect; after ex-
erect, strumous or thicker below, furrowed. Stigma simple, or just pansion circular. Seeds green, with one angle and a rounded back.
trifid. Filaments equal, enlarged at the base, separate, inserted in the (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The name of Imhofia was originally given by Heister to Nerine venusta ; but that being
incorporated with Nerine, Mr. Herbert has adopted it for the present genus; the plants in which have been
separated from Strumaria on account of their erect anthers, and of their filaments being free from the style. They
are natives of the Cape, and have all been introduced many years. Imhofia is in honour of Baron Imhof, a
German botanist.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
139
1.-IMHOFIA FILIFOLIA, W. Herb. THE THREAD-LEAVED IMHOFIA.
SYNONYMES.—Strumaria filifolia, Jacq.; Leucojum strumosum, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves almost filiform, channelled. Flowers
Soland. ; Crinum tenellum, Linn.
5-11. Segments acute, not undulated. Style with a great three-
ENGRAVING. -Bot. Reg. t. 440.
furrowed protrusion below the middle. Stigma with three short lobes
Anthers purple. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A pretty little plant, with a terminal cluster of white star-like flowers, streaked with
pink on the outside, and which are remarkable for their dark purple anthers. The stem is very slender, and the
leaves are long and wire-like, twisting themselves about in all directions. The bulb is very small, but the fibrous
roots are thick and strong. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1774. It flowers best in the
open ground, but on account of the smallness of the bulb it is generally grown in a pot. It flowers in September.
a
a
2.-IMHOFIA CRISPA, W. Herb. THE CURLY-FLOWERED IMHOFIA.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis crispa, Jacq.; A. cinnamomea, L'Hérit. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves filiform. Flowers seven or more,
Strumaria crispa, Ker; Glittering-flowered Strumaria.
undulated, white and rose-coloured. Anthers purple. Filaments
ENGRAVINGS...Bot. Mag. t. 1363; and our fig. 3, in Plate 32. subulate. Style thick, three-furrowed. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This beautiful little plant is quite hardy, and may be planted in the open border like a
-
crocus; its bulb also is large, and not in so much danger of being lost as those of the other species. It looks,
however, best in a pot, or in a box in a window, as from its dwarf stature its delicately-marked flowers are not
seen to advantage in the open ground. The bulb is about the size of a walnut, and it is covered with a light
brown skin. The leaves are about six inches, but the flower-scape is only about four inches high. The flowers
are white, delicately tinted with rose-colour, and they are quite transparent; and the germen is of a shining
brown, which gives the flowers a peculiarly bright and glistening appearance. It is a native of the Cape, whence
it was imported by Mr. Masson in 1790. It blossoms in September and October, and, if kept under shelter, it
will continue flowering through the whole of November and December. Bulbs may be had at the seed-shops,
at a shilling each ; and they should be planted in February.
2
3.-IMHOFIA GEMMATA, W. Herb. THE GEM-LIKE IMHOFIA.
SYNONYMES.--Strumaria gemmata, Ker; the Cynandrous Imhofia; much undulated. Style greatly enlarged at the base, so as to occupy
Jewelled-flowered Strumaria.
the disk. Filaments less enlarged than in the other species, adhering
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1620.
to the style. Anthers white. Stigma at first sessile; afterwards
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves ciliated, subacute.
Perianth very
trifid. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is now lost in England, though in 1810 it was in the Hammersmith Nursery
The flowers are white, with a green mid-rib, and very much waved, with a tint of deep rose-colour at the back.
The anthers and germen are white, and frosted over with minute glistening points. The flowers are on very long
peduncles, and spread widely apart. It is a native of the Cape, and is said to flower in August. It is also said
that, though rather tender, it requires to be planted in the free ground.
a
OTHER KINDS OF IMHOFIA.
I. BURCHELLIANA, W. Herb.
A little plant found by Mr. Burchell near Langhloof, in flower in March, but without leaves.
It appears
nearly allied to 1. filifolia. 1. B. viridescens, a variety of this, only differs in the flowers being larger and
greener.

140
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XIX.
CARPOLYZA, Salis. THE CARPOLYZA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Umbel pedunculated. Spathe 2-valved. triangular, slenderer upwards. Stigma trifid, recurved, fimbriated ;
Limb semi-patent, regular. Tube short, funnel-shaped. Filaments germen obovate, 3-furrowed. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved.
3
Seeds
adnate to the whole tube, the alternate ones a little shorter. Anthers green, rounded on the back.
oblong, attached at the base, not versatile. Style thick, furrowed,
DESCRIPTION, &C.-The name Carpolyza is from two Greek words, relating to the capsule. The
genus
is
distinguished from Strumaria by the anthers being erect and not versatile ; and from Imhofia, in the tube, the
shape of the anther, and the form of the style and stigma. There is only one species. The genus was first
formed and named by Mr. Salisbury in 1807.
1.-CARPOLYZA SPIRALIS, Salis. THE SPIRAL-STALKED CARPOLYZA.
SYNONYMES.Strumaria spiralis, Ker; Crinum spirale, And. ; C. SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves filiform, spiral.
Leaves filiform, spiral. Scape curiously
tenellum, Jacq. : Hæmanthus spiralis, Ait.; Amaryllis spiralis, twisted in the lower part. Flowers few, sometimes single. Alternato
L'Herit.
anthers mature first.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1383; Parad. Lond. t. 63; Bot. Rep.
t. 92.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—An elegant little plant, with a very small bulb, a curiously twisted stem, and very pretty
flowers, which are white, tinged with pink. The leaves are wire-like and curiously twisted. It was found by
Mr. Masson near Cape Town; and it was introduced in 1774. It should be kept in the greenhouse, and grown
in peat, loam, and sand. It continues flowering nearly all the summer, occasionally producing a succession of
flowers from April to September.
GENUS XX,
BUPHANE, W. Herb.
THE BUPHANE.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Scape precocious, 100-230-flowered, pedun- ments inserted without the tube, erect, diverging. Stigma a single point.
culated. Spathe 2-valved; tube cylindrical; limb expanded ; fila- Capsule turbinate, 3-celled, 3-furrowed,3-valved few-seeded.(W.Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves in this genus remain on all the year. The flowers are small, but very
numerous; and the peduncles, which are crowded together, are first half erect, but afterwards spread widely, so
as to form an inverse spherical head. The bulbs are very large, and consist of numerous hard, dry scales.
1.-BUPHANE CILIARIS, W. Herb. THE FRINGED BUPHANE.
SYNONYMES. -Lilium Africanum, Herm.; Amaryllis ciliaris, Lin.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.---Leaves ciliated. Segments of the perianth
Hemanthus ciliaris, Thun.; Brunsvigia ciliaris, Ker.
equal, recurved.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Rep. t. 1153; and our fig. 1, in Plate 31.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This very singular plant, though it is common in collections, and though it was intro-
duced in 1752, has never flowered in England but once; and that was in the conservatory at Newick Park, near



Pl. 31.
ma
1. Bukhane cibaris — 2.Brunsvigia katicona
2
1


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
141
Uckfield, in 1825. The bulb, Mr. Herbert tells us, “ will rot if not kept perfectly dry during its season of rest,
and will bleed if exposed to much heat at that time.” It is said that the bulb should not be buried, but fixed on
the surface of the ground, so that the fibrous roots may penetrate into it; and that it should be
grown
enriched with vegetable mould. It was found growing in strong clay at the Cape.
in loam,
OTHER SPECIES OF BUPHANE.
B. DISTICHA, W. Herb.
Bulbs of this species have been imported as large as a man's head. The flowers are purple.
B. TOXICARIA, W. Herb.
This is also called the Poison-bulb.
A stove-plant, with pink flowers.
B. GUTTATA, W. Herb.
Apparently a variety of B. ciliaris, but with spotted leaves.
GENUS XXI.
AMMOCHARIS, W. Herb. THE AMMOCHARIS.
و
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Leaves vernal, not sheathing. Tube cylin- middle. Pollen minute. Stigma obtuse, one or two lobes obsolete.
drical, enlarged, sepals not imbricating thereon. Filaments adnate at Capsule turbinate, 3-valved, 3-celled, 3-furrowed. (W. Herb.)
the base of the limb, almost equally. Anthers short, affixed at the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name of Ammocharis signifies, delighting in sand; and the genus, according to Mr.
;
Herbert, “ is an intermediate gradation between Buphane and Crinum ; differing from the latter in anthers, pollen,
capsule, filaments inserted just within, instead of without the tube, which is wider at the mouth, a shorter pro-
portionate limb, and leaves not sheathing at the base. From Buphane it is distinguished by leaves that sprout
again identically like those of the Crinum, after a period of rest.” It also produces its leaves in spring, sometimes
before the blossom appears, and remains dormant during winter. “ Bulbs of Ammocharis," continues Mr.
Herbert, “ require complete rest in winter, when they must not be watered. They are exceeding thirsty in
summer, and if planted in light earth, and left for some time in the sun without water, the leaves will die back.
It is essential, therefore, to supply them constantly with moisture. To make them flower the pot should be
plunged in the summer in a hotbed, after the leaves have grown to some length. In that situation it should be
shaded from scorching sunshine, and it should not be kept longer than necessary in the hotbed. A rich and not
very light soil is suitable to it in cultivation ; and I have found it even succeed pretty well in peat; but I have
found the bulbs at all times liable to unexpected rottenness, from incautious watering.” (Amaryll. p. 242.)
The species of this genus are all half-hardy, and may be grown in the open air, by planting the bulbs in February,
and taking them up as soon as the leaves wither. They all formerly belonged to Brunsvigia, but, like the other
half-hardy plants in that genus, they have been removed from it; and as the plants now left in Brunsvigia
require a stove, the genus itself will be omitted in the present work, which, with some few exceptions, is
intended only to contain open air, frame, and greenhouse plants.

142
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.—AMMOCHARIS FALCATA, W. Herb.
THE SCYTHE-SHAPED AMMOCHARIS.
а.
SYNONYMES. Brunsvigia falcata, Ker. ; Amaryllis falcata, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lingulate-lorate, glaucous, quite flat
L'Herit.; A. longifolia, Lin. ; Crinum falcatum, Murr. ; Hæman- and spreading on each side in a falcate manner, edged with a short car-
thus falcatus, Thunb.; the sweet-scented Brunswick lily.
tilaginous fringe. Scape very thick in proportion to its height. Umbel
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1443.
many-flowered. Capsule long, contracted at top. Cells with 1-3
fleshy, irregularly shaped seeds.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A splendid plant, with a very large bulb, broad spreading leaves, nearly two feet long,
and a spreading cluster of lily-like flowers. These flowers are of a greenish white when they first expand, but
afterwards become pinkish, and finally a deep rose-colour. The species is a native of the Cape, and it was
cultivated in 1752 by Miller at Chelsea. It flowers in August, and diffuses a delightful fragrance like that of
the lily-of-the-valley. It should be grown in a compost of three sixths loam, one of leaf mould, one of sand, and
one of the mould from an old hotbed. The bulbs should then be planted either in the free ground in the
conservatory, in the open air, or in large pots; the latter being far preferable, because it allows the plants to have
their temperature changed according to their stage of growth. Thus the pots may be plunged in a hotbed when
the leaves begin to move in spring, to promote their growth, and the development of the flower-bud. They may
then be removed to the conservatory, or the open ground to flower, and finally to a dry shed after the leaves
have withered, where they may be kept without water or light, and in a state of complete repose till spring.
When in a growing state they should be watered regularly and abundantly.
2.-AMMOCHARIS CORANICA, W. Herb. THE CORANICA AMMOCHARIS,
SYNONYME.- Amaryllis coranica, Ker.
ENGRAVING. - Bot. Reg. t. 139.
VARIETY.-A. c. 2 pallida, W. Herb. ; Amaryllis c. 2 pallida,
Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1219.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves spreading, slightly serrulated. Flowers
40 or more in the umbel ; scape inclined.
-
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant was introduced in 1816, by Mr. Burchell, the well known author of Travels
in South Africa ; and the account given of it by that gentleman in the Botanical Register, is so interesting that
I think I cannot do better than copy it entire.
“ I discovered this beautiful plant in the Corana country in the interior of Africa, several days' journey beyond
the Orange River, in the latitude of 28° south. It grew on a grassy plain in a sandy soil, in such profusion as to
remind me of a vast bed of choice flowers. The air was perfumed by an odour from the blossom, resembling
that of the tuberose. It begins to open its flowers in succession about sunset, and continues in beauty for a
week or fortnight. The bulbs, as they stood when I found them, were nearly 9 inches in diameter, of a spherical
form, enveloped in a coat formed by innumerable integuments, the uppermost of which were grown together
into a hard brittle mass, forming the exterior bark. From an estimate of the number of integuments, I should
judge the larger the growth of not less than two hundred years, probably of three hundred. When divested of
the external exuviæ, the live part does not exceed four and a half inches in diameter. Notwithstanding those I
have brought home have been three years and three months out of the ground, they are now growing in my
garden in as flourishing a state as on their native spot, and have flowered in perfection. In their own climate
the flowers are produced in December, and it is worthy of remark, how readily they have yielded to the reversal
of the season in this part of the globe, by flowering in June.”
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
143
GENUS XXII.
PHYCELLA, Ker. THE PHYCELLA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
66
GENERIC CHARACTER. —Perianth with the segments regular, con- tube, decurrent, straight, recurved at the points ; anthers short; in-
volute; filaments alternately equal, inserted alike at the mouth of the cumbent, versatile; style sloping downwards. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The genus Phycella appears most nearly allied to Habranthus and Zephyranthes, and they
are natives of the same countries. In their native country they flower in spring, and go to rest during the hot
dry weather of summer. Mr. Herbert planted these species in the open air in autumn in front of a small green-
house, and threw a small heap of saw-dust over them. In that situation, one of them flowered early in summer.”
They are quite hardy, but if planted in autumn without protection, they are sometimes“ tempted by mild weather,
to push their leaf in the winter, in which case, they suffer injury from severe frosts that may ensue, though they
will endure a great deal; and their habit is to flower after the leaf has acquired its growth before they go to rest.”
The best mode of treating them is to plant them in February, and to take them up as soon as the leaves have
withered in August and September; keeping them dry like tulips till the following spring. All the Phycellas
have red flowers, and the name signifies a bright fiery red.
1.-PHYCELLA IGNEA, W. Herb.
THE FIERY PHYCELLA.
SYNONYME. --Amaryllis ignea, Ker.
VARIETY.-P. i. 2 glauca, Bot. Mag., t. 2687.
ENGRAVING -Bot. Reg., t. 809.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves tipped with red; peduncles long;
perianth yellow below, scarlet upwards; two awl-shaped processes at
the foot of each sepaline filament; style longer than the filaments,
filaments than the perianths. Perianth about two and a half inches
long. (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A beautiful plant, a native of Chili, whence it was introduced in 1824. It is generally
grown in pots in a light loamy soil, but it is rather difficult to flower. The bulb is egg-shaped, and grows half out
of the ground; and the leaves are about a foot and a half long, and of a bright green. The umbel is 6-flowered.
It
appears tolerably hardy, but the bulbs are at present too scarce and dear, to admit of trying them in the
open air.
The variety is much smaller than the species, and the tips of the flowers are of a darker red. The variety is
a native of Valparaiso.
2.-PHYCELLA CYRTANTHOIDES, W. Herb. THE CYRTANTHUS-LIKE PHYCELLA.
SYNONYME.--Amaryllis cyrtanthoides, Hook.
greenish-yellow at the base; the rest red. Petaline filaments a quarter
ENGRAVING, — Bot. Mag., t. 2399.
of an inch longer than the others, quarter shorter than the style, all red,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves green, peduncles very short. Perianth (W. Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This handsome plant was introduced in 1822. It is a native of Chili, where it was found
by Professor Poppig, growing on sandy hills near the sea-side. In England, it seems nearly hardy; but it should
grown in sand, or sandy loam, on a rocky sub-soil. Like the other species of the genus it requires a season of
complete rest, and it should be taken up in autumn when it has done flowering, and kept in sand through the
winter.
be

141
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
3.- PHYCELLA HERBERTIANA, Lindl. MR. HERBERT'S PHYCELLA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1341, and our fig. 3 in Plate 33.
faucial membrane, according to Professor Lindley, annular, fimbriated.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, obtuse. Limb slender, very
(W. Herb.)
little attenuated, pale-red, equal to the filaments, shorter than the style,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This delicate little plant is much smaller than all the other species of the genus. The
bulb is covered with a deep brown skin, and has a very long neck. The leaves are narrow, somewhat recurved,
and shorter than the scape; and the umbel is 3-flowered. The species is “a native of Cumbre, a pass in the
Andes, between Valparaiso and Santiago, where it was found by Mr. M‘Rae in November, 1825, flowering in
company with many other curious and beautiful plants." (Bot. Reg., vol. 16.) The imported bulb had
grown
in a black soil, but Mr. Herbert cautions any one from attempting to grow it in peat. 66 The Phycellas," he
says,
“ have been found difficult to cultivate, because they have been often set in peat, though they grow naturally
in a sandy or strong soil, on a dry rocky sub-stratum, and proper rest has not been allowed them. They should
be planted in a light soil well drained, and be left dry from the moment the leaves show a disposition to
wither, till the bulbs, on examination, show a disposition to push out fresh fibres at their base. The old fibres in
this genus seem always to perish before the plant vegetates again ; it cannot, therefore, be injurious, and may
be
advantageous, to take the bulbs out of the ground when the leaves perish, and set them again when they are
disposed to move. They will be best preserved in dry sand.” (Herb. Amaryll. p. 156.)
>
GENUS XXIII.
GRIFFINIA, Ker.
THE GRIFFINIA
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. - Leaves wide, petiolated; umbel many- decurrent in the tube, recurved ; anthers incumbent. Seeds large,
flowered ; germen pedunculated ; tube cylindrical, declined ; segments roundish, white, with a small black chalaza. W. Herb.
reflex, the lower divaricate, the lowest stretched forward; filaments
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—As the species of this genus are generally kept in the stove, I am, perhaps, scarcely
c
,
justified in introducing them here ; but I do so, because I am told that they have been grown, and have flowered
beautifully, in a much lower temperature. In their native country, they grow in shady woods in a strong loam ;
but in our stoves, a soil of this nature soon destroys them. Planted in a conservatory, however, in a loamy soil
well drained, and where they are shaded by the leaves of the plants trained under the glass, I am told that they
grow to a large size, and flower beautifully. The species are natives of South America ; and the genus is named
in honour of Mr. Griffin, a celebrated cultivator of bulbs about fifty years ago.
1.-GRIFFINIA HYACINTHINA, Ker. THE HYACINTHINE GRIFFINIA.
SYNONYME.- Amaryllis hyacinthina, Bot. Reg.
lamina strongly nerved. Segments of the perianth deeply. cut; the
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 163; and our fig. 1, in Plate 33.
upper two erect.
Anthers remote.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Umbel sub-sessile. Leaves petiolated,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The blossom of this beautiful plant appears before the leaves; the flowers, though they
are very beautiful, have no fragrance. The leaves are very unlike those of most other bulbous plants, as they



P1.33
2
1 Guelfonia hyacisthira. 2. frekfencia entesmates. IPhycelleHerbertiana
Gr
2
UNIL
Bios
OF
w
ICH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
145
grows in
9
have long foot-stalks, and a very broad, strongly-veined blade. The plant, in its native country,
woods on the hills behind Rio Janeiro, eight inches deep in strong loam, the scape and leaves rising to the height
of two feet.” (Amaryll. p. 228.) Though its native soil is a strong loam, in British stoves it seems to thrive best
in peat and sand; but if planted in the ground in a conservatory the soil may be a strong loam, care being taken
to secure ample drainage. In pots it is very difficult to flower, on account of the great care it requires with
regard to watering ; and it never grows to above half its proper size.
و
2.—GRIFFINIA PARVIFLORA, Ker. THE SMALL-FLOWERED GRIFFINIA.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Reg. t. 511.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves oval-lanceolate ; petiole transversely two-edged ; umbel with long peduncles; segments of the corolla uniform,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is tunicated, and about the size of a pigeon's egg. The flowers are very small
and very pretty. The species is a native of Brazil, and it was introduced in 1820.
3.-GRIFFINIA INTERMEDIA, Lindl. THE INTERMEDIATE GRIFFINIA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 990; and our fig. 2, in Plate 33. which is strongly charnelled. Scape two-edged. Segments of the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Leaves oval, tapering towards the petiole, perianth oblong-obtuse, smooth, nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—-" This interesting addition to the genus Griffinia,” says Dr. Lindley, in the Botanical
Register, “is, as it were, exactly intermediate between the two species already known. From G. hyacinthina it is
distinguished by its smaller flowers, with equal obtuse segments, which have a regular expansion ; and from G.
parviflora it is equally different, not only in the greater size of its flowers, but in the form of their segments,
which are never acuminate, but also in the compactness of the umbel, and in the channelled and somewhat
margined petiole of the leaves. In the foliage, indeed, the present species offers obvious marks of difference from
both the two former species. The leaves are shorter, much more oval, and more decidedly tapered than in G.
hyacinthina; they are larger and obtuse, and have a very differently-formed petiole from those of G. parviflora.”
(Bot. Reg. vol. xii.) This species is a native of Rio Janeiro, and it was introduced in 1825.
GENUS XXIV.
HÆMANTHUS, Willd. THE BLOOD-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 3-many-valved.
Perianth nearly Pericarp valveless, furrowless, often coloured ; middle coat pulpy.
regular ; tube straight. Filaments straight, inserted in the top of the Cells with one ovule; dissepiments obsolete. W. Herb.
tube. Anthers short, sub-erect Lobes of stigma three, or obsolete.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The flowers of these plants are so very remarkable, that it may excite some surprise
that I have not given any figures of them in my plates ; but the fact is that I was in very great doubt whether
I should notice the genus at all; as from the stiff, upright stalks, and large, unsightly heads of flowers of most
of the half-hardy species, they can scarcely be called ornamental. The only really beautiful Hæmanthus is H.
multiflorus, and though that may blossom for one season in a common pot, the bulb cannot be long preserved
without the heat of a stove.
Of the half-hardy kinds the handsomest is H. carneus; but that varies so much
that very little dependance can be placed on it.

146
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
There is in this genus, Mr. Herbert observes, an extraordinary diversity in the bulbs, leaves, and habit of the
different species; and in consequence of this he has divided the species into different sections; in one of which
the leaves have a long, hollow, cylindrical foot-stalk, which acts as a sheath ; and cylindrical bulbs; while in
another section there are only two or three broad leaves, without any foot-stalk, and compressed imbricated
bulbs. The third section contains only one species, which appears intermediate between the other two. There
is also another striking difference between the species comprised in the two principal sections; and that is, in the
first the flowers appear when the leaves are in full vigour ; while in the latter the leaves appear after the flowers.
All the kinds require a season of rest, when the bulbs should be kept dry.
SECTION 1.—BULB OVATE; LEAVES CYLINDRICALLY-SHEATHING, UNDULATED.
SUB-SECTION 1.-LIMB SPREADING.
1.—HÆMANTHUS MULTIFLORUS, Mart. THE MANY-FLOWERED HÆMANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 29) ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1948; Bot. Rep. t. 318.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Spathe three-leaved, drooping, withering. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has a head of beautiful starlike, dark scarlet flowers, which, unlike those of
most of the other plants belonging to the genus, have a light and elegant appearance.
It is a native of the coast
of Guinea, and is found in abundance near Sierra Leone. In its native country, and also in England, when kept
in a bark stove, it flowers splendidly, often producing from forty to sixty flowers in one umbel; but in
England, without artificial heat, it seldom produces more than five or six flowers. The plant is very handsome, ,
as the flower-stem is not so stiff and erect as those of most of the other species, and the flowers are of a most
brilliant scarlet. Imported bulbs may be planted in pots, and kept in a window or under a veranda, where they
will flower tolerably well the first season, and sometimes, if protected during winter, the second ; but after that
they will die. In fact, the bulbs seldom flower well after the first season, without stove heat. The species was
introduced in 1794, and it is common among stove bulbs. There are two other species belonging to this division,
H. Abyssinicus and H. Delagoensis, but they have not been yet introduced.
a
SUB-SECTION II.-LIMB ERECT.
2.-HÆMANTHUS PUNICEUS, Lin. THE YELLOWISH-RED BLOOD-FLOWER.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1315; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 912.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe many-valved, green, suberect, persistent. Flowers erect, closed.
W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has certainly no pretensions to be called ornamental. The flower-stem is
thick, short, and stifly erect; and the flowers are crowded together so as to form a dense lumpish head; their
colour is a pale, dingy, yellowish-red, and they have no fragrance. This species is a native of the Cape, whence
it was first sent to Holland ; and thence was introduced into England by Dr. James Sherard, in whose garden
at Eltham it flowered in 1722. It is a greenhouse plant ; it flowers in May and June, and ripens abundance
of seeds. There is a variety, the flowers of which are nearly white, which was imported by Mr. Lee, of the
Hammersmith Nursery, direct from the Cape.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
147
SECTION II.—LEAVES ERECT, UNDULATED; BULB CYLINDRICALLY OVATE.
3.—HÆMANTHUS UNDULATUS, Masson. THE CRISPED-LEAVED BLOOD-FLOWER.
ENGRAVING.—Herb. Amaryll., Plate 30, fig. 1.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves erect, very much undulated. Bulb not imbricated.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - This very curious little plant is only known from a specimen existing in the Banksian
&
Herbarium. The leaves are long, erect, very narrow, and so much undulated as to appear crisped. It is a
native of the Cape, where it was found by Mr. Masson, who visited that country about sixty or seventy years
ago,
and introduced
many of our most beautiful Cape bulbs. The present species has, however, never been
introduced.
SECTION III.-LEAVES NOT SHEATHING, NOT UNDULATED; BULB COMPRESSED,
IMBRICATED.
SUB-SECTION 1.-LIMB PATENT.
-
4.—HÆMANTHUS CARNEUS, Ker. THE FLESH-COLOURED HÆMANTHUS,
SYNONYME.-H. roseus, Link.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad, hairy all over ; spathe wither-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 509 ; Bot. Mag. t. 3373.
ing, not coloured. Flowers semi-patent. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species varies very much, and sometimes, as in the specimen figured in the
Botanical Magazine, the flowers are sufficiently loose and spreading to take off the heavy lumpish character
common to the genus. The stem is however always short, thick, and stiffly erect; and the flowers, though of a
delicate rose-colour, are disposed in a dense head. The leaves are generally nearly round, and they are always
short and broad, and covered on both sides with a profusion of short, white hairs, which stand erect. The bulb
is rather small, and it is covered with loose irregular scales. This species was introduced from the Cape of Good
Hope in 1818, and it is generally kept in the greenhouse.
.
The other species belonging to this section are, H. amaryllidioides, Jacq. ; H. strigosus, Mass. ; H. lancee-
folius, Jacq. ; H. pumilio, Jacq. ; and H. brevifolius, Mass. ;-all natives of the Cape, and few of which have
yet been introduced.
SUB-SECTION II.-LIMB ERECT, CLOSE.
.
5.-HÆMANTHUS VIRESCENS, W. Herb. THE GREENISH HÆMANTHUS.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb green; leaves pubescent or ciliated ; H. v. 2 intermedius, W. Herb. ; H. albiflos, Ker, Bot. Mag. t.
spathe not coloured; perianth whitish, shorter than the filaments. 1239. Leaves smooth, margin villously ciliated ; spathe white, with
W. Herb.
green veins ; style more prolonged. W. Herb.
VARIETIES.-H. v. 1 pubescens, W. Herb. ; H. pubescens, Lin., H. v. 3 albiflos. W. Herb.; H. pubescens, var. albiflos, Lindl.;
Bot. Reg. t. 382, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 702. Leaves broad, hairy, H. albiflos, Jacq.; Bot. Reg. t. 984; Hort. Schön. 1, t. 39, and
varying in obtuseness. Spathe many-leaved, green ; perianth white, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 602. Leaves smooth, margin ciliated ; spathe
shorter than the stamina and style. W. Herb.
whitish ; style not prolonged. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— Three kinds of Hæmanthus, generally considered as distinct species, are made varieties of
one species by Mr. Herbert, on account of their green bulbs, their short broad leaves, which are edged with a
U 2

148
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
close, pure, white fringe, and their white flowers. The handsomest of the three is H. v. pubescens, as its short,
thick stem bends slightly, and its head of flowers, of which only the stamens are seen, looks like one large flower
of which the green involucre forms the corolla. This plant was introduced by Mr. Masson, in 1774. H. v. inter-
medius has a smaller and less handsome head of flowers. It was introduced in 1808; and H.v. albiflos, which
has a short, stiff, and very thick stem, and a very small head of flowers, has certainly no pretensions to be
considered ornamental at all. They are all natives of the Cape, and are all greenhouse bulbs.
a
6.-HÆMANTHUS QUADRIVALVIS, Jacq. THE FOUR-VALVED BLOOD-FLOWER.
ENGRAVINGS.—Jacq. Hort. Schön. 1, t. 58 ; Bot. Mag. t. 1523. large, bright red. Perianth red, very close, tipped with white. Stigma
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, acute, spotted (not always)
trifid. W. Herb.
on the base, behind ; hairy on the surface. Scape spotted ; spathe
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This plant is one of those which have procured the name of blood-flower for the
genus.
The flowers are small, and no part of them is seen but the stamens; but the spathe, which is divided into four
valves, is of a blood red; and it so completely encloses the umbel, and the latter is so dense, that it seems the
corolla of the flower. The bulb is loosely imbricated, and the fibrous roots are of the thickness of a large quill.
The leaves are six or eight inches long, and more than an inch broad; they are of a deep green, and they are
sometimes irregularly spotted and blotched with deep crimson towards the lower part. The flower-scape is
stained in the same manner, but with smaller spots. The species was introduced by Mr. Masson from the Cape
in 1774. It should be kept in a greenhouse, and allowed a season of rest after the leaves decay.
a
a
-
7.-HÆMANTHUS ROTUNDIFOLIUS, Ker. THE ROUND-LEAVED BLOOD-FLOWER.
SYNONYME.-H. orbicularis, Donn.
with a rough margin. Scape and spathe deep red, four-valved.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1618.
Perianth pale red, with white tips, shorter than the stamens and the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves pressed to the ground, large, round, style. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The stem and spathe are of a blood-red ; and the spathe rises in a cup-shape round the
flowers. The two leaves are flat to the earth, and apparently joined together; and they are fringed with scarlet
instead of white. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1812. It flowers in August,
and the leaves attain their full growth in November and December. It is generally kept in the greenhouse.
There is a variety called H.r. multivalvis, which only differs from the species in having the spathe in more
divisions.
a
-
8.—HÆMANTHUS COCCINEUS, Lin. THE SCARLET, OR COMMON BLOOD-FLOWER.
SYNONYMES.-H. c. I grandivalvis, W. Herb. ; H. africanus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves tongue-shaped. Spathe many.
Tournefort ; Narcissus bifolius, Rob.; Salmon-coloured Blood-flower. valved; valves longer than the umbel, and of the same colour. Scape
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1075.
spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It was this plant which obtained for the genus its popular name of Blood-flower. It is
the most common of all the species, and was probably the first introduced, having been cultivated by Miller, in
1731. Its singular form and colour seem to have recommended it to notice ; and it has been in cultivation in
greenhouses for above a century. It flowers in August or September, and matures its leaves in winter; after
;
these decay, it should be kept quite dry, in order to give it a season of rest. There is a variety, H. c. 2 coarctatus
W. Herb., H. coarctatus, Bot. Reg. t. 181, which has a very small, close umbel of flowers, enclosed in a spathe

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
149
of numerous, erect, salmon-coloured valves, and which was introduced from the Cape by Mr. Masson in 1795.
The culture is the same as that of the species. There is another variety mentioned by Mr. Herbert, which he
calls H. c. 3 carinatus, because the leaves are narrower, much longer, and more channelled.
9.—HÆMANTHUS TIGRINUS, Willd. THE TIGER-SPOTTED BLOOD-FLOWER.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1705.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves ciliated, obovate, very little attenu.
ated. Scape green, speckled. Spathe red, valves short, narrow.
Germen and peduncle green. Tube white.
Tube white. Limb red. Style and
filaments equal; longer than the valves. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower-stem is
very short and very thick, and it is spotted all over with crimson spots.
The leaves are fleshy and tongue-shaped, and ciliated at the margin ; they are also marked with dark red spots,
like the scape. The valves of the spathe are short, and though they are red, they have not the appearance of the
corolla of a flower. The species was introduced about 1812, and it requires the same culture as the other kinds.
The following species also belong to this sub-section : H. humilis, Jacq.; H. sanguineus, Jacq. ; H. hyalo-
carpus, Jacq.; H. moschatus, Jacq. ; H. incarnatus, Burch. ; H. crassipes, Jacq. ; H. zebrinus, W. Herb.; and
H. concolor, Burchell.
و
GENUS XXV.
CRINUM, Lin. THE CRINUM.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Germen thickest in the middle. Tube cornered or trifid. Capsule soft, deformed, without valves or furrows.
cylindrical, slender. Filaments inserted just outside the tube, more Dissepiments obsolete. Seeds very irregular in form, size, and number.
or less recurved. Anthers incumbent, versatile. Stigma three- Leaves properly tubular at the base. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The splendid lily-like plants belonging to the genus Crinum, are mostly inhabitants of
the stove in Britain ; and even those that are not killed by exposure to the open air during winter, appear to
require a considerable degree of heat to make them flower. Even the Botany Bay lily (Crinum Australe),
though it will bear a considerable degree of cold without injuring its bulb, will not flower without a stove.
1.-CRINUM AUSTRALASICUM, W. Herb. THE AUSTRALIAN CRINUM.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulbs spherical. Leaves fleshy and rigid. C. A. 2 blandum, W. Herb. ; C. arenarium B Bot. Mag.
Filaments gibbous at the base. Germen sessile, sub-sessile, or on a t. 2531; and our fig. 1, in Plate 34. Leaves larger. Peduncles
short peduncle. W. Herb.
longer. Limb broader, black-coloured without.
Filaments white,
VARIETIES.-C. A. 1 arenarium, W. Herb. ; C. arenarium, Bot. Mag. style red upwards, much longer, stigma much smaller than in the
t. 2355. Leaves with the margin slightly scabrous. Style longer than species. W. H.
the filaments, but shorter than the limb. Cells with six ovules. W. H.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-Both kinds were found growing in 1818 in Water Island, latitude 14° 3' south, “ten
inches below the surface of a barren sandy soil ; thermometer in the shade with the sea breeze blowing 94° Fahr. ;
heat of the sand 130° near the surface.”—(Herb. Amaryll.) In England these plants should be
-
grown
in sand
mixed with a little loam, and they will flower in a greenhouse if kept perfectly dry for six months of the year,
when they are in a state of perfect rest. The bulbs are very apt to rot if kept in a stove, on account of the
moisture of the atmosphere; and they will not bear any forcing when they are in a state of rest.
-
a

150
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
2.-CRINUM FLACCIDUM, W. Herb. THE FLACCID CRINUM.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis australasica, Bot. Reg.; Macquarrie SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Umbel many-flowered. Leaves linear-lorate,
Crinum.
flaccid. Perianth funnel-shaped. Tube obsoletely triagonal. Segments
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 426; Bot. Mag. t. 2133.
obovate, nearly equal. Germen on a fleshy peduncle. W. H.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has very much the appearance of a white lily. It is tolerably hardy, and
will live for years in the open ground without protection, though it rarely flowers there. In a greenhouse it will
flower, if kept dry during winter. When kept in a stove, it should be in the coolest part. It is a native of
South Australia, where it was found under the Macquarrie range in S. lat. 33. It was introduced in 1818.
3.-CRINUM REVOLUTUM, W. Herb. THE REVOLUTE CRINUM.
SYNONYME.— Amaryllis revoluta, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Bulb ovate. Leaves narrow, lorate-linear,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 623; ? Bot. Mag. t. 915.
curving towards the ground, appearing in summer, and withering in
autumn. Flowers streaked with rose-colour. W. H.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful species of Crinum is very nearly hardy, but it is difficult to cultivate,
—
as it must be kept perfectly dry and cool during the six winter months. It should be grown in light loam.
“ The bulb," says Mr. Herbert, “must not be kept above ground, but the neck just emerging. It will flower in
the summer in the greenhouse, and approaches nearer to the tropical Crinums than any other native of the Cape.
It will bleed to death if forced in winter, and rot if watered at that season. It is a native of the Cape, whence
it was brought by Mr. Burchell in 1820 ; though, if the same with the plant figured in the Bot. Mag., it was
first introduced into England in 1774.
4.—CRINUM VARIABILE, W. Herb. THE VARIABLE CRINUM.
SYNONYMES.- Amaryllis variabilis, Jacq. ; A. revoluta B, Ker; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-.Leaves of a deep green, erectly arched, fleshy.
A. revoluta, Bot. Mag. ; Crinum crassifolium, Herb. Append. Flowers white when they expand, but dying off of an intense red. W. H.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 615; ? Bot. Mag. t. 1178.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species Mr. Herbert considers hardier than any other, as, “ out of doors, it preserves
its leaves in winter longer than C. capense, and it shoots earlier in spring.” The flowers of this species when they
first expand, are of a pure white, but they become tinged with red as they fade, till at last they die off of an
intensely dark purplish-red. The leaves are always of a rich dark green. The species is a native of the Cape,
and it was introduced in 1774. It may be planted in the open ground in a dry situation, and will require no
farther care.
-
5.-. CRINUN CAPENSE, W. Herb. THE CAPE CRINUM.
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis capensis, Mill. ; A. longifolia, Ker; var. riparia, Ker; the Black river Crinum. A very beautiful and
Crinum longifolium, Thunb.; Lilium africanum, Herm.
quite hardy plant, having the flowers striped with a rich dark-purplish
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 661.
crimson. A native of South Africa, where it was found by Mr. Burchell,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves glaucous, longer than the scape. on the banks of Nu-Gariep, the Black river.
Flowers numerous, upright, and on long peduncles ; perianth cam- C. c. 3 flore albo, W. Herb.; an accidental variety raised in
panulate, tube obtusely triagonal, and segments partially recurved. Holland, with white flowers, equally hardy with the other kinds.
VARIETILS.-C. c. 2 riparium, W, Herb. ; Amaryllis longifolia
DESCRIPTION, &c.— All the varieties of the Cape Crinum are distinguished by their glaucous leaves ; and they
are all quite hardy. This species, says Mr. Herbert, “ flowers in profuse succession during five or six months, in
a bed covered with leaves in the winter, and with me it ripens seeds by the bushel. It delights in wet, and will
flower in a pond, but its fibres are rather disposed to rot in the water of a cold pond in the winter. In a warmer
a



P1.34
1
2
l brinum arenarium. _2. boburghia,
2 Coburghia incarnata.
UNIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
151
a
situation it may remain always in water. I do not know that its fibres would rot if it was growing in the soil
under the pond. It might be advantageously planted by the edge of any ornamental piece of water, and would
form a beautiful clothing for a small island, where it would form a thick covert for water-fowl. Nursery gardeners
might easily rear it from seed to sell by the hundred. A covering of leaves is not necessary to it, and its own
dead foliage would give it a good deal of protection.
ion. I have had the neck of a bulb, which was left in a pot
standing in a small pond clasped tight by ice two inches thick for a fortnight without receiving any injury from
it.” (Herb. Amaryll. p. 270.) In the neighbourhood of London, bulbs of this species have been known to
stand out ten years, and, without any covering, producing their highly fragrant flowers every season.
was introduced from the Cape by Mr. Masson, in 1773.
C. capense
6.—CRINUM CAMPANULATUM, W. Herb. THE CAMPANULATE CRINUM.
SYNONYME.—Crinum aquaticum, Burch.
Umbel four-flowered; perianth with a long slender tube, and campan-
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 2352.
ulate limb, the segments of which are slightly recurved. Filaments
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Bulb ovate. Leaves so deeply channeled united at the base, which is a little gibbous, by a conspicuous glossy
as to appear cylindrical, tortuous, and pointed, with a rough margin. green fleshy membrane adhering to the base of the limb. W. Herb.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are of a glossy white when young, and of a deep rose-colour
when they become older, thus forming a beautiful contrast. They are also very fragrant, somewhat resembling
the odour of C. capense. The species was found by Mr. Burchell to “ the east of the Cape colony, in shallow
grassy ponds, liable to be dried up in summer.” Notwithstanding this, it is a plant that is very easily killed by
over watering. It will not live in the open air, on account of the wetness of our winters; but must be kept in
the greenhouse all the year, as even a heavy shower in autumn will make it rot.
OTHER SPECIES OF CRINUM.
BETWEEN twenty and thirty hybrids, most of which have proved hardy, have been raised by Mr. Herbert,
and others. Those raised from C. capense are all very beautiful, and very fragrant like the parent; and nearly
all the kinds seed freely.
GENUS XXVI.
COBURGHIA, Swt. THE COBURGHIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate ; germen ovate, 3-furrowed; tube connected by a tubular cup ; anthers erect; style a little recurved ;
bent, cylindrical, subventricosely enlarged; limb shorter than the tube, stigma obtuse, triangular ; capsule erect; oblong, triangular, 3-lobed,
equal, half open, cernuous; filaments nearly equal, a little conniving, 3-celled, 3-valved ; seeds black. (W.Herb.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was named in honour of Leopold, King of the Belgians, whose merit as an
excellent botanist is so well known, and so universally acknowledged ; and who, when he resided at Claremont,
had a remarkably fine collection of bulbs. Only two species of Coburghia are in general cultivation ; and both
these
appear to bear cold tolerably well, though they are very liable to be injured by too much wet. They require
,

152
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
a strong rich soil; that is, a sandy loam, enriched with vegetable mould, or thoroughly rotten manure from an old
hotbed. They will do well in the open ground during summer, but they should be taken up as soon as the
leaves begin to wither, and quite kept dry during winter. When grown in pots, which is the best way of treating
them, the pots should be well drained, and plunged in the open border, till the leaves are fully grown, when they
should be removed to a greenhouse, cool stove, or warm room, to promote their flowering. When left all the
year in the open ground, they are very apt to produce only offsets, and no flowers.
1.-COBURGHIA INCARNATA, Swt. THE FLESH-COLOURED COBURGHIA.
SYNONYME.-- Pancratium incarnatum, Humb. Bonp. et Kunth.
ENGRAVINGS.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 17; and our fig.
2, in Plate 34.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves thick, glaucous, obtuse ; peduncles
short ; flowers crimson, with a green spot on each segment; cup cam-
panulate, 12-toothed; style equal to the filaments, shorter than the
limb. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very splendid plant is nearly hardy. It is a native of Quito, in Peru, where it was
—
found by Humboldt and Bonpland growing about eight thousand feet above the level of the sea.
The bulb is
large, and when it is planted in the open ground, it should be in very sandy loam ; and the bulb should be placed
at least six inches below the surface. In pots its culture is exactly similar to that of the Jacobæan lily. It
was introduced by Mr. Knight, of the Exotic Nursery, Chelsea, in 1820.
-
و
2.--COBURGHIA FULVA, W. Herb. THE TAWNY COBURGHIA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 1497; Bot. Mag. t. 3221.
C. incarnata ; peduncles short; filaments nearly equal to the limb
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves sub-glaucous, thinner than those of style longer. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has tawny orange flowers. It first flowered in the collection of J. Willmore,
Esq., of Oldfield, near Birmingham, who procured it from Liverpool with some other American bulbs, so that
its native country is not exactly known. It is more tender than the preceding species, but it will flower in the
open ground, if taken up and kept dry during winter.
OTHER SPECIES.
THERE are three or four other species of Coburghia recorded in books, but they do not appear to have been
introduced
GENUS XXVII.
CYRTANTHUS, Willd.
Willd. THE CYRTANTHUS.
Ꮃ .
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Germen pendulous or declined ; tube the tube, the sepaline hardly lower than the petaline ; anthers attached
curved, narrow, funnel-shaped, often a little ventricose; segments at the upper third part, sub-erect; style curved downwards.
short; filaments straight, decurrent, inserted in the upper portion of Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The species composing this genus are very properly divided by Mr. Herbert into two
sections, as they differ widely from each other. The first section consists of only two species, both of which

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
153
have showy flowers and persistent leaves (that is, leaves remaining on all the winter), and are very difficult to
keep; those of the second section, on the other hand, have less showy flowers, and deciduous leaves, but they
are of much easier culture. The name of Cyrtanthus signifies “ curved flower.”
SECTION 1.—WITH PERSISTENT LEAVES.
1.-CYRTANTHUS OBLIQUUS, Ait. THE OBLIQUE-LEAVED CYRTANTHUS.
SYNONYMES. — Crinum obliquum, Lin.; Amaryllis umbrella,
-
1, in Plate 35.
L'Hérit.; Monella sp., Salis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers ten or more, pendulous, large,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Rep. t. 265; Bot. Mag. t. 1133; and our fig. orange-yellow and green ; leaves wide, sub-glaucous. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This splendid plant, though it was introduced by Mr. Masson in 1774, and has been
,
common among our collections of bulbs ever since, is very difficult to manage, as the bulbs are “ more disposed
to dwindle and rot, than to increase in bulk." “A common greenhouse is usually too damp for it in winter, and
the air of a hot stove too confined ;" while its persistent leaves totally disqualify it for remaining during winter in
the
open air. A light soil (without any mixture of peat) in a pot, seems most suitable to it; and this pot should
be kept in a greenhouse, where it will have plenty of air, and be very seldom watered during winter. When kept
in a stove, it should be in the coolest situation, and on a shelf as near the glass as possible. The pot may be
plunged in the open ground in summer. The soil, though light, should be of sufficient tenacity for the ball not
to fall to pieces when turned out of the pot; it is also best when it consists partly of yellow loam.
2.-CYRTANTHUS CARNEUS, Lindl. THE FLESH-COLOURED CYRTANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Reg. t. 1462.
tricose, narrower than those of C. obliquus, paler at the base, leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers, eight or more, pendulous, subven- blunter, and filaments inserted higher. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species differs very little from C. obliquus, except in the colour of the flowers, which
are decidedly pink. The stem and leaves are somewhat more twisted, and the whole plant is smaller. It is a
native of the Cape, whence it was introduced about 1828. “ C. carneus," says Mr. Herbert, " is one of the most
difficult to manage ; twice I lost it, notwithstanding the greatest care, and have at last succeeded in establishing
one with better hopes, by giving it water very seldom the first year, and rather more after it had formed a strong
leaf, keeping it as much as possible in a draught of air in a greenhouse. It is planted in a mixture of white
sand, with a little light loam, with an open under drain.”
SECTION II.—WITH DECIDUOUS LEAVES; TO BE KEPT DRY IN WINTER.
3.-CYRTANTHUS PALLIDUS, Hook. THE PALE CYRTANTHUS.
—
SYNONYMES.— Amaryllis bivaginata, Donn. ? Monella sp. Salis. SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Flowers about five, pendulous, subventricose.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 2471.
Leaves dark green, acute, attenuated at both ends. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are rather small, and of a pale dingy pink; and the leaves, which are of a
dark
green, are small, and sharply pointed. The leaves do not appear till the flower has quite decayed. The
species is a native of the Cape, whence it was imported in 1822. It is generally kept in the greenhouse. It is
in the garden of the Horticultural Society, but it is by no means common in collections.
a
X

154
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
4.-CYRTANTHUS COLLINUS, Ker. THE HILL-SIDE CYRTANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 162.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers about nine, pendulous, subventricose ; sub-acute, attenuated below, purplish at the base. W. Her3.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, with dark scarlet flowers, which are almost orange at the tip,
—
and long glaucous leaves. It was introduced by Mr. Burchell about 1815 ; and it was found by that gentleman
on the hills near Genadendal, in the interior of South Africa, about a hundred miles from the chief town at the
Cape. In England it is a greenhouse plant, and should be grown in loamy soil which is sufficiently firm, and
does not crumble when it is turned out of the pot. It is very showy, from the contrast afforded by its dark
scarlet flowers, and bluish
green
leaves.
Leaves
5.-CYRTANTHUS SPIRALIS, Burchell. THE SPIRAL-LEAVED CYRTANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 167; Bot. Cab. 1945.
cose, orange-red, yellow below; style shorter than the tube.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Flowers about seven, pendulous, sub-ventri- spiral, glaucous. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very curious species, from the curling of the leaves, which are flat, and form a number
A
of small rings like the twisting of a corkscrew. The species was found by Mr. Burchell “ at Uitehage, near
Algoa Bay, in the territory belonging to the colony of the Cape of Good Hope," and introduced by him in 1815.
Cyrtanthus spiralis is very nearly hardy, and only requires the shelter of a greenhouse in winter ; but as it
very seldom produces offsets, it is always a scarce plant, and nearly all the bulbs of it sold in England, are
imported direct from the Cape.
6.–CYRTANTHUS STRIATUS, W. Herb. THE STRIPED CYRTANTHUS.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 2534.
style, longer than the perianth. Leaves long, sub-acute, speckled with
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.— Flowers three or four, pendulous, narrow, red below. W. Herb.
funnel-shaped, red striped with yellow; filaments shorter than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is perhaps less ornamental than
any
other. The flowers are long and
narrow, and seldom more than three in the umbel, while the violent contrast displayed in the stripes of red and
yellow is far from agreeable. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1823.
a
7.-CYRTANTHUS ANGUSTIFOLIUS, Lin. fil. THE NARROW-LEAVED CYRTANTHUS.
SYNONYME.—Crinum angustifolium, Linn.
narrow, funnel-shaped, orange-red; style just longer than the limb and
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 271; and Bot. Cab. t. 368.
filaments ; leaves narrow, sub-obtuse, red below. W. Herb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Flowers four or five, pendulous on one side;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the hardiest and the most easily propagated of all the species ; indeed, at Mitcham,
in Surrey, Mr. Herbert found it become quite a weed with him, “ripening seed freely ; and the seedlings quickly
came to a flowering age, and were vigorous.” The reason appears to be that the soil of Mitcham Common
suited it (this soil being a “light brown earth with a little admixture of dead furze leaves on a gravelly substra-
tum), as the Messrs. Rollisson had equal success with this species in their nursery at Tooting, which is very near
Mitcham. C. angustifolius is a native of the Cape, whence it was first introduced in 1774. It is easily propa-
gated, both by seeds and offsets ; but the bulbs sold in the shops are generally imported from Holland. The
flowers are handsome in themselves, as they are orange-scarlet; but the plant is not very showy, as there is seldom
more than three or four flowers in the umbel.



Pl. 35
3
i byrderthus elliques - 2. bryrtarikas smeiflers 3. Syebarshus odorus.
Cyrtanthus .
2
UNIL
OF
M
ICH


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
155
-
8.-CYRTANTHUS ODORUS, Ker. THE SWEET-SCENTED CYRTANTHUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 533 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 35. declined, narrow, funnel-shaped ; filaments short; style much longer;
1
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Flowers about four, crimson, fragrant,
-
leaves linear. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished from all the others by its fragrant flowers and linear
leaves. It is also much smaller in all its parts; and from this circumstance, the elegance of its shape, and the
rich colour of its flowers, it is a very desirable species to cultivate. It may be planted in the open border in
spring, when it will flower in July or August. It should be taken up in September or the beginning of October,
and either preserved dry, or kept in a greenhouse during the winter.
OTHER SPECIES.
C. VENTRICOSUS, Willd. ; C. ANGUSTIFOLIUS, Jacq.
This species is very nearly allied to C. spiralis ; in fact, it can only be distinguished by the leaves, which are
dark green, and not spiral.
and not spiral. It is a native of the Cape, but does not appear to have been introduced.
C. LUTESCENS, W. Herb. C. ALBO-LUTEUS, Burch. MONELLA OCHROLEUCRA, Herb. App.
Very nearly allied to C. odorus, but with cream-coloured flowers. Not yet introduced in a living state.
GENUS XXVIII.
GASTRONEMA, W. Herb. THE GASTRONEMA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.- Germen declined ; tube below slender, curved and the sepaline near the middle of the tube ; anthers short ; style de-
above, wide-campanulate ; limb short, reflex; filaments decurrent, con- clined, pressed against the lowest petal. W. Herb.
niving,—three upper longer, incurved ; the petaline inserted at the top,
;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus consists of only one species, the Cyrtanthus uniflorus of the Bot. Reg. The
name of Gastronema signifies, a ventricose or swelled-out filament.
1.- GASTRONEMA CLAVATUM, W. Herb. THE CLAVATE GASTRONEMA.
SYNONYMES.—Cyrtanthus uniflorus, Ker; Amaryllis clavata, in Plate 35, under the name of Cyrtanthus uniflorus.
L'Hérit.; A. pumilio, Aiton ; A. tubiflora, Banks, Herb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers one or two, white striped with red;
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 168; Bot. Mag. t. 2291 ; and our fig. 2 leaves slender, attenuated below, dark green. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the only South African plant belonging to this order that is ever found with a
single flower, except Gethyllis. Gastronema clavatum has not, however, always a single flower, for Mr. Burchell
has
many two-flowered specimens in his Herbarium. It is a small plant which will flower freely in the open
ground in summer, if the bulbs be planted in spring; but as it requires to be kept dry in winter, the bulbs should
be taken up before the approach of that season. The bulb is small, and nearly round; and the leaves are narrow,
and stand erect. It may be purchased at Carter's, Holborn, and at other seed-shops.
x 2

156
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XXIX.
VALLOTA, W. Herb. THE VALLOTA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Germen erect, tube straight, wide ; limb fun-
nel-shaped, filaments conniving, adhering by one side only to the tube
the petaline to the summit of the tube or even to the petals, the sepaline
lower); anthers affixed at one-third from the bottom, or rather nearer
to the middle, sub-erect ; style declined. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species of this genus, Vallota purpurea. It was named by Mr. Herbert
in compliment to M. Vallot, a French botanist.
1.-VALLOTA PURPUREA, W. Herb.
THE PURPLE VALLOTA
-
SYNONYMES.-Amaryllis purpurea, Ait. ; A. elata, Jacq.; A.
speciosa, L'Hérit. , Crinum speciosum, Linn.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1430.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers 2—4 in an umbel, upright. Leaves
numerous, convolutely lorate, obtuse.
VARIETY.–V. p. 2 minor, W. Herb. ; Bot. Reg. t. 552. Flowers
smaller.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This is a most beautiful plant, from its large lily-like flowers, which are of a brilliant
scarlet. It is the only bulbous plant belonging to the Amaryllidacea, which Dr. Burchell “ found growing in
boggy peat in Africa. It delights so much in wet, that it will thrive even in water." Mr. Herbert adds that
its decayed coats are so very retentive of moisture, and so impenetrable to the air, that the plant will not thrive
“ unless they are pulled off, if the bulb be above-ground; and although it is very thirsty, the bulbs are often lost
by rottenness, and are very apt to decay on the voyage from the Cape." Mr. Herbert also
” Mr. Herbert also says the plant should
be kept always growing, and does not object to the stove in winter ; but a correspondent to the Gardeners'
Chronicle, Feb. 6, informs us that this is by no means necessary, as he has kept plants of this species three years,
which have flowered regularly by the following treatment :- The bulbs are potted in September or October, “ in
good-sized pots in a mixture of loam, sandy peat, and leaf-mould ; being merely kept in a greenhouse, with but
very little water through the winter ; and about May they are set in the open air in pans of water under a south
wall; where, about June or July, they throw up their splendid scarlet flowers, which last fully a week or more.
They would be very ornamental plunged at the edge of a warm sunny pond, forming a good contrast with
Crinum capense, Nymphoa alba, &c. About October they are removed into winter-quarters.” They are increased
by offsets, taken off and fresh-potted in April. This very handsome plant may be purchased at Carter's, Holborn,
under the name of Hippeastrum purpureum, and at other seed-shops sometimes under the name Amaryllis
speciosa, or A. purpurea, and sometimes under its modern name Vallota.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
157
GENUS XXX.
CHLIDANTHUS, W. Herb. THE CHLIDANTHUS.
-
;
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Tube erect, cylindrical, triangular, widened at ble ; anthers attached near the base ; style erect. Germen erect, oblong,
the mouth ; limb nearly equal, semi-patent; filaments very short, curved, triangular; stigma trifid, patent ; leaves linear-lorate, sheathing at the
inserted in the points of the alternately unequal teeth of a thin mem- base ; umbel few-flowered. W. Herb.
brane adhering completely to the tube and base of the petals, but porta-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name of Chlidanthus signifies delicate flower; but this name seems misapplied, as the
flower of the single species described is showy rather than delicate. It is a native of Peru, and was first con-
founded with Clinanthus, from which it proves to be quite distinct; the flowers of the former species being twice
as large, and the limb four times as large. Clinanthus does not appear to have been yet introduced, as Mr. Herbert
describes it from a dried specimen.
-
a
1.-CHLIDANTHUS FRAGRANS, W. Herb. THE FRAGRANT CHLIDANTHUS.
SYNONYMES. Pancratium luteum, Pavon; Yellow Sea Daffodil. three or more in the umbel; germen subsessile ; tube longer than the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 640; and our fig. 1 in Plate 36. limb; style longer than the filaments, and shorter than the limb;
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves very narrow,glaucous, erect. Flowers stigma widely trifid. Ovules numerous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This showy flower, unlike most others of its colour, is remarkable for its fragrance, which
has been compared to that of frankincense. The plant, Mr. Herbert observes, increases so rapidly by offsets and
splitting the main bulb, that it is difficult to keep bulbs of a size to flower. It grows very vigorously, and flowers
in June or July, in a border of which the soil is much warmed by contact with the wall of a stove. In the
open
garden it flourishes if taken up and kept dry in winter, but the bulbs seem liable to canker in peat. Mr. Herbert
adds that the plant has very much the constitution of the tender Narcissi, and likes a fertile loam. It thrives
in the open border during summer ; but except where the ground is heated by a flue, or by the heat emanating
from a stove, the bulbs, if not killed by frost during winter, are injured by excess of moisture. They should be
taken
up in autumn without destroying the fibres, and placed in a pot of sufficient size to allow them to be covered
with dry sandy soil. * They may then be set in any dry warm situation till April, when, however dry they may
be, they will begin to sprout. All offsets should then be taken off, and they may be set either in pots or in a
sunny border.” (Herb. Amaryll., p. 192.) The species was introduced in 1821, and bulbs of it may be procured
at Carter's and other seed-shops.
66
GENUS XXXI.
URCEOLINA, W. Herb.
THE URCEOLINA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Bulb roundish; leaves petiolated, broad-
limb ventricose ; anthers incumbent, style straight, stigma obtuse. Seeds
oval, æstival ; germen ovate, three-furrowed; peduncles curved ; flowers numerous, small. W. Herb.
pendulous; tube straight, slender, cylindrical, enlarged at the mouth;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species. The name Urceolina signifies a small pitcher, and alludes to
the shape of the germen.

158
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-URCEOLINA PENDULA, W. Herb. THE PENDULOUS URCEOLINA.
SYNONYMES.—U. fulva, W. Herb.; Collania urceolata, R. et Sch. ; cles shorter than the spathe. Filaments longer than the lirnb, the
Crinum urceolata, Ruiz et Pav.
upper sepalines elongated ; stigma small; anthers short, and a third
ENGRAVINGS.—Herb. Amaryll. t. 26, fig. 5, from a dried specimen.
part affixed.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. – Umbel of 5–9 flowers with curved pedun-
a
-
sun.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant flowered with Mr. Herbert in June 1838, having been kept dry in the
green-
house during the previous winter. It is a native of the Peruvian Andes, where it was found in steep broken
ground. In England it likes a strong rich loam, and a shady situation ; as the leaves wither if exposed to a hot
In its native habitat, it grows in thick woods completely impervious to the sun. 66 The bulbs increase by
offsets, of which the leaf pushes up at some distance from the parent.” The species may be
grown
border during summer ; but when this is the case, it must be taken up in autumn, and kept hot and dry during
winter. The flowers are yellow tinged with red, and with a bright green edge, like those of some kinds of
Alstroemeria. The species was introduced about 1835, and it is still rare.
in the open
و
GENUS XXXII.
STENOMESSON, W. Herb. THE STENOMESSON.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb roundish, neck very narrow; leaves at anthers short, incumbent; style straight, before maturity sloping ;
first compressed at the margin. Umbel 2-6 or more flowered, pe- stigma dilated ; capsule broad-ovate, 3-furrowed, 3-lobed, 3-celled ;
dunculated; tube constricted in the middle, wider upwards, a little seeds black, obliquely oblong. W. Herb.
curved ; limb short; filaments straight, connected by a membrane :
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was detached from Pancratium by Mr. Herbert, and named Stenomesson on
account of the narrowness of the tube in the middle, and its dilatation both above and below. The name given to
the genus by Mr. Ker, Chrysiphiala, signifying the golden hour-glass, alludes to the same peculiarity; the species
are natives of Peru, and rather tender in this country.
1.-STENOMESSON FLAVUM, W. Herb. THE YELLOW STENOMESSON.
SYNONYMES.—Pancratium flavum, Ruiz et Pav. ; Chrysiphiala SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth golden; teeth of the cup straight,
flava, Ker.
irregular ; filaments a little, and style much longer than the limb.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2641; Bot. Reg. t. 778.
W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A native of sandy hills in Peru, introduced about 1820, by our kind, and much-respected
friend, Mr. Lambert, in whose collection at Boyton it flowered for the first time in 1824. It is properly a stove-
plant; but in warm situations it may sometimes be kept in a greenhouse.
2.–STENOMESSON CURVIDENTATUM, W. Herb. THE CURVED-TOOTHED STENOMESSON.
SYNONYME.—Sphærotile peruviana, Prid.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER—Perianth golden, slender, teeth of the cup
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 2640, and our fig. 3 in Plate 36. long, bifid, recurved ; style and filaments equal, longer than the limb;
flowers 2–7. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species “likes a sandy soil, shade and plenty of moisture in summer ;'
with
" complete rest in winter. It flowers before the leaves rise.”
92
CG
STENOMESSON CROCEUM, Dombey; PANCRATIUM CROCEUM, Red.; Bot. Mag. t. 3615.
Is a beautiful plant; introduced in 1836 from Lima, and requiring a stove in England.



PI 36.
30
5
나
​1
2
3
.
1.bhlidanthusfragrans 2. Bargelas Genninghamii -3. Stonomesson curvidentatum,
4 balostemma purpureum._.$. Eucrosia bicolor
3
.
UNIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
159
GENUS XXXIII.
EUCROSIA, Ker. THE EUCROSIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb round; leaves wide, petiolated ; scape above, shovel-formed and prolonged below; filaments long, recurved ;
tapering; umbel 4 or more flowered ; germen erect; ovules oblong, anthers attached at one-third from the top, pendulous; style at first
heaped in two rows, alternating, attached at the inner angle of the cell ; sloped down, afterwards recurved; stigma obtuse, dilated, downy.
tube oblique, abbreviated underneath ; limb compressed, recurved ;
.
Fruit not seen, but capsule evidently ovate, 3-furrowed. W. Herb.
segments alternately alike; cup declined, abbreviated and rostrate
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species of this genus the name of which is said to mean “ well-fringed,"
but it is difficult to discover how it applies.
>
.
1.—EUCROSIA BICOLOR, Ker. THE TWO-COLOURED EUCROSIA,
ENGRAVINGS.- Bot. Reg. t. 207; Bot. Mag. t. 2490 : and our fig. 5 in Plate 36. SpecifIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad and long,
following the flower. Umbel 4-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very curious plant is stated in Sweet’s Hortus Britannicus to be a native of Cape
Horn; but Mr. Herbert doubts this assertion, as some plants of it kept by Mr. Lee of the Hammersmith
Nursery in a cold frame were killed by frost. Mr. Herbert has himself kept it in “ a very dry part of the green-
house without water in the winter. In summer it is thirsty and requires shade, having much the same habit as
Urceolina. It thrives in a pretty strong alluvial soil.” (Herb. Amaryll. p. 201.) This plant was introduced
by Mr. Lee, of Hammersmith, in 1816, and it flowered with him the following year about the end of May, in a
garden-pit. He continued to keep his bulbs in a cold frame till they were all killed in the severe winter of 1819.
GENUS XXXIV.
CALOSTEMMA, R. Br. THE CALOSTEMMA. .
-
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. --Bulb ovate: leaves linear-lorate ; umbel filaments short, erect; anthers small, erect, attached near the base ;
many-flowered, pedunculated; germen by defect 1-celled ; ovules 2-3; style attenuated; stigma simple, small; seeds 1-2, green, fleshy,
tube cylindrical ; limb funnel-shaped ; crown often irregularly slit; flattened on one side by contact. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—These very pretty plants are natives of Australia, whence both species were imported in
1817. The name of Calostemma signifies “a beautiful crown,” and it was given to the genus by Dr. Brown, in
allusion to the beautiful crown of flowers which each umbel seemed to form. The species appear nearly hardy,
but they require abundance of water to make them flower.
1.-CALOSTEMMA PURPUREUM, R. Br. THE PURPLE CALOSTEMMA.
SYNONYME.—Pancratium Macquaria, Hort.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Umbel many-flowered ; leaves not appearing
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2100; Bot. Reg. t. 422 ; and our fig. 4, till after the flowers ; crown toothed with triangular teeth, and deeply
in Plate 36.
slit.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very pretty plant was first discovered by Dr. Brown on the south-west side of New
Holland, near the head of Spencer's Gulf; and it was described by him in his Prodromus. It was not, however,
introduced till it was re-discovered by the expedition sent from Port Jackson in 1816, to explore the country to

160
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
the south-west, when it was found beyond the Blue Mountains. It is very nearly hardy in England, and only
requires a slight protection from severe frosts. In spring it should be kept rather moist, and it flowers best in a
pot, set half-way up in water. Its time of flowering is July.
2.-CALOSTEMMA LUTEUM, R. Br. THE YELLOW CALOSTEMMA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2101; Bot. Reg. t. 421.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves appearing with the flowers ; crown-toothed with small indentations, and not slit.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant, with golden yellow flowers, stained with six rich crimson spots
at the base of the cup. It was discovered and sent to England at the same time as the preceding species, and
the culture is exactly the same of both.
3.- CALOSTEMMA ALBUM, R. Br. THE WHITE CALOSTEMMA.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Teeth of the cup linear emarginate. W. Herb. .
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The difference between the three species is so slight that they will probably prove to be
only varieties. The contrast of white, purple, and yellow has a good effect when they are grown in the same
bed, or in pots kept near together.
GENUS XXXV.
EURYCLES, Sal.
Sal. THE EURYCLES.
-
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Limb straight; filaments erect; anthers erect; dissepiments imperfect; ovules protruding the embryo. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Great confusion appears to exist respecting this genus. Mr. Herbert named it Proiphys,
and no less than three derivations are given for the name of Eurycles, by which it was designated by
Mr. Salisbury: one of these is, that it is from two Greek words, signifying a broad leaf; another that it is a
mythological name; and the third, that it is from the Greek words eurus, broad, and kleio, to close up; in
allusion to the dilated state of the stamens, which close up, as it were, the opening of the tube of the perianth.
In Sweet's Hortus Britannicus also, the names of four species are given, while Mr. Herbert describes only two,
one of which is hardy, and the other tender. The latter, E. amboinensis is a native of the East Indies, and will not
.
live in England without a stove; this species of Mr. Herbert includes the two kinds, called by Sweet, E. coronata
and E. nuda. The other species, which Mr. Herbert calls E. australasica, includes the E. alata and E. Cunning-
hamii of Sweet. All the kinds have the curious property of the seeds germinating in the capsule, and even pro-
ducing small bulbs there, which protrude themselves as soon as the capsule becomes sufficiently ripe to burst.
a
1.-EURYCLES CUNNINGHAMII, Lindl. MR. CUNNINGHAM'S EURYCLES.
SYNONYMES.-E. australasica, W. Herb.; E. alata, Swt. ; Ca- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow; cup of the perianth split to
lostemma Cunninghamii, Hort. ; Pancratium australasicum, Ker. the base.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 715, and 1506; and our fig. 2, in Pl. 36.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A rather handsome species, with broad, dark green leaves, and white flowers. It is a
native of New South Wales, whence bulbs were first sent here by Mr. Cunningham, in 1821. It flowers freely
in March and April, if grown in sandy loam and kept in a greenhouse ; but the flowers are so much larger when
it is kept in a stove, that it has been described and figured as a different species.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
161
GENUS XXXVI.
PANCRATIUM, Lin. THE SEA DAFFODIL.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate or roundish ; perianth with a cylindrical tube and patent limb; filaments stiff and conniving; anthers short,
sub-erectly incumbent. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—All the species of this genus have white or whitish-green flowers, and they are all
fragrant.
P. maritimum is often confused with P. carolinianum, which is probably a variety of it, and
with P. illyricum, from which it is quite distinct. The latter is the kind usually sold in the seed-shops as
P. maritimum. The East and West Indian kinds are omitted in the following pages, as they will not live in this
country without a stove. All the Pancratiums have the cup conspicuous, and toothed more or less deeply, with
the anthers attached to it, being divided from each other by two teeth. The common and American kinds retain
their leaves during winter; but in all the others the leaves are deciduous. The name of Pancratium signifies all
strength, in allusion to the great use which the ancients are supposed to have made of this plant in medicine.
SECTION 1.-FLOWERS SUBSESSILE; LEAVES PERSISTENT.
1.-PANCRATIUM MARITIMUM, Lin. THE COMMON SEA DAFFODIL.
SYNONYME.—Hemerocallis valentina, Clus.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 161; and our fig. 2, in Plate 37.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Limb with the segments partly attached to
the cup, and
, and partly reflexed ; cup cylindrical, with short teeth ; flowers
fugacious ; leaves acute, glaucous, and sheathing at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— Every one who has visited the south of France and Italy must have noticed the fragrant
flowers of the Sea Daffodil, which are so abundant on the sands of the sea-shore. This plant is common, indeed,
all along the shores of the Mediterranean; and its glaucous leaves and white flowers make it look almost as
though it had sprung from the foaming waves, and still retained their colours. It was introduced into England
before the time of Gerard, who lived in the reign of Elizabeth ; and consequently it has been in cultivation in
British gardens for nearly three centuries. It is not, however, by any means easy to manage ; as the open
beach
on which it grows naturally, is exposed at the same time to the burning rays of the sun, and the cold winds from the
Mediterranean. Thus, though the bulb requires excessive heat, the flower-buds will not form without abundance
of fresh, cool air, and the leaves flag and even wither if exposed to the heated atmosphere of a stove. A flued
border in an open, airy situation would probably be most suitable to it; at any rate, it must be planted in the
open ground in spring, and suffered to remain there till the flower-buds have formed. This species is rarely to be
met with, as the large bulb sold under the name of P. maritimum in the seed-shops is generally P. illyricum.
The true sea daffodil is very difficult to propagate in this country, as it very seldom produces offsets; and plants
raised from its seeds are many years before they flower.
Y

162
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN
2.-PANCRATIUM CAROLINIANUM, Lin.
THE CAROLINA PANCRATIUM.
SYNONYME.-P. maritimum, Pursk.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 927.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Limb with the segments erect, and longer
than the cup; cup campanulate, with deep teeth ; leaves scarcely
sheathing, and wider and less acute than those of P. maritimum.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This Pancratium is a native of Georgia and Carolina, and it will probably prove only a
variety of P. maritimum. It was introduced before 1739, and will not flower in England after the first year
without artificial heat. This plant differs in habit from the common sea daffodil, as it is more easily flowered,
and produces abundance of offsets. The appearance is also somewhat different, as the umbels are much longer,
and the flowers have more green in them. The bulb should be planted in a warm, dry, sandy bank, and protected
during winter. Catesby states that he found the Carolinian Pancratium growing in moist, boggy earth ; but
Mr. Herbert informs us that the plant Catesby has figured is not a Pancratium but “ a very bad representation
of Hymenocallis rotata," which does grow in moist places. All the Pancratiums, on the contrary, like a hot,
.
sandy soil, and their fibres are apt to rot if over-watered.
a
a
SECTION II., FLOWERS PEDUNCULATED; LEAVES DECIDUOUS.
THE ILLYRIAN SEA DAFFODIL.
3.- PANCRATIUM ILLYRICUM, Lin.
SYNONYMES. -Pancratium stellare, Salis. ; Narcissus marinus,
Gerard; Halmyra Illyrica, Salis.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 718.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth funnel-shaped ; limb spreading :
cup very short, deeply cut; leaves broad-lorate, somewhat fleshy.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A handsome plant, with large umbels of white, star-like flowers, which are yellow inside,
and so unlike those of the other species of the genus as not to seem to belong to them. The bulbs are large, and
elongated in the shape of an oil-flask. The flowers are very fragrant, and the plant frequently ripens its black,
shining seeds, which are conspicuous from their raised white raphe. The bulb should be planted in the open
ground, in a loose sandy soil, in front of a southern wall; and it should not be removed oftener than once in three
or four years. The seeds vegetate easily; but as the seedlings are several years before they flower, the plants in
British gardens are mostly from bulbs imported from Holland with the hyacinths. The species is a native of
Corsica, Sardinia, and Sicily, and it is about as hardy as the common Crown Imperial. In fact, it is seldom
killed, except by excessive wet. It has been in cultivation in England since the time of Charles I.
a
a
4.-PANCRATIUM CANARIENSE, Ker. THE CANARY SEA DAFFODIL.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Reg. t. 174.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth funnel-shaped ; segments of the
limb spreading ; cup short, toothed with shallow teeth ; leaves glaucous,
lorate-lanceolate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty plant, with rather small white flowers, which have a shorter cup than
—
those of P. maritimum, though longer than those of P. illyricum. It is a native of the Great Canary, whence
it was introduced in 1815 Its culture and degree of hardiness resemble those of P. illyricum.



PL37.
2
1
1.Imeno Amancais. _ 2Pancratiuni maritimum._ 3. Hymenocallis hetosedis
UNIL
OF
Bic


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS
163
GENUS XXXVII.
HYMENOCALLIS, Salisbury. THE HYMENOCALLIS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Limb reflex; tube straight; filaments erect, a little conniving; anthers long, attached at a point below the middle,
versatile, pendulous ; seeds large, oblong. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plants belonging to this genus are easily distinguished from all the species of
Pancratium, by the membrane which unites the long segments of the limb, and which gives its name to the genus,
Hymenocallis signifying beautiful membrane. Most of the species require a stove; but one is quite hardy, and
another nearly so - both being natives of North America. All the species are very much alike, and not easily to
be distinguished by a common observer.
1.-HYMENOCALLIS ADNATA, W. Herb.
THE ADHERING HYMENOCALLIS.
-
SYNONYME.—Pancratium littorale, Jacq.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Segments adhering to the base of the cup.
VARIETIES.—These are numerous, but they differ very little from each
other. The following are described by Mr. Herbert.
H. a. 2 Driandrina, W. Herb.; P. littorale B, Bot. Mag. t. 825;
P. Mexicanum, Hart. Tube rather shorter than the segments.
H. a. 3 disticha, W. Herb.; P. distichum, Bot. Mag. t. 1879.
Segments and tube nearly equal. Leaves rather broader, and strongly
nerved.
H. a. 4 acutifolia, W. Herb.; H. littoralis 8, Bot. Mag. t. 2621,
and our fig. 3 in Plate 37; Pancratium Mexicanum, Bot. Reg. t.
940; P. acutifolium, Swt. Segments shorter than the tube. Leaves
narrow, acute, erect. Style not protruding, and much shorter than the
stamens; cup denticulated.
H. a. 5 Staplesiana, W. Herb. Segments much longer than the
tube. Cup deeply toothed, with staminiferous teeth. Leaves erect,
broad, channelled, attenuated at the base.
22
9
DESCRIPTION, &c.— All the varieties of this species, Mr. Herbert tells us, “ are much hardier than the rest of
the
genus,
and are decidedly aquatic or swamp plants. The species, though evidently the same as that which
Jacquin says he found near Carthagena, lat. 11°, Mr. Herbert found quite hardy. He says, “ I purchased the plant
twenty years ago at the Hammersmith Nursery, under the name of Pancratium Mexicanum, and Mr. Kennedy
asserted it to be from Mexico; and Mr. Loddiges has lately imported many bulbs which appear to be similar,
direct from Mexico. It is so hardy that an offset which I set against the front wall of the stove about fourteen
years ago grew vigorously there, and although the snow lay upon it some weeks the first winter, its leaves were
not killed quite to the ground, and it grew into a tuft with many offsets, and flowers most numerous." Mr.
Herbert also mentions that it will grow vigorously in a cistern of water, and that he has had sixteen flowers on
“Var. 2 and 3,” he adds, “ are only distinguished by a little difference of the tube, which in both is
shorter than in the first. Var. 4 has the leaves narrower and less erect than the others. It was sent to Sir
Alexander Johnstone direct from Mexico, and is such a decided acquatic, that I have a seedling plant of it now in
flower in a cistern, where it has been submerged for a few weeks after it sprouted from the seed some years
ago. It a hardy greenhouse plant, but a little warmth promotes its flowering.” This variety is the one figured
.
in our Plate 37, under the name of Hymenocallis littoralis. Mr. Herbert continues : “ Var. 5 was sent to Mr.
Tate, of Sloane-street, by Mr. Staples, from Mexico. It is remarkable from the number of offsets it produces,
which rather impede its flowering. It is the hardiest of all the varieties, and having been placed about half a
yard from the wall of the stove in front of some bulbs of the species, it has grown with such luxuriance as almost
to overpower them, forming a very thick and increasing tuft of leaves about two feet high. Some bulbs of it,
one scape.
a

164
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
which were placed in 1835 in a border in the middle of the garden, and covered with a few leaves in the winter
have survived, but seem to want frequent watering ; a few bulbs in a pot, set on a step in a pond, are growing
vigorously. This variety has flowered and ripened seeds out of doors in front of the stove.” All these plants are
well deserving of cultivation, from their great beauty and singularity. The species was introduced in 1758; H.
,
a. 2 Driandrina in 1782 ; H. a. 3 disticha in 1812 ; H. a. 4 acutifolia in 1824; and H. a. 5 Staplesiana in 1826.
-
rotate.
2.-HYMENOCALLIS ROTATA, W. Herb. THE WHEEL-LIKE HYMENOCALLIS.
SYNONYMES.-H. r. 1 quadriflora, W. Herb. ; Pancratium rotatum, 2-4-flowered, with a widely spreading cup.
Ker; P. Carolinianum, Catesby; Ismene Knightii, Kn. et West. VARIETIES.-H. r. 2 disciformis, W. Herb. ; Pancratium Mexica-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 827; Bot. Cab. t. 19; Floral Cabinet, num, Lin.; P. rotatum a, Bot. Mag. t. 1082; P. disciforme, Redouté
vol. 2, p. 51.
Liliacées, t. 155. Two-flowered, all the parts smaller ; cup less
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Leaves suberect, subspatulate. Scape
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Both these plants are natives of swamps in North America; the species is found in
Virginia, whence it was introduced in 1803, and the variety is a native of Florida ; but both require protection
in this country. The culture of both is difficult; as “the young rising leaves of both, in a stove or greenhouse,
perish if a drop of water lodges among them.” This injury was not, however, so perceptible when the pot in
which the plant grew was set in a pan of water. They were tried out of doors, but only lived two years, and
then died without having flowered.
a
GENUS XXXVIII.
ISMENE, Salis. THE ISMENE.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Filaments deflexedly conniving; ovules
-
lanceolate; tube curved, cylindrical ; cup large; stigma obtuse ,
erect ; seeds fleshy, green, round; bulb ovate; leaves deciduous, linear- anther attached scarcely below the middle. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The very handsome flowers which belong to this genus bear a considerable resemblance
,
—
to those of the daffodil ; they are very handsome, and of comparatively easy culture. The
genus was separated
from Puncratium by Mr. Salisbury, and it was named, for what reason it is difficult to define, after Ismene, the
daughter of Edipus and Jocasta. The species are all natives of Peru, and if taken up in winter, like tulips, they
may all be flowered in the open ground. The great points to be attended to are growing the plants in pure sand,
and taking up the bulbs in winter.
1.-ISMENE AMANCAES, W. Herb. THE PERUVIAN AMANCAES.
SYNONYMES.—Pancratium Amancaes, Ker; Narcissus Amancaes, SPECIFIC CHARACTER—Leaves acute, sheathing cylindrically ; germen
Ruiz et Pavon, the Golden Pancratium.
sessile: tube green, furrowed, equal to the limb; limb yellow; cup
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. 1224; and our fig. 1, in Plate 37. nearly as long, yellow, with six green stripes, and bifid jagged intervals.
W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the celebrated Amancaes of the Peruvians, in honour of which they hold every
year a kind of religious ceremony; in which holy images are strangely mixed up with scenes of dancing and
feasting. On the 24th of June the inhabitants of Lima sally forth on horseback, in carriages, and on foot, and

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
165
passing through the Almeda, or common promenade, they proceed to some hills about two miles from the city,
which, though usually bare of vegetation, are then yellow with the flowers of the Amancaes. On the sandy or
volcanic soil of these hills innumerable booths are erected; and here the visitors take refreshment after walking
.;
to and fro, and decorating themselves and their horses with the flowers of the Amancaes. The amusements of the
day consist principally of music and dancing, and these are strangely mixed up with religious ceremonies, till in
the evening, the crowds return to the city, so laden with flowers, as to look, in the light of the setting sun, like a
stream of molten gold.
The Amancaes was first brought to England in 1804, and it was for some years kept in a hothouse.
Mr. Herbert, however, finds that by giving the plants absolute rest during winter, and growing them in a light
sandy soil, they may be made to flower in the open border. When he plants the bulbs, which he does in
April or May, he has a large potful of earth taken out of the border, and the hole filled with pure white
sand for each bulb; very little water should be given ; and thus treated, if the season be not too wet, the plants
will flower in July. If they are wished to flower earlier, the bulbs must be planted in a very sandy compost,
without peat, in a pot, which must be set in a stove, and moderately watered every day. The flower-buds will
appear immediately; but the plant should be removed to the greenhouse before they expand, or they will wither
rapidly. The hybrid Mr. Herbert raised between this species and I. calathina, which is very vigorous, may be
forced in the same manner. The seed of this species “is large and round, and vegetates immediately in a
remarkable manner, forming a bulb as big as itself, and sometimes bigger, far under ground, without pushing any
leaf. As soon as the seed rots, the young bulb must be left without water till the following spring. A person
unaware of the peculiarity of this genus and Choretis, when he found the seed rotten would be likely to throw away
the earth, without suspecting the formation of the bulb near the bottom of the pot. Mr. Herbert also mentions that
seedlings of the Amancaes if grown in loam will probably be twenty years before they flower, but if grown in
pure white sand, or very sandy compost, they will generally flower the third year. He adds, that one of his
hybrid seedlings had five leaves and was two feet high the second year. This hybrid (I. A. 2. sulphurea, Bot.
Reg. t. 1665) was raised “ from a seed of I. Amancaes which had been fertilised by the pollen of I. calathina ;”
and it unites curiously the qualities of both parents. The flower is as large as that of Calathina, but the shape is
that of Amancaes, and the colour is a pale yellow, or lemon colour. The scent is very powerful ; and though not
so delightfully fragrant as that of Calathina, it is not so disagreeable as that of Amancaes.
Both the species and the hybrid require absolute rest in winter, and if kept in pots during that season, they
should have no water from the time the leaves decay till May.
و
2.-ISMENE CALATHINA, W. Herb. THE CUPPED ISMENE.
SYNONYMES. — Pancratium calathiforme, Red. ; P. calathinum,
Ker; Chalice-crowned Sea Daffodil ; Basket-flowered Ismene.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 215; Bot. Mag. t. 2685.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves blunter than those of I. Amancaes,
sheathing cylindrically; germen sessile; cup with large bifid, jagged
lobes. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, with large, pure white, delightfully fragrant flowers.
c
It is
said to be a native of Buenos Ayres, and it was introduced in 1816. Its culture is the same as that of
1. Amancaes, but it is a more vigorous plant, and not so particular as to soil, as it will grow in any light soil
either in pots or in the open ground. “I. calathina,” says Mr. Herbert, “ thrives vigorously out of doors in a

166
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
;
border of sand and peat mixed; and flowers in July and August, if the bulbs are planted out in April and taken
up when the leaves decay in October or November. The soil being loose and light, it is easy to avoid breaking
their strong fleshy fibres, which should not be injured. The bulbs so taken up should be put all together in a
large pot, or a small tub, according to their number and size, and some light soil being poured over them, they
should be placed at the back of a greenhouse, or in any shed where they will be preserved from the frost, and
must have no water.” This species was introduced in 1796, and it was for many years supposed to be a
stove plant.
-
-
3.—ISMENE NUTANS, W. Herb. THE NAKED ISMENE.
SYNONYMES. — Pancratium calathinum, Ker; White Brazil Pan- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves erect, rather spatulate, scarcely va-
cratium.
ginating ; flowers three or more; germen sessile; tube green, shorter
ENGRAVING. — Bot. Mag. t. 1561.
than the limb; cup white, dentate, jagged. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is often confounded with I. calathina, but it is easily distinguished by its
jagged cup. It is said to be a native of Brazil; but Mr. Herbert thinks some bulbs sent by Mr. Fraser “from
East Florida, which were soon lost by planting them in peat, and watering them when at rest, appeared to be
this plant.” It was introduced by Lady Hume in 1796, and flowered for the first time at Wormleybury, but it
appears now to be lost. The culture should be the same as that of I. calathina.
a
4.-ISMENE PEDUNCULATA, W. Herb. THE STALKED ISMENE.
ENGRAVING. - Herb. Amaryll. t. 35, fig. 2.
white, with green stripes, having bifid, jagged lobes ; style equal to the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves more acute and not sheathing so high limb. W. Herb. abridged.
as thuse of Amancaes; scape pedunculated; flower greenish ; cup
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A handsome species, with greenish-white flowers, which is hardier than any of the other
kinds, vegetates in a lower temperature, and flags sooner in hot weather.” It is a native of Peru.
-
5.-ISMENE MACLEANA, Herb. MR. MʻLEAN'S ISMENE.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 3675.
yellowish, striped with green ; limb and style longer than the cup;
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Germen on a short peduncle ; 'perianth flower fragrant ; leaves green.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome and fragrant species, introduced from Lima in 1838. It is nearly
allied to I. pedunculata, but it is much more tender than that species.
6.-ISMENE VIRESCENS, Lindl. THE GREENISH ISMENE.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Reg. 1841, t. 12.
Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves erect, acute, sheathing at the base ;
scape two-flowered ; cup lobed, and the margin fringed with short
teeth.
6
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very nearly allied to I. pedunculata, “ but the tube is longer, there are no
green stripes on the coronet, and the leaves do not appear less sheathing at the base than in I. Amancaes."
It is
a native of Cusco, whence it was introduced in 1840. The flowers are of greenish white, and fragrant; and they
are produced from June to August. The species appears to require a greenhouse, and it is grown in a light
sandy loam. Like all the species, it should be kept dry during winter. As it produces numerous offsets, it will
probably soon become common in collections.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
167
GENUS XXXIX.
NARCISSUS, Lin. THE NARCISSUS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth tubed; cup including the filaments;
sepaline filaments prolonged ; sepals wider than the petals; scape hollow
upwards, more or less filled up below; peduncles solid, unequal. The
principal fissures of the crown when it is three-lobed opposite the
sepaline ribs, the indenture of each lobe opposite the petaline. Style
mostly tripartible, sometimes by accident in semi-double or degenerated
double flowers tripartite ; ovules in from two to four rows,
which are
mostly imperfect and confused ; seeds with a black shell. W. Herb.
a
-
و
DESCRIPTION, &c.—These beautiful flowers, some of which are so well known, and all of which are so worthy
of being admired, have excited much attention in the botanical world from the arrangements that have been
made of them, first by Mr. Salisbury, afterwards by Mr. Haworth, and lastly by Mr. Herbert. As Mr. Salisbury
only published the names of his genera, without any definitions, it is needless to say more of them here; but as
Mr. Haworth's genera have been adopted by some botanists, and their names have been retained as sectional
divisions by others, it may be advisable here to give a short account of his system. In Mr. Haworth’s Mono-
graph, the old genus Narcissus is divided into the following sixteen genera :-
I. AJAX. (See our fig. 1 in Plate 38.) Corona lobed, crenated, or serrated, about the length of the
segments; stamens erect; leaves ensiform or lorate. This division includes all the kinds with a long cylindrical
сир,
like the common Daffodil.
II. DIOMEDES. (See our fig. 2 in Plate 38.) Tube of corolla clavately cylindrical; corona large ;
stamens straight.
III. CORBULARIA. (See our fig. 3 in Plate 38.) Segments of corolla small, usually shorter than the truncate
corona ; leaves filiform, channelled, green ; stamens ascending. This division includes all the kinds of Hoop-
petticoat Narcissus.
IV. QUELTIA. (See our fig. 4 in Plate 38.) Spathe 1-flowered ; corolla drooping ; segments longer than
the corona ; corona campanulate, curled, a little lobed; stamens erect. The flower commonly called Butter-and-
Eggs belongs to this division.
V. Tros. (See our fig. 5 in Plate 38.) Spathe 1—2-flowered ; corona rather plicately crenulated, twice
as long as the segments; stamens erect.
VI. ILLUS. (See our fig. 6 in Plate 38.) Spathe 2—4-flowered ; corolla drooping ; corona entire, much
shorter than the segments; stamens inclosed, very unequal, three long, and three short, erect ; leaves rushy,
channelled.
These are very elegant flowers.
VII. ASSARACUS. Spathe 2-flowered; corolla drooping ; segments somewhat reflexed ; corona somewhat
.
undulated, equal to or longer than the segments ; stamens inclosed, erect, three long, and three short ; leaves flat.
VIII. Oileus. Spathe 1-flowered ; segments of corolla spreading ; corona longer than, or length of, segments,
entire ; leaves lorate.
IX. JONQUILLA. (See our fig. 7 in Plate 38.) Spathe 2—6-flowered ; corolla stellately spreading ; corona
small, erosely crenulated ; scape compressed ; leaves semiterete, rushy. This division includes all the Jonquils.
X. HELENA. (See our fig. 8 in Plate 38.) Spathe 1-3-flowered ; segments of corolla stellately spreading,
much shorter than the tube ; stamens erect, unequal.
;

168
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN.
و
و
XI. SCHISANTHES. Spathe 3—4-flowered ; corolla spreading ; corona semi-tripartite, spreading, much
shorter than the segments ; scape compressed ; leaves flat.
XII. GANYMEDES. (See our fig. 3 in Plate 39.) Segments of corolla semi-reflexed ; corona cup-shaped,
much shorter than the segments.
XIII. PHILOGYNE. (See our fig. 4 in Plate 39.) Spathe 2—4-flowered ; anthers contiguous, length of
tube ; corona usually shorter than the segments.
XIV. HERMIONE. (See our figs. 1 and 2 in Plate 39.) Spathe 3—20-flowered ; corolla stellately spreading ;
corona small; stamens erect, unequal ; anthers small. This is a very interesting section, from the beauty of the
flowers; the Tazetta, or French Daffodil, belongs to it.
XV. NARCISSUS. (See our fig. 6 in Plate 39.) Spathe 1–3-flowered ; corona small; stamens erect, unequal;
corolla spreading. The Poet's Narcisse is the type of this division.
XVI. CHLORASTER. (See our fig. 8 in Plate 39.) Spathe 1—3-flowered ; corolla stellately spreading;
corona small, entire, or 6-parted, incurved; stamens inclosed, unequal.
Mr. Herbert rejects all the distinctions laid down by Mr. Haworth ; and though he makes six
genera, for
which he adopts some of Mr. Haworth's names, he affixes different characters to them. Dr. Lindley, in the
article on Narcissus in the Penny Cyclopædia, thinks that only the genus Corbularia is sufficiently distinct to
stand. Amid these conflicting opinions I have thought it best to preserve the old name of Narcissus for all the
kinds; dividing the genus into sections according to Mr. Herbert's genera, and giving all the different names
under the head of synonymes. All the Narcissi are natives of Europe, and many of them are found wild in
England. They are all quite hardy; and when once planted should not be removed, except when absolutely
necessary, as they will not flower well for a year or two after being disturbed, till they have thoroughly re-
established themselves in the soil. This rule, however, does not apply to the Jonquils, which may be removed
every year. The soil should be rich and loamy. The tenderer kinds may be planted in a dry sandy soil, and
covered with leaves during winter; but the most tender should not be taken up (unless, as before observed, it be
a kind of Jonquil); as when the bulbs are planted singly, the wet earth lying close upon them is apt to make
them rot; but when they are left so as to form “ a tuft, the wet drains through the interstices between the bulbs.
.
When they are taken up, they should be planted again as soon as possible.” (Herb. Amaryll. p. 296.) When
the bulbs are taken up, they ought to be kept out of the ground as short a time as possible.
>
SECTION 1.—CORBULARIA, OR HOOP-PETTICOAT.
Sect. CHARACTER.–Style and filaments declined, recurved ; anthers petaline inserted at the base ; tube funnel-shaped ; cup large, funnel-
short, attached at the middle, incumbent, versatile ; filaments succes- shaped (longer than the tube); limb little conspicuous; segments
sively matured; the sepaline adhering to the tube near the base, the slender. W. Hero.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This division includes all the elegant flowers known in gardens by the popular name of
the Hoop-petticoat ; this name alluding to the shape of the corona or cup, this being much longer than the segments
of the limb, and being distended, as though drawn over a hoop. It is rather singular that even so early as the
time of Parkinson (1629) there were as many difficulties about naming daffodils as there are at present.
As it

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
169
is rather curious to see what opinions there were on this subject above two hundred years ago, I shall quote part
of Parkinson's introduction to his article on the Daffodil ; premising that the Corbularia or Hoop-petticoat belongs
to what he calls the Pseudo-narcissus.
“There hath beene great confusion among many of our moderne writers of plants, in not distinguishing the
manifold varieties of Daffodils; for every one almost, without consideration of kinde or forme, or other speciall
note, giveth names so diversly one from another, that if any one shall receive from several places the catalogues of
their names (as I have had many) as they set them down and compare one catalogue with the other, he shall
scarce have three names in a dozen to agree together, one calling that by one name which another calleth by
another, that very few can tell what they mean. And this their confusion in not distinguishing the name of
Narcissus from Pseudo-narcissus, is of all others in this kind the greatest and grossest errour.” He then proceeds
to detail the “ Classis and formes” into which he divides the daffodils, telling us that he does so to avoid “that
gulfe whereof I complaine so manie have been endrenched.”
The name of Corbularia signifies “ little basket.” The plants comprised in this division are all of dwarf
stature and delicate growth, and they are all hardy.
9
2
uneven.
а.
1.–NARCISSUS CANTABRICUS, Clus. THE CAMBRIDGE NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Corbularia albicans, Haw.; Corbularia cantabrica, ENGRAVING.–Fig. 5, p. 34 of Gerard's Herbal.
W. Herb. ; Trompette Marin ; Pseudo-narcissus juncifolius flore-albo, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Flower white or whitish; brims a little
Park.; Pseudo-narcissus flore-albo, Gerard.
W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is described by Parkinson as having two or three long and very green leaves,
very like those of the common Hoop-petticoat Narcissus, but not quite so round; “ among which riseth up a
a
short stalke, seldom half a foot high, bearing at the top, out of a small shiny husk, one small white flower,
sometime declining to a pale colour, having six small and short leaves, standing about the middle of the trunk,
which is long, and much wider at the top than at the bottom: the small outer leaves or wings are a little tending
to green, and the trunk (as I said) is white or whitish, having the brims a little uneven.
,
I
The seed is small,
black, and round.” (Park. Parad. p. 106.) The description in Gerard is shorter, but it agrees, as well as the
figure, with the above. The species flowers in March. It is a native of Biscay, and is found in great abundance
among the mountain passes of the Pyrenees. It was introduced before 1596, and was common in British
gardens for more than a century; but it is now lost. It is, however, well deserving of re-introduction, as it is
the only one of the Hoop-petticoat division that has white or whitish flowers. It appears to derive its name of
the Cambridge Narcissus from its having been cultivated on a large scale, about 1588, by
large scale, about 1588, by “Master Nicolas
Belson, sometime of King's College in Cambridge,” whom Gerard calls “a man learned, and a diligent searcher
of nature ;” and who fancied that the distilled water of these Daffodils would cure the palsy, if the patient were
“ bathed and rubbed with the sayd liquor by the fire.” This species is rather more tender than the common
Daffodils; and this is probably the reason it has been lost.
a
-
2.–NARCISSUS BULBOCODIUM, Lin. THE COMMON HOOP-PETTICOAT
-
NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Corbularia Bulbocodium, W, Herb.; C. lobulata, VARIETY.--N. B. 2 serotina; Corbularia serotina, Haw., Brit.
Haw.
Flow. Gard. 2nd ser, t. 164; C. B. 2 serotina, W. Herb. ; N. Bul-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Margin waved and indented. Flowers bocodium, Bot. Mag. t. 88 ; N. turgidus, Salis. ; Pseudo-narcissus
appearing in April. W. Herb.
serotinus, Park. t. 107, fig. 8. Cup undulately-lobed, Haw.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The Common Hoop-petticoat Narcissus is so common in gardens as scarcely to need
description. It is an elegant plant, with very slender leaves and bright yellow flowers. Like the former plant,
-
z

170
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN.
it is a native of the Pyrenees; but it is also found wild in Portugal. It is the hardiest of all the kinds of this
section, and it grows freely in the gardens near London, without taking up for several years. It was, however,
killed in many places by the severe winter of 1837-8. The exact year
of its introduction is not known, but it was
before 1620, and after 1597, as it is not mentioned by Gerard. It should be grown in a light loamy soil, and
sheltered situation; and it succeeds and looks very well in pots. Its flowers do not appear till May, being a
month or six weeks after those of most of the other kinds of Narcissus. Parkinson says of these kinds of
Narcissus, “ The French and Low Country men do call them Trompettes, that is, trumpets, from the form of
the trunke."
3.-NARCISSUS CONSPICUUS, D. Don. THE CONSPICUOUS NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Corbularia conspicua, Haw.; C. c. var. princeps, ENGRAVINGS.–Park. Parad. p. 107, fig. 6; Swt. Brit. Flow.
W. Herb.; Showy Hoop-petticoat Narcissus; Pseudo-narcissus Gard. 2nd. ser. t. 326; and our fig. 3, in Plate 38.
juncifolius lutea, Park. ; Narcissus montanus juncifolius flore-fimbri- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Cup plicate, margin repand; style longer;
ata, Lobel.
leaves erect. W. Herb.
VARIETY.-N. c. 2 minor; C. c. var. minor. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is distinguished from the common Hoop-petticoat Narcissus by its erect
leaves, which are generally shorter than the flower-stalk ; its plaited and crenulated cup; and its projecting
;
stigma. It is a native of the Pyrenees, whence it was introduced before 1560. It should be grown in light
loamy soil; and it should be slightly protected during severe frosts. It flowers in May.
4.-NARCISSUS TENUIFOLIUS, Saiis. THE SLENDER-LEAVED NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Corbularia tenuifolia, Haw. ; C. t. var. princeps, VARIETY.-N. t. minor' ; C. t. minor, W. Herb.
W. Herb.; Narrow-leaved bastard Daffodil, with the clipt, trunk, Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves very narrow; cup 6-lobed ; limb
Park.
shorter, and style longer than the cup. W. Herb.
ENGRAFING.–Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 114.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves of this plant are very narrow and very long, and the bulb is very small;
but the chief mark of distinction is in the cup of the flower, which is lobed, and in this differs materially from
all the other species. It flowers in April. Like the other species, it is a native of the Pyrenees, whence it
appears to have been introduced about the same time as N. Bulbocodium, as it is mentioned by Parkinson. It
is rather tender, and is generally cultivated in pots; as, though it will grow in the open air in mild seasons, an
unfavourable winter will destroy it. The variety only differs in being smaller in all its parts. Mr. Herbert
mentions another species, which he calls Corbularia obesa, which is a native of Tangiers, and flowers in March or
April. The cup of this species is entire and inflated ; and the leaves are recumbent on the ground.
SECTION II.-AJAX, OR DAFFODIL.
SECT. CHARACTER.–Style thick, straight, subulate, three-furrowed, the filaments ; tube funnel-shaped; crown nearly cylindrical, longer
tripartible; filaments straight, clustering round the style, adhering to than the tube, equal to or longer than the limb, which is conspicuous ;
the lower part of the tube, growing into the back of the anther below capsule sloping ; seed roundish, wrinkled, with a prominent wrinkled
the middle; anthers erect, straight (the point rarely a little curved), raphe and chalaza. W. Herb.
linear, margins of the lobes bent back, meeting behind, and enveloping
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This section comprises all the true Daffodils, and the genus Ajax of Mr. Herbert,
Mr. Salisbury, and Mr. Haworth. All these plants are well known, and hardy, with showy flowers; and they
will all grow without any particular care being bestowed on their cultivation.



P1:38.
5
2
1
3
8
---
1.Narassus albicans. 2.Narcissus Sabini _ 3. Narcissued conspicuas
4. Naressus incomparabilis 5 Narcissus montanus-6 Narcissus cernunt.
Narcissus Jonquilla Narcissued gracilis


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
171
5.-NARCISSUS MINOR, Lin. THE LESSER YELLOW DAFFODIL,
SYNONYMES.— Ajax minor, var. princeps, W. Herb.; A. cuneifolius,
Haw.; Pseudo-narcissus Hispanicus luteus minimus, Park.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape internally filled up near to the top;
filaments adnate close to the base unequally; style shorter than the
cup; limb semi-patent, pale yellow; segments not imbricating; cup
6-lobed, crenate at the edge; leaves glaucous. W. Herb.
VARIETIES.—N. m. 2 humilior; N. minor, Bot. Mag. t. 6; Ajax
minor, 2 humilior, W. Herb. ; A, minimus, Haw. Leaves closer
to the ground, but before expansiun touching it; segments imbri-
cating, W. Herb.
N. m. 3 cuneifolius ; Ajax minor, 3 cuneifolius, Salis. Segments
of the limb not imbricating. Mr. Haworth gives two varieties of
this, one with large and erect leaves, and the other with narrow leaves.
N. m. 4 erectior; Ajax minor erectior, W. Herb. ; Ajax minor,
Haw. Mr. Haworth gives two varieties of this, differing like the
others in the leaves.
N. m. 5 nanus; Ajax minor, 5 nanus, W. Herb.; Ajax nanus,
5
Haw. ; limb sulphureous, semi-patent, and half as long again as the
cup, which is yellow, lobed, and crenate. Mr. Haworth mentions a
narrow-leaved variety with a limb quite patent, and a double variety.
N. m. 6 pumilus; Ajax minor pumilus, W. Herb., a very dimi-
nutive variety.
1.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Pretty little plants, with small bright yellow flowers, which appear in March. They
are all quite hardy, and will grow in any common garden-soil. The species is a native of the Pyrenees and
different parts of Spain; and it was introduced about the same time as the others. It is mentioned by Parkinson,
as well as two or three of the varieties.
6.-NARCISSUS PSEUDO-NARCISSUS, Lin. THE COMMON DAFFODIL.
-
SYNONYMES.— Ajax Pseudo-narcissus, Haw.; A. P. 1 ryticarpus, paid much attention to the wild Bulbs of Italy, that N. Pseudo-narcissus,
W. Herb.; Pseudo-Narcissus, Anglicus vulgaris, Park.; the English in the vicinity of Naples, is oftener found in a wild state with double,
Daffodil or Daffo-down-dilly, Gerard.
than with single flowers." “Such plants," Mr. Herbert adds,“musty
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng. Bot. t. 17; 2nd ed. v. iii. t. 468.
I think, be vestiges of ancient horticulture. I am also told that there
Specific CHARACTER.-Cup the length of the limb; scape two-edged, are many variations of the plant, peculiar to different localities in
striated ; style shorter than the cup; filaments adnate, close to the Italy.” The following varieties have been deemed by Mr. Herbert
base of the tube ; cup sometimes with six lobes, cleft almost regularly, sufficiently distinct to receive names.
sometimes with none; limb paler than the cup. W. Herb.
N. P. 3 festalis, Salis.; smaller than the species; the germen
VARIETIES.— This species varies very much when raised from seed ; wrinkled when immature.
the variations consisting chiefly in the shades of colour between the N.P.4 nobilis, Haw.; limb spreading ; cup large and irregularly
cup and the limb, and in the greater or less degree of serrature of the lobed ; scent unpleasant.
cup; seedlings are also frequently found more or less double. Mr. N. P. 5 Telamonius, Haw.; flowers unusually long.
Herbert states, that he had been “informed by a gentleman, who has
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It is certainly of little use to attempt to describe this flower, for every one knows
—the Daffodils
That come before the swallow dares, and take
The winds of March with beauty.
is
grow in
The bell-shaped part is called the cup, and the divisions, which look like a coloured calyx, the limb; and
it is one of the characteristics of this division that the cup is much larger than the limb. The flower-stalk, or
scape, square and succulent, and hollow through nearly all its length, and the leaves are long and flat. The plant
will
any soil, not too light and dry; and it is often found wild in Britain, though it is somewhat doubtful
whether it be really a native, or only
66 A garden-flower grown
It is very common in the woods of Italy, where, as before observed, it is often found with double flowers, wild.
It is always found in a loamy soil; and when grown in gardens, it flowers best, when it is left for several
years
without removing. It should be planted in autumn.
grown wild.”
z 2

172
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
.
To
7.–NARCISSUS BICOLOR, Lin. THE TWO-COLOURED DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES. — Ajax lorifolius, Haw. ; A. bicolor, var., lorifolius, VARIETIES.- N. b. 2 breviflos; A. ). 2 breviflos, Haw., has the
W. Herb. ; N. Pseudo Narcissus, var. B, Red.; White-and-yellow cup very little longer than the limb, and the flowers are very fragrant.
Daffodil.
N. b. 3 anceps; A. 1. 3 anceps, Haw., has a flattened scape, and
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1187.
the cup of the flower decidedly longer than the limb, with an unplea-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Limb very pale, rather shorter than the cup; sant smell.
which is a dark yellow, and imperfectly lobed. Leaves lorate, flat.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is a native of the south of Europe, particularly of the Passes of the
Pyrenees, but it has been long in cultivation in British gardens. The difference of colour between the
сир
and
the limb is very striking ; the latter in some seedlings being very nearly white. It is easily distinguished from
the common kind by its round stalk ; that of N. Pseudo-narcissus being flat.
8.–NARCISSUS MOSCHATUS, Lin. THE MUSK-SCENTED OR WHITE SPANISH DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES.— Ajax moschatus, Haw.; A. m. 1 candidissimus, N. m. 3 cernuus; N. cernuus, Roth. ; Ajax m. 3 cernuus.
W. Herb.; N. m. 8, Ker.
W. Herb.; A. cernuus, Haw., Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1300; Red. Lil. 3, t. 188.
t. 101. Flowers drooping. Leaves deeply channelled, frequently
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Segments tortuous, sulphurescent, turning
double.
white, equal to the cup, flower small. Style shorter than the cup. N. m. 4 albicans ; Ajax m. 4 albicans, W. Herb. ; A. albicans,
W. Herb.
Hau., Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 145, and our fig. 1, in
VARIETIES.-N. m. 2 tortuosus; A. tortuosus, Haw. ; A. m. 2 Plate 38. The Great Spanish White Daffodil, Park. Par. p. 100,
tortuosus, W. Herb. ; N. moschatus, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 924. t. 101, fig. l. Segments of the limb ovate-lanceolate, somewhat flat
Limb shorter than the cup, but broader ; not so white as the species. whitish ; cup crenate, sulphurescent.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The shape of these flowers differs very little from that of the common Daffodil, but the
colour is very distinct. All the kinds are called Musk Daffodils, but very improperly; as the scent does not in
the least resemble musk, but is rather like that of ginger. The different kinds are all found wild on the
Pyrenees, but they have been in cultivation in British gardens for many years. Like the other species, it requires
a loamy soil, which should be rather rich.
9.- NARCISSUS MAJOR, Lin. THE GREAT YELLOW SPANISH DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES.— Ajax luteus, var. major, W. Herb.; A. maximus, fig. 1 ; Ajax luteus propinguus, W. Herb. Cup straighter than in
Haw..
the species.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 51.
N. m. 3 obvallaris; N. major, Bot. Mag. t. 1304, fig. 2.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth all yellow. Filaments adnate, Margin of the cup less lobed and more recurved than in the species.
unequally near to the base of the tube. Style shorter than the cup. Limb short.
VARIETIES.—N. m. 2 propinquus ; N. m. B, Bot. Mag. t. 1301,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is the kind frequently called the Great Yellow Spanish Daffodil. The cup is
very long and rather deeply lobed, the lobes being broad and not much recurved. The limb is also large and
Very little recurved. There are several variations of this species, and Mr. Herbert refers to it the Ajax lobularis
of Mr. Haworth, also called the Scotch Daffodil ; A. rugilobus and A. cambricus. The species is found on the
Pyrenees, and on several hills in France.
10.-NARCISSUS SABINI, Lindl. MR. SABINE'S DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES.—Diomedes major, Haw. ; Ajax Sabinianus, W. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Cup plicate, shorter than the limb; seg-
Herb.
ments of the limb patent, imbricated.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 762 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 38.
DESCRIPTION, &c. – A very distinct species, from the cup being fluted, and not at all curved back at the
c.
"1

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
173
margin. The
cup
is darker than the limb; and the leaves are broad and very few. The native country of this
plant is unknown; but it was found in 1818 in the Botanic Garden, Oxford, by Mr. Baxter, who sent it to
Mr. Sabine. It is very seldom seen in collections. Some botanists have supposed it a garden hybrid, but it is
found to come true from seed.
SECTION III.- GANYMEDES OR RUSH DAFFODIL.
Sect. CHARACTER.–Style straight, slender ; filaments adhering to shorter than the limb; tube slender, drooping ; capsule erect; seed
the upper part of the tube with greater diversity than Queltia ; sepa- oblong, with elevated raphe and chalaza. W. Herb.
line stamens more prolonged; limb decidedly reflex ; cup equalling or
DESCRIPTION, &c.—These are delicate plants with small bulbs, and slender stem and leaves, but with from
two to seven flowers. The flower is generally drooping, with the cup projecting, and the limb turned back. All
the species are very elegant.
11.-NARCISSUS TRIANDRUS, Lin. THE THREE-ANTHERED RUSH DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES.—Illus cernuus, Haw. ; Ganymedes cernuus, W. style concealed by the cup. Leaves narrow, rush-like, and somewhat
Herb.; N. calathinus, Red. ; N. juncifolius, C!us, ; Turning
Clus
twisted.
Jonquil, Park.
VARIETY.—N. t. 2 luteus, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 1262; N. calathi-
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 48 ; ? Redouté Liliacées, t. 410; and nus, var. Red. t. 177 ; Queltia capax, Salis. , Assaracus capax,
our fig. 6, in Plate 38, as N. cernuus.
Haw.; Ganymedes pulchellus, Swt.; G. capax, W. Herb. This
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Tube and limb equal, and much longer than variety only differs in the colour of the flowers; the cup being whiter
the cup; limb reflexed. Spathe many-flowered. Flowers drooping, than the limb.
the three alternate stamens much shorter than the others, and with the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There are perhaps few plants that vary more in the flowers than this, as they are often
very different on the same stalk. They always, however, agree in three of the stamens being so much shorter
than the others as not to be perceptible without a very close examination. The limb of the flower is always
reflexed, and the cup projecting ; but this is a characteristic of the section or genus Ganymedes, which is named
from the cup-bearer of Jove, from its constantly-projecting cup. Like all the plants in this division, this species
is very delicate, and requires a warm and sheltered situation, and a light, rich soil : it is a native of Portugal and
the South of France. The species differs from the variety in having a twisted stem, whence Parkinson's name of
the Turning Jonquil. It may also be observed, that all the species called Jonquil, of which this once was one, are
distinguished by their slender, rush-like leaves, whence indeed they take their name; as it is derived from the
Latin word juncifolius, literally rush-leaved. The flower-stalk or scape in all these species has two or three
flowers, and the flowers are always drooping.
a
-
12.-NARCISSCUS CONCOLOR, Swt. THE SELF-COLOURED RUSH DAFFODIL.
SYNONYME.—Ganymedes concolor, Haw.
and reflexed ; cup much shorter. Spathe many-flowered, flowers
ENGRAVINGS. —Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2d ser. t. 113. and our drooping. The three alternate stamens a little shorter than the
fig. 3, in Plate 39.
others; style projecting beyond the cup. Leaves not twisted, but
Specific Character.—Limb nearly equal in length to the tube, deeply channelled, and folded together.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very handsome species differs from the preceding one, in the colour of the cup
and
the limb being the same, in the style projecting, in the three smaller stamens not being quite hidden by the cup,

174
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
and in neither the leaves nor stalk being twisted. This last distinction is, however, not always distinctly marked;
as the leaves are sometimes twisted slightly. It is a native of the valleys of the Pyrenees; and it should be
grown in a rich loamy soil, and sheltered situation.
13.-NARCISSUS NUTANS, Haw. THE NAKED RUSH DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES. N. trilobus, But. Mag.; Ganymedes nutans, W. longer than the tube, and only partially reflexed. Style projecting far
Herb.
beyond the cup. Leaves linear, half round.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Cup much shorter than the limb: Limb
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species may be considered as intermediate between the reflexed Rush Daffodils and
the Jonquils; the cup being longer than the latter, and yet not so prominent as in Narcissus triandrus and its
near allies. Mr. Herbert, however, considers this species, like the preceding ones, to belong to Ganymedes. It is a
native of the South, and, like all the many-flowered Narcissi, it blooms later in the season than the common
Daffodils.
There are some other species belonging to this division, but they are rarely seen in British gardens.
SECTION IV.-QUELTIA OR MOCK NARCISSUS.
Sect. CHARACTER.–Style straight, more or less attenuated ; fila-
ments adhering alternately to the upper part of the tube, straight, affixed
to the back of the anthers below the middle; anthers linear, erect, re-
curved, with the margins of the cells meeting behind, above the attach-
ment, but not enveloping the filaments (tube sub-cylindrical, more or
less widened, crown shorter than the limb), shorter than the tube, or
nearly equal. W. Herb.
14.–NARCISSUS MACLEAII, Lindl. MR. MACLEAY'S NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Queltia Macleana, W. Herb.; Diomedes minor, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Scape 1—2-flowered; cup cylindrically
Haw. ; Small Early White Daffodil, Park.
truncate, fluted, and shorter than the limb. Leaves broad, green.
.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 2588.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very distinct, from the breadth and greenness of the leaf, which in most
of the Narcissi is glaucous. The cup is fluted ; and of a deep yellow, while the limb is sulphur-coloured. The
fluted
cup resembles that of N. Sabini, with which it was classed in the genus Diomedes by Mr. Haworth.
15.—NARCISSUS MONTANUS, Park. THE WHITE MOUNTAIN DAFFODIL.
SYNONYMES.—Queltia poculigera, Salis. ; 2. montana, W. Herb. ; plaited. Leaves broad, flat, glaucous, and lorately elongated.
Tros poculiformis, Haw.
VARIETY.—N. m. 2 galanthifolius; Q. m. 2 galanthifolia, W.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 123; and our fig. 5, in Plate 38. Herb. ; Tros galanthifolius, Haw. The limb is more exposed and
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape 1—2-flowered ; limb about equal to twisted, and the cup more plaited.
the tube, cup a little shorter. Limb partly recurved ; cup slightly
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is one of the most beautiful of all the Narcissi, from the elegant form of its
pure white flower, and the graceful manner in which it hangs. It is quite hardy, and yet, though it has been
introduced since the time of Parkinson (1629), it is rarely seen in British gardens. The reason seems to be,
want of care in its culture, as it is a native of the valleys of the Pyrenees, and it requires a deep, moist soil, like
that found in the recesses among the rocks.
-
a



P1.30
KU
3.
2
2
1. Næcissus orientalis. 2Narcissus Trewianus. _ 3. Narcissus concolor.
4 Narcissus calathinub._ 5 Narcissus poeticus ONārcissut viridiflorus


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
175
16.-NARCISSUS INCOMPARABILIS, Curt.
THE NONSUCH DAFFODIL, OR BUTTER AND EGGS.
SYNONYMES.—Queltia fætida, W. Herb. ; Q. incomparabilis, Haw.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 121; and our fig. 4 in Plate 38.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Cup much shorter than the limb, strongly
plaited, six-lobed ; limb patent, slightly tortuous. Leaves succulent,
and rather glaucous.
VARIETIES. —N. i. 2 aurantius, G. Don ; N. Gouani Red. t. 158.
Q. f. 2 aurantia, W. Herb. Cup deep orange. Butter and eggs is
the double-flowered kind of this variety.
N. i. 3 semipartitus ; Queltia semipartita, Haw. ; Q.f.3 semipartita,
W. Herb. “A marked variety, with a paler tint of yellow, the cup
more patent, regularly and deeply lobed.” Herb. Amaryll.
N. i. 4 concolor; Queltia concolor, Salis. ; Q. f. 4 concolor, W.
Herb. In this variety the cup is of the same colour as the limb.
N. i. 5 griseas; Narcissus Queltia, G. Don ; Queltia alba, Haw. ;
Q. f. 5 grisea. W. Herb Parkinson describes this species as being of
a glistening whitish-grey, with a yellow cup. The double-flowered
orange phenix belongs to this variety.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—All these plants have a very unpleasant smell, whence Mr. Herbert proposes to call the
species Queltia foetida ; all the varieties are apt to become double, but as they are rather capricious in this
respect, varying very much, the double-flowered kinds have not been kept distinct. All the kinds are quite hardy,
though natives of Spain and Portugal; and they have been common in British gardens for more than two
centuries. There are many other sub-varieties, which differ in shades of colour, and in being more or less double ;
but they are all perfectly hardy, and will grow in any common garden soil.
17.-NARCISSUS SCHISANTHES. THE CUT-FLOWERED NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.- N. orientalis B, Lin.; N. incomparablis, Ker; Her-
mione ambigena, Salis. ; Schizanthes orientalis, Haw.; Queltia
orientalis, W. Herb.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 948.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Cap spreading, and deeply cut; segments
of the limb long, pointed, and spreading. Leaf keeled.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very distinct; from the cup, instead of being entire, being so deeply cut as
to be nearly divided into four separate parts. The flowers are large, and each scape or flower-stalk bears three
or more flowers. There appears to have been great doubt among botanists where to place it, as it has been
successively called a variety of Narcissus orientalis, one of N. incomparabilis, a kind of Hermione, and a kind of
Queltia ; while Mr. Haworth made it into a distinct genus under the name of Schisanthes, which signifies a cut
flower.
a
a
18.—NARCISSUS ODORUS, Lin. THE SWEET-SCENTED NARCISSUS, OR GREAT JONQUIL.
SYNONYMES.—Philogyne Camperdelli, Haw.; Queltia odoraCam- Queltia odora calathina, W. Herb. The segments of the limb are
pernelliana, W. H.
narrower, and more recurved; and the ovary larger in proportion to
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowerg uniformly of a bright yellow. Cup the tube. This variety, when double, is often called Queen Anne's
chalice-shaped. Tube slender. Seeds usually in three rows, but Jonquil.
sometimes irregular. Leaves deep green.
There are several other varieties, which I have not described because
VARIETY.-N. 0. 2 calathinus; N. calathinus. Lin., Bot. Mag. they are very rare.
t. 934 ; and our fig. 4, ir Plate 39 ; Philogyne odora, Haw.;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—It would be difficult to say why Linnæus named the species “ odorus," as it is not more
sweet-scented than many other kinds of Narcissus. The variety he named Narcissus Calathinus, from its cup
resembling a chalice. The species has generally two or more flowers on a stalk, but the variety is, in most
cases, produced singly. Both kinds are quite hardy, and as they will grow in any soil or situation, they are
common in gardens.

176
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
19.—NARCISSUS JONQUILLA, Lin. THE JONQUIL.
SYNONYMES.--Jonquilla major, Haw. ; Queltia Jonquilla, W.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves narrow and rounded, channelled
on the surface. Tube slender, longer than the limb; cup very
Herb.; Narcissus juncifolius, Park. ; the Junquilia, or common
short. Flowers all yellow, and very fragrant.
Rush Daffodil.
VARIETY.-N. J. viridiflorus, Bot. Mag. t. 1687; and our fig. 6,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 15; and our fig. 7, in Plate 38.
in Plate 39.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The fragrance and hardiness of the Jonquil, combined with its light and elegant form,
and profusion of flowers, have made it a garden favourite in every country where it is known. It is a native of
Spain, whence it was imported in the reign of Elizabeth ; and it has been thus cultivated in British gardens for
nearly three centuries. It is quite hardy, and will grow freely in any common garden soil. There are several
varieties, but they only differ in size, or slightly in colour.
a
SECTION V.-NARCISSUS OR TRUE NARCISSE.
SECT. CHARACTER.–Style straight, slender; filaments straight, free margins not meeting behind; tube slender, cylindrical, widened at the
at the point only, the sepaline adnate to the mouth of the tube, the mouth; cup short, spread. W. Herb.
petaline just below; anthers short, with the summit recurved, the
20.—NARCISSUS GRACILIS, Sab. THE SLENDER NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.--Helena gracilis, Haw. ; N. lætus, Red. ; graceful VARIETIES.—N. g. 2 planicorona, W. Herb. ; leaves narrow; tube
Jonquil.
longer than the limb; cup nearly flat; margin even.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 816; Red. Lil. t. 428; Swt. Brit. Flow. N. g. 3 tenuior, W. Herb.; N. tenuior, Curt., Bot. Mag. t. 379.
Gard. 2d Ser. t. 136; and our fig. 8, in Plate 38.
Cup bright orange, margin waved; segments of the limb obovate ; tube
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves narrow, green; spathe 13-flowered.
Perianth pale yellow; style equal to the tube; seeds somewhat oblong.
W. Herb.
very slender.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The species has so long been common in British gardens, where it is considered a kind of
Jonquil, that its origin is lost; the variety was, however, introduced from Italy, in 1794. Both are quite hardy,
;
and will
grow
in
any common garden soil.
21.—NARCISSUS BIFLORUS, Curt. THE TWO-FLOWERED NARCISSUS, OR PRIMROSE-PEERLESS.
—
.
SYNONYME, -Pale Daffodil.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 197.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves a little glaucous, 1-4-flowered;
limb creamy white; cup yellow. W. Herb.
VARIETIES.—N. b. 2 triflorus, W. Herb. Generally with three or
four rather smaller flowers. Imported from the south of France.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The species, which is often confounded with the Poet's Narcissus, never seeds in our
gardens, the anthers containing no pollen, and the ovaries no ovules. Its origin is not known, but as it cản be
traced in British gardens for more than three centuries, if a hybrid, it was probably raised accidentally. It is, of
course, always propagated by offsets. The three-flowered French variety, on the contrary, seeds freely. Both
kinds are quite hardy, and will grow freely in any soil or situation. It is often found wild both in England and
Ireland ; but always in situations which prove that it is not a true native. It is easily distinguished from the
Poet's Narcissus, to which it is nearly allied, by the flower-scape generally bearing two and frequently three
flowers, and by the rim of the cup being white, while that of the Poet's Narcissus is of a dark red or purple. This
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
177
species also possesses, to a greater degree than any other, the peculiar fragrance which has given the name to the
genus ; as Narcissus is derived from a Greek word, signifying Stupor, and the scent from these flowers in a close
room,
has been found to produce headache and giddiness.
a
22.-NARCISSUS POETICUS, Lin. THE POET'S NARCISSUS.
.
Leaves very
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 193; and our fig. 5, in Plate 39.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.Leaves glaucous; flowers solitary, rarely, if
ever, two ; limb pure white, unless a small yellow mark at the base of
the segments; cup yellow, margined with red or deep orange; seeds
rounder than those of Gracilis. W. Herb.
VARIETIES. — These are so numerous, that I shall not attempt to
give more than a selection.
N. p. angustifolius, W. Herb. Leaves narrow ; flowers small.
This is the kind figured in Bot. Mag. t. 193.
N. p. majalis, W. Herb.; N. poeticus, Eng. Bot. t. 275; 2d ed.
t. 469. Spathe generally 1-flowered. Flowers large, appearing in
May.
N. p. recurvus, W. Herb. ; N. recurvus, Haw.
broad, with the points always bent back; flowers very large:
N.p. patellaris, W. Herb.; N. patellaris, Haw. Leaves broad;
alternate segments of the perianth more reflexed than the others ;
flowers very large and showy.
N. p. stellaris, W. Herb. ; N. stellaris, Haw.; Swt. Brit. Flow.
Gard. 2nd ser. 132. Segments of the limb narrow, and distinct at
the base ; less ornamental than the other species.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— All the species and varieties of the Poet's Narcissus, are easily known from all the other
kinds of Narcissus, by the deep purple ring in the centre of the colour round the margin of the cup. This is the
species into which Ovid tells us Narcissus was transformed; though it appears that the vain youth took his
name from the flower, instead of giving it; as the Narcissus is mentioned, by Theophrastus, as common in Greece,
and as used in medicine to procure ease from pain. The Poet's Narcissus is found wild both in Greece and Italy;
and on this account, it is supposed to be the species alluded to, by both Greek and Roman writers.
It has been already observed, that all the kinds of Narcissi should be grown in deep rich loam; but this
kind of soil is even more necessary to the Poet's Narcissus, than to any other species; as, when in very poor, or
very dry soil, the flowers will not only be small, but they are liable to be attacked by a very remarkable disease,
which is described by Mr. Haworth in Sweet's British Flower Garden, under Narcissus recurvus. It is well
known that the flower of the Narcissus, when in the bud, is not folded up in a green calyx like some other plants,
,
but in a brown withered-looking membrane, called a spathe, which bursts open when the flowers expand.
Now the flowers attacked by this disease, instead of opening, appear to be imprisoned in the spathe, in which,
when about half-grown, they wither and die; while the unopened spathe appears distended with gas, engendered
by the decaying flower. If the spathe, when in this inflated state, be pressed between the thumb and finger,
it will give out the imprisoned gas, “discovering the discoloured and only partially developed flower, as if it
had been scalded by the heat of the sun's rays. This distemper the gardeners have a name for, and say such
flowers are blind.”
The cause of this disease does not appear to be exactly understood, and no cure for it has
been yet devised; but it is well ascertained that it never occurs either in moist soils or in moist seasons. I think
it is Keats who says of the Narcissus, alluding to its flourishing most near water-
66
9
What first inspired the bard of old to sing,
Narcissus pining o'er the untainted spring ?
'Twas in some lovely ramble he had found
A glassy pool with boughs all woven round;
And on its bank a lonely flower he spied,
Drooping and sad, amid the summer's pride
A A

178
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
SECTION VI.—HERMIONE, OR CLUSTERED NARCISSUS.
Sect. CHARACTER.— Style straight; slender filaments conniving,
with a short curved point, alternately inserted ; the sepaline at the
mouth of the tube decurrent, scarcely partible from it, attached to the
middle of the anthers; anthers after inversion acute-oval, incumbent,
versatile. Capsule erect ; tube slender, cylindrical, enlarged at the
mouth ; cup shorter than the tube or limb. W. Herb.
23.-NARCISSUS BIFRONS, Ker. THE TWO-FACED, OR JONQUIL-SCENTED NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Hermione bifrons, Haw. ; N. longiflorus, Willd. N. B. bifrons, Ker. Bot. Mag. t. 1299; N. compressa B, Haw. in
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1186.
Lin. Trans. Hermione primulina, Haw. Succ. The segments of
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves a deep glossy green; perianth yellow; the limb are broader and shorter, and lap over each other, instead of
cup more or less 6-lobed, shallow, patent; style just exceeding. being distinct.
W. Herb.
N. b. 3 compressa, H. b. 2 compressa, W. Herb. ; N. compressus,
VARIETIES.—N. b, 2 primulinus, H. b. 2 primulina, W. Herb. ; Haw. Cup crenated or 3-lobed, and more erect.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species was called bifrons, or two-faced, by Mr. Bellenden Ker, because he
,
considered it half-way between Narcissus odorus var. calathinus (see our fig. 4, in Plate 39) and the common
Jonquil (see fig. 7, in Plate 38); it having the six-lobed cup of the former, and the distinct segments and
delightful fragrance of the latter. It is quite hardy, and blossoms in March or April, about the same time as
N.calathinus, and earlier than the Jonquil. It was introduced from Holland about 1807; but its native country
is unknown. The first variety, N. 6. 2 primulinus, is sometimes called the Cowslip Jonquil, and N.6.3 compressus,
the Jasmine Jonquil.
24.-NARCISSUS TAZETTA, Lin. THE POLYANTHUS NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.-N. flavus, Lag.; Hermione Tazetta, W. Herb.; florus, Haw.; Hermione crenularis, Salis. ; H. Trevianus, Swt. Brit.
5
H. cupularis, Salis. ; Soleil d'or, Hort.
Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 118; H. brevistyla var. Trevianus, W.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe many-flowered ; cup rather deep; Herb.; Bazelman major, Trew. ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 39. The
margin entire. Leaves lorate, obtusely attenuated.
style is much shorter than the stamens, and is seated very low in the
VARIETIES.-—These are very numerous, many kinds that have been сир. The leaves are very broad, and the flowers large.
called species by different botanists, being in fact only different varie- N. t. 6 tereticaulis; N. orientalis, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 1298; N.
ties of the Polyanthus Narcissus. The following are some of those tereticaulis, Haw. ; Hermione tereticaulis, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard.
which appear most distinct.
2d ser. t. 179; H. leucoiifolia, Salis. ; H. brevistyla, var. W. Herb.
N. t. 2 aperticoronus; Hermione aperticorona, Haw., Swt. Brit. Scape roundish, hollow. Leaves linear-lorate, channelled, green. Style
Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 191. Cup spreading.
about half the length of the stamens, included in the tube. This is the
N. t. 3 orientalis; N. orientalis y, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 946 ; plant called Surpassant, and the French Daffodil, in the bulb catalogues.
N. t. bicolor, Red.; N. citrinus, G. Don ; Hermione Tazetta sex- N. t. 7 crenulata ; Hermione brevistyla crenulata, W. Herb.;
lobata, W. Herb.; and our fig. 1, in Plate 39. Segments broad, Bazelman minor. Limb white; cup yellow, edged with orange, very
roundish, overlapping each other. Cup spreading, six-lobed. This wide.
variety is known in the bulb catalogues as the Grand Primo Citroniere. N. t. 8 floribunda ; Hermione grandiflora, Haw. This is the kind
It is also sometimes called the Polyanthus Narcissus of the Levant. called in the catalogues Grand Monarque, or the Nosegay Narcissus.
N. t. 4 multiflorus; N. orientalis 8, Ker, Bot. Mag. t. 1026, has Besides these and other botanical varieties, there are a great number
all yellow flowers.
of what are called garden varieties, which have been raised by florists
N. t. 5 Trewiana ; N. orientalis, Bot. Mag. t. 940 ; N. grandi- from seed, and named by them after celebrated persons, &c.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The Polyanthus Narcissus is a well-known flower, which is deservedly a favourite, from
the ease with which it may be grown in pots, or flowered in water-glasses like the hyacinth. The best bulbs
are imported from Holland, where two or three hundred kinds are grown and named.
All the kinds are,
however, easily distinguished by their numerous flowers and entire cup; and they are all delightfully fragrant
The word tazzetta signifies a small deep vessel, like a tea-cup.
When flowered in glasses, they will require the same treatment as hyacinths, except that the water need not
be changed so often; but when planted in the open ground, it should be in a sheltered situation, (as the flower is

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
179
3
apt to be broken by high winds), and in a rich loamy soil. The bulbs should be put into the ground in
September, and they flower best when part of an old hotbed is spread over them in October, and slightly forked
in. If the situation is cold, they may be covered with dead leaves during winter, but this is seldom necessary.
They should not be taken up oftener than every third year, and they are better when not disturbed even then,
,
unless it should be found that they flower weakly from having too many offsets. .
-
-
a
25.--NARCISSUS PAPYRACEUS, Ker. THE ITALIAN, OR PAPER-WHITE NARCISSUS.
SYNONYMES.—Hermione papyracea, W. Herb.; Narcissus Tazetta cup short; stigma shorter than the cup, and equal to the upper fila-
albus, Red. ; N. unicolor, Tenore ; Roman Narcissus.
ments. Bulb blackish. Leaves very glaucous.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 947.
VARIETY.—N. p. 2 Cypri, N. cypri, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Spathe many-flowered. Perianth pure white; ser. t. 92 ; and the double Cyprian Narcissus, Bot. Mag. t. 1011.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - This species differs from the common Polyanthus narcissus, chiefly in the colour of its
flowers, and in its having a flattened two-edged stem. The cup is also much shallower, and it is somewhat
scalloped at the margin ; and the bulb is smaller and blacker. It is a native of Italy, and grows
abundance near Mount Vesuvius. It should be planted in a sheltered situation, as it is very liable to be injured
by high winds. The Cyprian narcissus, and the double Roman narcissus, are generally supposed to be varieties
of this species. The latter is a very singular flower, the yellow and white being mixed in it, as the yellow and
orange are in the well known variety called Butter-and-eggs. These and several other varieties are sometimes
included in this species, and sometimes in N. Tazetta, the Polyanthus narcissus.
in great
a
-
26.—NARCISSUS ITALICUS, Ker. THE ITALIAN NARCISSUS.
SYNONYME.—Hermione italica.
limb pointed ; cup irregularly cleft. Style nearly equal in length to
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag, t. 1188.
the cup. Leaves green.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Spathe many-flowered.
Segments of the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, though often confounded with N. papyraceus, is yet very distinct in the
pointed segments of its flowers, its irregularly cleft cup, and dark-green leaves. This last is a striking mark of
distinction, as the leaves of N. papyraceus are glaucous, and covered with a whitish bloom. There are many
other species belonging to this division ; particularly N. dubius, Willd., Hermione dubia, W. Herb., Red. Lil. t.
428, a French species, which appears to belong to N. papyraceus ; and N. serotinus, Desf., Hermione serotina,
Haw., an autumnal-flowering species, found in Barbary and on both shores of the Mediterranean. Another
African species is Narcissus viridiflorus, Ker, Chloraster fissus, Haw., Hermione viridiflora, W. Herb., and our
fig. 6, in Plate 39; a very remarkable plant found on the Coast of Barbary, and on the Rock of Gibraltar, but
which is seldom to be met with in England.
SUB-ORDER.-GALANTHEÆ.
1
Not oper-
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER.—Porandrous; that is, not having the anthers culous ; bedded, that is with a glandular spongy covering to the ger-
slit and inverted, but opening partially; in this instance the pollen is men, in which the filaments are inserted. Pollen not half the size of
discharged through two small round holes at the summit.
the smallest pollen of the Amaryllidaces. Peduncle curved.
In this sub-order, Mr. Herbert includes the genera Galanthus, Erinosma, and Acis, each of which has a solid
flower-scape and whitish seeds; and Leucojum, which has a hollow scape and black shining seeds.
Α Α 2

180
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XL
GALANTHUS, Lin. THE SNOWDROP.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate; leaves linear-lorate; scape scales; style filiform, tapering to a point ; filaments short, equal, in-
1-flowered ; spathe tubular below; above slit on one side, transparent serted in the opercle, free ; anthers erect, affixed at the base, apicu-
on the other; germen oblong-ovate, pendulous; segments separate ; late; orifices terminal, round; capsule valveless; seeds whitish;
sepals concave, expanding in the sun; petals much shorter, obovate, pollen very minute. W. Herb.
emarginate, 2-lobed, having the semblance of large nectariferous
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Though the Snowdrop is so common a flower, very few persons are aware of the botanical
construction of this
“ First pale blossom of the unripened year.
The outer divisions of the flower, which are of a snowy whiteness, are the sepals of the calyx; while the petals
are the short scale-like bodies, bordered and striped with green, which form the inner part. Thus, when the flower
becomes double, it is only in the inner part, from the stamens being changed into petals, as is always the case
with double flowers. There are only two species of Galanthus. The name of the genus is derived from two
Greek words, signifying Milk-flower, in allusion to the whiteness of the flowers.
1.-GALANTHUS NIVALIS, Lin. THE COMMON SNOWDROP.
ENGRAVINGS. -Eng. Bot. t. 19; 2nd ed. vol. iii. t. 466.
petals springing from the same base.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb small; leaves narrow, flat; sepals and VARIETY.-G. n. 2 fl. pl. Flowers double.
.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The elegant simplicity of the single snowdrop, and the earliness of its appearance, have
always rendered it a favourite flower with poets; and many very beautiful lines have been written on it. The
construction of the flower has been already described ; and it is only necessary to add, that it varies very much
in size, according to the soil and situation in which it is grown. It is a native of England, where it is found in
woods and shady dells ; the double flower is a garden variety, and it is usually smaller in size than the wild
single plant. The bulbs should be planted in September or October, and they should not be removed,
except when absolutely necessary.
a
و
2.–GALANTHUS PLICATUS, Bieb. THE FOLDED, OR RUSSIAN SNOWDROP.
SYNONYMES.-G. nivalis, Pallas ; G. n. var. Red.; G. Clusii, margins folded back. Scape more robust. Flower smaller, green,
Otto; Leucojum bulbosum, Cius.
more intense. Petals set more in than the sepals, and having more
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2162; Bot. Reg. t. 545.
the
appearance of a scale.-W. Herb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb larger. Leaves longer, with their
DESCRIPTION, &c. --The bulb of this species is much larger than that of the Common Snowdrop, but the
flower is smaller; and the petals forming the inner part are of a deep green. The leaves are broader than in the
common kind, and they are curiously folded at the edges, whence the specific name of plicatus, which signifies
plaited or folded. It is a native of Russia, and though it was first brought to England in 1592, it is very rarely
in British gardens ; probably from the flower being less showy than that of the common kind.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
181
GENUS XLI.
ERINOSMA, W. Herb. THE SPRING SNOWFLAKE, OR ST. AGNES-FLOWER.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate. Leaves linear-lorate. Scape affixed at the base, not apiculate ; orifices terminal, and style club-
1-2-flowered, pedunculated. Germen triangular, obovate, pendulous; shaped, (that is, thick at top, and attenuated downwards). Stigma
spathe tubular below, above slit on one side, transparent on the other. triangular, slender, tapering to a point. Capsule turbinate, seeds
Segments of the perianth obovate, separate, similar. Filaments yellowish white. (W. Herb.)
short, equal, free, erect, inserted in the opercle. Anthers erect,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The following observations on this genus are made by Mr. Herbert, who divided it from
Leucojum. “This is no Leucojum, for that genus has shining testaceous black seeds like those of Hemero-
callis, and a style attenuated at both ends, like the roller used by pastry-cooks. It differs from Galanthus in
having the petals like the sepals, and the style club-shaped and thick instead of slender and tapering upwards ; it
differs from Acis in the complete separation of the segments of the perianth, which are united in Acis; in the
style being attenuated downwards instead of upwards ; in the acute stigma and round orifices of the anthers, and
in the leaves not being filiform.”
1.-ERINOSMA VERNUM, W. Herb.
THE SPRING SNOWFLAKE.
a
SYNONYMES. — Leucojum vernum, Lin. ; St. Agnes's-flower; of the perianth concave, oval, with a blunt point; a green spot on the
great Early Bulbous Violet. Park.
outside of each just below the point. Flower fragrant. (W. H.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 46; and our fig. 1, in Plate 40.
;
abridged.)
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe longer than the peduncle ; segments
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very elegant bulb flowers about a month later than the snowdrop, which it greatly
resembles, though it is far more beautiful. It is dedicated to St. Agnes, the patron saint of young virgins,
from its loveliness and purity. It should be planted in peat; and in very wet seasons, it may be advisable to
take
up the bulbs, though in ordinary cases they may be left for several years together in the ground. It is a
native of Germany and Italy, where it is found wild in thick woods; and it was introduced before 1596, since
which time it has been common in English gardens.
.
2.- ERINOSMA CARPATHICUM, W. Herb. THE CARPATHIAN SNOWFLAKE.
SYNONYMES. - Leucojum vernum, var. B Ker; L. præcox majus,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Spathe 2-flowered. Spots on the perianth
Clus.
yellow.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1993.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant differs from the common snowflake in having yellow spots on its flower instead
of
green ones, and in having two flowers on one stalk. It is a native of Hungary, where it is found wild on the
Carpathian Mountains, and whence it was introduced in 1816. It is seldom found in British gardens; and it is
not very ornamental, as the yellowish spots on its flowers look like faded
green.
2

182
THE LADIES" FLOWER GARDEN
GENUS XLII.
ACIS, Salis. THE ACIS, OR NARROW-LEAVED SNOWFLAKE.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth just united at the base ; segments orifice; style filiform, a little attenuated upwards ; stigma a little
nearly similar ; filaments inserted in the disk; free, short, and straight; divided ; seeds fleshy, angular. Bulb ovate ; leaves filiform ; scape
anthers erect, affixed at the base; dehiscent on the outer side near the 1-few-flowered ; spathe 2-valved; germen pendulous. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—These plants are easily distinguished from the true snowflakes, by the smallness of their
flowers, and the narrowness of their leaves. They were formed into a separate genus by Mr. Salisbury; and
his division has been adopted by Mr. Herbert.
1.-ACIS TRICHOPHYLLA, Sweet.
THE TRIANGULAR-LEAVED ACIS.
SYNONYMES.-Leucojum tricophyllum, Brot. ; L. autumnale uni-
florum, Red.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 544.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Scape one-flowered; perianth oval, white ;
flowers vernal. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The flowers of this little plant are white and small; and the leaves filiform. It is a native
of Portugal and the coast of Barbary, whence it was introduced in 1820. It is rather tender, and requires
protection during winter; and hence it is generally grown in a pot. The flowers are produced singly in spring,
and the whole plant seldom exceeds six inches in height. It should be grown in light sandy soil.
2.-ACIS GRANDIFLORA, Sweet. THE LARGE-FLOWERED ACIS.
SYNONYME.—Leucojum grandiflorum, Red.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape 2-4-flowered; perianth oval, white.
ENGRAVINGS.—Red. Lil. t. 217; Herb. Amaryll. Pl. 30, fig. 4. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A very pretty species, with snow-white flowers, rather larger than those of the other
kinds, and more drooping.
-
3.-ACIS ROSEA, Sweet. THE ROSE-COLOURED ACIS.
SYNONYME.-Leucojum roseum, Mart.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 1-flowered ; perianth oval, pink
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Fl. Gard. t. 297; and our fig. 4 in Pl. 40. Leaves glaucescent. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb of this species is white, and nearly round; and from it rises a membraneous
tubular sheath, ending in a sharp point, in which the flower and one single leaf are enclosed. Two or three
flowers afterwards appear in succession ; and when the flowers have withered, several other leaves expand, which
spread out, and remain all the winter ; dying off the following summer, when the bulb takes its season of rest,
The flowers are produced in autumn, and as three or four are produced in succession, it continues in bloom a long
time. Each flower has a separate flower-stalk or scape ; and the flowers droop gracefully. The whole plant
does not exceed six inches in height. It is a native of the South of Europe, whence it was introduced about 1825.
It requires protection during winter, and consequently, is generally kept in a pot in a greenhouse. It should be
grown
in
very sandy loam ; and kept hot and dry during its season of rest.



Pl 40
B
3
1
5
7. Sencojum vernum_2 Leucojum æstivam_3 Leucojum autumnale.
4. Acis roseus. _ 5. Gethyllis spiralis.
UNIL
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
183
4.-ACIS AUTUMNALIS, Sal. THE AUTUMN-FLOWERING ACIS.
SYNONYMES. — Leucojum autumnale Lin. ; L. bulbosum autumnale, |
Bauh.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 960; and our fig. 3 in Plate 40.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spathe 2—3-flowered; perianth white, red
at the base, segments 3-cleft at the end ; leaves green. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very pretty little plant has generally two flowers, and very rarely three. The
-
flowers appear before the leaves in autumn, about a month later than those of the preceding species ; and the
scape
is rather long and very slender. The leaves frequently do not show themselves till spring. The species is
.
a native of Spain, Portugal, and Algiers, growing.on dry sandy hills. It is particularly found in great abundance
at Gibraltar and near Badajos. It was introduced before 1620; and is still frequent in collections where it is
treated as a greenhouse plant, and kept hot and dry during summer.
GENUS XLIII.
LEUCOJUM, Lin. THE SNOWFLAKE.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-cleft, segments separate, nearly 1-leaved, deeply slit, withering ; germen obovate. Seeds nearly round,
equal (narrowed near the point), style slender, clavate ; stigma acu- outer coat loose, foliaceous, glossy black; inner coat brown, soft,
minate ; filaments inserted in the disk; anthers erect, dehiscent on the separable; albumen horny, with a large circular chalaza, not visible till
outer side, from the terminal orifice, but not to the base ; capsule soft, the coats are removed ; embryo curved, reaching to the foramen. W.
triangular, turbinate, 3-valved, semi-dehiscent; bulb ovate; leaves Herb.
vaginating, erect, linear-lorate
scape few, many-flowered; spathe
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The genus Leucojum has been restricted by Mr. Herbert to L. æstivum, and two other
species ; one of which is supposed to be a variety, and the other is not common in British gardens. The
original genus Leucojum was established by Linnæus, and the name is derived from two Greek words,
signifying a white violet.
1.-LEUCOJUM ÆSTIVUM, Willd. THE SUMMER SNOWFLAKE.
-
SYNONYMES.-L. pulchella, Salis ; Bulbous violet.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1210; and our fig. 2, in Plate 40.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves green; scape flattened, 2-edged.
-
Perianth white, with a faint green spot on each segment near the end.
Seeds as big as a pea.
The valves of the capsule gape near the top,
but adhere at the point, and do not open at the base. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty plant, from the bright green spots on its white, drooping flowers, though
it is much less ornamental than the spring Snowflake. The leaves of this species are of a bright yellowish green;
a rather uncommon case, as the leaves of most bulbs have a bluish tinge, except when they are beginning to decay.
It is a native of various parts of Europe, and is even found wild in England; but it is supposed not to be a
true native. It is quite hardy, and it flowers in May.

184
THE LADIES' FLOWER GARDEN
GENUS XLIV.
GETHYLLIS, Lin. THE GETHYLLIS, OR CAPE CROCUS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA-DODECANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Bulb ovate, coats often imperfect ; leaves numerously, inserted at the mouth of the tube; anthers erect, attached
linear; scape and germen concealed in the bulb; tube cylindrical, long, at the base ; style erect; stigma simple or triangular; capsule with the
adhering to the lower part of the style ; limb regular, patent; filaments scape extended, diaphanous, pulpy. Seeds small, round. W. Herb.
.
short, straight, diverging, sometimes doubled or trebled, or multiplied
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Mr. Herbert places this genus between Pyrilirion and Sternbergia; but, as the list of
my plates was made out from the new edition of Sweet's Hortus Britannicus, revised by Mr. George Don, I have
placed it in the situation assigned to it in that work. The species are South African bulbs.
1.-GETHYLLIS SPIRALIS, Lin.
THE SPIRAL-LEAVED GETHYLLIS,
SYNONYME.-—Papiria spiralis, Thun.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1088; and our fig. 5 in Plate 40.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves narrow, smooth, a little spiral ; tube
much longer than the limb; filaments six. W. Herb.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-- This is a very remarkable little plant, from its scaly bulb, which bears considerable
resemblance to that of a lily, having large loose scales. The flower itself is pretty, but it possesses no charms to
warrant the name given to it by Linnæus, if it be true that the word Gethyllis is derived from a Greek word
signifying to rejoice. The leaves are twisted in a spiral manner, and hence the specific name spiralis. The plant
is a native of South Africa, whence it was introduced about 1806. It should be grown in a pot in light
sandy soil.
-
2.-GETHYLLIS AFRA, Lin. THE AFRA GETHYLLIS, OR MANY-LEAVED CAPE CROCUS.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t, 1016.
longer than the filaments; stigma triangular, almost three lobed.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves narrow, smooth, spotted. Tube Flowers fragrant. W. Herb., abridged.
thicker and longer than that of spiralis : anthers large, 10 or 12 ; style
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very rare and a very curious plant. Independently of its scaly bulb, in which
it resembles the preceding species; it presents the anomaly of having twelve stamens; which, according to the
Linnæan system, would place it in a different class and order to the G. spiralis, which has only six. It is also
said to be the only Amaryllidaceous plant yet discovered with twelve fertile stamens, though in the genus Phycella
there are six fertile ones, and six sterile; that is, which produce no pollen. The flowers are very fragrant, and the
berries, which are of a transparent yellow, and have an agreeable smell, are said to be eatable. The plant is a
native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was imported before 1826. It should be grown in sandy loam,
and kept in a frame during winter.
а.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
185
CHAPTER 7.
HEMEROCALLIDEÆ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER.—Perianth of six regular coloured segments,
cohering into a cube. Stamens six, inserted in the perianth; anthers
bursting inwardly. Ovarium superior; stigma simple or three-lobed.
Fruit succulent or capsular, three-celled. Seeds soft and pale, packed
one upon another in one or two rows. Albumen fleshy ; embryo in
the same direction as the seed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Most botanists consider this as a section of Liliacee, but it was made a separate order by
Dr. Brown. It consists mostly of fibrous-rooted plants with lily-like flowers, like those of the Hemerocallis, or
Day lily, from which it takes its name, Agapathus, the African lily ; Polianthes, the tuberose, &c. The only
bulbous plants it contains are those included in the genera Veltheimia, Brodiæa, and Calliprora, the latter two
natives of North America, and hardy plants; but the former, a Cape bulb, requiring a slight protection during
winter.
GENUS I.
VELTHEIMIA, Lin. THE VELTHEIMIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth cylindrical ; limb very short, erectly subulate, filiform, declined; stigma cuspidate. Capsule membranous,
spreading, 6-toothed, regular ; segments nearly equal. Filaments three-winged, subovate ; cells 5, one-seeded. Seeds obovate.
attached to the middle of the tube, upper part free, included. Style
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Showy Cape bulbs, which were formerly very common in gardens, but are now rarely to
be met with. The genus was named in honour of the Baron Von Veltheim, a German patron of botany.
1.–VELTHEIMIA GLAUCA, Jacq.
THE GLAUCOUS VELTHEIMIA.
-
2.-
SYNONYME.—Aletris glauca, Ait.
glaucous. Limb of the perianth somewhat spreading.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1091.
VARIETY.–V. g. 2 rubra, Bot. Mag. t. 3456 ; and our fig. 1, in
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broadly-lanceolate, acute, undulated,
Plate 41. Flowers red.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A curious plant with a pyramidal bulb, broadly-lanceolate leaves, and long tube-shaped
flowers, which in the species are white, but in the variety red. Both the species and variety are natives of the
Cape, whence the first was introduced in 1781, and the latter about 1820. The plants are tolerably hardy, and
are injured by too much heat; but they must be kept in the greenhouse, as they flower in November and
December
2.-VELTHEIMIA VIRIDIFOLIA, Gledit. THE GREEN-LEAVED VELTHEIMIA.
.
SYNONYME.—Aletris capense, Lin.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 501:
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lanceolate, plicately-undulated, obtuse.
Teeth of the limb rounded. Spike ovate; flowers naked.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species was formerly considered to belong to the genus Aletris ; the flowers are pink,
shaded into a lighter colour at the tip, but with four or five streaks of red through the lighter part. It may be
BP

186
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
grown in the open air; but as it requires protection during winter, and as it flowers from November to April, it
succeeds best in a greenhouse. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1768. It is very scarce ;
as it very seldom either perfects its seeds, or makes offsets.
a
OTHER SPECIES OF VELTHEIMIA.
V. INTERMEDIA, G. Don.
The preceding species have been principally distinguished by their leaves, which in one kind are glaucous, and
in the other green, and this species is intermediate between the two. It is a native of the Cape, and was
introduced in 1819.
GENUS II.
BRODIÆA, Smith. THE BRODIÆA.
Lin. Syst. TRIANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, 6-cleft, persistent; at the base. Style subulate, and sending in a three-lobed stigma. Capsule
with faucial scales opposite the exterior segments, sometimes bearing woolly, obovate, 3-celled, and each cell bursting into three valves.
anthers. Scales three, fleshy, hypogynous. Stamens three, inserted Seeds four or five in each cell, obovate, striated; skin membranous ;
in the throat of the tube, alternately with the scales; anthers 2-lobed chalaza depressed. Flowers produced in umbels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was named by Sir James Edward Smith, in compliment to James Brodie,
Esq., of North Britain. Its botanical construction is remarkable; as some of its stamens are metamorphosed into
fleshy-looking scales, adhering to the mouth of the flower; and in that state frequently bearing anthers.
.
1.-BRODIÆA GRANDIFLORA, Smith. THE LARGE-FLOWERED BRODIÆA.
SYNONYME.—Hookeria coronaria, Salis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER._Flowers pedunculated and corymbose. Seg-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2877; Bot. Reg. t. 1183 ; Botanist, ments of the perianth lanceolate, entire. Scales membranaceous, very
No. 35; and our fig. 3, in Plate 41.
obtuse.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb is very small, and much wrinkled. The leaves are long, slender, and grooved
in the inside. The stem is round, and it is terminated by a corymb or umbel of handsome dark purple flowers.
The plant is quite hardy, and it grows and flowers freely in the open border in peat soil. It is a native of New
Georgia, on the north-west coast of North America, where it was first found by Mr. Menzies in 1792 ; though it
was only introduced in a living state by Douglas in 1826. Bulbs of this species may be procured in all the
seed-shops.
OTHER SPECIES OF BRODIÆA.
B. CONGESTA, Lin.
This species has the flowers in closer heads, and in them the scales almost always bear anthers as well as the
perfect stamens. The segments of the perianth are also slightly cleft at the tip, while they are entire in B.
grandiflora.
The other species that were at first supposed to belong to Brodiæa have been removed to other genera.



Pl. 41.
6
1. Velthemia glauca. 2. Bessera elegans. 3. Prodiæa grandiflora.
4. bamassia esculenta. 5. balleprora lutea. 6. Puschkinia scilloides
.


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
187
GENUS III.
CALLIPRORA, Lindl. THE CALLIPRORA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth subcampanulate, 6-parted. Stamens Ovary stipitate, 3-celled, many-seeded; style singlo; stigma 3-lobod.
six, all fertile, but three of them shorter than the others. Filaments Capsule membranous, 3-angled.
petal-like, two-lobed, with sessile anthers, fixed between the lobes.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus is nearly allied to Brodiæa ; but it differs in having six perfect stamens, with
petal-like, two-lobed filaments, all bearing anthers, instead of having half the stamens without anthers, and
resembling scales. The name signifies "pretty face.” There is only one species.
1.-CALLIPRORA LUTEA, Lindl. THE YELLOW CALLIPRORA.
ENGRAVINGS.-—Bot. Reg. t. 1590; and our fig. 5 in Plate 41. round, erect. Flowers umbellate. Bractes of the spathe ovate, very
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves long, weak, channelled. Scape short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A little plant, with yellow star-like flowers, which at first sight resemble those of
Ornithogalum. It was found by Douglas in Northern California, and it proves quite hardy in British gardens,
only requiring a shady situation and peat soil.
-
CHAPTER VI.
-
ASPHODELA CEÆ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER. — Perianth 6-partite or 6-cleft, petaloid, stigua undivided or shortly 3-lobed. Pericarp, in most, a 3-celled,
regular. Stamens 6, inserted upon the perianth or hypogynous ; the 3-valved capsule, with the valves bearing the dissepiments; sometimes
three that are opposite the outer leaflets sometimes dissimilar or wanting. an undivided or rarely a tripartite berry. Seeds with a black crusta-
Ovary free, 3-celled, with the cells many, rarely 2-seeded. Style 1 ; ceous fragile testa. Albumen fleshy, including the embryo. (Hooker.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This order, though founded on a fibrous-rooted plant, the Asphodel, or King's spear,
contains many interesting bulbs, and among others, the Ornithogalums, Scillas, Hyacinths, &c., which form some
of the finest ornaments of our gardens. They are al hardy, or very nearly so; and all flowering in spring or sum-
mer, the winter is their proper season of resta bis renders their culture easy, as many of the former species
require protection only from their flowering in wintor, and having their time of rest in our summer.
GENUS I.
CAMASSIA, Lindl. THE QUAMASH.
-
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Bulb tunicated. Perianth in six widely- Ovary 3-celled, many-seeded. Style bent downwards; stigma obso-
spreading segments, one of whico is bent in a different direction from the letely 3-toothed. Capsule papery, 3-celled, 3-valved, opening
others. Stamene 6, hypogynous, equal ; filaments glabrous, ascending.
naturally ; with six seeds in each cell.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species of this genus. The name is altered from the Indian word
Quamash or Camass, which is applied to the plant.
BB 2

188
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
1.-CAMASSIA ESCULENTA, Lindi. THE EATABLE CAMASSIA, OR INDIAN QUAMASH.
SYNONYME.-Phalangium esculentum, Nutt.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves long, linear, acuminated. Segments
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1486; and our fig. 4 in Plate 41. of the perianth lanceolate; upper five sessile, ascending; lower, unguicu-
late, decurved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, common in North-West America, where its bulbs are used by the
Indians as an article of food, being first baked between hot stones. When thus dressed, the bulbs assume the
appearance of baked
pears, and are said to be very good to eat, having a sweet and agreeable taste. It is quite
hardy, but it does best grown in peat in a shady situation. Douglas found it growing on alluvial soils, on the
banks of the Columbia, partly overflowed by the river; and he met with a white variety, or perhaps distinct
'
species, not yet introduced.
GENUS II.
BESSERA, Lindl. THE BESSERA.
-
Lin. Syst. MONODELPHIA HEXANDRIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. --Flowers in umbels. Perianth pendulous, flower. Ovary sessile; cells many-seeded. Stigma obscurely trilobed,
campanulate, divided into six equal segments. Stamens connected at pubescent. Capsule erect, opening into three valves. Seeds compressed,
the base into a kind of cup, all of equal length, projecting beyond the and covered with a black, membranous skin.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Bulbous plants, natives of Mexico, whence they have been very lately introduced. The
name is given in honour of Dr. Besser, Professor of Botany at Brody.
a
a
1.-BESSERA ELEGANS, Lindl. THE ELEGANT BESSERA.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. 1839, t. 24; and our fig. 2 in Plate 41. body, slightly toothed, one tooth between every two stamens. Fila-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Stamens growing out of a pitcher-shaped ments pubescent, and longer than the style.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This
very beautiful plant was sent from Mexico to England in 1837, and it appears hardy,
though it has as yet been kept in the greenhouse. The bulb is about the size of a crocus, and the plant flowers
in September. It should be grown in peat and sand, and it should have a season of complete rest when the leaves
drop.
1.
2.—BESSERA HERBERTI, Lindl. MR. HERBERT'S BESSERA.
SYNONYME.-Pharium fistulosum, W. Herb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Staminal cup not toothed ; filaments smooth;
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Reg. t. 1546.
style longer than the stamens. Leaves and stem hollow.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very far inferior to the preceding species in appearance. The flowers, indeed, which are
of a dark dull purple, have very little beauty to recommend them. This species is also a native of Mexico, ,
whence it was introduced in 1832.
a
GENUS III.
PUSCHKINIA, Bieb. THE PUSCHKINIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Flowers in a terminal corymb. Perianth filaments attached to the inside of the cup. Style somewhat longer than
6-parted ; segments lanceolate, spreading. Cup divided into six lobes, the stamens; stigma obtuse, lobed.
which are unequally toothed at the margin. Stamens with very short
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was named in honour of Count Puschkin. There is only one species.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
189
1.-PUSCHKINIA SCILLOIDES, Adam. THE SQUILL-LIKE PUSCHKINIA.
SYNONYME. — Adamsia scilloides, Willd.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves radical, erect, concave, sheathing the
1
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2244; and our fig. 6 in Plate 41.
stem.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A little plant, with white flowers resembling those of a Scilla. The leaves grow from
the root, and stand erect round the stem, as though protecting the flower. It is a native of Russia, and it is
quite liardy.
-
GENUS IV.
ALBUCA, Lin. THE ALBUCA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-parted; the three outer segments three fertile and three sterile. Style an inverted pyramid; stigma
spreading, the three inner ones connivent. Stamens six, all fertile, or acute, three-lobed, encircled with a hairy belt.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus contains many species, but none remarkable for the beauty of the flowers.
The name of Albuca signifies whitish, in allusion to the colour of the flowers.
|
-
1.-ALBUCA MAJOR, Willd. THE LARGER ALBUCA.
.
SYNONYMES.-A. lutea, Lam.; Ornithogalum canadense, Lin. Specific CHARACTER. Leaves broadly subulate, channelled: pe-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 804; and our fig. 1 in Plate 42. duncles racemose, spreading; flowers drooping.
DESCRIPTION, &c -- This species is rather handsomer than most of the others belonging to the genus, on
account of its scarlet bracts. The flowers are large and of a greenish yellow, and the leaves long and pointed at
the extremity. It was first supposed to be a native of Canada, but it is in fact from the Cape of Good Hope,
and was introduced in 1767. It should be grown in sandy soil, and requires protection during winter.
2.—ALBUCA MINOR, Willd. THE LESSER ALBUCA.
SYNONYMES.-A. lutea, ß Lam. ; Ornithogalum canadense, B Lin.; ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 720.
0. africanum, Herm.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves linear.
DESCRIPTION, &c. - This plant differs very little from the preceding species, except in the leaves being
narrower, and the flowers smaller. They are also without the scarlet bracts. It was found growing by
.
Thunberg, with A. major, in the sands near Saldanha Bay, in South Africa, where it is about a foot high.
It was introduced in 1768. It should be grown in sandy peat, and kept in a greenhouse during winter.
3.-ALBUCA VIRIDIFLORA, Jacq. THE GREEN-FLOWERED ALBUCA.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1656.
Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-attenuated, convolutely channelled, flaccid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished by its grass-green flowers, the outer segments of which
are less spreading than in most of the other species. The bulb in all the species has greatly the resemblance of a
turnip radish ; and in this, it might be mistaken for one. The species was introduced from the Cape by
Mr. Masson, in 1794; and it requires the same culture as the other kinds. The above three species differ very
little from each other, except in the leaves.

190
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
4.- ALBUCA SETOSA, Jacq. THE BRISTLY ALBUCA.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1481.
Leaves lorate, attenuated towards the point. Flowers large, stamens
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb scaly, and each scale edged with bristles. all fertile.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-- This very singular species is easily known from all others by its green, scaly bulb, which
has each scale fringed with yellow bristles. The plant is coarse-growing ; the flowers are large and yellowish,
and they have a slight scent, like that of bitter almonds. It is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced
in 1795.
5.--ALBUCA VITTATA, Ker. THE RIBAND ALBUCA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1329.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb small, closely tunicated. Segments of the perianth equal, all recurved ; stamens and style exserted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species affords a great contrast to the last; the bulb is about the size of a pigeon's
egg
The flower-stem is shorter than the leaves; and the flowers are yellow, striped with green. All the
segments of the perianth turn back, and leave the style and stamens exposed. It is a native of the Cape of Good
Hope, whence it was introduced in 1811; and it is so different from the other species as to seem to belong to
another
genus.
It flowers in August.
a
6.-ALBUCA PHYSODES, Jacq. THE DINGY-FLOWERED ALBUCA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1046 ; and our fig. 3 in Plate 42. many-flowered. Stamens all fertile ; filaments covered with glandular
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb subtunicate, very large. Leaves short, pubescence.
broad, and appearing long after the inflorescence. Raceme upright,
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species is again very different from the preceding ones.
The bulb is very large,
and almost solid ; there are five or six short, broad leaves, which do not appear till after the disappearance of
the flower, and an upright pyramidal raceme, with small white flowers. The species is a native of the Cape of
Good Hope, whence it was imported in 1804. It flowers in June. It should be grown in sandy peat, and it
requires protection during winter.
raceme.
7.-ALBUCA EXUVIATA, Ker. THE ADDER'S SKIN ALBUCA.
SYNONYME.-Anthericum exuviatum, Jacq.
rirgs, from the deepness of the wrinkles. Flowers in an upright
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 871; and our fig. 2 in Plate 42.
Segments of the perianth all spreading. Style triangular,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Tunics of the old bulbs persistent, forming fleshy; stigma hairy. Seeds flat, winged.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant forms the connecting link between Albuca and Ornithogalum; as it has the
large bracts and general habit of the former genus, with the star-like flower of the latter. The most remarkable
feature is, however, the dry skin-like substance that sheaths the flower-stalks, which is formed of the remains of
the tunics of the old bulbs, and closely resembles an adder's skin. This plant is a native of the Cape, whence it
was introduced about 1804. It is generally grown with the bulb above-ground.
8.-ALBUCA FUGAX, Lindl. THE FUGACIOUS ALBUCA.
SYNONYME. —Anthericum fragrans, Jacq.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves numerous, somewhat triagonal, fili-
ENGRAVING. -Bot. Reg. t. 311.
form, subulate, much shorter than the scape, erect; style declined,
curved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower resembles that of A. vittata, but it is larger ; and the species is easily
distinguished by the leaves, which are fleshy and awl-shaped. The flower is striped with pink and green,
and it very soon fades. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1795.



Pl.42.
7
4
- 1Albuca major. 2.Albuca exuviata. 3 Albuca physodes, 4 Gagea glaucas.
5.Gagea minima. 6. Prythyia uniflora. 7Anthericum perstinum.


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
191
OTHER SPECIES OF ALBUCA.
A. ALTISSIMA, Willd.
A tall species, with green and white flowers, introduced from the Cape in 1780.
A. CORNUTA, Redouté.
The flowers are white and green, and three of the petals stick out like horns. Introduced in 1812.
A. FLACCIDA, Willd.
Flowers yellow and green.
Introduced in 1791.
A. COARCTATA, Willd.
A species with yellow flowers ; introduced in 1774. All the above species resemble A. major in the form
;
of the flowers, and in having only three fertile stamens.
A. FASTIGIATA, Willd.
An upright-growing plant, with white flowers.
A. CAUDATA, G. Don.
An upright-growing plant, with white and
green
flowers.
A. AUREA, Willd.
A yellow flower, slightly tinged with green. Introduced in 1825
A. ABYSSINICA, Willd.
Flowers white, yellow, and green.
A. FILIFOLIA, Ker.
Introduced in 1825,
Flowers white and
green.
A. FRAGRANS, Willd.
Flowers yellow, and green, and sweet-scented.
Introduced in 1791.
A. SPIRALIS, Willd.
Flowers striped with green ; leaves twisted. Introduced in 1795.
A. VISCOSA, Willd.
Flowers white, yellow, and green ; leaves clammy.
Introduced in 1779.
A. PARVIFLORA, Salis.
Flowers small, yellow, and green.
Introduced in 1812.
A. NEMATODES ANTHERICUM, G. Don ; Syn. ANTHERICUM NEMATODES, Salis.
Flowers white and purple. Introduced in 1812.
A. ANTHERICOIDES, G. Don; ANTHERICUM ALBUCOIDES, Willd.
Flowers yellow and green. Introduced in 1788.

192
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS V.
ORNITHOGALUM, Lin. THE STAR OF BETHLEHEM.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth inferior, 6-parted, erect; segments filaments dilated at the base ; inserted in the receptacle. Style one.
|
spreading above, but convergent below, persistent. Stamens 'six; Stigma capitate. Capsule 3-celled. Seeds roundish, naked.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a genus of showy plants, which, from their star-like flowers, have received the
English name of Star of Bethlehem. The Latin name is more singular ; as it means literally “bird's milk.”
6
This singular name is supposed to allude to the whiteness of the excrement of birds, which the mingled green and
white of the flower-buds of some of the species resembles in colour. The bulb, when boiled, was an article of food
in the East; and it is supposed to be the “doves' dung,” which was sold at so high a price during the siege of
;
Samaria, as recorded in the Holy Scripture (2nd Book of Kings, Chap. vi., 25).
SECTION 1.- FLOWERS UMBELLATE.
1.—ORNITHOGALUM MONTANUM, Tenore. THE MOUNTAIN ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd ser. t. 42.
Peduncles of the fruit refracted. Capsules ovate, 6-angled. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Flowers in corymbose racemes ; peduncles elongately lanceolate, channelled. Bulb solid, simple.
longer than the bracts. Segments of the perianth oblong-lanceolate.
و
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very curious little plant. The peduncles of the flowers are longer than the
scape ; the leaves are numerous, and spreading all round like radii ; they are drawn out at the extremity to a
long, slender point, and they look as if folded, forming a deep recess on the upper surface, and a projection or
keel on the lower one. The form and disposition of the leaves, with the short scape, and the abundance of
white, star-like flowers, make this a very ornamental species, particularly for rockwork. It is a native of Naples,
and as it is rather tender, the ground in which it is planted should be covered with leaves in winter, to protect
it from severe frosts. It should be grown in sandy loam ; and it may be left in the ground for several years
without any other care than that of throwing leaves over it in winter. The bulb is large, and without offsets ;
thus forming a strong contrast to some of the species, which appear to be perfectly encircled with them. The
flowers are generally produced in April. It was introduced in 1825.
و
2.-ORNITHOGALUM UMBELLATUM, Smith. THE UMBEL-FLOWERED ORNITHOGALUM, OR
COMMON STAR OF BETHLEHEM.
ENGRAVINGS.—Erg. Bot. t. 130; 2nd edit. t. 482.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Inflorescence corymbose ; peduncles longer than the bracts ; filaments tapering, entire.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, though a British one, is very generally cultivated in gardens, for its perfect
hardiness, and the great abundance of its white, star-like flowers, which have a peculiarly gay, or rather,
cheerful, appearance. They require no care in their culture.
They require no care in their culture. At the very moment I am writing, our little

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
193
garden displays innumerable tufts of these bulbs, which I have seen flower every spring for the last ten years,
without any attention being bestowed upon them; and, in spite of all the dangers they have been exposed to
from divers gardeners, still looking as bright and as lively as ever. It is true they close their flowers in the
evening, and in cloudy weather ; but this only makes their whiteness more dazzling when they expand under the
full influence of the sun. This species is also found in great abundance in the East, and the bulb is edible when
boiled.
3.-ORINTHOGALUM REFRACTUM, Kit. THE REFLEXED ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 58.
racemose corymb; peduncles reflexed when in fruit. Leaves deeply
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Bulb proliferous. Flowers disposed in a channelled, with a white line down the furrow.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is not very ornamental. The flowers are small and greenish ; and the leaves,
which are very narrow, are much longer than the flower-scape. The species bears some resemblance to 0.
montanum ; but it is easily distinguished by a white line along the centre of each leaf, and by the great number
of offsets produced by the bulb. It is a native of Hungary, whence it was introduced in 1825; and it is
quite hardy in British gardens.
4.-ORNITHOGALUM FIMBRIATUM, Willd. THE FRINGED ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 111.
margin, and densely clothed on the under side with short rigid hairs.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Corymb racemose, few-flowered. Segments Scape hairy.
of the perianth elongately lanceolate, acute. Leaves fringed at the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The leaves and flower-stem are covered with hairs, which stand out so as to form a fringe
along the margin of the leaves; whence the specific name. The segments of the flower are long and narrow, and
the flowers themselves of a bluish white. The species is a native of the South of Russia, whence it was introduced
in 1820, and it is quite hardy in British gardens. It flowers very early, frequently in February,
SECTION II.-FLOWERS IN UPRIGHT RACEMES.
-
5.-ORNITHOGALUM NIVEUM, Willd.
THE SNOWY ORNITHOGALUM.
SYNONYME.—0. graminifolium, Thun.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Raceme few-flowered, petals lanceolate.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 235.
Leaves filiform, channelled.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A pretty little plant, with racemes of small snow-white flowers, and long grass-like leaves.
The bulb is round and green, like a potatoe-apple in form and colour, and it has a tendency to push itself out of
the ground. The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, and was first introduced in 1774, by Mr.
Masson. It was, however, soon lost, and it was reintroduced in 1816 by Mr. Burchell, who found it growing
on the rocks at Zwart-water-poort, and in other similar situations. It is tolerably hardy, and it may be
grown in the open ground, or on rockwork.
6.-ORNITHOGALUM REVOLUTUM, Jacq. THE REVOLUTE-FLOWERED ORINTHOGALUM.
ENGRAVINGS. - Bot. Mag. t. 653 ; Bot. Reg. t. 315.
the perianth linear-oblong, sometimes emarginate, reflexed. Leaves
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb tunicated. Flowers large, segments of
1
radical, linear-lanceolate, subcoriaceous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, with large flowers, having a rich brown and yellow centre,
disposed in a conical raceme, six or inches long. The leaves, which all spring from the root, are large and hand-
,
some, of a deep green. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1795; but it is rarely
a

194
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
found in gardens. It is well deserving of cultivation from the large size and beauty of the flowers; the only
objection being the drooping of the petals, which makes them look as though they wanted water, or were fading
almost as soon as they expand. The plant should be grown in sandy loam, and it should have a slight
protection during winter.
.
a
7.- ORNITHOGALUM CORYMBOSUM, Ruiz et Pav. THE CORYMBOSE ORNITHOGALUM.
SYNONYMES.—0. odoratum, Hort. ; 0. umbellatum, Lindl.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Scape round; flowers corymbose; perianth
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 906; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. large; germen black.
t. 89; Bot. Mag. t. 3179.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, with large white flowers, which are delightfully fragrant. The
peculiar form of the filaments, broad at the base, and tapering to a slender thread at the point of insertion in the
back of the anther, is very conspicuous in this species; which is also remarkable for the black germen in the
centre of the flower.
The bulb is large and tunicated, the outer scales being brown and hard. There are
numerous large broad leaves. The species is a native of Peru, but it grows freely in the open
border without any
protection except that afforded by a mat being thrown over the border during severe frosts; and it is much finer
and flowers much better in the open air than in a pot in a greenhouse. It was introduced in 1822, and is
common in the seed-shops under the name of Orinthogalum odoratum.
a
-
8.-ORNITHOGALUM BIFLORUM, D. Don. THE TWIN-FLOWERED STAR OF BETHLEHEM.
SYNONYME.-Scilla biflora, Ruiz et Pavon.
duncles generally twin; bracts very short, filaments subulate, style
ENGRAVING.--Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d. ser. t. 246.
trigonal, stigma simple.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape filiform, longer than the leaves ; pe-
DESCRIPTION, &C.This species has pretty little white flowers, so small and delicate as to be very unlike
those of the other species of the genus. The flower-stalk is very long; and that, combined with the small size
and long peduncles of the flowers, gives the plant an extremely light and elegant appearance. It was found by
Ruiz and Pavon, growing in great profusion on sandy hills in Peru; and it is quite hardy in British gardens.
It has, however, so little to recommend it, compared with its more showy brethren, that it is seldom to be met
with in collections, or in seed-shops. It should be grown in sand, or sandy peat.
-
9.- ORNITHOGALUM PRASINUM, Ker. THE GRASS-GREEN ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.— Bot. Reg. t. 158.
divaricate; flowers on long peduncles ; filaments ovate at the base ;
Specific CHARACTER.–Leaves glaucous ; upper part twisted. Raceme style longer than the germen.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is certainly not remarkable for its beauty. The whole plant is of a glaucous
green ; the flowers differing very little in colour from the leaves. The flowers, which are disposed in a loose
raceme, are on very long peduncles; and the leaves, which are folded together, are somewhat twisted in the upper
part. The species was brought from the Cape of Good Hope, by Mr. Burchell, in 1816; and it is found there
not far from Graaf Reynett. It appears tolerably hardy, though it is generally considered a greenhouse plant.
-
10.-ORNITHOGALUM JUNCIFOLIUM, Willd. THE RUSH-LEAVED ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 972.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Filaments sublanceolate. Raceme very long. Leaves awl-shaped, numerous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A little plant with rush-like leaves, and a spike-like raceme of very small flowers. It
is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1794; and it requires a greenhouse in England.
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
195
11.-ORNITHOGALUM LATIFOLIUM, Lin.
THE BROAD-LEAVED ORNITHOGALUM.
SYNONYMES.—0. maximum, Clus. ; Lilium alexandrinum, Sweet;
Stellaris latifolia, Monch; O. pyramidale, Hort.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 876; Bot. Reg. t. 1978.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Raceme very long, conical. Peduncles nu-
merous, much longer than the flowers. Leaves very broad, ligulate,
and sublanceolate.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very showy species, which has been common in British gardens since the time of
Parkinson, and which is generally sold in the seed-shops under the name of O. pyramidale, a name applied by
Baron Jacquin to O. narbonense. The flowers are white and star-like, and they are so disposed as to form a
bandsome pyramidal raceme. The leaves are about two inches broad, and from a foot to a foot and a half high ;
and they are generally withered at the tip, before the expansion of the flowers. The species was introduced from
Italy before 1620; but it is not known exactly whether it is a true native of that country. Indeed, it
grows so
freely, and produces so many offsets, that it soon becomes naturalised anywhere. The species is quite hardy in
British gardens, where it should be planted in October ; but the bulbs, which are white, are generally taken up
and replanted every three or four years, on account of the great number of offsets which they produce. The
leaves appear in January or February ; but the flowers, which have no fragrance, do not expand before June.
12--ORNITHOGALUM CAUDATUM, Willd, THE LONG-TAILED ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 805.
round tail-like termination. Raceme very long, many-flowered, nar
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb very large. Leaves broadly linear, row.
Stamens unequal. Stigma simple.
acuminate, the old ones withering at the tip, and forming there a long
DESCRIPTION, &C.--The flowers of this species are small and greenish, and they are disposed in a very long,
densely covered, spike-like raceme. They have a sweet, but rather sickly smell. The leaves are broad and very
long, and they wither and shrivel up at the tip, so as to have a round and tail-like appearance, whence the
specific name. The flowers continue opening for several months, the upper buds being scarcely formed when
the lower flowers have fallen. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1774, and
where it was found growing in the soil lodged in the hollows of old stumps of trees. In England it requires a
greenhouse ; and as its flowers are not beautiful, it is seldom grown.
.
13.-ORNITHOGALUM CHLOROLEUCUM. THE GREENISH ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVINGS.— Bot. Reg. t. 1853.
in length to the scape.
Filaments ovate-lanceolate; segments of the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves acuminate, channelled, about equal perianth unequal. Raceme corymbose, few-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species lias only a few, very small, greenish-white flowers. It is a native of Valparaiso,
and requires a frame or greenhouse in England. It was introduced in 1834.
a
14.-ORNITHOGALUM NARBONENSE, Lin. THE NARBONNE ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2510; and our fig. 4 in Plate 43.
few and far apart.
Filaments equal, alternate segments tridentate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves linear; raceme elongated; flowers Peduncles spreading widely.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are small and widely apart, the peduncles standing out almost at right
angles with the stem, though they become erect when the seeds are ripening. The segments of the flower are
also far apart, and the alternate ones are slightly three-toothed. The plant is a native of the South of France, and
it is quite hardy in British gardens. It was introduced in 1821.
a
Cc 2

196
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
15.-ORNITHOGALUM PYRENAICUM, Smith. THE SPIKED ORNITHOGALUM, OR PRUSSIAN
ASPARAGUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng. Bot. t. 499; 2d edit. t. 481.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Raceme very long. Filaments all dilated. Flower-stalks equal, spreading, erect, and adpressed in fruit. (Smith.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant, though found in considerable abundance in the neighbourhood of Bath and in
other parts of England, is not considered to be a true native. The flowers are greenish, in very narrow segments,
and certainly possess no beauty; and the peduncles are so short, that the raceme resembles a spike. The
raceme, before the flower-buds are expanded, is eaten ; and it is sold in the Bath market under the name
of Prussian asparagus. I have eaten it, and I think it tastes not unlike long green asparagus; but why it
is called Prussian, I am quite unable to say. It is hardly worth growing for its flowers; but when it is
planted in a garden, it is found to succeed best in a calcareous soil. Perhaps it might be worth cultivating in
the kitchen-garden as a substitute for asparagus, as its flower-buds do not appear before July or August, when
asparagus is not easily to be procured.
16.-ORNITHOGALUM CONICUM, Jacq. THE CONICAL ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 3538.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves radical, or sheathing the stem, lan-
ceolate, flat, margin white, and delicately fringed. Raceme conical.
Filaments subulate. Bracts membranous, shorter than the peduncles.
Segments of the perianth lanceolate, spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are of a pure white and large, so that they are very ornamental. The
leaves are short, and sheathing the stem at the base. This species was sent to Glasgow from the Cape of
Good Hope in 1835, though it is said to have been introduced previously. It is only half-hardy, and requires
to be grown in sandy loam, in a greenhouse.
SECTION III.-FLOWERS IN RACEMES OR CORYMBS. ALTERNATE SEGMENTS
BIDENTATE OR EMARGINATE.
17.-ORNITHOGALUM VIRENS, Lin. THE GREEN ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVING. -Bot. Reg. t. 814.
is long and tapering. Alternate stamens bidentate ; bracts longer than
Specific CHARACTER.-Raceme spike-like, many-flowered. Leaves the flowers.
linear-lanceolate, weak, and becoming rounded towards the point, which
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very elegant species which is ornamental, notwithstanding the small size and green
colour of the flowers. The bracts are very long and spread out beyond the flowers. The leaves are from
a foot and a half to two feet long; they are broad at the base, and end in a long tapering point, which
,
bends downwards. It is a native of Delagoa Bay, in South Africa, whence it was introduced in 1823.
Like all the Cape species, it is only half-hardy in England ; and it is generally grown in a pot, and kept
in the greenhouse. The soil should be a light sandy loam; and when the bulb has done flowering, it should
be allowed a season of rest.



Pl.IS
5
4
1, Paichogalum thyrsodes var. flavescens 2. Prithogalan azabacum_3. Drnikagalum autem
4. Penithogalum nailonense _-5. Prnithogalum nutans


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
197
18.-ORNITHOGALUM SULFUREUM, Rom. et Schultes. THE SULPHUR-COLOURED ORNITHOGALUM.
SYNONYMES.- Anthericum sulphureum, Waldst. et Kit.; A. sul- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate-linear, channelled, obtuse,
fureum, Spreng. ; Phalangium sulfureum, Poiret.
and concave at the apex. Scape simple, racemose ; flowers spreading.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 2623.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is nothing very remarkable in this species, except the pale yellow tinge of its
flowers, which continue opening for a long time, as the scape gradually increases in length.
ngth. The scape is some-
times two feet long before all the flowers have expanded, and it continues in flower two months. It is a native
of Hungary, whence it was introduced in 1822; and it is quite hardy in British gardens.
19.-ORNITHOGALUM LACTEUM, Jacq. THE MILK-WHITE ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1134; Bot. Rep. t. 274; and Lodd. stiff, and edged with a small ciliated margin. Scape upright, cylindri-
Bot. Cab. t. 1159.
cal. Raceme densely clothed with flowers. Bracts membranous,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate, flat, fleshy, somewhat longer than the peduncle.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very beautiful species, from its dense raceme of large white flowers. The
scape is generally three feet high, and the raceme sometimes a foot long, being pyramidal at first, but afterwards
elongating in a cylindrical manner. The flower is of a pure milk white, of a peculiarly fine rich texture, but it
has no fragrance. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1796. It is more hardy
than the other Cape species, and it may be grown in the open border if slightly protected during winter.
-
20.-ORNITHOGALUM ARABICUM, Lin. THE ARABIAN ORNITHOGALUM.
SYNONYMES.-Lilium alexandrinum maximum, Bauh. ; Jacintho
.
membranous. Perianth campanulate, widely spreading; segments ovate-
del Paternoster, Parkinson ; Melanomphale, Reneaulme.
oblong. Filaments flat, subulate. Germen turbinately spherical,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 728; and our fig. 2 in Plate 43. sometimes 6-furrowed, and sometimes twisted. Stigma three-lobedly
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Corymb simple, many-flowered. Bracts capitate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very handsome and large-flowered species has been common in British gardens since
—
the time of Parkinson, though it is rather difficult to cultivate, as the bulbs are very apt to rot. It is found in a
wild state in Barbary, Turkey, and the Madeiras, besides numerous other places, but always growing in pure
sand. It is quite hardy in British gardens if it be kept dry; and thus it may be grown in the open border if
the soil is well drained and very sandy. It was called the Arabian bulb by the Turks, when Clusius first
brought it from Constantinople to Vienna; and in Italy it was called the Alexandrian lily, or Jacintho del
Paternoster. It is rarely propagated in this country, and the bulbs, which are common in the seed-shops, are
generally imported from Holland. The flower is easily distinguished from all the other kinds by its pistil, the
lower part, or ovary, of which, is round, shining, and of a very dark bottle green,
almost black,
و
21.-ORNITHOGALUM NUTANS, Smith. THE DROOPING STAR OF BETHLEHEM,
ENGRAVINGS.-Eng. Bot. t. 1997; 2nd edit. t. 483; and our fig, dilated, cloven, converging, campanulate; three of them longer than
5 in Plate 43,
the others, with their lobes equal to the anthers.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.– Flowers pendulous, unilateral. Filaments
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very elegant species, from its drooping, milk-white flowers. It is often found wild in
England, but seldom far from the habitations of men ; whence it is supposed to be an accidental wanderer from
some garden. It is easily cultivated, and if planted in any light soil, it will remain, and flower for many years
without requiring any further care.

198
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
22.-ORNITHOGALUM AUREUM, Ker. THE GOLDEN ORNITHOGALUM.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 190; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1183; and
our fig. 3 in Plate 43.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves ovate-lanceolate, white at the margin.
Raceme corymbose. Segments of the perianth somewhat unguiculate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-This species appears to have all its vital movements slow. It is long in expanding its
flowers after the buds are formed; but when they begin to open, they continue in beauty for several months.
Even when the flower-stem is cut off and put in water, it will retain its beauty much longer than a similar
flower-stem from any other plant. The bulb, when planted, sometimes remains a year in the ground before it
begins to grow; and after it has flowered, it will sometimes remain twelve months, or even two years, in a
dormant state before it sends up another shoot. It very seldom produces any offsets. It is a native of the
Cape, whence it was introduced in 1790 ; and it is grown in sandy loam, and kept in the greenhouse.
.
23.-ORNITHOGALUM THYRSOIDES. Willd. THE THYRSE-FLOWERED STAR OF BETHLEHEM.
SYNONYMES.-0, arabicum, Red. ; 0. æthiopicum, Clus.
Corymb many-flowered, racemose. Perianth campanulate-rotate ;
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 316; Bot. Mag. t. 1164; and of the segments elliptic-oblong, conniving at the base.
variety, Bot. Reg. t. 305, and our fig. 1 in Plate 43.
VARIETY.-0. t. 2 flavescens, Ker. Flowers pale yellow.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves broad-lanceolate, with a white margin.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, with large flowers disposed in a long racemose corymb. This
cA
species is easily distinguished from 0. aureum, by the segments of the perianth overlapping each other, instead
of being somewhat apart. The species was introduced in 1605, and the variety in 1757, both being natives of
the Cape of Good Hope. Both should be grown in very sandy soil, and kept in a greenhouse, where they will
flower freely.
24.-ORNITHOGALUM CONCINNUM, Salis. THE NEAT ORNITHOGALUM, OR GIBRALTAR STAR
OF BETHLEHEM.
SYNONYMES.-0. unifolium B, Ker; 0. varium, var. 2, Brot.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Flowers disposed in a subcylindrical, many-
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 953.
flowered spike. Flowers erect, sweet. Leaves 2-3, short, cuspidate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very pretty species is found wild near Gibraltar, and it was introduced in 1780
by the late Dr. Fothergill. The flowers, which are very fragrant, are large and milk-white, and they are
disposed in a densely-crowded, cylindrical spike. The plant is rather tender, and requires to be kept in a
greenhouse.
25.-ORNITHOGALUM UNIFOLIUM, Ker. THE ONE-LEAVED STAR OF BETHLEHEM.
SYNONYMES.—0. varium, Brot. ; Scilla unifolia, Lin.; Bulbus SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaf solitary, sheathing the stem at the base,
monophyllus, Bauh.
and ending in a long, round, tail-like point. Flowers few, sessile.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 935.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very curious little plant, with a single leaf, ending in a long, round, tail-like point,
like some of the larger and handsomer species. It grows wild on sterile hills and sterile wilds in Portugal, where
scarcely any other plant is found; and it is quite hardy in British gardens, if the situation be sufficiently open.
It was introduced in 1805, but it is very seldom seen in collections, and, indeed, is only worth growing for
curiosity.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
199
OTHER SPECIES OF ORNITHOGALUM.
O. IXIODES, Hort. Kew.
A handsome species, with white flowers, quite hardy in British gardens. It is a native of California, and
was introduced in 1796.
0. COLLINUM, Rom. et Schultes.
A hardy species, with white and green flowers, a native of Sicily, whence it was introduced in 1829. It is
nearly allied to 0. montanum, and may possibly be only a variety of that species.
0. TENUIFOLIUM, Rom. et Schultes.
green
flowers.
A hardy plant, a native of Sicily, introduced in 1830, with slender leaves, and white and
0. EXSCARPUM, Ten.
A native of Naples, introduced in 1823, with white and green flowers. All these species, or varieties, have
their flowers in umbels, or bunches.
O. COMOSUM, Willd.
A native of Austria, introduced in 1596; the flowers are white and green. This, and all the following
kinds, have their flowers in long racemes.
0. OVATUM, Willd.
A Cape species, with ovate leaves, and white and
green
flowers.
Introduced in 1816.
0. NOTATUM, Roem. et Schultes ; 0. MACULATUM, Jacq.
The flowers are yellow, spotted with brown. A Cape plant, introduced in 1825.
0. CILIATUM, Willd.
A Cape species, with white flowers, and the leaves fringed with small hairs. Introduced in 1818.
.
0. CRENULATUM, Willd.
Flowers straw-coloured.
A Cape plant, introduced in 1825.
O. MACULATUM, Thunb.
Flowers snuff-coloured, spotted with dark brown. A native of the Cape, introduced in 1825.
Flowers straw-colour and brown.
O. SECUNDUM, Rem. et Schultes.
Introduced from the Cape in 1816.
0. GRAMINIFOLIUM, Rem. et Schultes.
Flowers white and green ; leaves grass-like. Introduced from the Cape in 1816.
0. TENELLUM, Willd.
Straw-colour and green flowers, and slender leaves. Introduced from the Cape in 1816.
0. PILOSUM, Willd.
Flowers white; leaves hairy. Introduced from the Cape in 1816.

200
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN.
O. RUDOLPHI, Rom. et Schultes ; Syn. O. TENUIFOLIUM, Redouté.
A native of the Cape, with white flowers. Introduced in 1812.
0. SUAVEOLENS, Jacq.
A Cape species, introduced in 1816, with green and yellow very fragrant flowers.
0. BARBATUM, Willd.
A Cape species, with yellow and green slightly-bearded flowers. Introduced in 1795.
0. POLYPHYLLUM, Willd.
Flowers
green and yellow. A Cape species, with many leaves. Introduced in 1825.
0. RUPESTRE, Willd.
A Cape species, with white and green flowers. Introduced in 1795.
O. FUSCATUM, Willd.
A Cape species, with brown and
green
flowers. Introduced in 1825.
0. ODORATUM, Willd. ; Andr. Bot. Rep. t. 260.
A Cape species, with green and yellow fragrant flowers. Introduced in 1795.
,
0. ELATUM, Andr. Bot. Rep. t. 528.
This species is said to be a native of Egypt. It has white flowers, and was introduced in 1804.
a
O. LONGEBRACTEATUM, Willd. ; Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1789.
A Cape species, with green and white flowers, the segments of which are widely separated from each other.
The leaves are long and very weak, but the flower-stem is nearly two feet high, with long bracts between the
flowers ; making the unopened raceme look like a head of barley. It is a free flowerer, sometimes blooming
twice a year; once in spring, and again in autumn. It was introduced in 1812, and is common in gardens.
a
0. SCILLOIDES, Willd.
A Cape species, with white and green flowers, very much resembling those of a squill. Introduced in 1795.
0. TRIGYNUM, Red.
A species with white and green flowers, and the stigma divided into three distinct lobes. Introduced in 1825.
0. GEMMIFLORUM, Rom. et Schultes.
A half-hardy species from Lima, with pure white flowers. Introduced in 1836,
0. BIFOLIUM, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1802.
It was introduced
A delicate little plant, about four or five inches high, with beautiful paper-white flowers.
from Chili in 1831.
O. ALLIACEUM, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1818.
This species, the flowers of which smell strongly of garlic, bears considerable resemblance in other respects to
the preceding species. It is a native of the same place, and was introduced at the same time.
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
201
a
0. STACHYOIDES, Ren.
The flowers are white, and they are disposed in a close spike. The species is a native of the south of Europe,
and it was introduced in 1771.
O. BRACHYSTACHYS, Willd.
This species has very short spikes of white flowers. It is a native of the south of Russia, and was introduced
in 1821.
a
0. COARCTATUM, Willd.
A Cape species, with white flowers. Introduced in 1804.
0. FLAVISSIMUM, Jacq. ; 0. TUNICATUM, Jaoq
Two Cape species, with yellow flowers.
O. BICOLOR, Rom. et Schultes.
A Cape species, with white and brown flowers. Introduced in 1816.
0. TUBEROSUM, Rom. et Schultes.
A Cape species, with yellow flowers. Introduced in 1787.
O. BERGII, Rom. et Schultes.
A Cape species, with white and
green
Introduced in 1816.
flowers.
GENUS VI.
URGINEA, Stein. THE SEA ONION.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth 6-parted, spreading. Stamens six, 3-valved. Seeds numerous, ascending, compressed, with a loose,
inserted in the base of the segments ; filaments equal, subulate. Style black, spongy testa. (G. Don.)
filiform, straight. Stigma obtuse. Capsule bluntly trigonal, 3-celled,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus has been divided from Scilla by Steinbel, a German botanist; and the only
plant belonging to it which is known in England, is the Common Squill, which is used in medicine as a cure for
coughs. The name of Urginea is taken from the Greek name of the plant, which was used in medicine by the
Greeks in the time of Theophrastus.
1._URGINEA MARITIMA, Stein. THE MEDICINAL SQUILL, OR SEA ONION.
SYNONYMES.—Scilla maritima. Lin.; Ornithogalum maritimum, ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 918; and our fig. 1, in Plate 44.
Tournef.; 0. squilla, Ker; Scilla vulgaris, Bauh. ; S. hispanica, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Flowers in simple racemes ; pedicels bi-
Clus.
bracteate.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The most remarkable part of this plant is the bulb, which is nearly as large as a child's
head, and which is used in medicine for the dropsy, and diseases of the chest and lungs, acting in the latter case
as a slight emetic, to promote expectoration. The flowers are produced in July and August, but the leaves do
not
appear till the following October or November. It is a native of the shores of the Mediterranean, whence a
great' quantity of bulbs are imported every year by the druggists. It is rather difficult to cultivate, as the bulbs
D D

202
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
are apt to rot unless grown in sand; but it is sure to flower well the first season, and indeed the flowers are
frequently produced from the bulb before it is planted at all. When in a favourable situation, the spike of
flowers is frequently two feet long, and the leaves, which continue green all winter, are a foot long. It was
introduced before 1629.
GENUS VII.
GAGEA, Salis. THE GAGEA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth inferior, petaloid, 6-parted, persistent,
converging below, spreading above. Filaments not dilated at the base. Stigma gaping. Capsule triangular. (Smith.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was separated by Mr. Salisbury from Ornithogalum, on account of the
filaments of the stamens differing from those of that genus, which are dilated at the base. The name was given
in honour of Sir Thomas Gage, a friend of Mr. Salisbury. The plants are all small, with greenish yellow
flowers; and they are all natives of the north of Europe, growing generally in woods, and in a moist sandy soil.
3
1.–GAGEA FASCICULARIS, Sal. THE FASCICLED, OR BRITISH GAGEA.
SYNONYMES.-G. lutea, Ker ; Ornithogalum sylvaticum, Pers. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Radical leaves I or 2, longer than the angu-
0. luteum, Smith non Lin.; 0. pallidum, Park. ; Phalangium lar scape. Bracts longer than the umbel, linear- lanceolate. Segments
bulbosa, Hall. ; Pyrrochiton, Ren.; Bulbus sylvestris, Fuchs. of the perianth lanceolate, obtuse. (Smith.)
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 1200; Eng. Bot. t. 21, 2d. ed. t. 480.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This pretty little flower is sometimes found wild in woods, in both England and Scotland,
always growing in a moist, sandy soil. The colour of the flowers is dingy, and as they appear in March and
April about the same season as the Ficaria, they are often overlooked by the side of that bright, golden-yellow
little flower.
The Gagea always grows in the shade, and it would be a good plant for shrubberies or any other
very shady situation where flowers are required in spring.
2.—GAGEA GLAUCA, Swt.
THE GLAUCOUS-LEAVED GAGEA.
SYNONYME.—Ornithogalum sylvaticum, Schl. non Pers.; 0.
luteum, Willd. non Lin.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 177; and our fig. 4, in
Plate 42.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Root leaf solitary, longer than the scare ;
bracts lanceolate, short, ciliated. Scape and pedicels sharply trique-
trous. Umbel about 4-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A pretty little plant, with yellow flowers and glaucous leaves; a native of Switzerland,
whence it was introduced in 1825. It is quite hardy, and will grow freely in any light sandy soil.
3.—GAGEA BRACTEOLARIS, Salis. THE SHORT-BRACTED GAGEA.
SYNONYMES.—Ornithogalum luteum Lin.; 0. pratense, Pers. SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Root-leaf triquetrous, very loug; bracts
ENGRAVING.–Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 158.
short, lanceolate, concave, slightly pubescent, the outer one twice the
size of the others.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is supposed to be the true Ornithogalum luteum of Linnæus, though the name has
been given alternately to both the preceding species. The present plant has no beauty to recommend it, as the
flowers are of a dingy, greenish yellow, and the leaves very narrow. The species is a native of Switzerland,
whence it was introduced in 1825.
a



Pl 44
Com
3
1
1. Urginea maritima._., Bellevalia omana_3.Barnardia saillardes.
4.Myogulum putans _5. Uropetalon fulvumy.


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
203
4.-GAGEA MINIMA, Rom. et Schul. THE LEAST GAGEA.
SYNONYMES.-G. stellaris, Salis. ; Ornithogalum minimum, Lin.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Root-leaf linear ; stem-leaf broadly lanceo-
0. arvense, Spreng.; 0. Sternbergii, Henck et Don.
late, clasping the stem; bracts linear. Segments of the perianth
ENGRAVINGS.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d. ser. t. 22; and our fig. acute ; umbel sometimes 8-flowered.
5, in Plate 42.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is by far the prettiest of the genus, from its bright yellow, star-like flowers.
The bulbs are very small, not larger than a pea. It is common in corn-fields in different parts of Europe, and it
was introduced in 1825.
OTHER SPECIES OF GAGEA.
These are very numerous, but as they have all yellowish green flowers, with one exception, and as they are
very seldom seen in British gardens, I have not thought it worth while to describe them separately. The species
with pale pink flowers (G. erubescens) is described by Roemur and Schultes, but it does not appear to have been
introduced into England. It is said to be a native of Poland.
GENUS VIII,
BARNARDIA, Lindl.
THE CHINESE SQUILL.
seen.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-parted; segments equal, spreading, stigma simple. Ovary 3-celled; ovules solitary, erect-ripe fruit not
persistent. Stamens 6, filaments dilated at the base. Style subulate;
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was named by Dr. Lindley in honour of Edward Barnard, Esq., formerly
Vice Secretary to the Horticultural Society ; and it was divided from Ornithogalum on account of its ovules, or
young seeds, of which there is only one standing erect in each cell; instead of many seeds in each cell, attached
to the central axis.
nelled. Bulb tunicated.
1.-BARNARDIA SCILLOIDES, Lindl. THE SQUILL-LIKE BARNARDIA.
SYNONYME.—Ornithogalum sinense, Lour.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape erect, 9-angled. Leaves linear, chan-
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1029; and our fig. 3, in Plate 44.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species was sent from China in 1824; and it is rather tender in England. The
bulb is about the size of a pigeon's egg, and tunicated like that of the hyacinth. The flowers are pink ; and,
though rather small, they have an elegant appearance, from the lightness of the raceme in which they are
disposed. The leaves are broad and very long. The species is very seldom met with in British gardens.
B. japonicum, the Ornithogalum japonicum of Thunberg, has purple flowers, and is said to have been introduced
in 1821. Both species should be grown in pots, and kept in a greenhouse in England; the soil should be sandy
loan, and the bulbs should be allowed a season of rest, by withholding water when the leaves begin to decay.
DD 2

204
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS IX.
ORITHYIA, D. Don. THE ORITHYIA.
w
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Perianth 6-parted, campanulate, deciduous. triangular style. Stigma obsoletely 3-lobed. Capsule trigonal, 3.
Stamens 6, erect, nearly equal; filaments dilated at the base, glabrous. celled, many-seeded. Seeds flat, with a membraneous testa.
Anthers linear, innate, erect. Ovary elongated into a somewhat
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant, when first introduced, was supposed to belong to the genus Tulipa, and
afterwards to Ornithogalum and to Gagea ; but it has been since formed by Professsor Don into a separate
genus, which he has called Orithyia, a mythological name for the wife of Boreas, because the plant comes from
the north of Asia.
1.-ORITHYIA UNIFLORA, D. Don.
THE SINGLE-FLOWERED ORITHYIA.
SYNONYMES.—Ornithogalum uniflorum, Lin.; Gagea uniflora, G.
Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate, twice as long as the scape;
Don ; Tulipa altaica, Gebl.
segments of the perianth obtusely obovate; anthers longer than the
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd ser. t. 336, and our fig.
filaments.
6, in Plate 42.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful little flower looks like a dwarf yellow tulip, and as it flowers in
-
a
March or April it looks very well in boxes with the Van Thol tulip, and other early spring-flowering bulbs. It
is a native of the Altai mountains, and consequently quite hardy in British gardens. It was first introduced in
1781 by Baron Alstroemer, under the name of Ornithogalum uniflorum ; but it was afterwards lost, till it was
re-introduced by a plant sent by Professor Ledebour to Mr. Anderson, of the Chelsea Botanic Gardens, in 1837.
There is another species, O. oxypetala, introduced in 1833.
GENUS X.
LLOYDIA, Salis. MOUNTAIN SPIDER-WORT.
-
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth persistent, of six nearly equal
- '
apex. Capsule triquetrous, 3-celled, and 3-valved at the apex, Seeds
spreading segments, each furnished with a transverse, nectariferous numerous, compressed, horizontal, with a brownish membraneous
plica at the base. Stamens 6, adhering to the base of the segments of margined testa. (G. Don.)
the perianth. Style subclavate ; stigma subtrigonal, depressed at the
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This genus was divided from Anthericum by Mr. Salisbury, a botanist, celebrated for
making new genera and species ; and named by him in honour of one of his friends, a Mr. Lloyd. There are
only two species, one of which is a native of Wales, and the other of Siberia.
a
1.-LLOYDIA SEROTINA, Salis. THE LATE-FLOWERING MOUNTAIN SPIDER-WORT.
SYNONYMES.--Anthericum serotinum, Smith ; Phalangium sero- t. 270; and our fig. 7, in Plate 42, under its old name of Anther-
tinuni, Red.; Gagea serotina, Ker.
icum serotinum.
ENGRAVINGS. -Eng. Bot. t. 793; 2nd ed. t. 489; Redouté Lilac. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves semi-cylindrical ; cauline ones dilated
—
at the base. Flowers mostly solitary. Filaments smooth. (Smith).
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant has a flower-stem, about six inches high, bearing a single flower, which is
white streaked with pink, and which appears in June. It is a native of Wales, but it is only found there on one
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
205
66
9
When planted in gardens
of the highest and most inaccessible rocks of the Snowdon range in Carnarvonshire.”
it requires an open situation and a poor soil.
L. STRIATA, Swt.; ORNITHOGALUM STRIATUM, Spreng.
Is a native of Siberia ; introduced in 1787, which differs very little from the preceding species.
a
GENUS XI.
MYOGALUM, Link. THE WILD HYACINTH, OR HARE-BELL.
mm
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth equal, of six segments. Stamens bluntly trigonal, papillose. Capsule rather fleshy, obsoletely trigonai,
6, hypogynous ; filaments dilated, 3-lobed, the middle lobe bearing 3-celled, 3-valved. Seeds few, horizontal, subglobose, with a dark
the anther. Style thickish, straight. Stigma a little thickened,
.
foveolate (pitted) testa. (G. Don.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This well-known plant, after being called successively a Hyacinth and Scilla, has been
now made into a new genus by Professor Link, under the name of Myogalum, which signifies mouse's milk.
This strange name is said to allude to the milky juice exuded by the bulb when wounded, and which is poisonous
to the field or shrew mice which eat it. It grows wild in most parts of Britain.
1. MYOGALUM NUTANS, Link. THE DROOPING MYOGALUM, OR COMMON HARE-BELLS.
SYNONYMES.-Hyacinthus non-scriptus, Lin.; Scilla nutans, Willd. Specific CHARACTER.–Raceme drooping. Flowers pendent, cam-
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng, Bot. t. 377; 2nd ed. t. 487; and our fig. 4, panulate. Bracts in pairs. Leaves linear, flaccid.
in Plate 44.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This well-known flower is said to have derived its English name of Hare-bells from the
tremulous motion of its bell-like flowers, which quiver with the slightest breeze ; and which may thus indicate
the breathing of the hare, which always makes its cover in the tangled brake of the thick woods and coppices,
where it is found wild. It bears a strong resemblance to the hyacinth, and hence its second name. It must not,
however, be confounded with the Hare-bell, or Air-bell, of the poets (Campanula roturdifolia), the elastic stalk
of which rises again when lightly trodden on, and which thus offers an elegant simile for the airy step of a young
girl. Every one who reads this, and who recollects Scott's beautiful description of Ellen, in the Lady of
the Lake
" A foot more light, a step more true,
Ne'er from the heath-flower dash'd the dew;
E'en the slight hare-bell raised its head
Elastic from her airy tread,"
will perceive that the Hyacinthus non-scriptus could not be the flower alluded to; as its succulent stem, when
trodden
upon,
would be too much crushed to rise again. This plant is quite hardy, and, when grown
in gardens,
only requires to be kept in the shade.

206
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN,
GENUS XII.
SCILLA, Lin. THE SQUILL.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-parted, spreading, equal, deciduous. Stamens equal, sub-perigynous.
—.
-
Style filiform, exserted.
Capsule roundish, 4, or many-seeded ; seeds somewhat globose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very extensive genus, which may be divided into two very distinct sections: viz.-
those with campanulate, or bell-shaped flowers; and those, the flowers of which are rotate, or round and spreading.
The derivation of the name Scilla has not been exactly determined ; but it is supposed to allude to the emetic
properties of some of the plants. The species are all ornamental ; and they are all, or nearly all, quite hardy
in British gardens. The differences between this genus and Hyacinthus are very slight; and many plants are
placed sometimes in one genus, and sometimes in the other, by botanists.
SECTION 1.- FLOWERS CAMPANULATE.
a
1.- SCILLA CERNUA, Link et Hoff. THE DROOPING SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.-Hyacinthus cernuus, Lin.; H. pratense, Lam.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Raceme bending. Flowers nearly secund.
Scilla festalis. Salis.
Leaves linear-lanceolate, erect.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1461.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant, at first sight, so closely resembles that now called Myogalum, the old
Hyacinthus non-scriptus, as scarcely to be distinguished from it. The leaves are, however, stiffer, and more
erect; and the raceme of flowers longer and more bent, with a few detached flowers down the scape : the flowers,
also, are more tubular, and somewhat swelled out at the base. The greatest difference, however, in a botanical
point of view, is in the filaments of the stamens, which in Myogalum are dilated and attached to the divisions of
the perianth, for nearly half their length, the anthers being hidden in the cup of the flower; while in Scilla cernua
the filaments are thread-like, and only attached to the perianth at the base, with the anthers protruding beyond
the flower. The scape, or flower-stem, is also somewhat kneed in Myogalum, with the flowers all on the same
side ; but it is in a regular curve with some flowers on both sides in Scilla cernua. This last-named plant is a
native of Spain, but it is very common in British gardens; and though the exact year of its introduction is not
known, it is probable that it has been in cultivation in England for more than two centuries. The flowers are
generally pink, or pale-purple. It is quite hardy, and when once planted, it may be left in the ground
for several years without taking up.
2.—SCILLA PATULA, Lam. THE SPREADING SCILLA, OR SPANISH HARE-BELL.
SYNONYMES.-S. hyacinthoides, Jacq. ; S. Jacquini, Gmel. ; S. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate, somewhat channelled
campanulata, Ker; Hyacinthus hispanicus, Clus.; H. hispanicus
and concave, terminating in an acute point. Raceme erect, many-
major, Park.
flowered. Bracts longer than the pedicels, dilated at the base.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1102.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This very handsome species is easily distinguished from the preceding one, by the
straightness of the raceme, and the flowers growing all round it, instead of being all on one side. The flowers are

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
207
sometimes of a dark reddish purple, sometimes pink, and sometimes white. The species is a native of Spain and
Portugal, whence it was introduced before the time of Parkinson (1629), and it has been common in British
gardens ever since. It is quite hardy, and requires no care after the first planting.
It is very
3.-SCILLA CAMPANULATA, Willd. THE CAMPANULATE SCILLA, OR SPANISH SQUILL.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 128 ; and our fig. lin Plate 45, under Segments of the perianth divided to the base ; pedicels and bracts
the erroneous name of Scilla flexuosa.
longer than the perianth. Leaves lanceolate.
SpecifIC CHARACTER.-Raceme erect, many-flowered, nearly conical.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This is one of the commonest kinds of Scilla, and one of the handsomest.
showy and very hardy; and, as might be expected from any plant possessing these qualities, it is very common
in English gardens, in which it has been cultivated since the time of Parkinson. It is a native of Spain. Its
flowers are blue in the species, but there are pink and white varieties; and as they are produced in great abundance,
they have a very lively and elegant effect. No care is required in the culture of this species after its first planting.
;
4.-SCILLA CORYMBOSA, Spreng. THE CORYMB-FLOWERED SCILLA, OR CAPE HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES.--Massonia corymbosa, Ker; Hyacinthus corymbosus, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, very narrow, folded, with a
Lin.
convex projection on the under side. Flowers erect, and disposed in a
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 991.
corymbose head.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This little plant, which is now very seldom met with, has but little beauty to recommend
it. The flowers are pink, without fragrance, and they form a stiff, erect head in the midst of the narrow leaves.
The species is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1793. It requires a greenhouse
in England. The whole is not above six inches high.
5.---SCILLA BRACHYPHYLLA, Reem. et Schultes. THE ROOT-SHEATHED CAPE HYACINTH.
SYNONYME.-S. brevifolia, Ker.
together with the scape, in a large fleshy bract rising from the bulb.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1468.
Flowers drooping, disposed in a short, crect raceme.
Specific CHARACTER. — Leaves narrow, roundish, fleshy ; sheathed
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious little plant, with a raceme of pretty pink flowers, which, together with the
leaves, appear to rise out of a spathe-like bract, almost large enough to shroud the whole. The species is a native
of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1811. It requires protection in England, and is a pretty plant
for growing in a pot, in a window, or balcony.
а.
SECTION II.-FLOWERS ROTATE, OR SUB-CAMPANULATE.
6.—SCILLA SIBIRICA, And. THE SIBERIAN SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.—S. amạna ß sibirica, Ker.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves four, erect, oblong-lorate, slightly
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 365; Bot. Mag. t. 1025; and our fig. concave, with a somewhat glandular point. Scapes numerous, 1-4-
5, in Plate 45.
flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the most beautiful of all the Scillas, and no description or painting can give an
idea of the brilliancy and intensity of it. It flowers in April, the flowers rising out of the ground before the
leaves. It is quite hardy, and may be suffered to remain in the ground for several years without taking up.
This species and its allies, S. amoenula, and S. amoena, S. bifolia, and its varieties, and S. campanulata, I have

208
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
now seen flower every spring for the last ten years in our little garden at Bayswater, without the slightest
attention being paid to them, farther than restraining the different gardeners we have had from cutting away
their leaves. It is in vain, generally speaking, to expostulate, or to explain how impossible it is for the sap,
which is to deposit matter to form the new bulb, to be matured without the aid of the leaves; the passion for
neatness prevails, and nothing short of a positive command will avail. Of course, master gardeners, many of
whom are excellent botanists and well acquainted with vegetable physiology, know better. The annual
destruction of the leaves as soon as the plant has done flowering, is the principal reason why Scillas and other
bulbs so soon degenerate in town gardens, as very few of them are ever injured by the smoke.
7.— SCILLA PRÆCOX, Willd, THE EARLY SQUILL.
ENGRAVING.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d. ser. t. 141.
striated ; raceme sub-corymbose. Pedicels much longer than the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.- Leaves broad-lanceolate. Scape angular, flowers ; bracts obscure.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this lovely little plant are of the same brilliant, transparent blue as those
of S. sibirica. It is a native of Germany, whence it was introduced in 1790. It is not, however, common in
gardens, and I never saw it but once, when Mr. Ingpen of Chelsea very kindly sent me some of the flowers.
8.-SCILLA ANNULA, Otto. THE FEW-FLOWERED SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.-S. azurea, Gold.; S. amona, Red. ; S. cernua, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Scape 5-angled ; raceme three-flowered. Pe-
Bieb.
duncle naked. Perianth somewhat campanulate, spreading. Leaves
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2408; and our fig. 9, in Plate 45. very short, lanceolate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very pretty little plant has spreading, star-like, blue flowers, which are somewhat
campanulate in the bud. Three or four flower-stalks (which are angular) rise from each bulb, bearing each from
one to three flowers. The bulb is covered with a dark brown skin, and there are three short broad leaves. This
species is a native of the north of Europe, and it is often confounded with S. sibirica, which it closely resembles.
It was introduced from the Berlin garden in 1822. It flowers in March, and the flowers rise through the ground
before the leaves.
a
a
-
9.--SCILLA AMENA, Lin, THE PLEASING, OR BYZANTINE SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.—Hyacinthus stellaris, Bauh. ; the starry Jacinth of SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate, much shorter than the
Constantinople.
scape. Perianth stellate. Flowers alternate.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 341.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is very distinct from the last ; the narrow segments of its star-like flowers,
its long scape, and the disposition of the flowers, which are fixed at regular distances alternately on both sides of
the flower-stem, making the difference perceptible to every observer. This species is a native of the Levant, and
it was brought from Constantinople in 1600, by Edward Lord Zouch, then a great patron of everything
connected with flowers. It is hardy, and requires no particular care. It flowers in May, and ripens abundance
of seeds.
10.-SCILLA PUMILA, Brot THE DWARF SQUILL.
SYNONYME.-S. monophyllos, Link.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth spreading, segments obovate. Leaf
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 3023.
solitary, sheathing the scape. Raceme few-flowered; bracts very short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty little plant, with bright lilac flowers ; a native of Portugal, whence it was
c-
introduced in 1819. The whole plant is not above six inches high, and thus it is well adapted for pots or rock-
work. There is a variety with white flowers.
a

2


Fl 45
go
o
6
5
4
7
2
3
9
1
ledan flexuosa_ 2. Scilla valica_3.Scilla esculenta. L-Sëlla autumnalis 5 Salla viibricas
6. Joilla bifolia_7 Scilla bifolia (pink van)_8 Salla perna _I-Salla amanula


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
209
;
11.SCILLA BIFOLIA, Willd. THE TWO-LEAVED SQUILL.
ENGRAVINGS.-Eng. Bot. t. 24 ; 2d edit. 485; Bot. Mag. t. 746; disposed in a corymbose, lax raceme.
and our figs. 6 and 7 in Plate 45.
VARIETIES.-S. b. 2 alba, Willd. Flowers white. S. b. 3 rubra,
Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate, generally two. Flowers Ker; S. rosea, Leh. ; S. carnea Swt. Flowers pink.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty plant, whether white, blue, or pink. The species has blue flowers, and
-
the white and pink are varieties. The blue is sometimes found wild in England, but it is rather a doubtful
native; both the species and varieties are, however, common in the neighbourhood of Paris, and in other parts of
Europe. It is of the easiest culture, and when once planted it will flower freely every spring, without any
further care.
a
12.--SCILLA VILLOSA, Desf. THE HAIRY AFRICAN SQUILL.
.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 3211.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate, hairy. Raceme corymbose ; bracts lanceolate, equal to the pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A dwarf species, with a corymb of white flowers ; a native of Barbary, and only half-
hardy in British gardens. It is not worth the trouble of cultivation, as there are so many more beautiful species
which are quite hardy.
13.—SCILLA VERNA, Willd. THE SPRING SCILLA.
ENGRAVINGS.Eng. Bot. t. 23; 2d edit. t. 484; and our fig. 8, SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves linear, channelled, numerous.
in Plate 45.
Raceme corymbose, few-flowered. Bracts lanceolate, obtuse.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of the species are bluish, but there are pink and white varieties, all of which
are fragrant. They are all natives of Britain, and are found in great abundance on the North and Western coasts.
They are quite hardy, but grow best in moist, sandy soil.
14.—SCILLA ITALICA, Lin. THE ITALIAN SQUILL.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 663 ; and our fig. 2, in Plate 45.
Specific CHARACTER.-Leaves linear-obtuse, channelled, numerous. Raceme conical, crowded. Bracts twin, nearly equal to the pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty plant, with a conical raceme of purplish stellate flowers ; a native of the
c—
Italian and Swiss Alps, which grows on the rocks, in shady places, in great profusion. The flowers are fragrant,
and they appear in March. This species seldom thrives in small gardens, as it requires an open and airy, and
yet a sheltered situation; and a poor, but dry soil.
15.—SCILLA AUTUMNALIS, Willd. THE AUTUMNAL SQUILL.
ENGRAVINGS.-Eng. Bot. t. 78; 2d ed. t. 486; and our fig. 4, in SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves linear, numerous. Bracts obsolete.
Plate 45.
Pedicels ascending, the length of the flowers.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—An elegant little species, common on rocks, and sandy places in every part of Britain.
It flowers in September.
3
16.--SCILLA PRATENSIS, Waldst. et Kit. THE MEADOW OR HUNGARIAN SQUILL.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. for 1839, t. 63.
.
elongated and spike-like. Bracts very small and scarious. Pedicels
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves ensiform, numerous.
Raceme ascending, longer than the flower.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species bears considerable resemblance to S. autumnalis, both in the form and
disposition of the flowers and in their number. It should be grown in a sandy soil, where it can be kept very
moist while it is growing, and dry during its season of rest. It was introduced in 1827. It flowers in June,
after those of the spring Scillas and before the autumnal ones, and it is very suitable for rockwork. .
E E

210
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
17.—SCILLA PERUVIANA, Lin. THE PERUVIAN SQUILL.
SYNONYME.-S. præbracteata, Hort.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves broad-linear, larger than the scape.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 749.
Raceme corymbose, crowded. Bracts longer than the pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This well-known splendid plant, though called Peruviana, is in fact a native of Italy,
Barbary, Portugal, and Spain, from which latter country it was sent to Clusius, who gave it the name of the
Peruvian Hyacinth ; a mistake which probably originated from the circumstance of so many plants being, about
that period, received in Spain from Peru. It was introduced into England in 1607; and it has ever since been
a favourite in gardens. It is however rather difficult to cultivate, and it will not bear the smoky atmosphere of
large towns. It should be grown in an open, airy situation, in a light sandy soil, and allowed plenty of water.
18.—SCILLA CUPANIANA, Gussone. CUPANI'S SCILLA.
SYNONYMES.—S. fistulosa, Raf. ; Ornithogalum coeruleum, Raf.
Car. ; Hyacinthus stellatus, Cupani.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1878.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lanceolate, flat, ciliated with very
short and dense hairs. Raceme corymbose, lax. Bracts about half
the length of the pedicels.
a
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species have a singular appearance, from the perianth being of a dull
purple, and the pistil a bright blue. The species is a native of Sicily, whence it was introduced in 1826. It is
hardy in British gardens, where it flowers in June ; but it is very rarely to be met with, and indeed scarcely
deserves cultivation.
19.---SCILLA LUSITANICA, Lin. THE PORTUGUESE SQUILL.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 1999.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad-lanceolate, undulated. Raceme spike-like, pedicels very short,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is distinguished by the thickness of the flower-scape, and small size of the
numerous pale blue flowers. The leaves are very broad, and of a yellowish green. The species is a native
of Spain and Portugal, whence it was introduced in 1777. It should be treated as a greenhouse plant, but it is
seldom seen in collections.
а.
20.-SCILLA HYACINTHOIDES, Lin. THE HYACINTH-LIKE SCILLA.
ENGRAVING.–Bot, Mag. t. 1140.
flowers, spreading angularly, remote. Segments of the perianth rotate.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad-lanceolate, undulated. Raceme Bracts small, decurrent, and distinct from the flowers.
erect, diffuse, many-flowered. Pedicels many times longer than the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious plant, with dark purplish or lead-coloured flowers, which it is very shy of
producing. Instances are indeed recorded of plants having been kept for twenty or thirty years in an apparently
healthy state before they flowered. The species is a native of Madeira, whence it was introduced in 1777.
21.-SCILLA PLUMBEA, Lindl.
THE LEAD-COLOURED SCILLA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1355.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lorate, flat, recurved. Scape erect,
round, few-flowered. Bracts very small, attenuated. Segments of the
perianth ovate, very much recurved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is sometimes confounded with the preceding species, but it differs in many
respects. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it was introduced in 1813.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS,
211
22.—SCILLA ESCULENTA, Ker. THE EATABLE SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.—Phalangium esculentum, Frazer ; Missouri Squill, or
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-.Leaves lorate-lanceolate, erect, diverging,
Quamash, Ker, in Bot. Mag.
channelled. Perianth regular, stellate. Raceme many-flowered,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1574; and our fig. 3, in Plate 45. spike-like. Bracts attenuated ; about equal in length to the pedicel.
DESCRIPTION, &c.Some interest attaches to this plant from its having been formerly mistaken for the
Quamash or Indian Bread of the banks of the Missouri, which is the bulb of the Camassia esculenta (see p. 188).
The bulb of the present plant is eatable; and hence, probably, arose the confusion. Scilla esculenta is a native
of North America, whence it was introduced in 1811, by Mr. Frazer, a botanical collector, who supposed it to
be the plant described by Pursh, that is, the Camassia.
a
OTHER KINDS OF SCILLA
S. BREVIFOLIA, Rom. et Schultes; HYACINTHUS BREVIFOLIUS, Thunb.
A Cape species, introduced in 1822, with white flowers, which appear
in January
S. ODORATA, Roem. et Schultes.
A Portuguese species, with very fragrant blue flowers; introduced in 1818.
S. MAURITANICA, Rom. et Schultes.
An African species, with blue flowers ; introduced in 1819.
S. LILIO-HYACINTHUS, Willd.
A native of the south of Europe, with blue flowers ; introduced in 1597.
S. UMBELLATA, Spreng.
A native of the Pyrenees, with blue flowers; introduced in 1817.
S. INTERMEDIA, Roem, et Schultes.
A native of Sicily, with blue flowers; introduced in 1829.
S. OBTUSIFOLIA, Rom. et Schultes.
A native of Barbary, with violet-coloured flowers ; introduced in 1828.
T.
S. UNDULATA, Rom. et Schultes.
A native of the south of Europe, with lilac flowers.
S. LINGULATA, Rom. et Schultes.
A native of Barbary, with blue flowers.
S. VINCENTINA, Rom. et Schultes.
A native of Portugal, with spreading blue flowers; introduced in 1827.
E E 2

212
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XIII.
HYACINTHUS, Lin. THE HYACINTH.
Seeds many,
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth tubular, 6-cleft, segments reflexed. stigma obtuse. Capsule ovately-trigonal, 3-celled.
Staunens six, inserted in the middle of the tube. Style awl-shaped ; roundish.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--Everybody knows a hyacinth ; but many of my readers will be surprised to hear that
there are only three species in the genus, and that two of these are rarely seen. The fact is, that all the almost
innumerable kinds of hyacinth common in our gardens are varieties of one species, Hyacinthus orientalis ; and as
these vary very much from seed, and may be readily crossed with each other, no limit can be given to the number
and variety of hyacinths that may be raised.
1.—HYACINTHUS ORIENTALIS, Lin. THE COMMON, OR EASTERN HYACINTH.
ENGRAVINGS. —Bot. Mag. t. 937; Bot. Reg. t. 995; and our figs. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Perianth funnel-shaped, half-cleft, segments
3 to 6, in Plate 46.
spreading ; tube ventricose at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The hyacinth in its wild state is generally blue, but sometimes pink; and it grows
in
great abundance in the neighbourhood of Aleppo and Bagdad. It has also been found occasionally in France
and Barbary, but in both cases it was probably only a garden flower, which had sown itself accidentally. In our
Plate 46, fig. 3, is the single hyacinth in its wild state; and figs. 4, 5, and 6, which are cultivated varieties of
it, have been chosen, not for their beauty, but to show how widely the cultivated flower, in some cases, differs
from the wild one. The garden hyacinth was first brought to England before 1596, as Gerard speaks of it, as
of a well-known flower, without saying when it was introduced ; and he describes several double varieties
of the original flower, which he says, simply, was first brought from the East. The varieties known to Gerard
were all blue, white, or pink; and only these colours were known in hyacinths till about the commencement of
the present century, when a few pale yellow, or rather lemon-coloured, kinds were raised from seed. These have
since been improved by cultivation and hybridizing ; and the hyacinth shown in fig. 5, Plate 46 (raised by Mr.
Corsten, a well-known florist), is a specimen of the change in colour that has been produced. The shape of this
flower is not, however, considered so good as that of fig. 4; and it must be observed that all bright-coloured
hyacinths are considered improved by having a dark centre or eye. A great deal has been written on the culture
of the hyacinth, but the following account of the Dutch mode of culture (which was translated for and published in
the Gardener's Magazine), I have been told by several experienced florists, contains everything that is necessary
to be known on the subject.
“The hyacinth likes a very sandy, well-prepared, fine, and light soil, without any appearance of stones or
gravel, and which consequently looks exactly as if it had been passed through a fine sieve. All kinds of loam
or stiff soil, which bind so closely together that, when dry, the wind cannot separate their particles as it does
those of sand, must be avoided. No kind of red, bluish, or blackish soil will produce perfect hyacinths; but one
is considered particularly good, which is light grey, and which resembles fine, very sandy, and light garden
mould. This sand, which is very light of itself, is made still lighter by the addition of the thin sand of the Dutch

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
213
of four years
up. In
When a proper
a
downs, which is of a pale yellow colour, very fine, and contains neither stones nor gravel; and as this sand
constitutes the principal part of the mixture of the soil, if nature denies us a supply of it at home, we must
search for it in other places, or try to prepare one like it. Various soils have been used for this purpose, but the
preference is given to a pale yellow river-sand, to which is added a third of leaf-mould. The only manure used
is cow-dung, which must be quite pure, and not mixed with straw, or any other substance.
In preparing the beds, particular attention must be paid to two rules :—-1. That, for the space of four
previously to planting, neither horse-dung, nor any other dung of a heating quality, must be mixed with the soil.
2. That hyacinths must not be grown in the same soil oftener than once every four
years.
The latter rule must
be particularly attended to; because, if planted a year earlier, the decayed remains of the old bulbs would
communicate the rot or other diseases to the newly-planted bulbs. In Holland, a bed is planted the first year
with hyacinths, the second with tulips, the third with Polyanthus Narcissus; and it would be desirable if
s
something similar were planted even the fourth year. The bed, however, is generally prepared for hyacinths the
fourth season, as follows:-Between December and February the ground is dug five or six feet deep ; and, when
too much water is apprehended, a drain is dug all round the bed, and filled with wood or stones, and then covered
In March every square yard is manured with four hand-barrowfuls of pure cow-dung (without straw), dug
in a foot deep. During the summer, vegetables or annuals are grown on the bed, which do not exhaust the soil
too much. The following autumn (therefore the fifth), the soil is dug one and a half or two inches deep, taking
care to let the manure, which was put on the ground in spring, remain a foot deep in the earth.
drain is not made, a trench is used, two feet wide, and one and a half feet broad, which is left open, so that the
water collected in it may be taken out.
When the above operation is performed, the bulbs must be prepared for planting in the beginning of October.
This preparation consists in examining whether the bulbs are perfectly healthy; because, if they are unhealthy,
they not only will not flower, but will infect those near them. It is necessary, therefore, in the first place, to be
acquainted with the diseases they are liable to, which are :-First, the white rotz : Second, the black rotz: Third,
the rot: Fourth, mould: Fifth, consumption or wasting : Sixth, shrinking: and Seventh, excess of offsets.
First. The white rotz is known by a resin which generally oozes from the upper part of the bulb, and also
from the side, and which, about this time of the year (October), is of a hard consistency, not unlike the resin
that flows from trees. The white rotz also assumes the appearance of a white slimy substance, and has a very
unpleasant smell, which is particularly evident when the bulb is cut open; and bulbs in this state should
be thrown away without hesitation. The danger attending this disease will be treated of in another place.
Second. The black rotz is more difficult to know than the white rotz; because, as soon as the bulb is taken
out of the ground and kept dry, the rotz dries up also. The stool or plate of the bulb (that is, the point from
which the roots proceed downwards) appears as if eaten out on the side, and the scales at that part have dry black
edges. When, therefore, there is but little of this disease in the bulb, it is very difficult to be ascertained ; and
it must be particularly looked for, when the bulbs are about to be put in the ground, as it will not only destroy
the infected bulb, but all those that are healthy near it. A bulb so attacked must therefore be thrown away.
Third. The rot is easily known when it is once fairly begun. It is generally found in the scales near the
heart of the bulb; and, to discover it, the point of the bulb should be cut off horizontally with a sharp knife. If
the bulb is affected with this disease, a yellowish or brownish stripe will be seen between the scales; and all the
:

214
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
part thus discoloured should be cut away, till it is completely eradicated; but when it reaches farther than the
half of the bulb, it is past remedy, and the bulb must be thrown away. Great care, however, must be taken in
cutting off the point of the bulb, not to injure the germ which has formed inside it ; and when this is likely to
be the case, the cuts ought to be made, not horizontally, but in a slanting direction towards the point of the bulb,
so as not to run any risk of cutting off the extremity of the incipient flower. It frequently happens that these
stripes are but very little distinguished from the colour of the healthy part of the bulb; and, therefore, great
attention is necessary, that they may not be overlooked. When two, three, or more stripes are seen round the
heart of the bulb, it is generally past recovery; but if they are found far from the heart, and consequently near
the outer scales, they can all be cut away, with the exception of such as have reached the root-plate and
attacked it. Above all, care must be taken that neither the germ nor the root-plate of the bulb is injured ;
but all parts round them may be cut away.
Fourth. The mould is only found on the outer or inner part of the first four scales ; and it is not considered
a dangerous disease, but must be removed by taking off those scales that are attacked.
Fifth. Consumption or wasting is indicated by never-varying yellowish or brownish spots in the scales near
the heart. This disease is not exactly a dangerous one, but is rather an indication of a weak flower, which is
very frequently the case with several sorts ; for example, the Grand Vainqueur, Staaten General, &c. These
spots might go through the whole bulb without being injurious, therefore they are not to be compared with the
stripes of the disease called the rot.
Sixth. Shrinking is indicated by spots similar to those above mentioned, only they are much larger. This
disease generally draws the whole bulb in a slanting direction, and a part of it appears as if eaten out. The
bulb loses its usual round form. This is similar to the disease called wasting, but in a greater degree, and is with
great difficulty got rid of; therefore, if you wish to have good strong plants, it is better to throw those away
that
are attacked with this disease.
Seventh. Excess of offsets only takes place in bulbs capable of producing flowers. The offsets come out at the
sides, or through the stool or plate, and the parent bulb becomes divided into a number of young ones. When
this is the case, it is left exactly as it is, and is planted like the others; and although it will not flower, it will
produce a great many young
bulbs.
These are the principal characteristics of the diseases to which bulbs are liable. When you wish to increase
them, great care must be taken while they are out of the ground not to pull off the small white offsets that have
sprung out at the sides and from the stool of the bulb; because this treatment, even if it does not injure the
parent bulb, is sure to destroy the young ones, which would not be the case if they were allowed to remain on
When the young ones are older, and are become strong, they will have stools of their
own, from which roots will proceed ; and when in this state, they may without danger be separated from the
parent bulb.
When the bulbs have been all carefully examined, they are planted thirty-six hours afterwards at the latest ;
because, as they have been probably very much cut, a longer delay would cause a reappearance of the mould,
which would terminate in destroying them.”
another year.
9

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
215
A YEAR'S CULTURE OF THE HYACINTH, AS PRACTISED AT HAARLEM IN HOLLAND, BEGINNING
WITH THE SEASON FOR PLANTING, IN OCTOBER.
October - The Dutch method of planting bulbs is of all others the best. The whole piece of ground allotted
for them is divided into beds. The first bed is dug from three to five inches deep (according to the strength or
kind of bulb to be planted), and the quantity of earth that is dug out is conveyed to the further side of the last
bed in the piece of ground. The bed which has had this earth taken from it is equally raked, and divided into
rows, when the bulbs are placed gently upon it.
. The second bed is then dug out in like m’anner, and the earth
which is taken from it is used for covering the bulbs in the first bed; and in this manner they proceed to the last
bed, which is covered with the earth of the first bed, which was deposited there. When there is but one bed to
be planted, it is advisable, if not thought too much trouble, to put a layer of sand where the bulbs are to be placed,
or only a little on the very spot on which each bulb is to be placed. With regard to the space between each bulb,
eight of those that are capable of producing flowers are planted on the extent of three and a half feet; but they
must always be put nearer or further apart, according to the strength of the bulbs. Very small bulbs, or those
not capable of producing flowers, are not planted singly, but are sown in rows, as it is of no consequence whether
the sides or points of these bulbs are next the ground. Those kinds which grow high and strong should, in general,
be planted the deepest, that is, five or six inches deep. Those kinds that grow low should not be planted so deep;
but those kinds which are liable to produce an excess of offsets must be planted the deepest of all, viz., six inches.
Among the latter may be mentioned in particular l'Amie du Cour. It must also be particularly observed, that
when the soil is stiff, the bulbs must not be planted so deep as when the soil is light. It can be best ascertained
during the warm days in spring, if the bulbs have not been planted deep enough ; because when that is the case,
the leaves begin to flag; while those that are too deep in the soil assume a different appearance.
They then
become rather smaller than larger, and have a withered appearance. Those of a very small sort are generally
not planted so deep as the other kinds ; such as Duchesse de Parma, Marquis de la Coste, Bonaparte, Roi Sphéros,
Kaiser &
dre, &c. The weather should be dry during the time of planting. If there is a continuance of
rain after a space of fourteen days, it is very injurious; because, as the germ prevents the bulb from being com-
pletely closed, the water finds its way in, and causes the bulb to rot. Forced hyacinths should be planted in a
very light soil, because it makes them flower sooner; and those bulbs which are difficult to flower, or which are
apt to flower late, should have a light dry soil. Care must be taken, as already observed, that bulbs are not
planted again on the same bed for the space of four years; and every year a change of soil must be given either
lighter or stiffer. It must, however, be remembered that all hyacinths with white flowers do not generally do so
well in a stiff soil as those with blue flowers, and all those kinds which are apt to have the rot must very seldom
be planted in a stiff soil. Yet bulbs which are grown in a stiff soil sometimes, to our great astonishment, produce
beautiful flowers; but they generally perish before the next time of planting; and, in general, when you have
been so unfortunate as to plant in too stiff a soil (which may be known by the luxuriance of the leaves), it is
better to take the bulbs up before they have done growing, as they would be sure to become wrinkled, and perhaps
mouldy, afterwards.
November and December.—The principal operations for hyacinths during the month of October may be
-
continued during November, if not finished in the former months. The weeds, also, must be all taken out from
a
a
a
.

216
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
a
the beds in which the bulbs are planted ; and the beds must then be nicely raked, and made ready for covering,
in case of frost in December. The covering is made of reeds, and as the covering which was used for the former
year is generally put under the new one, the whole becomes several inches thick. The covering is fastened down
on the sides by means of pegs. When there is a continuance of rain, the trenches are filled with water, which
must immediately be removed.
January and February.—During the months of January and February, the ground in which hyacinths are to
be planted the following autumn must be deeply dug; and where the beds are planted, the water must be
carefully removed from the trenches.
March.-— When frost is no longer apprehended, the covering of the beds may be taken off; but great care
must be taken not to remove it too soon, that it may not be necessary to put it on again. After all the beds
have been carefully cleaned and raked, they are watered with a mixture of cow-dung and water, which forms a
slight crust on the surface, and prevents the wind from causing any irregularity on the beds. That piece of
ground, which, in the previous months, had been deeply dug and intended for hyacinths the next year, should
now be manured as above described, with four wheelbarrowfuls of pure cow-dung to the square yard, which
is dug in one foot deep.
April.—Time of flowering.–At this time the plants should be carefully examined, to see if by any accident
one or two of a different kind may have been mixed with those that are pure, and to mark them out. After the
bulbs have flowered, the flower-stalks should be cut off, to make the leaves grow stronger, and laid in a place
where they can do no injury; because, should they be brought again to the hyacinth beds, they would cause all
the bulbs to rot. They cannot even be used as manure for trees, &c., because, if they are not poisonous, they at
least always contain a corrosive property, and to such a degree, that in the month of October the labourers, after
working five or six hours among them, become red and fiery all over, and are in so much pain that it frequently
even prevents sleep. There are some kinds, and particularly those that have small bulbs and full strong flowers
(so much so, that the flower is out of proportion with the bulb), that should have the flower-stalk cut off as soon
as the flowers have expanded, in order that the plant may not die of exhaustion. Henri IV. belongs to this kind.
It is rather expensive, but very beautiful. A strong wind after flowering is very injurious; because, as the
bulbs are then only beginning to increase in size, the wind blowing them backwards and forwards must retard
their growth, and be very injurious to them generally. This is generally obviated by tying the flowers to stakes,
or surrounding the beds with palings; and where there are only a few beds, they can be protected with
little trouble.
May.—Attention must be paid in this month to keep the bulbs free from weeds, and to see that none of their
leaves are hanging down here and there, which is a sign that the bulbs have not been planted deep enough.
June.—Time for removal.-Those bulbs which are in too stiff a soil are generally taken out in the beginning
of June, while they are still increasing in size. This must not be neglected, because, although they may appear
fine large bulbs, they would, if suffered to exhaust themselves, either wither on the drying-boards, or, for the
most part, would perish the following year. They are easily known, by their very luxuriant and beautiful
growth, at this time (the beginning of June), in a soil which is not sufficiently sandy, or contains too much rich
or stiff soil; and their beautiful growth must not induce you to let them remain longer in it, as mischicf would be
sure to follow. It is, indeed, very possible, that the bulbs may afterwards shrivel in some degree, and become

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
217
-
a
و
mouldy by being disturbed while they are increasing in size ; but, as this can be remedied by cleaning and
trimming them carefully, there is nothing to be dreaded. Those plants which are only moderately luxuriant may
remain in the ground till the end of June ; but the usual time is the middle of that month. A yellow or
withered appearance at the tips of the leaves is a sure sign that they have done growing; and when this is the
case it is advisable to take them out. Dry weather, during this operation, is indispensably necessary ; therefore,
when there is not a continuation of fine weather, every moment of dry weather or sunshine should be taken
advantage of; but in very warm situations, where the sun has great power on the sand, care must be taken that
those bulbs which are taken out and laid on the ground do not perish by the too great heat of the sun. In that
case, the operation should be performed in the morning.
The manner of taking out the bulbs in Holland is nearly as follows:-- First, all the leaves are pulled up in
the same way as you would pull out weeds. The bulb remains in the ground, and the leaves break off exactly at
the point or summit of the bulb, which it is very necessary to preserve. When the leaves are removed, the
bulbs are immediately taken out, and this must not be delayed even to the following day, because, when the
leaves are taken away, and wet weather follows, the moisture will penetrate into the bulbs and make them sickly.
If the bulbs have been planted in rows, and in good order, they will be easily found again. When the bed is empty,
it must be raked smooth all over; and a strip in the middle, about a foot and a half broad, must be made flat and
firm by means of a board being pressed upon it, or the back of a spade. On this smooth part of the bed the
bulbs should be placed in rows, keeping each sort separate; but care must be taken at all times to lay those that
are diseased by theniselves, so that they may not infect the others; and lest any of those that are diseased may
have been overlooked, the bulbs should be so placed that one bulb may not touch another. It often happens,
when the leaves are pulled off, as above described, that they do not come entirely from the point of the bulb, in
which case they must be cut, as they would rot off afterwards, and run the risk of destroying a whole bed of
bulbs in the course of a few days by the rotz. When they are laid on the strip of ground to dry, the root ends
of the bulbs must be turned towards the south, as by this means the rays of the sun will have a greater effect
upon them. When the bulbs are placed on the strip of ground along the middle of the bed, the carth from both
sides is thrown over them two or three inches thick. The Dutch expression for this is, lying in the Käuil. The
length of time they lie in the Käuil depends upon circumstances. If the bulbs are large and well grown, they
should only lie about a fortnight, because if they are kept longer in it, they are in danger of having the rotz; but
if they are of a moderate size, they should remain in it three or four weeks. A good deal also depends upon the
weather ; because during damp weather, or when it varies from moist to warm weather, they must all be taken
out sooner, so as not to run the danger of a very serious loss.
There are two artificial methods of propagating bulbs in Holland : one is by means of crosscuts, the other by
hollowing out the bulb. Those bulbs that are to be propagated by means of crosscuts must undergo the operation
before they are laid in the Käuil. The strongest and most healthy bulbs must be chosen for either of these
operations, as that is the only chance of obtaining young healthy bulbs. Therefore, when you select bulbs for
propagating, and are convinced that they are perfectly healthy, without cutting any part off, make four crosscuts
in the root end half-way up the bulb, after which the bulbs should be laid in the Käuil, and taken out again like
the others. These cuts open pretty wide the same autumn, and send out young bulbs at the cut scales. They
must then be planted in this state by themselves; and the next year, after having been dried on the boards, they
F F

218
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
are separated and trimmed. While they are increasing in size, very little foliage, or none at all, appears on the
surface of the bed, as the old bulb has no longer any influence, and the young ones only exert their strength
towards their own increase. The manner of propagating by hollowing out the bulb will be treated of hereafter.
July.--According to the above-mentioned treatment, the removal of the bulbs from the Käuil takes place
either in the beginning or the middle of this month. Great care must be taken that the weather is fine, so as
not to run the risk of a serious loss, and also that the rays of the sun do not fall for too great a length of time on
the bulbs, because it might easily happen that great injury might be done, particularly between eleven and three
o'clock, and it is therefore better that this work should be performed every morning between five and eleven.
The removal of the bulbs from the Käuil is very simple. The two or three inches of earth that were thrown
over the bulbs are raked off, when the bulbs are easily taken out; they are then laid separately, so that the air
and the sun may dry them in the course of two or three hours. They are afterwards put into a parchment sieve,
and carefully shaken, which frees them of all the dry roots and scales. If the sieve is not of parchment, it may
be of any soft material, and the sides should be stuffed, to prevent the bulbs from sustaining any injury. They are
then brought into the bulb-house and laid on the drying-boards, where they may lie close to each other, but not
on each other.
Whenever the bulbs are handled, great care must be taken that all those that are diseased or
dead, and particularly those that have the rotz, are removed from the others. The beds which are now empty
may be planted with vegetables.
August. -- Time of packing. Those bulbs that are intended for sale must be selected and examined as above
mentioned, to see that none are sickly among them. If this month be not moist, propagating by means of
hollowing out the bulb may be performed ; but if the contrary, it must stand over, and, when this is the case,
it is better to wait till the following August. It is very desirable, as has been already mentioned, that healthy
and strong bulbs should be chosen for propagating, as it not only insures healthy young ones, but a greater
number of them. The manner of hollowing out the bulb is as follows:-
Place
your
thumb on the root end of the bulb, and cut round it with a sharp knife, hollowing out the plate or
root end as far as the middle of the bulb, and when the knife has passed in a circular direction round the bulb,
be particularly careful to take it out again where the incision began, or rather so to perform this circular cut,
that the plate extending half-way into the bulb may fall out of itself. As this operation causes a great deal of
moisture to flow from the bulb, and also a great degree of danger of its rotting away, it is therefore advisable
that it should not be undertaken during moist weather. The hollowed-out part of the bulb ought not to be
touched either with the finger or with anything else, and the best way is to strew a dry board with fine dry
sand, to lay the bulbs upon it, and to turn the hollowed-out part to the sun. After lying some time, the heart,
which extends as far as the point of the bulb, and which was not removed when the bulb was hollowed out,
becomes detached by the heat of the sun, and can be taken away with a chip of wood.
,
When the hollowed part
is properly dried, some shelves, or a stand, should be prepared in a very dry place, and strewed with very fine
and dry sand one inch thick, on which should be laid the hollowed-out bulbs till they are planted. If the
weather be dry, they ought to have air ; but if it be moist, the air should be excluded. Bulbs thus treated produce
;
a number of young bulbs as small as grains of corn on all the scales. In some places the hollowed-out plates are
preserved, because these also produce young ones; but they are in general not much valued, and are thrown
away, as the young bulbs produced by them are never vigorous. When the hollowed-out bulbs are set in the
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
219
a
-
sun, care must be taken that they are not burned when the sun is too hot, in which case they should be put in a
greenhouse behind the sashes. They must be looked at at least twice a day, because they very soon begin to rot;
and if this should be the case, the rotten part should be cut off as soon as possible, and the bulb replaced in the
sun and air. When this kind of propagating proves successful, a great many young ones are obtained, but it
generally takes four, or even five years, to bring them to perfection ; whereas those that are obtained by the
crosscuts only take three years, though not nearly so many young ones are obtained. Those which are raised
from hollowing out, as well as those from the crosscuts, do not produce any leaves on the surface of the bed the
first year. Both should be planted separately, in a suitable part of the garden, and in the kind of earth used for
.
hyacinths.
September.— Packing should go on during this month ; and it must be particularly remembered that all those
beds on which hyacinths or other bulbs are to be planted must now be dug again, so that (as above mentioned)
planting may begin the following month. The beds on which hyacinths are to be planted next month, and which
are now dug one and a half inches or two inches deep, are those which were dug deep in the months of January
and February, and in which (as has been mentioned) the dung was dug one foot deep, and on which vegetables
or annuals grew during summer.
Observations on the Rotz.—This disease causes a dreadful destruction among the hyacinths; and it is much to
be lamented that we have not hitherto been able to account for its existence, or to give a certain remedy for its
prevention. A considerable time back the sum of two thousand ducats was offered for a remedy for this disease,
which has thrown considerable light on the subject, but unfortunately it has not been ultimately attended with
any beneficial effects. We, however, know this much, that the rotz generally begins in spring, when there is
fine warm weather, accompanied by a north wind; because by that means the sun warms the earth during the
day, and it freezes again at night, which causes a very unequal and probably injurious temperature to the hyacinths.
This may be easily prevented where the beds are small, because they can be covered ; but how is it possible to do
so to the very extensive plantations of the Haarlem florists? Hedges might certainly protect them against the
wind, but would not protect them long enough against variations of the atmosphere; particularly as the soil
intended for hyacinths is very easily heated or cooled by the changes of the air. This disease is also prevalent
when the bulbs are put into too stiff a soil, and thereby grow too strong; but of this, and the means to prevent it,
we have already spoken. This disease also appears, and makes great devastation while the bulbs lie in the Käuil.
Certainly a great deal depends upon circumstances; and as we know that hyacinths are very liable to such
attacks, they should be very delicately handled, which is not always the case. They must not be let fall, or get
any bruises, as either would injure them very materially. No kind of litter, such, for instance, as their own
leaves, &c., should be suffered to be near them ; and they must be so laid in the Käuil, that one may not touch
the other, so that the strength of any of them may not be diminished. They must not be allowed to be wetted
by rain, or burned by the rays of the sun. If the weather is too wet or variable, they must be taken out of the
Käuil sooner than usual. These, and all other particulars, depend upon circumstances ; and the more these are
;
studied, the nearer will the object in view be obtained. This is such a contagious disease, that if one bulb in a
bed be attacked by it, and suffered to remain, it contaminates the ground even to the third year; therefore the
rule is, to plant hyacinths, at least, only every fourth year on the same bed, or to take out the old earth and to fill
if
you
intend to plant the bed again. The white rotz is quite as dangerous as the black rotz,
it with new,
FF2

220
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
although the latter is more prevalent, and all bulbs so attacked must be thrown away; but it is often the case
that a very valuable bulb is but slightly attacked, and when that is the case, a simple remedy can be
applied, viz., that of laying it in a place where snails abound, which are soon allured to it, and completely eat
out all the diseased part, and leave the part that is healthy. The bulbs should then be set in the sun, where
they will, in all probability, be cured of their disease. Some kinds of scilla, ornithogalum, and narcissus are
also attacked by the rotz. A trial has been made of strewing saltpetre in the ground, to prevent the rotz, but
the result was very unsuccessful, and the disease was found to be increased, instead of diminished.
FORCING HYACINTHS.
In order to make hyacinths flower in the beginning of December, they should be planted the beginning of
August, and the pots plunged in the open ground deep enough to allow them to be covered with mould to the depth
of four inches. They should be taken out again about the middle or end of October, put in warm tan or sand in a
hothouse, near the sashes, and kept moist. Those forced hyacinths which are intended to flower in February and
March, should be planted in September and October, or even about the middle of November; the pots being
plunged in the open ground, and covered with mould. A bed should be made the beginning of January, consisting
only of horse-dung, four or five feet deep ; it should remain in that state about a week, and then as much mould
added as will cover the pots when they are sunk in it. The pots should be now all put in, and the sash raised
four or five inches, to admit air both night and day, so that the steam generated by the heat may readily escape,
This must not be neglected even during frosty weather; otherwise the hyacinths will be burned.
During a severe frost it may be thought that admitting the air is quite unnecessary, but it must not be
omitted, only hanging cloths over the opening; as if air be not admitted, all the hyacinths will be found burned
up the following morning.
2.-HYACINTHUS AMETHYSTINUS, Lin. THE AMETHYSTINE, OR SPANISH HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES.-H, hispanicus, Lam. ; H. angustifolius, Usteri. ; Flow. Gard. t. 135 ; and our fig. 1 in Plate 46.
H. minor, Clus.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth cylindrical at the base, slightly
-
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 398 ; Bot. Mag. t. 2425 ; Swt. Brit. 6-cleft, segments recurved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very pretty little plant is a native of Spain, whence it was introduced by Miller, in
1759. It is quite hardy, and flowered freely in the open border in our little garden at Bayswater in the summer
of 1841. The bulbs are not common in the seed-shops; but the one we had was procured from Messrs. Pope,
of the Handsworth nursery, near Birmingham.
3.-HYACINTHUS SPICATUS, Smith.
THE SPIKE-FLOWERED HYACINTH.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1869; and our fig. 2 in Plate 46. Scape erect, naked, with the flowers in a crowded terminal spike.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves linear, spreading on the ground, Bracts membraneous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A little insignificant plant, with leaves lying on the ground. It is a native of Greece
and the Ionian Isles, and it was introduced in 1835. It flowers in February, and requires to be kept in the
greeenhouse.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
221
GENUS XIV.
UROPETALON, Ker. THE UROPETALON.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, 6-cleft; segments triquetrous, 3-celled, dehiscent at the apex, by the cells. Seeds hori-
spreading at the apex, the three inner ones the shortest. Stamens 6, zontal, compressed with a dark crustaceous testa. Flowers disposed
seated in the throat of the corolla, inclosed; filaments dilated. Style in simple racemes; bracts exceeding the pedicels. (G. Don.)
straight, trigonal; stigma bluntish. Capsule membraneous, acutely
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plants comprised in this genus have been separated from Hyacinthus and Lachenalia,
in which genera they were formerly included. The name Uropetalon signifies a tailed petal, the outer segments
of the perianth being furnished with a long flat appendage, as long as the tube of the flower, which it is turned
back over, the other part like the tail of a squirrel.
1.-UROPETALON VIRIDE, Ker. THE GREEN UROPETALON.
SYNONYMES.—Hyacinthus viridis, Red. ; Lachenalia viridis, Willd.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves green, linear, channelled, longer than
Zuccagnia viridis, Thun.
the
scape.
ENGRAVING.—Red. Lil. t. 203.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A plant of no beauty; a native of the Cape of Good Hope, introduced by Mr. Masson
in 1774, and flowering in August. It requires the protection of a greenhouse in Britain.
2.—UROPETALON GLAUCUM, Burch. THE GLAUCOUS UROPETALON.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 156.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves glaucous, broad-lanceolate, erect ; scape short ; pedicels very long.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious plant, differing very little from the preceding species, except in the glaucous
,
leaves. It was found by Mr. Burchell, at Klaarwater, a village near the Orange River, not far from the Cape
of Good Hope. It was introduced in 1815.
3.—UROPETALON LONGIFOLIUM, Lindl. THE LONG-LEAVED, OR MOZAMBIQUE UROPETALON.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 974.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lorate, acuminate, reflexed. Raceme few-flowered.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A little insignificant plant, too tender to live in the open air in England. A native of
A
Mozambique ; introduced in 1822. The flowers are brown and grey.
4.-UROPETALON SEROTINUM, Ker. THE LATE-FLOWERING UROPETALON.
SYNONYMFS.-Scilla serotina, Gawler : Lachenalia serotina, Willd.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves linear, acuminated, channelled,
Dipcadi serotina, Usteri. ; Hyacinthus serotinus, Lin. ; Albuca minor, nearly the length of the scape, erect. Raceme spike-like, many-
Gleditsch ; Brown Scilla.
flowered. Flowers nearly secund.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 859.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-One of the handsomest of the genus, though still possessing but little pretension to beauty.
It is a native of Spain, and both the shores of the Mediterranean. It was introduced before the time of
Gerard, and is frequently found in gardens, where it is grown in the open border. In very severe and very long
frosts, it is sometimes killed if not slightly protected.

222
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
5.-UROPETALON FULVUM, Ker. THE COPPER-COLOURED UROPETALON.
SYNONYMES.-Scilla serotina B, Gawler; Hyacinthus fulvus, Cov. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves lorate-acuminated, concave. Raceme
|
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1185; and our fig. 5 in Plate 44. erect, many-flowered.
DESCRIPTION,
&c.—A rather lively-looking plant when it flowers freely, which it will only do in a warm
and sheltered situation. It is a native of Mogadore, whence it was introduced in 1808. None of the plants
belonging to this genus are desirable in small gardens ; as they none of them possess sufficient beauty to render
it worth while to be at the trouble necessary to grow them well.
GENUS XV.
BELLEVALIA, Lap. THE ROMAN SQUILL.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. -Perianth angularly campanulate, 6-cleft; stigma acute. Capsule membranous, acutely triquetrous, 3-celled,
segments straight, plicate outside. Stamens 6, inserted into the tube 3-valved. Cells few-seeded. Seeds horizontal, nearly globose, with a
of the perianth, inclosed; filaments dilated at the base. Style short; black testa, and naked umbilicus. Flowers in simple racemes. (G.Don.)
DESCRIPTION, &c.- This
genus, which was named by La Peyrouse, in honour of M. Belleval, a French botanist,
contains only one species, viz. the plant generally called the Roman Squill.
1.-BELLEVALIA ROMANA, G. Don. THE ROMAN SQUILL.
SYNONYMES.-B. operculata, Lap.; Scilla romana, Ker; Hyacin- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves longer than the scape ; attenuated,
thus romanus, Lin.; H. comosus, Park.
convolutely concave.
Raceme cylindrical-conical. Peduncles equal
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 939 ; and our fig. 2 in Plate 44. in length to the perianth ; bracts fleshy.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very handsome plant, which is not half so much cultivated as it ought to be, is a
native of Italy, and quite hardy in English gardens. It was introduced before the time of Gerard ; and it requires
no care in its culture, after its first planting in rather light and sandy soil.
GENUS XVI.
MUSCARI, Tourne. THE GRAPE HYACINTH.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth ventricose-tubular, contracted at inserted in the middle of the tube. Stigma simple. Cells of the
the throat, cleft into six very short teeth at the margin. Stamens 6, capsule generally two-seeded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Most of the species of this genus closely resemble each other except in the colour of
their flowers. M. comosum and its variety are, however, very distant. The name Muscari is said by some to
be derived from the Greek name for musk, and by others to be the Turkish name of M. moschatum ; while
others say it is derived from the Latin word, muscus, a fly, and signifies that the flowers resemble a kind of flapper,
used to drive away flies.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
223
1.-MUSCARI MOSCHATUM, Ker.
THE MUSK HYACINTH.
-
Raceme
SYNONYMES.--Hyacinthus Muscari, Lin.; H. botryoides major,
Park. ; Muschio greco, Ital.
ENGRAVING. --Bot. Mag. t. 734.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Perianth urceolate-cylindrical.
many-flowered, crowded; flowers horizontal, nearly sessile.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily known by its strong smell of musk. The flowers, when they first
appear, are purplish, but they gradually become yellowish in the lower part of the raceme; those at the apex
retaining the purple tinge. The species was first brought to England from Constantinople in 1554, having been
described by Clusius ; but it is said not to be a native of Turkey, and only to be found wild near Aleppo. It is
quite hardy, and will grow freely in the open border in any common garden soil. The flowers have a strong
scent of musk.
a
2.—MUSCARI MACROCARPUM, Swt. THE LARGE-FRUITED GRAPE HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES.-M. moschatum B flavum, Ker; M. ambrosiacum SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Perianth ventricose-cylindrical, four times as
Red. ; Tibcadi Muscari of the Dutch florists; Yellow musk hyacinth ; long as the pedicel. Raceme many-flowered, crowded ; scape some-
Large musk hyacinth.
what compressed. Capsule very large, with three broad, flat sides.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1565 ; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 210 ; Leaves spreading, glaucous, elongately lanceolate, acuminate, channellod
and our fig. 2, in Plate 47.
concavely.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very handsome species is easily distinguished from M. moschatum, by the large size
&-
and brilliant colours of its flowers, and its large, three-sided capsule. The species was brought from Constan-
tinople in 1812, and it is said to be a great favourite with the Turkish girls, as in the language of flowers it
signifies their assent to their lovers' entreaties. Bulbs may be purchased in the seed-shops under the name of the
Large Musk Hyacinth, and they only require planting in the open border, in a tolerably light scil.
3.—MUSCARI COMOSUM, Spreng. THE TUFTED MUSCARI, OR TASSEL HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES. - Hyacinthus comosus, Lin. ; the Purple Grape
Hyacinth ; Fair-haired Jacinth ; Purse tassels.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 133; and our fig. 3, in Plate 47.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Perianth angular-cylindrical ; pedicel much
longer than the perianth Raceme erect, flowers lax.
VARIETY.–M.c. 2 monstrosum, G. Don. The feathered Hyacinth.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This curious plant, and its still more curious variety, are now so common in our gardens
as to cease to excite much attention, and indeed they have both been in cultivation since the time of Parkinson, and
probably for some time before. The species grows wild in the corn-fields of Spain, Portugal, and some parts of
Germany; and it will grow in the open border in English gardens without requiring any particular care. It
flowers in May and June. Both the species and the variety are common in the seed-shops.
4.-MUSCARI CILIATUM, Ker. THE CILIATED TASSEL HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES. --Hyacinthus ciliatus, Bieb.; H. sarmaticus, Pall. ; ENGRAVING.–Bot. Reg. t. 394.
H. romanus B, Lam. ; H. comosus byzantinus, Clus. ; Clusius's SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Leaves ciliated. Perianth campanulate-
Grape Hyacinth.
cylindrical, semi-six-cleft; pedicels very long.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A plant of no beauty, and looking like a deformed specimen of the tassel hyacinth. It
is a native of Caucasian Tartary, and was introduced by Clusius, who sent bulbs of it from Vienna to England
in 1578.
a

224
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
5.-MUSCARI GLAUCUM, Lindl. THE GLAUCOUS TASSEL HYACINTH.
ENGRAVING-Bot. Reg. t. 1085.
much longer than the perianth. Raceme lax, pyramidai, many
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves broad, acuminate, glaucous; shorter flowered.
than the scape. Perianth turbinate, 6-cleft, open at the apex. Pedicel
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.This species was introduced from Persia in 1825, and has proved quite hardy in the
London Horticultural Society's garden, flowering in May. It is nearly allied to M. ciliatum, but it is much
handsomer.
6.-MUSCARI COMMUTATUM, Guss.
THE CHANGEABLE GRAPE HYACINTH.
ENGRAVING. —Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd ser. t. 369.
the scape. Perianth obovate, 6-cleft, open at the apex. Pedicel about
.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, channelled, flaccid, longer than equal in length to the perianth. Raceme short, crowded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species change from a bluish to a reddish purple, according to the
length of time they have been expanded; the flower is pitcher-shaped, and the raceme very short. The leaves
are concave, and stand higher than the flowers. This species is a native of Italy and Sicily, and is quite hardy
in England. It was introduced in 1837.
a
7.-MUSCARI PALLENS, Fisch. THE PALE GRAPE HYACINTH.
SYNONYME.-Hyacinthus pallens, Bieb.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-acute, glaucous, very smooth.
ENGRAVING.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 259.
Perianth inflated, cylindrical; throat open. Pedicel shorter than the
perianth. Raceme short, crowded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This pretty little plant forms a very distinct species. The flowers, which vary from blue
to white, are small, and open at the apex, where they are cut into six short teeth, and they are very fragrant.
The species is most nearly allied to the common starch hyacinth.
8.-MUSCARI RACEMOSUM, Lindi. THE STARCH HYACINTH.
SYNONYME.—Hyacinthus racemosus, Lin.
Pedicel much shorter than the perianth. Raceme very short and much
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves linear, channelled, longer than the crowded.
scape, loosely spreading. Perianth obovate, contracted at the mouth.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is frequently found wild in England in sandy soils, particularly in Norfolk and
Suffolk ; and it is called the Starch Hyacinth, because its flowers smell like wet starch. It is quite hardy, and
flowers in May.
9.-MUSCARI BOTRYOIDES, Willd. THE COMMON GRAPE HYACINTH.
SYNONYMES,—M. pedunculare, Haw.; Hyacinthus botryoides, Lin. the mouth. Pedicel very short. Raceme crowded at the apex, but
,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 157; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 15. somewhat lax below. Leaves linear, erect, nearly smooth, numerous,
Specific CHARACTER.—Perianth globose, very much contracted at somewhat shorter than the
scape.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the plant from which the whole genus takes its English name, as the flowers are
round like little grapes. There are three varieties, light blue, dark blue, and white, which are common in gardens ;
and it is said there is another with bluish or pale pink flowers, which is very rare. The species is a native of
Italy, and was introduced before the time of Gerard. It flowers freely in the open border.
OTHER SPECIES OF MUSCARI.
M. PARVIFLORUM, Roem. et Schultes.
This species was introduced from Sicily in 1827, and has small blue flowers.


2

Pl. 47
3
1
1. Lachenalia pendula_ 2. Muscari macrocarpum _3. Muscaru
4. Pumia data_5. Erospermum latfolum


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
225
GENUS XVII.
LACHENALIA, Willd. THE LACHENALIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA..
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth inferior, 6-cleft, cylindrical-cam-
pauulate ; three outer segments shorter than the inner ones. Filaments
inserted in the base of the segments of the perianth, subassurgent.
Style ascending, slightly curved; stigma simple. Capsule membraneous,
sub-trigonal, 3-celled, 3-valved. Seeds numerous, in two series,
globose.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A
genus
of very showy plants, that will succeed well in the open air, if planted in sandy
soil and in a sheltered situation. They are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, but the different species bear
very little likeness to each other. The name of Lachenalia was given to the genus by Jacquin and Willdenow,
in honour of Professor de la Chenal, an eminent botanist of Basle. The bulbs should be planted in October
and protected during winter by a frame, dead leaves, or a mat, and they will flower in spring. When the leaves
decay, they may be taken up; but this is not necessary if the soil and situation be dry.
-
1.-LACHENALIA PENDULA, Willd. THE PENDULOUS LACHENALIA.
SYNONYME.-Phormium bulbiferum, Cyrilli.
very short; flowers nodding; outer segments of the perianth somewhat
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 590 ; and our fig. 1 in Plate 47.
shorter than the inner ones.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves two, ovate-lanceolate, erect; pedicels
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A showy plant flowering in April and May. It is common in gardens, though it not
—
only requires a sandy soil, but either taking up in autumn, or protecting during winter. It is a native of the
Cape, whence it was introduced in 1774; but the bulbs sold in the seed-shops are generally imported from,
Holland. There are two kinds, one with green leaves, and the other with the leaves spotted.
2.-LACHENALIA QUADRICOLOR, Jacq. THE FOUR-COLOURED LACHENALIA.
SYNONYME.-L. pendula, B Willd.
Flowers much longer than the pedicels; outer segments of the
ENGRAVINGS.---Bot. Rep. t. 148; Bot. Mag. t. 588.
perianth only half the length of the inner ones.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves at first fistular, but afterwards be- VARIETY.-L. p. 2 colorata, Bot. Mag. t. 1097, has the leaves
coming long, narrow, and channelled; one much longer than the other. spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, which is by far the handsomest of them all, though it was considered by
Willdenow to be a variety of the last, yet differs widely from it. The flowers are easily distinguished from those
of L. pendula by their more brilliant colour, their longer foot-stalks, and the shortness of the outer segments of
the perianth. The leaves are also very different, as when they first appear, they are round and hollow, but they
split open and spread out as they get older. Those of the young offsets, however, do not open at all, and hence
they look like a different plant. Besides these differences, one of the leaves is short and erect, and the other
much longer and recurved; the flower scape is much weaker than that of L. pendula, and the flowers on it are
farther apart ; and the inner segments of the flowers open wider at the mouth. The species was introduced in
1800. This species may be purchased at Carter's, 238, High Holborn, London, and other seed-shops.
a
GG

226
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
-
-
3.-LACHENALIA LUTEOLA, Jacq. THE YELLOWISH LACHENALIA.
SYNONYMES.-L. tricolor, B Willd; L. flava, And.
Inner segments of the perianth one-third longer than the outer ones,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1020 ; and Bot. Rep. t. 456.
broad, and widely opened at the mouth,
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves two, oblong-lanceolate, recurved. VARIETY.-I. 1. maculata, Jacq. Leaves spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Both the species and the variety have yellow flowers, which, when they first expand,
have a slight touch of green, and the leaves are equal in size. Except in these particulars and in the outer
segments of the perianth being only one-third shorter than the others, there is very little difference between this
and the preceding species. L. luteola was introduced from the Cape in 1774. The culture is the same in all. .
The bulbs should be planted in October, and slightly protected during winter. They will flower in spring, and
the bulbs may be taken up,
like those of tulips, when the leaves decay. Those of this species and of L. quadri-
color may, however, be left in the ground if the soil be dry.
4.-LACHENALIA TRICOLOR, Jacq. THE THREE-COLOURED LACHENALIA.
3
and recurved.
SYNONYME.-Phormium alöides, Lin.
Outer segments of the perianth one third shorter than
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 82.
the inner ones, which are somewhat open at the mouth.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves twin, short, broad, widely spreading,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has but little claim to the appellation of tricolor, as the colours of red and
green are very faint, and yellow predominates. It is generally grown in pots, and kept in the greenhouse; and
if necessary
it
may be put in the hothouse and made to flower at Christmas, as it bears forcing well.
introduced about 1790.
It was
5.–LACHENALIA RUBIDA, Ker. THE DEEP RED LACHENALIA.
SYNONYMES.-L. tigrina, Willd.; L. punctata, Jacq.; Orchis SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves lanceolate, faintly spotted ; raceme
hyacinthoides, Buxb.
crowded; pedicels very short ; outer segments of the perianth nearly
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 993.
as long as the inner ones. Scape round, spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A plant of no beauty, but curious from its head of deep red dotted flowers. It is
generally grown in a very small pot, and kept in the greenhouse, where it will flower freely, if allowed a season
,
of rest in autumn.
6.—LACHENALIA UNIFOLIA, Jacq. THE ONE-LEAVED LACHENALIA.
SYNONYME.-L. viridis, Hort.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 766.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaf solitary ; raceme lax; pedicels longer
than the flowers. Perianth urceolate-cylindrical; outer segments
nearly equal to the inner ones. Bracts membraneous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is so different from all other species as to seem almost to belong to another
genus. The flowers are like little green bells, and the single leaf looks like a spathe, with a long tapering point,
and a pink margin. It was introduced in 1795, and though a native of the Cape, it proves much hardier here
than
any other species. It is sold in the shops under the name of Lachenalia viridis, and if it is planted in
autumn in a dry sandy soil, three or four inches deep, it may be safely left in the ground all the winter, and
indeed will require no farther care.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
227
7.-LACHENALIA BIFOLIA, Ker.
THE TWO-LEAVED LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1611.
attenuated at the extremity. Pedicels somewhat shorter than the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves two, one small and subulate, the flower. Perianth cylindrical, tubular and constricted at the base;
other large and spathe-like, sheathing the stem at the base, and segments nearly equal, open at the mouth.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-This species has small white flowers tipped with pink; and two curious leaves, one of
which
appears
to grow out of the other. The flowers appear about half-way between those of the L. pendula
division, and the cup-shaped flowers of L. unifolia. The species was introduced in 1813, and it is only half-
hardy in British Gardens.
8.- LACHENALIA CONTAMINATA, Ait. THE CONTAMINATED LACHENALIA.
SYNONYMES.-L. hyacinthoides, Willd.; L. orchiöides, Jacq. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves numerous, semi-terete, channelled.
Hyacinthus orchioides, Breyn.
Scape short.
Raceme crowded, spike-like. Pedicels very short.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1401.
Perianth campanulate, deeply cleft ; segments nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very curious little plant, with a short, spike-like raceme of white flowers, and
,
numerous very long roundish leaves. The flowers smell like those of the Heliotrope. There appears no reason
for the strange specific name. The species was introduced in 1774, but it is now seldom met with.
9.-LACHENALIA LUCIDA, Ker. THE SHINING LACHENALIA.
-
SYNONYME.--L. fragrans, Andr.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1372; Bot. Rep. t. 302.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves twin, divaricate, shining. Scape
very short. Raceme cylindrical. Pedicels extremely short. Perianth
tubular-campanulate; segments nearly equal, open at the mouth, re-
curved, spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c. --This species differs very little from the last except in the leaves, which are broad and
spreading, and shining with a glossy lustre. The flowers are small and white, tinged with red. The species
was introduced in 1798.
10.- LACHENALIA RACEMOSA, Ker.
THE BRANCHING LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Mag. t. 1517.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves three, lorate-lanceolate, pustulate.
Raceme long. Pedicels much longer than the flowers. Perianth
cylindrical-campanulate ; segments equal, open at the mouth, spreading,
recurved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A handsome species with white flowers, though very inferior in appearance to some of
the preceding kinds. The leaves are very remarkable from their blistered appearance, as they look something
like those of the ice plant. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced by the late Hon. and
Rev. W. Herbert in 1811. It may be planted in the open
border.
11.-LACHENALIA UNICOLOR, Jacq. THE SELF-COLOURED LACHENALIA.
SYNONYMES.-L. u. B, Ker. ; L. purpureo-caerulea B, Willd. ;
L. fragrans, Jacq.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1373.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves twin, lanceolate-ligulate. Raceme
many-flowered. Pedicel erect, much shorter than the perianth ; outer
segments of the perianth about one-third the length of the inner ones.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A little insignificant plant, of no great beauty, flowering in August. It was introduced
in 1806. It is generally grown in pots, and kept in the greenhouse.
GG 2

228
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
-
12.-LACHENALIA ANGUINEA, Swt. THE SNAKE-LIKE LACHENALIA.
–
ENGRAVING.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 179.
and sheathing the stem at the base. Raceme lax.
Pedicel longer
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaf solitary, speckled, acute at the point, than the perianth ; segments of the perianth very nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The bulb of this species is small and flat; the flowers are small and nearly white, but the
plant is ornamental from the beautiful variegation of its leaf, which is streaked or spotted so as to give no bad
idea of a snake. This species, like all the others of the genus, is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it
was introduced in 1825 ; and if it be planted in a dry border in a light and somewhat sandy soil, it may be left
in the ground for several years without injury, though in very severe frosts it may be as well to cover the border
with dead leaves, straw, or litter. Indeed, as a precautionary measure, it is always best to do this with Cape
bulbs planted in the open air,—at any rate, for two or three years after planting.
a
а.
13.-LACHENALIA PURPUREO-CÆRULEA, Jacq. PURPLE-BLUE LACHENALIA. .
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 745.
shorter than the perianth. Segments very nearly equal, open at the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves twin, sub-lanceolate. Scape fleshy, mouth and reflexed.
erect. Raceme many-flowered, cylindrical, spike-like; pedicels
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is a tall strong-growing plant, with blue flowers very much open, like a
Campanula, and tipped with purple. There are two varieties ; one with numerous blisters on the leaves, and the
other with the leaves smooth. The flowers smell like hawthorn, and they appear in May. It is generally kept
in the greenhouse, but there is no doubt it will succeed in the open air as well as the preceding species.
-
14.-LACHENALIA PUSTULATA, Jacq. THE BLISTERED LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 817.
very short. Outer segments of the perianth much shorter than the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves twin, pustulate, very long. Pedicels
inner ones.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A species with small greenish white flowers ; which requires a greenhouse in England,
but is not worth cultivating. It was introduced in 1790.
15.–LACHENALIA NERVOSA, Ker.
THE NERVED-LEAVED LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1497.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves twin, ovate, strongly nerved. Raceme
long, somewhat lax-flowered. Pedicels very short. Segments of the
perianth very nearly equal.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.— The leaves of this species are broad, flat on the ground, and strongly nerved ; the flowers
are of a greenish white, but they are rather pretty from the pink filaments of the anthers. The flowers appear
in June and smell like new hay. The species was introduced in 1810; and though it is generally grown
pot, it would no doubt succeed in the open ground.
in a
16.-LACHENALIA ANGUSTIFOLIA, Jacq. THE NARROW-LEAVED LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 735.
Raceme short, crowded. Pedicels only half the length of the perianth.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves nnmerous, fleshy, nearly round. Perianth campanulate, segments very nearly equal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A little insignificant plant, with numerous roundish, fleshy leaves, and small white open
flowers, which are almost sessile. It is frequently a year or two without flowering. It was introduced in 1793.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
229
17.---LACHENALIA PALLIDA, Thunb. THE PALE LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1350 ; var. B, t. 314 ; var. y, t. 1945.
Specific CHARACTER.- Leaves linear-oblong, longer than the scape.
Perianth campanulate-tubular, outer segments one-third shorter than
the others. Scape angular; flowers sessile.
There are three or four varieties, but
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers are large, but of a pale faded colour.
none of them possess any beauty. The species was introduced in 1782.
18.-LACHENALIA MUTABILIS, Swt. THE CHANGEABLE LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d ser. t. 129; and Lodd. margin. Flowers nearly sessile. Perianth urceolate-campanulate.
Bot. Cab. t. 1076.
Calycine segments much shorter than the others.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves oblong-lanceolate, undulated at the
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious little flower of no beauty. Introduced in 1825.
-
19.-LACHENALIA ORCHIOIDES, Jacq. THE ORCHIS-LIKE LACHENALIA.
SYNONYME.-Hyacinthus orchioides, Breyn.
long, crowded ; flowers sessile. Perianth campanulate-urceolate.
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1269.
Calycine segments one-third shorter than the others, which are
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves broad-lanceolate, spotted. Raceme spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A handsome plant, having very much the appearance of a Verbascum. The leaves are
short and broad, very much spotted, and wavy at the margin. It was introduced in 1752.
20.--LACHENALIA GLAUCINA, Jacq. THE GLAUCOUS LACHENALIA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 3552.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves twin, oblong. Flowers sessile; outer segments only half the length of the inner ones.
It is
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has pale lilac flowers, the outer segments of which are spotted.
tolerably hardy, and flowers in August. It was introduced in 1795.
OTHER SPECIES OF LACHENALIA.
L. punctata, Salisb.; L. flava, Andr. ; L. isopetala, Jacq.; L. hirta, R. et S. ; L. sessiliflora, Andr.;
L. rosea, Andr.; L. pusilla, Willd. ; L. reflexa, R. and S., and many other species are mentioned in the catalogues,
but as they are very rarely, if ever, to be met with in British gardens, I have not thrught it necessary to
describe them.

230
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XVIII.
DRIMIA, Salisb. THE DRIMIA.
an
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-cleft, campanulate, nodding. Segments equal, reflexed at the apex. Filaments attached to the corolla.
Anthers oblong, erect. Ovary many-seeded. Capsule trigonal, 3-celled, 3-valved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus was divided from Lachenalia on account of the segments of the perianth
-
being all equal, instead of the outer three being shorter than the others, and some other less conspicuous differences.
The name of Drimia is taken from the Greek word for acrid, in allusion to the qualities of the roots, the juice of
which is so very acrid, as to occasion blisters when applied to the skin. As most of the species are not at all
ornamental, I think it will only be necessary to describe three species, all of which are natives of the Cape, and
if planted in the open border, will require a little protection during severe weather.
1.---DRIMIA VILLOSA, Lindl.
THE DOWNY DRIMIA.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1346.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves oblong, undulated, glaucous. Raceme many-flowered, cylindrical. Limb of the perianth oblique.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the handsomest of the genus, though it is still far from being a showy plant.
The flowers, which appear before the leaves, are green, with pink stamens, and the leaves are curiously
undulated. It was introduced in 1826, and is generally kept in the greenhouse.
2.-DRIMIA ELATA, Jacq. THE TALL DRIMIA.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 822 ; and our fig. 4, in Plate 47.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves verticillate, lanceolate, very short. Raceme lax. Pedicels long.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is the hardiest of the genus, and it may be planted in the
open
border with
perfect safety, if the soil be sandy, and well drained. The leaves are very small, and are produced in a whorl
round the stem, at the upper part of the bulb.
3.-DRIMIA ALTISSIMA, Ker. THE TALLEST DRIMIA.
SYNONYMES.--Ornithogalum altissimum, Lin.; 0. giganteum, Jacq. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves broad, lanceolate, numerous. Raceme
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1074.
crowded. Pedicels very short.
DESCRIPTION, &c.---The bulb of this species is as large as a child's head; and the scape is about five feet
long, of which the raceme of flowers extends over a space of more than two feet. It was introduced in 1791
and it flowers in August.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
231
GENUS XIX.
ERIOSPERMUM, Willd. THE ERIOSPERMUM.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth 6-cleft, campanulate, erect ; seg- subulate. Anthers erect. Stigma obsoletely trifid. Capsule some-
ments equal, imbricate, contracted at the apex.
Filaments ovate,
what trigonal, 3-celled, 3-valved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus has a rhizoma rather than a bulb, or rather it is a mass of bulbs grown
together. The name is derived from two Greek words, signifying woolly seed.
1.-ERIOSPERMUM BELLENDENI, G. Don.
MR. BELLENDEN KER'S ERIOSPERMUM.
-
SYNONYMES.-E. latifolium, Jacq. ; Ornithogalum capense, Lin. Specific CHARACTER. - Leaf solitary, circular, ovate, strongly
1
ENGRAVING.–Bot. Mag. t. 1382; and our fig. 5, in Plate 47. nerved.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A plant of no beauty, yet the handsomest of the genus. It flowers in November, before
the leaf appears. It is only half-hardy, and requires a greenhouse in winter. It was introduced in 1800.
ALLIED GENERA.
The following genera, either not containing any plants that can be considered ornamental, or consisting
entirely of plants difficult to cultivate, I have thought it unnecessary to describe them in detail.
MASSONIA.
This genus was named in honour of Francis Masson, Esq., a gentleman who lived about the middle of the
last century, and who introduced a great number of Cape plants, which he sent to the Botanic Garden at Kew.
The
genus
consists of a number of plants with two widely-spreading leaves, with a cluster of flowers, without
any apparent footstalk, nestling between them. Some of the species are rather pretty from the colour of their
flowers ; but they all take a great deal of room, and are difficult to grow well.
DAUBENYA.
This genus was named in honour of Professor Daubeny, of Oxford. There is only one species, D: aurea,
which resembles a Massonia, but has golden yellow flowers. .
EUCOMIS.
This genus takes its name from two Greek words, signifying beautiful hair, but why it should be called so,
unless by way of antiphrasis, I do not know. The species are coarse-growing plants, with thick fleshy stems and
weedy-looking leaves, with whitish star-like flowers. Some of the species, such as E. striata, are handsome ;
but even this plant has large, coarse-looking leaves, and a thick fleshy stem, three feet high.
The bulbs of most of these plants are not to be procured at the seed-shops; and if still in this country, they
are probably only in some botanic garden.

232
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XX,
ALLIUM, Lin., Juss.
Lin., Juss. THE GARLIC.
a
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. -Perianth 6-parted. Stamens 6. Stigma usually undivided. Capsule 3-celled, 3-valved; cells 1-2-seeded,
rarely many-seeded. Flowers spathaceous, umbellate, pedicellate; pedicels rising from a common centre.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name of garlic is so associated with ideas of the rank smell and taste of some of
the worst kinds of Continental cookery, and the plant itself is so repugnant to most persons of refined taste,
that it seems difficult to imagine the flowers of any species of the genus to be sufficiently ornamental to deserve
a place in this work. Yet, so far from this being the case, there is perhaps no genus of bulbous plants which
contains more pretty flowers than the genus Allium ; or flowers of one genus which possess more interest from
;
their great variety, as they are quite distinct from each other, varying widely in colour and size, though still
preserving so strong a family likeness as to render it impossible to mistake them. Most of the species are natives
of Europe, but some of the ornamental kinds have been introduced from America and the Cape of Good Hope;
and the shallot is a native of Palestine. In short, you may say of this genus, as Cowper has done of the flowers
in a miscellaneous flower-bed,--the different species of Allium are
66 Foreigners from many lands,
Which form one social mass, as if convened
By magic summons of the Orphean lyre,
Yet just arrangement, rarely brought to pass
But by a master's hand disposing well
The gay diversities of various flowers,
Must lend its aid † illustrate all their charms,
And dress the regular, yet various scene.
Plant behind plant aspiring; in the van
The dwarfish ; in the rear retired, but still
Combining with the rest, the statelier stand.”
Nor is the genus Allium without its classical allusions. Everybody knows that Ulysses could never have
descended into the infernal regions, if he had not turned the dog Cerberus into gentleness by a sprig of the herb
Moly, which he held in his hand. Now the herb Moly is no other than the yellow-flowered Garlic, which smells
strong enough to frighten away any dog, even without his possessing a triple sense of smelling ; which we may
fairly suppose Cerberus had, if he was furnished with a pair of nostrils to each of his three heads. I need not
here enlarge on the culinary properties of the genus ; and in the following enumeration I shall of course omit
all description of Allium sativum (the common garlic), A. Porrum (the leek), A. Cepa (the onion), A.
Schoenoprasum (chives), A. ascalonicum (the shallot), and, in short, all the species which are used as common
kitchen vegetables; but I shall give most of the ornamental kinds, as they are well worthy of cultivation as
border flowers, though too unpleasant in their smell to admit of their being gathered for nosegays. They are
nearly all hardy perennials, which will grow freely in any common soil; and they generally produce their
flowers in great abundance. Most of the species when once planted require no further attention, but
may
left in the soil for a great many years, without any bad effect being perceptible.
1
be

.


Pl. 48
3
2
1
7.
1. Allium cæruleum_2
. Alum longifolium_3. AliumMoly_ka
. Allium bisulcum
5 Aleum Neapolitanum_6. Allium triquetrum _7. Allium
v triquetrum_7. Allium gramineum),
,


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
233
1.—ALLIUM FLAVUM, Lin. THE YELLOW GARLIC.
SYNONYMES.-A. juncifolium, Rud.; A. montanum, Clus. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucous, few, long, cylindrical,
Moly montanum, Ger.
attenuated at the point, and stem-clasping at the base. Umbels loose.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1330; Red. Lil. t. 119.
Pedicels flexuous, longer than the flowers. Stem slender, round.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty species, with a long loose umbel of yellow flowers, and glaucous leaves. It
has but a slight odour of garlic, and when kept in a room, is said to have even an agreeable scent. The stem grows
from one to two feet high, and the number of flowers is rather small. The species is a native of Austria and the
South of France, and it grows freely in the open garden in any tolerably light soil. The flowers are rather
pretty, from their golden yellow colour, and the loose manner in which they are disposed on the umbel. It was
introduced in 1759.
-
2.-ALLIUM SENESCENS, Lin. THE GREYISH, OR NARCISSUS-LEAVED GARLIC.
SYNONYMES.-A. angulosum, Lam. et Dec, ; A. narcissifolium, twisted. Umbel large, round, compact; flowers large, about equal in
Scap. ; A. glaucum, G. Don; A. baicalense, Willd.
length to the pedicels. Stem round, fistulose.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucous, few, rather broad, flat,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, with a large, round, compact head of purple or lilac flowers.
The leaves are of a bluish-green, flat, and somewhat twisted ; the stem is from one to two feet high, round,
and hollow. The species is found wild in central Europe, in France, Italy, Switzerland, and Germany, and also
in Siberia. It is quite hardy, and it is very ornamental when in flower in the open garden in June and July ;
but it will not bear to be gathered, from the strong garlic-like smell of the juice of the stem when bruised or cut.
3.—ALLIUM ANGULOSUM, Lin. THE ANGULAR-STEMMED GARLIC.
SYNONYME.-A. senescens, Jacq.
tuse ; outer ones stem-clasping at the base. Umbel close, flowers
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1149.
longer than the pedicels. Stem angular, twisted.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves green, numerous, lorate-linear, ob-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is often confounded with the preceding one, and yet when seen together, they
may be readily distinguished from each other. The flowers of Allium angulosum are pink, and the head or
umbel is very close and compact. The leaves are green and not twisted, and they spring in a mass together from
the base of the plant. The species is a native of Germany, Switzerland, and Siberia. It is quite hardy in
British gardens, and will grow
in
any soil or situation ; but, like A. senescens, it is quite unfit for gathering, on
account of the disagreeable odour emitted by its stem when bruised or cut. It was introduced in 1739.
4.—ALLIUM BISULCUM, Red. THE FURROWED, OR JONQUIL-LEAVED GARLIC.
SYNONYME.-A. rubens, G. Don.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves green, numerous, semi-cylindrical,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1381; Red. Lil. t. 286; and our fig. attenuated at the point ; outer ones stem-clasping at the base; slightly
4, in Plate 48.
bisulcate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flower of this species is so much like that of A. senescens, that they might be easily
mistaken for each other, but the leaves are very different; those of the present species being narrow, semi-
cylindrical, and of a thick fleshy substance, of a clear deep green colour, and not at all twisted; while those of
A. senescens are rather broad, flat, thin, glaucous, and very much twisted.
,
It is said to be a native of the South
HH

234
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
of Europe, but it was first brought to England from Paris in 1805. It is quite hardy ; but care should be taken
to mark where it grows, lest it should be accidentally dug up and thrown aside, as the root is small and red, and
has scarcely the appearance of a bulb.
a
5.-ALLIUM CHAMÆMOLY, Lin. THE DWARF MOLY.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1203.
Spathe scarcely rising above the ground. Pedicels much shorter than
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves dark-green, hairy, few, flat, facing the flowers.
each other in pairs. Umbel small, few-flowered. Stem wanting.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A curious little plant with large white flowers, which rise from the centre of the leaves
without any stem. It has more the appearance of a Massonia, or dwarf Ornithogalum, than of an Allium. It
is a native of Italy and the coast of Barbary, and in England it requires the protection of a greenhouse, where it
flowers from January to March.
2.
66
6.—ALLIUM LONGIFOLIUM, Spreng. THE LONG-LEAVED GARLIC.
SYNONYMES.-A. glandulosum, Link ; Schoenoprasum longifolium, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves linear, channelled, larger than the
Kunth.
scape. Scape somewhat two-sided, striated, leafy at the base. Umbel
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1034; and our fig. 2, in Plate 48. loose. Pedicels longer than the flowers.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species is very distinct, from its dark marone-coloured flowers, and its very long
striated leaves. It is a native of Mexico, where it was first found by Humboldt and Bonpland, and by whom it,
was sent to Germany. It was introduced into England in 1826, in the following manner, as detailed in the
Botanical Register for January 1827:— "Roots of this rare species of Allium were found uninjured in the midst
of a mass of decayed vegetable matter which had been sent from the Mexican Real del Monte mines, in the form
of
paper and dried specimens, by Mr. John Brown, but which, owing to an accident, had been almost entirely
decomposed by damp. When the package was examined in the Horticultural Society's garden, it was discovered
that this Allium, a species of Pedilea, and one or two other plants, had found their decaying brethen convenient
subjects for securing their own resurrection, and had shot forth living roots among the half-rotten and dissevered
members of the Berberries, Mallows, and Cacalias, by which they were surrounded.” The plant is found at a
high elevation in Mexico, and it is hardy in British gardens, where it flowers in October.
7.--ALLIUM NEAPOLITANUM, G. Don. THE NEAPOLITAN ALLIUM.
SYNONYMES.-A. album, Bro. et Red; A. lacteum, Dec.
lorate-lanceolate, channelled, acute. Scape larger than the leaves,
ENGRAVINGS.--Red. Lil. t. 306; Flor. Græc. t. 325; Swt. Brit. slightly three-sided. Umbel loose, flowers numerous ; pedicels much
Flow. Gard. t. 201; and our fig. 5, in Plate 48.
larger than the flowers.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER,-Leaves two or three, sheathing the scape,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this very handsome species are white, and they are produced in large
loosely-spreading umbels. The leaves are rather broad, and yet sharply pointed ; and they are of a dark, deep,
glossy green. The spathe, which bursts on one side, is a little thin membrane, so small, that it seems difficult to
imagine how the large spreading umbel of flowers could ever have been contained in it. The species is found
wild near Naples, and it is rather tender in British gardens; that is, it requires a little protection during winter
by covering the ground with dead leaves or straw, or putting an hour-glass or a flower-pot over it.
It was
introduced in 1827, and it flowers in April and May. It should be grown in light sandy soil.
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
235
a
8.--ALLIUM MAGICUM, Lin. HOMER'S MOLY.
SYNONYMES.- A. nigrum, G. Don ; A. monspessulanum, Desf. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves few, ovate-lanceolate, convolutely-
A. speciosum, Cyril. ; A. multibulbosum, Jacq.
concave, striated, acuminate. Scape erect, round, rather short.
ENGRAVINGS. Bot. Mag. t. 1148; Red. Lil. t. 102.
Umbel close, round, many-flowered. Flowers longer than the pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Everybody who has read Homer's Odyssey knows that Ulysses could never have
descended into the infernal regions if he had not carried a certain herb in his hand; the magic of which tamed the
rage of Cerberus, and softened the heart of Charon so as to make him admit a mortal into his boat. This is
well known to every tyro in heathen mythology, but it is not quite so clear what the magical herb was.
Homer cails it Moly, and botanists seem all to agree that the plant Homer had in view was a kind of garlic.
They differ, however, as to the species; and unless the purpose were to frighten the infernal deities into
obedience, I cannot conceive why this species should have been fixed upon. The flowers are large, and black in
the centre ; and they are so disposed on their short stiff stalks, as to form a great round head, as little graceful as
any flower can well be conceived. The leaves are short and broad, and generally withered at the point; and
the stem is short, and straight upright. The plant has but little of the smell of garlic, and the flowers are
produced in June or July. It is quite hardy, though it is a native of the South of Europe and Barbary, whence
it was introduced before 1596. It is easily propagated by seeds or offsets.
9.-ALLIUM MOLY, Lin. THE YELLOW, OR GOLDEN MOLY.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 499; and our fig. 3, in Plate 48. cal. Umbel compact, many-flowered. Flowers larger than the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves few, lanceolate. Scape sub-cylindri- pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A very handsome plant with golden yellow flowers, which it produces in great abundance
in the months of May and June. It seldom grows above eight or ten inches high, but it is Very
valuable as
a border flower, from its thriving in many situations where few other flowering plants will grow, particularly
in the smoke of towns; from the great abundance, and brilliant colour of its flowers; and from its continuing in
blossom a long time. Another advantage is the very little care that it requires to cultivate it, as when once
planted, it will need no farther attention; unless indeed it be to prevent it from covering the whole garden,
which it has a great propensity to do, to the exclusion of all other flowers. Plants in our little garden at
Bayswater have flowered regularly and abundantly, in the same manner as the Ornithogalum umbellatum, for
the last ten summers without the slightest care being taken of them. This species is a native of Hungary and of
the South of France, particularly near Mont Pellis and on the Pyrenees ; and it appears to have been first described
by L'Obel, who was botanist to James I., and who says it was introduced by Edward Lord Zouch in 1604.
This was probably the case, as Parkinson, who wrote in the time of Charles I., and who dedicated his work to
the Queen Henrietta Maria, speaks of it as then common in gardens. It should be planted in a light free soil ;
as where the soil is stiff and moist, its bulbs are frequently attacked by the wire-worm.
.
-
10.—ALLIUM TRIQUETRUM, Gouan. THE TRIANGULAR-STEMMED GARLIC.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 869; and our fig. 6, in Plate 48. Leaves few, green. Umbel loose. Flowers about equal in length to
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves and stem triangular or three-edged.
.
the pedicels.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very handsome species has a loose umbel of flowers, which are more campanulate in
their form than those of most of the other species of the genus. The species is also readily distinguished from all
HH2

236
THE LADIES FLOWER-GARDEN
the others by the flat three-sided stem, from which the plant takes its name, and which in living specimens looks
rather like an abortive leaf than a stem. The species is a native of France and Spain, where in the southern
districts it is common enough in fields, growing by the side of a path, or on the headlands. It is quite hardy in
British gardens, and when once planted requires no farther culture, save that of tying up the flowers when they
appear; as the long, thin, flat stalk, is frequently unable to stand erect, so as to support the heavy umbel with
which it is charged. It is very ornamental, and flowers freely in May and June. It was introduced in 1759.
11.—ALLIUM STRIATELLUM, Lind. THE STREAKED ALLIUM.
SYNONYMES.--Ornithogalum gramineum ; grass-leaved Garlic.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, grass-like, shorter than the
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 2419; and our fig. 7, in Plate 48, angular scape. Umbels loose, pedicels erect, and much larger than the
under the name of Allium gramineum.
flowers. Segments of the perianth ovate, acute, and beautifully striated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A delicate little species with very elegant pale-yellow flowers, disposed in a loose umbel.
It is quite destitute of the garlicky smell, and from this, and the shape of the flowers, it was at first supposed to
be an Ornithogalum, though the flowers are more like those of an Ixia. It is a native of Chili, and it is
generally kept in the greenhouse, where it flowers in May. It was introduced about 1820.
12.- ALLIUM CÆRULEUM, Pallas. THE BLUE ALLIUM.
SYNONYMES.-A. azureum, Led.; A. cærulescens, G. Don ; the SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves linear, somewhat triquetrous. Scape
blue Leek.
cylindrical. Umbel globose, compact, with the pedicels about equal in
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Reg. for 1840, t. 41 ; and our fig. 1, in length to the flowers. Spathe very short.
Plate 48.
66
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is quite hardy, and if planted in rich garden soil, it will grow about eighteen
inches high, and will produce abundance of its bright blue flowers about the end of June. It was originally
found by Pallas in abundance upon the salt plains of Asiatic Russia, near the Irtish river; and afterwards by
Ledebour on the Altai mountains.” It was introduced in 1834.
OTHER ORNAMENTAL SPECIES OF ALLIUM.
In the above selection, I have described those ornamental species of the genus which are most readily to be
obtained in the neighbourhood of London ; but there are several other species, very ornamental, which may
possibly be still cultivated in parts of the country, though I am not aware where they are to be procured, and I
have never seen them in flower.
ALLIUM VIOLACEUM, G. Don ; A. FLEXUM, Wald. et Kit.
A native of Hungary, introduced in 1819. The flowers are violet-coloured, and they are produced in a loose
pendulous urnbel; the pedicels, in some cases, bearing bulbs instead of flowers.
ALLIUM ASPERUM, G. Don ; A. CARINATUM, Red.
This species is a native of the south of Europe, whence it was introduced in 1820 ; and it differs from the
preceding kind, chiefly in having rough leaves.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
237
ALLIUM PALLENS, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1420; A. LONGISPATHUM, G. Don.
A species with pale purple flowers, a native of the south of Europe, introduced in 1779, and flowering in
June and July
ALLIUM FUSCUM, Wald. et Kit.
A native of Hungary, introduced in 1820, with brown flowers, which appear in August and September.
ALLIUM PANICULATUM, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1432.
A native of the South of Europe, introduced in 1780, with pendulous pale pink flowers, which are produced
in June and July.
ALLIUM TENUIFLORUM, Ten.
This species has pendulous rose-coloured flowers, which appear in June and July. It is a native of Italy,
and was introduced in 1824.
ALLIUM GUTTATUM, Smith.
The flowers are white, spotted with purple. It is a native of Greece, and it was introduced in 1819.
a
ALLIUM PULCHELLUM, G. Don ; A. PANICULATUM, Red. ; A. COLORATUM, Spreng.
А. very
beautiful species, with violet-coloured pendulous flowers, a native of Russia, flowering in August.
ALLIUM CAUCASICUM, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 973.
A species with erect rose-coloured flowers, a native of Caucasus ; introduced in 1810.
ALLIUM NUTANS, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1143.
A handsome species, nearly allied to A. senescens. A native of Siberia, introduced in 1785.
ALLIUM CERNUUM, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1324.
A very handsome species, with drooping blush-coloured flowers, a native of North America; introduced in
1806, and flowering in June and July.
ALLIUM STELLATUM, Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1576.
A handsome species, with star-like lilac flowers ; introduced from North America in 18]1.
ALLIUM NARCISSIFLORUM, Vill.
A native of France, with large rose-coloured flowers ; introduced in 1818.
ALLIUM OCHROLEUCUM, Wald. et Kit.
A native of Hungary, introduced in 1816, with cream-coloured flowers, which appear in July.
ALLIUM SUAVEOLENS, Jacq.
The flowers are white and purple, and very sweet-scented ; they appear from June to September. The
species is a native of France, and it was introduced in 1801.
ALLIUM CANADENSE, Kalm.
A native of North America, introduced in 1739, with rose-coloured flowers.
ALLIUM MUTABILE, Red.
An American species, with blush-coloured flowers.

238
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
ALLIUM INCARNATUM, Spreng. ; A. AMBIGUUM, G. Don ; A. ROSEUM B, Bot. Mag. t. 978.
A British species, with rose-coloured flowers, which appear in May and June.
ALLIUM AMEENUM, G. Don ; A. CARNEUM, Ten.
An Italian species, with fine rose-coloured flowers; introduced in 1820. In the last four species the umbels
are bulbiferous; that is, they frequently produce bulbs instead of flowers.
ALLIUM COWANI, Lindl.
A very beautiful half-hardy species, a native of Chili; introduced in 1824, flowering in May. The flowers
are white, and they are very large.
ALLIUM VICTORIALIS, Lin.
This species has no beauty to recommend it, and it has a peculiarly rank and disagreeable smell ; but it is
curious, from its root being “considered by the Bohemian miners, when worn as an armlet, to be a safeguard
against the attacks of impure spirits, to which they deemed themselves exposed, and among them it was surnamed
Sieg wurtz (the root of victory), and hence Victorialis."-(Bot. Mag. vol. 30.) This species is a native of Germany
and other parts of central Europe.
a
ALLIUM TATARICUM, Bot. Mag. t. 1142; A. ODORUM, G. Don.
A Siberian species, with sweet-scented white and purple flowers ; introduced in 1787.
ALLIUM AMPELOPRASUM, Lin., Bot. Mag. t. 1385.
A very curious plant, resembling the leek in the leaves ; with a very round head and an ample spathe.
GENUS XXI.
CYANELLA, Lin. THE CYANELLA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—-Perianth six-cleft, segments unequal. Stamens six, connate at the base; one larger than the others, and deformed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus takes its name from the Latin word for blue, a strange reason, for there is
—
only one species that has any blue in its flowers. The species are all natives of the Cape of Good Hope, and
they all require a slight protection in British gardens during winter. The genus is easily distinguished by the
extraordinary appearance of the stamens, five of which have very short filaments, and erect incurved anthers,
which
open at the points while the sixth hangs down ; the filament and anther are both very long, and the anther
is tongue-shaped, and grooved in the middle. The style bends over this last strangely-shaped anther.
1.-CYANELLA CAPENSIS, Lin. THE CAPE CYANELLA.
ENGRAVING. —Bot. Mag. t. 568.
simple ; branches spreading. Segments of the perianth recurved ; the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves undulated. Scape leafy; raceme lower three somewhat larger than the others.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very elegant plant has a purple flower, something like that of a small Ixia, but the
stem bears ten or twelve flowers, or long pedicels spreading widely from the main stem. The species is a native
a

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
239
of the Cape of Good Hope, where it was found growing wild at the foot of the Table Mountains. The bulbs, or
corms, which are large or conical, are said to be good to eat when roasted; and it is added, that they are used as
food by the natives at the Cape. The species is said to have been introduced in 1768; and if grown
ground, it should be slightly protected during winter. It is, however, generally kept in a greenhouse.
in the open
2.-CYANELLA LUTEA, Lin. THE YELLOW CYANELLA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1252 ; and our Fig. 8. in Pl. 49.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lanceolate; scape naked,
subracemose ; branches erect. Segments of the perianth nearly
equal, irregularly rotate, conniving.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are yellow, and so different in their form and position, that
they do not appear to belong to the same genus as the previous species. They have, however, the same pecu-
liarity in the stamens, and this is quite enough to connect them botanically. This species, like the preceding one,
is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced by Mr. Masson in 1788 ; and, like Cyanella capensis, it requires
protection during winter. Both species are generally planted in October, and kept in a greenhouse or frame
during winter to flower in spring ; and Cyanella lutea generally continues in flower for several weeks in suc-
cession.
3.-CYANELLA ODORATISSIMA, Lindl. THE SWEETEST CYANELLA.
SYNONYME.-C. lineata, G. Don.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Reg. t. 1111.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves ensiform. Raceme compound, manya
flowered. Segments of the perianth nearly equal, spreading.
-
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is by far the most beautiful plant belonging to the genus. The flowers are large,
of a most beautiful pink when they first expand, but afterwards fading to a pale blush, and they are very
fragrant. They appear in July and August. The bulb is very curious, having two or three deep contractions so
as to appear like two or three bulbs joined together. The species is a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced
in 1816. It is only half-hardy, and requires protection during winter. In a warm dry situation, and in a sandy
soil, it may be planted out in early spring, say in February or March, and protected by a hand-glass till all danger
is over from frost ; it may then be left exposed till the flowers have faded, and the leaves begin to wither, when
the bulb may be taken up and kept dry till the following spring; or it may be put in a pot and kept in a frame
or greenhouse, giving it a few weeks' rest by withholding water, or nearly so, till it begins to grow.
OTHER SPECIES OF CYANELLA.
CYANELLA ALBA, Spreng.
This species produces its flowers singly. They are white, and they appear in May and June. It is, like the
others, a native of the Cape, whence it was introduced in 1825. The culture is the same as that of the other
species.
CYANELLA ORCHIDIFORMIS, Spreng.
The flowers of this species are said to be blue, and to resemble those of some kind of Orchis. The species
was figured by Baron Jacquin, and its flowers are said to appear from May to September. It was introduced
in 1825.

240
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS XXII.
CONANTHERA, Ruiz et Pavon.
THE CONANTHERA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth six-parted ; segments reflexed. Anthers coalescing at the point, and forming a cone. Capsule ovate, three-
celled, and three-valved. Seeds few, sub-rotund.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus differs from the preceding one principally in the anthers, which are so
disposed as to form a cone; and hence the name of Conanthera, which is derived from two Greek words, one
signifying anthers, and the other a cone. There is only one species.
1.-CONANTHERA BIFOLIA, Ruiz et Pavon. THE TWO-LEAVED CONANTHERA.
SYNONYMES.—Bermudiana bulbosa, Feuill. ; violet-coloured Co- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lanceolate. Scape branched;
nanthera.
peduncles two-flowered, alternate. Segments of the perianth ciliated.
ENGRAVING.-Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 904.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This plant is a native of Chili, where it was first found by Ruiz and Pavon, and it was
described by them in the Flora Peruviana. The colour of the flower is blue, and the segments of the perianth
are narrow, and very much reflexed. The leaves wither before the flowers expand, and only two leaves are
produced on each bulb; whence the specific name. The bulbs are eaten by the Peruvians both boiled and raw,
and Feuillée states that he found them very good in soup, their taste resembling that of sweet chestnuts. The
plants require to be kept in a greenhouse, because their leaves are produced in our winter, and their season of
rest is during our summer, generally from July or August, to September or October.
GENUS XXIII.
CUMMINGIA, D. Don.
THE CUMMINGIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth campanulate, six-cleft, deciduous. Anthers emarginate, filaments very short, dilated, and conniving at the
base. Capsule three-celled. Seeds spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus has been separated by Professor Don from Conanthera, on account of its
perianth, which is not divided into distinct segments, but only partially cleft, like the flowers of the Campanula.
The genus is named in honour of Lady Gordon Cumming, of Altyre.
1.—CUMMINGIA CAMPANULATA, D. Don. THE BELL-SHAPED CUMMINGIA.
SYNONYMES.—Conanthera campanulata, Hook. ; C. bifolia, Ker. Conanthera campanulata.
ENGRAVINGS.—Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 257; Bot. Mag. t. 2496; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Limb of the perianth equal to the tube ;
Bot. Reg. t. 1193; and our Fig. 1, in Pl. 49, under the vame of segments somewhat reflexed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant was first raised in England from seeds sent from Chili, at Arno's Grove,
Southgate, in 1823. From its general appearance and habit of growth, it was supposed to be the Conanthera



Pi 40
7
1. Con ehera campanulata, 2. Tutelua lazas 3 butelma uniflora: 4 Histeroscordum lacteam.
5. Leucocoryne odorata. 6 Moilla biflora. 7 Kula unfiona d'Cyanella utza
UNA


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
241
bifolia of Ruiz and Pavon, but it was afterwards found, when that plant flowered at Messrs. Loddiges', to have
a more bell-shaped perianth, and three leaves instead of two. The flower of Cummingia campanulata is blue,
and greatly resembles that of a Hyacinth ; it appears in May or June. The plant is generally considered to be
only half-hardy, and to require protection during winter ; but as it comes from the mountains of Chili, it would
probably bear the open air all the year in the neighbourhood of London.
2.-CUMMINGIA TRIMACULATA, D. Don. THE THREE-SPOTTED CUMMINGIA.
ENGRAVING: -Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 88.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Limb of the perianth larger than the tube, and three-spotted.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very elegant plant differs from the preceding species chiefly in the alternate
—
segments having each a dark spot at the base. The flower-stem is very much branched and many-flowered, and
the leaves, which are long and slender, are deeply channelled, so as to have a projecting rib up the back. There
are generally three of these spreading grass-like leaves, which rise from the root, and are much shorter than the
stem of the flowers, which appear in December. The bulbs of this species were collected near Valparaiso by a
lady, daughter of the British vice-consul at that place, and they were sent to England in 1829. The native
name is Paxero, or Paterita. The species requires to be kept in the greenhouse on account of its flowering in
winter.
OTHER SPECIES OF CUMMINGIA.
C. TENELLA, D. Don.
Bulbs of this plant were imported with those of the preceding species. The flowers are much smaller and
not spotted, and the fringe of the alternate segments is longer and finer.
GENUS XXIV.
TRITELEIA, Hook. THE TRITELEIA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth tubular, somewhat funnel-shaped. Stamens six, inserted in two series, the upper ones opposite to the petals.
Ovary generally stipitate, sometimes sessile, many-seeded. Stigma 3-lobed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The beautiful plants which compose this genus were named Triteleia by Sir W. J.
Hooker, from all the parts which compose the flowers being arranged in threes. Their general appearance
bears a great resemblance to the flowers of the genus Brodica, and they are all natives of America.
Umbel inanya
1.--TRITELEIA LAXA, Benth.
THE LOOSE-FLOWERED TRITELEIA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1685 ; and our fig. 2, in Pl. 49. Ovary stipitate. Filaments · crested at the base.
SpeciwiC CHARACTER.---Leaves linear, glaucous, larger than the
flowered.
scape. Pedicels lax.
Tube of the perianth narrowing at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very beautiful plant grows about eighteen inches high, each bulb producing at least
-
two umbels, but generally three, of from six to twelve or twenty-four flowers each. The flowers “grow in a lax
a
I I

242
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
umbel; but, notwithstanding the length of their stalks, they stand nearly erect. The scape is, however, apt to
be procumbent if not supported." The flowers are very handsome, and greatly resemble those of Brodiæa gran-
diflora. The species is a native of the western coast of South America, whence it was brought in 1834. It is
quite hardy, but it should be grown in sandy peat, or heath-mould. When once planted it should not be
disturbed.
flower.
2.-TRITELEIA UNIFLORA, Lindl. THE SINGLE-FLOWERED TRITELEIA.
SYNONYME.—? Milla uniflora, Grah.
SPECIEIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, nearly equal to the
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 1921; Bot. Mag. t. 3327; and our scape. Umbel one-flowered. Pedicil filiform, twice as long as the
fig. 3, Pl. 49.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This very elegant species is quite distinct from the preceding one, though the shape of
,
the flowers is nearly the same, from its flowers being produced singly, and from the great length of their filiform
pedicels. The flowers, which are produced in June, are very delicate and beautiful, being of a pale sky-blue;
but, unfortunately, Dr. Lindley tells us they have a strong smell of garlic. The species is a native of Mendoza,
where it was first found by Dr. Gillies. It is rather more tender than the preceding species, but still it may
be
grown in the open ground in a dry soil, if slightly protected during winter. It is said to have been introduced
in 1836; but if it is the same plant as Milla uniflora, it was introduced in 1832.
GENUS XXV.
HESPEROSCORDUM, Lindl. THE MISSOURI HYACINTH, OR ONION OF THE WEST
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth sub-campanulate or rotate, 6-cleft, the base. Ovary sessile, 3-celled, many-seeded, triangular at the
with the pedicel articulated. Stamens six, all fertile; filaments dilated apex. Style cylindrical, articulated with the ovary. Seeds black,
.
and membranaceous, equal, projecting beyond the throat, subcounate at angular, somewhat crested.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Beautiful plants, natives of California, producing large umbels of elegantly-shaped
flowers. The name of the genus signifies literally, onion of the west.
1.-HESPEROSCORDUM LACTEUM, Lindl. THE MILK-WHITE MISSOURI HYACINTH.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. 1639; and our fig. 4, in Pl. 49.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear, channelled, larger than the soape. Involucre in many slender awl-shaped segments.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— An elegant species with a very slender cylindrical stem, supporting an umbel of many
star-like milk-white flowers. The leaves are long, and very weak, bending downwards; but the stem and the
pedicels of the flowers, notwithstanding their apparent fragility, stand quite erect. The species is a native of
California, whence it was sent home by Douglass in 1833. It is quite hardy in British gardens.
OTHER SPECIES OF HESPEROSCORDUM.
H. HYACINTHINUM, Lindl.
The flowers are sky-blue, and are produced in a crowded umbel, the stalks of the outer flowers being curved
downwards, and not larger than the flowers themselves. It is a native of North America, where it was first
found by Pursh, who supposed it to be the same as Brodiæa grandiflora ; it was introduced in 1827, but was
soon lost, and is not now in British gardens. It flowers in July and August.
و

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
243
GENUS XXVI.
LEUCOCORYNE, Lindl. THE LEUCOCORYNE.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth tubular, with a six-parted regular limb, and a three-leaved corona in the orifice. Anthers frequently sterile.
Capsule 3-celled, many-seeded.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The name of this genus is derived from two Greek words, viz. leukos, white, and koryne,
a club; and it is said to allude to the sterile anthers, but how is not explained.
-
1.--LEUCOCORYNE ODORATA, Lindl. THE SWEET-SCENTED LEUCOCORYNE.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1293; and our fig. 5, in Pl. 49
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves linear, glaucous. Limb laciniate, lanceolate. Stamens sterile, subulate, obtuse.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very sweet-scented plant, with star-like white flowers, which are produced singly.
It is a native of Valparaiso, whence it was introduced in 1826. It should be grown in a mixture of sandy peat
and loan, and it requires a little protection during winter.
2.---LEUCOCORYNE IXIOIDES, Lindl. THE IXIA-LIKE LEUCOCORYNE.
SYNONYME.-Brodiæa ixioides, Sims.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Segments of the limb fringed, and those of
ENGRAVING. -Bot. Mag. t. 2382.
the crown subulate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--A beautiful plant, growing about a foot high, with lilac flowers.
—
It is a native of Chili,
whence it was introduced in 1822. It should be grown in sandy peat, and it flowers in October. It is generally
kept in the greenhouse, but more on account of its late flowering than from its being tender.
a
GENUS XXVII.
MILLA, Cav. THE MILLA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.Perianth salver-shaped, tube elongately- the tube; anthers linear, smooth, conniving into a cone. Ovary
campanulate ; limb flat, six-parted; segments obtuse, three much elongated, triagonal, 3-celled, many-seeded, with a filiform exserted
narrower than the others. Stamens projecting beyond the mouth of style ; stigma 3-lobed, fimbriated. Seeds crested.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This genus was named by Cavanilles, Professor of Botany at Madrid, in honour of
Julein Milla, head gardener to the King of Spain.
1.—MILLA BIFLORA, Cav. THE TWO-FLOWERED MILLA.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1555; and our fig. 6, in Plate 49.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves cylindrical, fistular, awl-shaped at the point. Pedicels three times as long as the flowers.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful plant, with milk-white flowers, which are always produced in pairs in
wild state, but in umbels in a state of cultivation. The flowers are large, and of such a snowy whiteness, as to
II2

244
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
attract the attention of the visitors to the summer horticultural fête at the Chiswick gardens in 1841, very few
passing without inquiring the name of “that beautiful flower.” It is a native of the mountainous parts of
Mexico, and will probably prove hardy in British gardens, though it has as yet been kept in a frame during
winter. The flowers continue on the plant a long time, and when once expanded, they do not close up at night.
.
MILLA UNIFLORA, Grah., Bot. Mag. t. 3327; and our fig. 7, in Pl. 49.
This is probably the same plant as that already described in p. 242, under the name of Triteleia uniflora.
It does not appear to have much right to either of the names already assigned to it; but what genus it really
belongs to, must be left for botanists to decide.
CHAPTER VII.
LILIACE Æ.
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER.—Perianth six-parted, scarcely cohering into a tube. Stamens 6, inserted in the perianth. Anthers opening inwardly.
Ovary superior, 3-celled, many-seeded. Style one; stigma generally 3-lobed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The beautiful plants belonging to this order are all so well known as to need little
description: the tulips and lilies are among the commonest ornaments of our gardens ; and the showy Crown
Imperial, and more humble Fritillaries, are scarcely less common. The plants are natives of different parts of
the world, but principally of the temperate regions of Europe and Asia; and they have all showy flowers.
GENUS I.
TULIPA, Lin. THE TULIP.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. — Perianth six-parted, campanulate, erect. Stigma sessile, somewhat crested. Capsule superior. Seeds flat, and
Stamens six, inserted in, and shorter than, the perianth ; filaments disposed in two series.
equal in length to the ovary, which is prismatic, or obtusely triagonal.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Though few plants are better known than the garden Tulip, the other species of the
genus
are comparatively unknown ; and many of my readers are probably not aware that any other tulips than the
varieties of T. Gesneriana exist. The other species differ indeed so widely from the cultivated kinds, that they
may be easily supposed to belong to another genus. The name of the genus is derived from the Persian name
for Tulipa Gesneriana, that being the species first introduced into Europe.
و
1.-TULIPA BIFLORA, Lin. THE TWO-FLOWERED TULIP.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 535; and our fig. 8 in Plate 50. Segments of the perianth bearded at the base. Pistil acutely prismatic.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.Leaves two, linear, glaucous. Stem glabrous. Stigmata obscurely channelled. Capsule trigonally globular, mucronate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is the smallest species of the genus, and it is distinguished by never having more
than two leaves, which are of a bluish-green, and also by its capsule, which is globular, but somewhat three-
cornered, and ending in a small mucro or point. The segments of the perianth are white, with a yellow centre,
a



P150.
UND
OF
SIC
1. Tulipa oculus solis. z Tulipa cornuta. 3. Julipa sylvestris. Tulipa bilesiana.
5. Tulira suaveolens. 6. Julipa montana 7 Julipa bapensis. 8. Talipa biflora
9 Stepa stellata


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
245
and bearded at the base ; the outer ones are more spreading and narrower than the inner ones, and they are
faintly tinged with a violet blue on the outside. The white fleshy part of the bulb, when it withers, after
producing a new one immediately below it, leaves the hard dry skin which covered it to shrivel up; and thus
the exuviæ of the old bulbs, when the plant has remained several years in the ground, forms a series of rings
like the cast-off skin of an adder, which has a very singular appearance when the plant is taken up
These new
bulbs are quite distinct from the offsets, which are formed by the side of the old bulb, and are intended to become
new plants. The species is a native of Moscow, whence it was received with T. Celsiana in 1806; both being
natives of the southern shore of the Caspian Sea, and the banks of the Wolga. The latter species, however, grows
in a soil different from that of T. biflora, which is never found but in clayey, saline places.
66 The bulbs are
eaten raw by the Calmucks, especially by their children.” The flowers, which are fragrant, appear earlier than
those of all the other tulips. The name of biflora is not very appropriate, as there are sometimes three or four
flowers on a scape, and sometimes only one. It is quite hardy.
a
"
2.–TULIPA CELSIANA, Spreng. M. CELS'S TULIP.
SYNONYMES. - Tulipa Breyniana, Bot. Mag.; Tulipa capensis, the name of Tulipa capensis.
Hart.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. - Leaves three or more; linear-lanceolate,
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 717; and our fig. 7 in Plate 50, under conduplicate, and sheathing at the base. Scape 2-flowered.
DESCRIPTION,
&c.—Great confusion exists respecting this tulip, which is a native of Siberia, like the
preceding species ; but it has been frequently confounded, from a resemblance in the flowers, with Melanthium
uniflorum, which is a native of the Cape. The flower of Tulipa Celsiana is fragrant. The species is quite hardy,
but it should be grown in a light sandy soil, differing in this respect materially from Tulipa biflora, which only
grows well in loam.
3.–TULIPA TRICOLOR, Lede. THE THREE-COLOURED TULIP.
SYNONYME.-T. patens, Agardh.
glaucous. Segments of the perianth acute, widely-spreading, ciliated
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 3887.
at the base. Filaments bearded.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves two, oblong-linear; stem sheathing,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant, with large, widely-opened, white flowers, which are slightly
-
tinged with green and yellow. The species is a native of the Altaic mountains, whence it was introduced in 1823.
It is quite hardy, but it grows best in dry stony places, and it flowers in April.
a
4.-TULIPA STELLATA. THE STARRY TULIP.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 2762 ; and our fig. 9 in Pl. 50.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lanceolate, subconvolute, glau-
Flowers solitary or twin ; erect, oblong in the bud ; when
open, segments spreading horizontally; segments lanceolate, obtuse,
slightly concave.
cous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very remarkable species is a native of Nepaul, and it is so unlike most other tulips,
-
as to be scarcely recognisable as belonging to that genus. It is remarkable for its star-like appearance, occasioned
by the narrowness of the segments of its perianth, “and their spreading out almost flat when the sun shines,”
"
though they close again in the evening. It is generally kept in the greenhouse, as it flowers in March ; but it
appears hardy enough to bear the open air, if it were not for the earliness of its flowering.

246
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
5.-TULIPA MONTANA, Lindl.
THE MOUNTAIN OR CRIMSON TULIP.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Reg. t. 1106 ; and our fig. 6 in Plate 50.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves several, oblong-lanceolate, glaucous,
channelled, and somewhat stem-clasping, undulated at the margins,
acuminate. Perianth somewhat egg-shaped. Segments converging.
Bulb very woolly at the apex.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is perhaps the handsomest of all the tulips in its wild state, from the brilliant
crimson of its flowers, which afford a fine contrast to its glaucous leaves. The bulbs of most of the preceding
species are more or less woolly in their integuments; but this is more so than all the rest, as it is densely covered
with a sort of down at the apex.
. The species is a native of the mountains of Persia, whence it was introduced
in 1826. Like most of the preceding species, it flowers in April. It is quite hardy, and it should be grown
in
a sandy or stony soil, and in an open situation, as it requires abundance of free air to make its colour fine.
6.–TULIPA SYLVESTRIS, Lin. THE WILD TULIP.
8.
SYNONYMES.-T. turcica, Roth. ; T. florentina, Hart. ; T. tran-
stagana, Brot. ; the French tulip.
ENGRAVINGS.—Eng. Bot. t. 63; Bot. Mag. t. 1202 ; Swt. Brit.
Flow. Gard. t. 186; and our fig. 3 in Pl. 50.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves 3-4, ovate-lanceolate, glabrous, green.
Scape smooth, one-flowered. Perianth nearly closed at the apex, and
somewhat drooping when it first expands, but becoming gradually erect
and with the segments somewhat spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This beautiful species, the flowers of which are of a bright yellow and delightfully
&
fragrant, is common in France and other parts of the Continent. It is also said to grow wild in England. It is
quite hardy, and will grow in any soil and situation. Its long slender stalk and drooping flowers (for they only
become erect a short time before they fade) give it a very elegant appearance, while its fragrance renders it a
desirable flower for a bouquet. When once planted, it requires no farther care, for we have two or three bulbs,
,
which were sent to Mr. Loudon about twelve years ago from France, and which have flowered freely every year
since without taking up, or, in short, anything being done to them.
7.-TULIPA CLUSIANA, Redouté. CLUSIUS'S OR THE SICILIAN TULIP.
SYNONYMES. - T. rubro-albo, Brot. ; T. variegata, Rudb.; T.
persica, Gerard and Park.; T. p. præcox, Clus. ; Persian tulip.
ENGRAVINGS.—Lil. Red. t. 37; Bot. Mag. t. 1390; and our fig.
4 in Plate 50.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. Leaves numerous, lanceolate-attenuated,
convolutely-concave, glaucous. Perianth oblong and connivent in the
bud, but recurvedly spreading when expanded. Filaments naked.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, with white flowers, which are pink at the back, and have a
.--
black ring in the centre, like those of Tulipa oculus-solis. It was introduced very early, as we find it mentioned
by Gerard, who wrote in 1597, and who calls it the Persian tulip. It is found wild in Sicily, Italy, Spain, and
Portugal; and it is highly deserving of cultivation, though it is more tender, and more difficult to preserve during
wet winters, than most of the other species. It succeeds best when it is kept in a greenhouse or frame during
winter, and planted out in March ; it will then flower in April or May; and as soon as its flowers fall, and the
points of its leaves begin to turn yellow, the bulbs should be taken up, and kept dry till October, when they
should be planted in pots to keep through the winter. The pots should be well drained, and the soil should be
a sandy loam.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
247
8.-TULIPA OCULUS-SOLIS, Agen. THE SUN'S-EYE TULIP.
SYNONYMES. - T. agenensis, Red. ; T. flore rubro, Gerard ; T. in Plate 50.
bombycina, Park. ; Occhio di Sole, Ital.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves four, subciliated. Scape and flower
VARIETY.–T. O. prxcox, B. R. 1419; and Swt. t. 157.
quite smooth ; segments of the perianth conniving ; stigmata villosely
ENGRAVINGS.-Red. Lil. t. 219; Bot. Reg. t. 204 ; and our fig. 1 fimbriated. Integuments of the bulb woolly.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is nearly allied to T. Gesneriana, but it is easily distinguished by its black
centre. The flower is always erect and scentless, opening so as to form a large cup. It differs from the species
which it most nearly resembles in its flowers, in the woolly integuments of its bulb, in which respect it resembles
T. montana and its allied species. T. oculus-solis. is quite hardy, and requires no particular care in its culture.
It is a native of the north of Italy, and some parts of France; and it was introduced in 1816. The species
flowers rather later than the common garden tulips, but the variety flowers in April.
9.-TULIPA SUAVEOLENS, Roth. THE DUC VAN THOL TULIP.
SYNONYMES.-T. pumilio, Lobel ; T. dubia, Clus. Early dwarf SPECIFIC CHARACTER.---Leaves three or more, glaucous, close to the
tulip.
stem. Scape one-flowered. Flower erect, somewhat spreading.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 839; and our fig. 5 in Plate 50.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The Van Thol tulip is well known by all the lovers of flowers who are resident in towns ;
as it is one of the commonest flowers for forcing in January and February. Even in the open ground it generally
flowers in March. There are several varieties, some with double flowers, and some pale and almost pink, and
some without any fragrance—the last, though sold under the name of Van Thol tulips, being in fact the dwarf
variety of Tulipa oculus-solis. The true Van Thol tulip may always be known by its fragrance, as indicated by
its specific name suaveolens. Though quite hardy, it seldom flowers well in England for two years in succession,
and consequently a great quantity of roots are imported every year from Holland. The bulbs should be planted
in October, and if wanted to flower early, they should be kept in pots, in frames, or in a greenhouse, so as just
to preserve them from the frost, and watered freely. Thus treated, they will flower in January or February
without fire-heat. In the open ground they only need planting in October.
10.–TULIP GESNERIANA, Lin. GESNER’S, OR THE COMMON GARDEN TULIP.
ENGRAVINGS.---Bot. Reg. t. 380 ; vol. for 1838, t. 46; Bot. Mag.
t. 1311; and our figs. 1 to 4, in Plate 51.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves three, ovate-lanceolate, subconvolute;
scape glabrous. Perianth erect, broadly campanulate, segments obtuse.
Ovary prismately columnar. Stigma capitate, three-lobed, lobee
crested, revolute, and somewhat channelled.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The common garden tulip is a flower that has always excited a great deal of interest,
and which was at one time made an object of gambling speculation. It was brought to Europe from Persia in
1559, nearly three hundred years ago, and it was cultivated at Constantinople. From this city it found its way
over Europe, under the name of the Turkish tulip; and it was first botanically described by Gesner, a Swiss
botanist, residing at Zurich, after whom it has since been very appropriately named by Linnæus. About a
century after its first introduction, it became an object of commercial speculation, and very large sums (sometimes,
it is said, as much as £500) were given for a single bulb. About the close of the seventeenth and the beginning
of the eighteenth centuries, the tulip mania was at its height; and, though since that period it has greatly
declined, yet still larger prices are given for tulips than for most other florists' flowers. Holland has long been

248
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
و
famous for raising new kinds of tulips, and many of the bulbs sold in the seed-shops are sent over every year from
that country, though many are raised from seed in Great Britain. The number of varieties is so great that it
would be impossible to enumerate them, but the kinds sold in Britain may be divided into three classes : viz.
Bizards or Bizarres, having a yellow ground, broken with purple or red, as shown in fig. 2, in Plate 51; Rose
tulips, which have a white ground, broken with cherry colour, as shown in fig. 3; and Byblæmens, which
are white, broken with purple, as shown in fig. 4. All these are subdivided into flamed and feathered ;
the flamed being those which are somewhat striped, as shown in fig. 4, and the feathered those that are only
broadly marked on the edge, as shown in figs. 2 and 3. The species, in its natural or unbroken state, is shown
in fig. 1.
The mode of raising tulips from seed practised in England was till lately a very strange one, and quite
unworthy of the advanced state of science at the present day. The seed was saved from the unbroken flowers,
or breeders, as they were termed, and consequently the young plants were always self-coloured. To make them
break, that is to vary their colours, the strangest methods were resorted to; sometimes they were planted for
one season in a hotbed, and the next in the poorest soil that could be procured ; and sometimes they were removed
to a distant county, twenty or thirty miles from where they were first grown, and then brought back again ; but
in spite of all the care bestowed on them, they were generally from seven to ten or twelve years before they
showed any symptoms of variegation, and some never did at all. A more rational method is now pursued ; and
the seeds of the handsomest tulips being saved, showy flowers are frequently produced the second year; and
bulbs of three years old often produce flowers fit for winning prizes.
A bed for choice tulips is generally prepared by excavating a pit a foot and a half or two feet deep; a piece
of ground in an open, airy situation, and dry at bottom, having been chosen. In this pit a layer is placed of
thoroughly rotten horse-dung, at least two years old, and generally the remains of an old hotbed, and the bed is
filled in, to within one inch of the top, with rich sandy loam ; old loamy turf, chopped fine, and mixed with
sand and a little rotten dung, is the best where it can be procured. The surface of the bed is then covered with
sharp or drift sand, and in this the bulbs are planted about six inches apart every way, and the bed is filled up
so as to raise it about three inches above the surface, and to bury the bulbs about four inches deep. The bed
should be highest in the middle, and slope to both sides to throw off the rain. The bulbs are generally planted
in October; and as the tulip is very hardy, it seldom requires any protection, unless the winter should be very
unfavourable, either from severe frosts, or almost constant rain, in which case the bed may be protected by being
hooped over, and then covered with mats, care being taken to leave a part to open when the weather is fine.
When the plants are near flowering, a frame should be placed round them to support an awning to shield them
from the sun and rain.
As the bed is generally four feet wide, the frame, which includes a walk round it, is
about twelve feet wide; and the length may vary according to the extent of the ground or the number of bulbs
to be planted.
When the flowers fall, and the leaves begin to turn yellow at the tips, the bulbs may be taken up, and laid
on shelves, with the root end uppermost, to dry. When the fibrous roots are sufficiently withered to allow them
to be rubbed off, the bulbs may be placed in drawers or boxes, where they must be kept in a dry situation till
the season for planting them arrives.
a



P1.51.
5
2
3
1. Tulipa Gesneriana
2. The Duke of Sutherland (a Bizarà:)
3. The Duchefs of Moontrose. la Rose.)
4. The Claude. (a bybloumen)
5 The Parrot Tulip
UNID
Sick


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
249
11.-TULIPA CORNUTA, Redouté. THE HORNED TULIP.
SYNONYMES.-T. chinensis, Hort. ; T. undulata, G. Don.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-One-flowered. Perianth fusiform, campanu-
ENGRAVINGS.-Red. Lil. t. 445; Bot. Reg. t. 127; our fig. 2, in late, and widely spreading ; segments very long, and tail-like.
Plate 50, and fig. 5, in Plate 51.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very singular tulip is more curious than beautiful, but it is well worth growing, not
only from its remarkable appearance, but for the long time that it continues in flower. It flowers rather later
than the common tulips. It is a native of the Levant, whence it was introduced in 1816. It is quite hardy,
and may
be
grown
in any common garden soil, without taking it up or affording it any kind of protection during
winter. The parrot tulips (see fig. 5, in Plate 51) are said to be hybrids between this species and the wild
yellow tulip, T. sylvestris.
a
OTHER SPECIES OF TULIP.
The following species have most of them been introduced; but they are not so common as those already
described.
T. ALTAICA, Rom. et Schultes ; T. REPENS, Fisch.
A dwarf species, with yellow flowers, nearly allied to T. Celsiana, a native of the Altaic mountains, whence
it was introduced in 1822. It is figured in Sweet's British Flower Garden, 2nd series, t. 97.
T. SAXATILIS, Reich,
A species with yellow flowers, a native of Crete, introduced in 1827.
T. BIEBERSTEINIANA, R. et S.
A native of Siberia, with yellow and purple flowers, introduced in 1820.
T. MACULATA, R. et S.
A native of Spain, with yellow flowers spotted with green.
T. MEDIA, R. et S.
The flowers are scarlet and white.
T. PERSICA, Bot. Reg. t. 1149.
A native of Persia, resembling the Van Thol tulip.
T. PUBESCENS, Spreng. ; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 78.
The flowers are variegated, and the stalks woolly.
T. BONAROTIANA, Reb.; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 116.
A native of Italy, with red flowers, introduced in 1827.
T. STRANGULATA, Reb.
No explanation is given of this strange name, which signifies strangled.
Flowers variegated.
T. SCABRISCAPA, Bot. Reg. t. 1990.
The flowers are variegated, and the flower-stems very rough, whence the name.
All these species are natives of Europe and Asia ; as no tulip has yet been found wild in Africa, America,
or Australia.
K K

250
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS II.
FRITILLARIA, Lin. THE FRITILLARY.
un
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.- Perianth campanulate, drooping, 6-parted,
each segment being furnished with a honey-bearing cavity above its
|
claw. Stamens nearly as long as the perianth. Capsule 3-celled.
Seeds numerous, flat.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—All the kinds of Fritillaria have drooping, bell-shaped flowers, with honey-drops hidden
in the cavity of each petal. Some of the species have very little of this secretion ; but in others, as in the Crown
Imperial, it abounds so as to drop when the flower is shaken. Modern botanists, indeed, place this last-mentioned
flower in a separate genus; but as its new name is at present very little known, I have thought it best to retain
its old appellation in the following pages. The name of Fritillaria is from Fritillus, dice, in allusion to the
chequered flowers of most of the specics.
a
1.–FRITILLARIA MELEAGRIS, Lin. THE CHEQUERED, OR COMMON FRITILLARY.
SYNONYME.-F. variegata, Ger.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. ---Leaves linear-lanceolate, alternate. Scape
ENGRAVINGS.-Eng. Bot. t. 622; and our fig. 5, in Plate 52.
I
1-flowered. Nectary linear.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This well-known species has a small roun lish bulb, an erect stem, about a foot high, and
one solitary drooping flower. The nectary is a short linear furrow, the cavity of which is filled with honey.
This species is a native of England, growing freely in many places, and particularly, as I was informed by my late
friend, Mr. Lambert, near the Duke of Wellington's seat at Strathfieldsaye. It generally grows wild near a river, ,
or in a moist meadow; and it never attains a large size in a dry soil. There are several varieties, differing only in
the colour, and some are very nearly white.
a
2.-FRITILLARIA TENELLA, G. Don THE SLENDER FRITILLARY.
SYNONYMES.-F. racemosa minor, Sims; F. orientalis, Bieb.; SPECIFIC CHARACTER. — Leaves lanceolate-ligulate, glaucous. Scape
F. meleagris minor, Pallas ; F. viperius, Trew ; Oriental Fritillary. 2-flowered. Flowers small, nectaries roundish-oblong.
ENGRAVING.__ Bot. Mag. t. 1216.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-The flowers of this species are much smaller and less showy than those of F. meleagris
though they are more numerous. It is a native of Mount Caucasus, the Crimea, and the banks of the Wolga.
It was introduced in 1824, and it is quite hardy in British gardens.
a
THE BROAD-LEAVED FRITILLARY.
3.-FRITILLARIA LATIFOLIA, Willd,
SYNONYMES.-F. esculenta, Bieb.; F. Persica, Pallas.
ENGRAVING.—Bot. Mag. t. 1207.
Scape
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Leaves oblong-lanceolate, numerous.
1-flowered. Nectaries very large, roundish.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A handsome species, resembling F. meleagris in the size and general appearance of the
flower, but differing in the size and breadth of the leaves. It was introduced in 1604, and it is a native of the
same countries as the preceding species.
.



Pl. 52
200
4
6
3
7
A
1. Futitlara imperialis. 2. Gutetlaria Banica B. 3. Fritillana Pancas 4. Frutillana eucantha.
5 Fretellaria meleagis 6 Artilleria e prenawa. 7 Ardillanarluta: 8 ekallura degna,
UNIL
OS
Sice


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
251
4.-FRITILLARIA NERVOSA, Spreng. THE NERVED-LEAVED FRITILLARY.
SYNONYME.-F. latifolia minor, Bot. Mag.
Specific CHARACTER.—Leaves green, few, lanceolate-oblong. Seg-
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 853 ; Red. Lil. t. 51.
ments of the perianth oblong-ovate, somewhat incurved, obtuse.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—Very like the last species, but with the flowers and bulb larger, though the leaves are
neither so numerous nor so large. Neither its native country nor the year of its introduction is known, and it
is therefore probably only a garden variety of F. latifolia.
5.-FRITILLARIA LUTEA, Bieb.
THE YELLOW FRITILLARY.
SYNONYMES.-F. latifolia w lutea, Bot. Mag. ; F. esculenta,
Adam.
ENGRAVINGS. -Bot. Mag. t. 1538; and our fig. 7 in Pl. 52.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves green, lanceolate. Segments of the
perianth ovate. Capsule obtusely angular.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is probably also only a variety of F. latifolia, as all these kinds, which botanists have
niade different species, are found growing spontaneously and close to each other on Mount Caucasus, and they are
all quite hardy in British gardens. This kind was introduced in 1812.
6.-FRITILLARIA NIGRA, Lob.
THE BLACK FRITILLARY.
SYNONYMES.-F. pyrenaica, Bot. Mag. ; F. hispanica, Park. ; F.
acquitanica, Clus.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 664; and our fig. 6 in Plate 52, under
the name of F. pyrenaica.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves distant, subcoriaceous, glaucous, linear-
lanceolate. Scape 1-flowered. Segments of the perianth recurved and
spreading at the tip. Nectary roundish.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished by the leathery texture of the flower and leaves, and
the disagreeable smell of the former. It is quite hardy. It is a native of the Pyrenees, and was introduced
in 1596.
7.-FRITILLARIA RACEMOSA, Lin. THE BRANCHING FRITILLARY.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 952.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -- Raceme erect, 4-9-flowered, leafy.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is easily distinguished by the number of flowers produced on one scape, and
by their being intermixed with leaves. It agrees with the preceding species in the leathery texture of its flowers,
but differs in having no unpleasant smell. It is a native of Russia, and was introduced in 1605.
8.-FRITILLARIA PERSICA, Line
THE PERSIAN FRITILLARY.
SYNONYMES.-F. racemosa B, Mill. ; F. minima, Sweet. ; F.
ramosa, Moris. ; Lilium persicum, Bank. ; L. susianum, Clus.
ENGRAVINGS. --Bot. Mag. t. 1537, and t. 962; and our figs. 2 and 3
in Plate 52.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.
many-flowered, leafy.
Leaves numerous, lanceolate.
Raceme
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome plant, but differing so widely from others of the genus, as scarcely to
—
be recognised as belonging to it. It varies in length from six inches to three feet, bearing from twelve to fifty
flowers, which
in a pyramidal form. It is of Persian origin, but it was brought to this country from Turkey
before 1596. It is quite hardy. Our fig. 3 in Plate 52 is the species, and fig. 2, a variety with pink flowers
called F. persica minor.
grow
KK2

252
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
9.- FRITILLARIA LEUCANTHA, Graham.
THE WHITE-FLOWERED FRITILLARY.
SYNONYME.--Imperialis leucantha, Fisch.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 3083 ; and our fig. 4 in Plate 52.
Specific CHARACTER. - Flowers solitary, axillary, or terminal.
Leaves ovate, attenuated at the apex, and drawn out into a tendril ;
sometimes verticillate.
.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is remarkable both for its white flowers and its curious leaves, which are
drawn out into a kind of tendril at the apex. It is a native of the Altaic mountains, whence it was intro-
duced in 1830. It is quite hardy, and may be planted in the open garden, where it flowers in September.
10:-FRITILLARIA OBLIQUA, Ker. THE OBLIQUE-LEAVED OR VIOLET-FLOWERED FRITILLARY.
ENGRAVINGS --Bot. Mag. t. 857; and our fig. 8 in Plate 52. Scape 2-flowered. Perianth ovate, campanulate, segments obovate-
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves glaucous, numerous, twisted, oblique. oblong, curving inwards.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A curious species, with dark purple flowers, which resemble those of F. persica, but are
much larger. Its native country and the year of its introduction are unknown, but it seems nearly allied to
F. persica.
>
а.
11.-FRITILLARIA IMPERIALIS, Lin. THE CROWN IMPERIAL.
SYNONYMES.—Corona imperialis, Trew., and Park. ; Tutsai, Clus. SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves numerous, and rising so as to form
ENGRAVINGS.---Bot. Mag. t. 664; and t. 1215; Red. Lil. t. 131 ; a crown above the flowers, oblong-lanceolate ; raceme verticillate.
and our fig. 1 in Plate 52.
Nectaries globular.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is a native of Persia, from which country, like so many other fine plants, it
was first brought to Constantinople, and thence taken to Vienna in 1576. It was sent from the garden of the
Emperor of Germany to this country before 1596, and it was called the crown imperial, from its flowers being
disposed in the shape of a crown, and its coming from the imperial garden. Gerard praises this plant on account
of “its stately beautifulness, and accords it the first place in the garden of delight.” It flowers in May, and it is
,
said to have an unpleasant smell, like that of a fox; but I cannot say that I ever perceived it, though I remember
when a child being particularly fond of peeping into the flowers to see drops of water within them, and wondering
why they did not fall like rain. The flowers of this plant are drooping, but as soon as the petals fall, the flower-
stalks become erect, to bear the heavy pod in an upright position till the seeds ripen, lest they should fall too soon.
There are twelve or thirteen varieties, the most ornamental of which are the gold striped and the silver striped,
besides what are called monsters, with flat stems and crested flowers, which frequently occur with this species.
The Crown Imperial is quite hardy in British gardens, but it grows best in rich loam. It is generally propagated
by offsets, which it produces in great abundance; but it also ripens plenty of seed. These seeds are disposed
quite differently to those of the common Fritillaries, and this is one of the reasons why botaniets now place the
Crown Imperial in another
genus.
There are several other species, but the only ones worth mentioning are F. cuprea, a native of Mexico, with
copper-coloured flowers; and F. verticillata, or F. ruthenica, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2d ser. t. 343, with purple
flowers.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
253
GENUS III.
CYCLOBOTHRA, Swt. THE CYCLOBOTHRA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Flowers nodding, ventricose, or campanulate.
Sepals glabrous, acute. Petals larger than, and dissimilar to, the
sepals; bearded, and having a smooth honey pit in the centre, so deep
as to give each petal a gibbous appearance on the outside. Stigmata
three. Capsule three-sided, coriaceous-membranaceous Seeds fixed
in one series, angular. Bulb tunicated. Leaves flat, acuminated.
,
DESCRIPTION, &c.--These very singular plants are distinguished from most others of the same natural order
by having the calyx and the corolla of different colours, and quite distinct; and though in this respect they
resemble the following genus (Calochortus), they differ from it in each petal having a kind of hump on the outside
from the deep pit or cavity for honey within. The bulbs are tunicated like those of the hyacinth, and in this
respect they differ alike from the solid bulb or corm of the tulip, and the loose scaly bulb of the lily. Only four
species have been introduced; two of which are natives of California, and two of Mexico. The name of Cyclo-
bothra, which signifies a round well, alludes to the deep honey cavity in the petals. All the species flower at
Midsummer; and they are all very difficult to cultivate.
1.—CYCLOBOTHRA ALBA, Benth. THE WHITE CYCLOBOTHRA.
1
SYNONYME.—Calochortus albus, Dougl.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1661; and our fig. 6 in Plate 53.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Umbels 2-3-flowered ; peduncles shorter
than the bracts; flowers oblong, inflated ; petals ovate, very obtuse ;
margin naked ; honey pit deeply impressed; eepals ovate-lanceolate,
only half the length of the petals.
a
DESCRIPTION, &c.--The corolla of this species is white, and egg-shaped ; and each petal shows conspicuously
the hump caused by the deep honey pit within. It is a native of California, and was sent home by Douglas in
1833. It is very difficult to cultivate ; but it appears to do best planted in a well-drained bed, formed as if for
tulips, and filled with equal parts of sandy loam and vegetable mould. The bed should be about eighteen inches
deep; and at the bottom should be a layer from three to six inches deep of stones and brickbats, to ensure
drainage. The bulbs should be planted in March or April, and they should be taken up as soon as the leaves
begin to turn yellow, which is generally in September or October.
2.-CYCLOBOTHRA PULCHELLA, Benth. THE PRETTY CYCLOBOTHRA.
SYNONYME.—Calochortus pulchellus, Dougl.
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Reg. t. 1662 ; and our fig. 7 in Plate 53.
Specific CHARACTER. — Umbel 2–3-flowered : peduncles much
SPECIFIC
shorter than the bractea. Flowers globose ; petals ovate obtuse, ser-
rulately fimbriated ; houey pit forming a kind of callosity on the exterior
of each petal. Sepals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, shorter than the
petals.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species bears considerable resemblance to C. alba, except in the colour of the flowers,
and their being more globose. It is a native of California, whence it was sent home by Douglas with the preceding
species in 1833. It requires the same treatment as C. alba, but it is yet more difficult to cultivate.
a

254
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
3.-CYCLOBOTHRA LUTEA, Lindl. THE YELLOW CYCLOBOTHRA.
SYNONYME.-C. barbata, Swt.
ENGRAVINGS.-Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 273; Bot. Reg. t. 1663.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem bulb-bearing; peduncles longer than
the bracts; flowers solitary, campanulate ; petals rhomboid-ovate,
acuminate at the apex, of the same colour as the sepals, but somewhat
longer.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is so very distinct from the preceding ones as to seem to belong to a different
genus. The sepals and the petals are of the same colour, and very nearly of the same form, and they curve
outwardly instead of inwardly. Small bulbs are also produced in the axils of the leaves, which is not the case
with the preceding kinds. This plant was called C. barbata by Sweet when it was first figured, as it was
supposed to be the same as the plant called by Kunth, Fritillaria barbata, and which was discovered by Humboldt
and Bonpland ; but this species, Dr. Lindley tells us, “ has a bearded horse-shoe mark on its sepals, no trace of
which can be found in the plant now figured.” He has, therefore, called the species C. lutea, particularly as
, ,
Sweet's “name would be untenable, even if F. barbata were the same plant, because it is equally applicable
to every species of the genus.” C. lutea is a native of Mexico, whence it was introduced in 1827. It is quite
hardy in British gardens, where it requires the same treatment as the common Fritillary.
a
a
4.--CYCLOBOTHRA PURPUREA, Pursh. THE PURPLE CYCLOBOTHRA.
SYNONYMES.—Calochortus Bonplandianus, Schult. fil. ; Fritillaria
purpurea, Kunth.
ENGRAVINGS.-Sweet Brit. Flow. Gard. 2nd ser. t. 20 ; and our fig.
5, in Plate 53, under the name of C. barbata.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Glaucous. Stem few-flowered. Leaves
acuminate, upper ones dilated at the base. Sepals acute, glabrous.
Petals blunt, ciliated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This species is nearly allied to C. lutea, as bulbs are in the like manner produced in the
axils of the leaves, but the segments of the perianth do not curve outwardly; and the sepals and petals are not
of the same colour, though they are both marked alike inside. It is a native of Mexico, and was introduced
in 1827.
GENUS IV.
CALOCHORTUS, Pursh. THE CALOCHORTUS.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.–Flowers erect, flattened, spreading. Sepals
glabrous, convolutely acuminate, Petals larger than the sepals, round,
flat; bearded in the centre, spotted and glabrous at the base. Style
none. Stigmas three. Capsule triangular, coriaceous. Seeds affixed
in a simple series, flat, testa corky. Bulb tunicated ; leaves convo-
lute-acuminate, rigid.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This genus differs from the preceding one, principally in being destitute of the honey
pit, and in the seeds, which åre flat and smooth, instead of being roundish and angular, as in Cyclobothra. The
species are natives of California, and, like the Cyclobothras, they flower at Midsummer; they are, however, more
tender than the species of that genus, and still more difficult to keep alive above two or three years.



Pl. 53
2
7
2
1
1 lålochothus macrocarpus 2 Spalochortus perusters. 3 Calochortus splendens tilalochoituslusens
5 bedohotkra barbabai bhydoboska allar 7 legolobotkua pulskella 8 Phnopaban Kareleri
.
UNID
le


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
255
66 The stems grow
1.-CALOCHORTUS VENUSTUS, Benth. THE BEAUTIFUL CALOCHORTUS.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Reg. t. 1669; and our fig. 2, in Plate 53. flowered. Sepals ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, much longer than the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem solid, few-flowered. Leaves linear, petals. Petals wedge-shaped, somewhat roundish, crisped at the
acuminate, convolute, stem-clasping. Peduncles very long, rigid, one- margin.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species, a native of California, introduced in 1833.
about two feet high, and are sparingly clothed with rather stiff, narrow, green leaves, which quickly roll up,
and
become sharp pointed when dry weather sets in. The flowers are placed on stiff stalks, and remain unexpanded
for several days; but they offer so broad a surface to the weather, that they are apt to be damaged and defaced
by storms of rain” (Bot. Reg. t. 1569). The culture of this plant resembles that of Cyclobothra alba.
Calochortus means handsome grass.
2.---CALOCHORTUS SPLENDENS, Benth. THE SPLENDID CALOCHORTUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1676; and our fig. 3, in Plate 53.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Stem 3-5-flowered. Sepals revolute. Petals somewhat unguiculate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The petals of this species (which was introduced from California in 1833) are distin-
)
guished by their being without spots, and by their being somewhat claw-shaped, that is, narrowish, and more
apart at the base. They also differ in the sepals, which are rolled back from the point; and in C. venustus
there is, just above the base of the petals, an oblong tuft of rather loose hairs, which gradually scatter themselves
over the petals for a short distance round the tuft; but in C. splendens the tuft is smaller, and composed of very
short fine hairs, collected into a compact oblong mass, almost resembling a wart, and separated by a smooth
interval from the scattered hairs of the petal, which are long and numerous. The culture is the same as of the
preceding species.
3.—CALOCHORTUS LUTEUS, Dougl. THE YELLOW CALOCHORTUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bet. Reg. t. 1597; and our fig. 4, in Plate. 53. volute, acuminate, shorter than the peduncles. Sepals round at the
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. --Seape generally three-flowered, leaves con- apex; petals wedge-shaped, rounded at the apex, bearded in the centre.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— A pretty species with yellow flowers, which has the merit of retaining its flowers
without fading for a week or ten days. It is a native of California, whence it was introduced by Douglas in
1831. It is quite hardy in the open border, where it flowers in September and October ; it succeeds best in a
northern aspect, and is grown in sandy peat.
4.-CALOCHORTUS MACROCARPUS, Dougl. THE LONG-FRUITED CALOCHORTUS.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1152; and our fig. 1, in Plate 53. very long, flat. Petals obovate cuneate, bearded at the base. Capsule
SpecifIC CHARACTER.—Scape 2-flowered. Sepals ovate-lanceolate, erect, linear-oblong.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very showy species, found by Douglas in the “ dry barren grounds round the great
-
falls of the Columbia," two hundred miles from the sea. It was introduced in 1826, and requires the same
treatment as the preceding species.
There are two other species, C. nitidus and C. elegans, both introduced in 1826 ; but both of which are lost.
They also are natives of California.

256
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
GENUS V.
RHINOPETALUM, Fisch. THE RHINOPETALUM.
m
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. -Perianth 6-parted, coloured, deciduous, Stamens 6, nearly equal; filaments conniving, bearded. Anthers
recurvedly patent; segments with a nectariferous pit at the base ; inserted at the base, erect. Ovary trigonal, 3-celled ; ovules many,
upper one drawn out into a helmet-like spur projecting forwards. obovate, ventricose, smooth, disposed in two series.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—There is only one species of this curious genus, which is distinguished by the projecting
spur on the upper petal, which gives rise to the name of Rhinopetalum, rhino signifying a snout; so that the
meaning of the name is Snout-petal. Style sub-filiform. Stigma undivided, truncate.
1.-RHINOPETALUM KARELINI, Fisch, MR. KARÉLINE'S RHINOPETALUM.
ENGRAVINGS. -Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd ser. t. 283; and our SPECIFIC CHARACTER.--Bulb composed of two or three broad fleshy
fig. 8, in Plate 53.
scales. Leaves lanceolate, sub-convolute. Flowers terminal, solitary.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A plant of no beauty, and only deserving culture for its singularity. The flowers are
solitary, and somewhat drooping. It was discovered by M. Karéline in the Ural, and sent by him to
Dr. Fischer at St. Petersburgh, by whom it was named. It was introduced in 1835, and would probably prove
hardy in this climate, did it not flower in January, which renders it necessary to afford it a little protection
during winter. It should be grown in equal parts of sandy peat and loam.
GENUS VI.
LILIUM, Lin.
THE LILY.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth campanulate, 6-parted ; segments the style. Capsule oblong, six-furrowed, three-sided. Seeds flat.
straight or revolute, connivent at the base, and furrowed longitudinally, Bulb scaly.
nectariferous, naked or ciliated at the margin. Stamens shorter than
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The lilies are so well known, and so universally admired, that it seems needless to give
any description of the genus. The flowers are large and showy; and the bulbs of all the species are scaly.
The name of lily is said by some to be taken from the Celtic word for white; and by others, from a Greek word,
signifying a tall stately flower. Most of the species are hardy; and they are all great favourites in gardens.
SECTION 1.— PERIANTH CAMPANULATE; SEGMENTS SESSILE.
1.–LILIUM CANDIDUM, Lin. THE WHITE LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.-- Bot. Mag. t. 278; and our fig. 2, in Plate 54.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves distant. Segments of the perianth glabrous within.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--This very splendid plant is one of the oldest flowers of our gardens; and it has long
,
been so much admired for its beauty and stateliness, the snowy whiteness of its flowers, and their fragrance, as



Pl. 54
SEL
Aux
32816
7
3
6
5
1 Silum bulbiferum i Silum candidum s Llium canadenses to Pileum sanadense par pubrum
5 Lilia mbalsiav 6 Lilium Buscharumi 7 Plum Philadelphicum. 8. Silum concolot:


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
257
to be quite without a rival. It is a native of Palestine, whence it was introduced long before the time of Gerard
(1596), as he speaks of it as an old and well-known flower. It is quite hardy, and will grow in any soil and
situation. There are several varieties, the most remarkable of which has the leaves striped.
2.-LILIUM LANCIFOLIUM, Sieb. THE LANCEOLATE-LEAVED LILY.
SYNONYME.-L. longiflorum, Hort.
alternate, lanceolate, glabrous, and somewhat stem-clasping. Perianth
ENGRAVINGS. -Paxt. Mag. of Bot.5, 267; and our fig. 2, in Plate 55. nodding ; segments recurved.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem angular, simple, l-flowered. Leaves
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very beautiful species from Japan, introduced in 1824, which is sometimes planted in
the open ground; but which, when this is the case, requires a slight protection during winter, so as to
preserve it dry, and give it a season of rest.
the tip.
3.-LILIUM JAPONICUM, Thunb. THE JAPAN LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1591; and our fig. 1, in Plate 55. glabrous. Perianth nodding; segments fleshy, recurvedly patent at
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape cylindrical, glabrous, 1-flowered.
Leaves ligular-lanceolate, attenuated at the point, 3—5 nerved,
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are large and bell-shaped, slightly curving upwards at the tip ;
and the stem is about two feet high. It is a native of China, whence it was introduced in 1804; and it requires
the same treatment as the preceding species.
a
4.--LILIUM BULBIFERUM, Lin. THE BULB-BEARING, OR COMMON ORANGE LILY.
SYNONYME.-L. aureum, the Gold-red Lily, Park.
in an umbel. Leaves lanceolate, sparse. Perianth erect; segments
ENGRAVINGS.–Bot. Mag. t. 36; and our fig. 1, in Plate 54; var. somewhat unguiculate, recurved at the tip, scabrous within. Bulbs
I. b. umbellatum, Bot. Mag. t. 1018.
frequently produced in the axils of the leaves.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape cylindrical, three-flowered. Flowers
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The common orange lily is so well known as to need no description. It will grow in
any soil or situation, though it prefers a rich soil to a poor one; and it may remain a great many years in the
ground without taking up.
taking up. When it is removed, it should be between the time of the stalks decaying in
September, and November; and the bulbs should not be kept long out of the ground. It will bear the smoke of
great cities without receiving any injury. It sometimes bears deformed flowers, in which case it should be taken
up and replanted in a better soil.
5.—LILIUM MONADELPHUM, Bieb. THE MONADELPHOUS, OR CAUCASIAN LILY.
SYNONYME.-L. orientale, Tourn.
a kind of raceme. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, numerous, almost in
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 1405 ; and our fig. 1, in Plate 57. whorls. Perianth nodding, somewhat revolute; segments curled back
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape many-flowered. Flowers disposed in at about half their length, connivent at the base.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species forms the connecting link between the lilies with the campanulate flowers, and
those with the flowers revolute; in the same way as L. bulbiferum formed the link between those with the
segments of the perianth close together, as in the white lily; and those with the segments unguiculate, as in
L. Catesbæi. The habit of growth of this species is that of the common Martagon or Turk’s-cap. It is a native
of Caucasus, and it was introduced in 1800. It is quite hardy, and requires the same culture as L. bulbiferum.
L L

258
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
OTHER SPECIES OF LILIUM BELONGING TO SECTION 1.
Most of the following species are in British gardens ; but they differ so little from others in the same section,
that I have not thought it necessary to describe them at length.
L. PEREGRINUM, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd Ser. t. 367.
With white flowers, a native of the Levant; introduced in 1596. Quite hardy.
L. NEPALENSE, Wall.
A native of Nepaul, with white flowers ; introduced in 1825.
L. LANCIFOLIUM, R. et 8.
White flowers, from Japan; introduced in 1824.
L. LONGIFLORUM, R. et S. ; L. SUAVEOLENS, Bot. Reg. t. 560.
White flowers, very sweet-scented, a native of Japan; introduced in 1819. Nearly allied to L. japonicum.
L. BUSCHIANUM, Lodd. Bot. Cab. t. 1628; and our fig. 6, in Plate 54 ; L. SIBIRICUM, Hort.
A native of Siberia, with orange flowers; introduced in 1829. Quite hardy.
L. CROCEUM, R. et S.
A native of the south of Europe, with saffron-coloured flowers.
L. LATIFOLIUM, Link.
A species nearly allied to L. bulbiferum, with orange flowers and broad leaves.
L. PUBESCENS, R. et S.
A species with orange flowers and downy leaves.
L. SPECTABILE, Fisch., Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 75; L. PENNSYLVANICUM, Catesby, Bot. Mag. t. 872;
L. DAURICUM, Ker.
A very handsome species, nearly allied to the common orange lily, but much more showy; the principal
differences between it and that species are—the segments of the perianth are more slender, the colours brighter,
the stem is only one-flowered, and both leaves and flowers are somewhat downy. It is generally called the
American orange lily, but it is also found wild in Siberia. It was introduced before 1745, as it flowered in that
year in Collinson's garden at Peckham. It is quite hardy, and requires the same culture as L. bulbiferum.
L. THUNBERGIANUM, R. et S., Bot. Reg. for 1839, t. 38, and our fig. 4, in Plate 55; L. AURANTIACUM, Sieb. ;
L. BULBIFERUM, Thunb. ; L. PHILADELPHICUM, Thunb.
A very handsome species, a native of Japan ; introduced in 1834, and requiring the same treatment as
L. japonicum.



N55.
1.
dock at the
3
1
1. Blum paponium. 2. Sebum/laneifolum. 3. Llum spesiasum. 4. Lilum Kambergranum
n.
UNIL
si
CHI


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
259
SECTION II.—COROLLAS CAMPANULATE; PETALS UNGUICULATE.
6.—LILIUM PHILADELPHICUM, Willd. THE PHILADELPHIAN LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 519; and our fig. 7, in Plate 54.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER. -Scape cylindrical, 2-flowered. Perianth erect, segments distinct at the base. Leaves lanceolate-verticillate. .
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, bearing considerable resemblance to the L. pennsylvanicum
of Catesby. The bulbs of this species are small and white, and they produce each a single stem bearing two
flowers. The leaves are lanceolate, and they are produced in whorls. This species was first discovered by
Mr. John Bartram, of Philadelphia, and it was sent by him to this country in 1757; where it was first cultivated
by Miller, at Chelsea. It requires a little protection in severe weather.
7.-LILIUM CATESBÆI, Lin. MR. CATESBY'S LILY.
SYNONYME.-L. spectabile, Salis.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape cylindrical, slender, 1-flowered. Peri-
ENGRAVINGS.--Bot. Mag. t. 259; and our fig. 5, in Plate 54. anth erect, spreading. Segments distant at the base, undulated on the
margin, attenuated, somewhat revolute.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This very curious plant is not more than a foot high, and the bulb is very small. The
flower is, however, large and handsome. It is a native of South Carolina, whence it was sent to England in
1787. It is rather tender, and left in the open ground during winter it should be protected by a covering of
dead leaves or tan.
SECTION III.-COROLLAS REVOLUTE.
-
8.-LILIUM CANADENSE, Lin. THE CANADIAN LILY.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 800; and our fig. 3, in Plate 54.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem cylindrical, slender, green, 1-12-flow-
VARIETY.-L. c. 2 rubrum, Bot. Mag. t. 858 ; and our fig. 4, ered. Leaves lanceolate, 3-nerved, slightly hairy below, remotely
in Plate 54.
verticillate. Perianth nodding, segments connivent at the base, dis-
tinct, spreading, and slightly recurved at the tip.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species, which is very handsome, was brought to this country from France before
1629; having been sent to that country from Canada. It is found in great abundance throughout all the
provinces of North America which lie north of the Alleghany mountains. It flowers in England in July and
August, and in this country it should be grown in bog earth, in a somewhat moist and shady situation. It
produces abundance of bulbs, “ which are of a creeping nature, and in very severe winters these are sometimes
destroyed, unless protected by a covering of ashes or old tan.” The variety is larger in all its parts, and the
flowers are of a deep orange
red.
9.-LILIUM CONCOLOR, Salis. THE ONE-COLOURED LILY.
SYNONYMES.— L. bulbiferum, Lin.; L. Philadelphicum, Thun. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, vil-
Chinese orange Lily.
losely ciliated. Raceme terminate, few-flowered ; pedicels axillary,
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1165; and our fig. 8, in Plate 54. very long. Perianth erect, revolutely campanulate, segments oblong-
lanceolate, patent, reflexed.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very handsome species, from the brilliant colour of the flowers, which, though small,
L L 2

260
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
are elegantly formed. It is a native of China, from which country it was introduced in 1806. In England it
is a greenhouse plant, which only requires protection during winter, and may be plunged in the open ground in
May to flower in June and July.
10.-LILIUM SPECIOSUM, Lin.
THE SHOWY LILY.
SYNONYME. -L. superbum, Thunb.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 2000; Paxt. Mag. of Bot. 5, p. 1; and
our fig. 3, in Plate 55.
VARIETIES.L. s. 2 Kæmpferi. G. D. The flowers are rosy purple.
L. S. 3 Tametomo, Sieb.; L. eximium, Hort. Flowers white.
L. S. 4, punctatum, G. D. Flowers spotted.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Scape cylindrical, 145-flowered. Leaves
ovate-lanceolate, 5-nerved. Perianth somewhat nodding, segments
reflex.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a most magnificent species, and the varieties, though very distinct, are almost
equally handsome. The species is remarkable, as Dr. Lindley observes, not only “ on account of the clear, deep
rose-colour of its flowers, which are all rugged with rubies and garnets, and sparkling with crystal points, but it
has the sweet fragrance of a Petunia.” It is a native of Japan, whence it was introduced in 1833. It is
generally considered only half-hardy, but it does best planted in the open ground, and the bulbs protected, so as
to keep them dry, by hand-glasses, &c., during winter. I saw L. eximium beautifully in flower in the open
ground in Lawson's nursery, Edinburgh, September 3, 1841. Neither species nor the varieties ever flower well
unless they have abundance of room for their roots.
11.-LILIUM SUPERBUM, Lin. THE SUPERB LILY.
-
SYNONYMES.--L. carolinianum, Michx.; Martagon canadense, SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Bulb very white. Scape 3—15-flowered.
Trew.
Leaves linear-lanceolate, 3-nerved. Perianth nodding, segments
ENGRAVING3.—Bot. Mag. t. 936 ; Red. Lil. t. 103; and our fig. 2, revolute-reflexed.
in Plate 56.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this showy plant when in a wild state seldom exceed three, which are
produced “in a kind of umbel ; but when cultivated carefully and kept in a moist, shady border of bog earth,
the stem will rise to the height of five feet, and it will produce a thyrse of from twelve to fifteen flowers.” It is
without fragrance ; its bulb is remarkably white. It is a native of North America, whence it was introduced
by Mr. Collinson in 1738; and it is quite hardy in British gardens.
.
>
12.—LILIUM MARTAGON, Lin. THE MARTAGON, OR TURK’S-CAP LILY.
SYNONYMES.-L. sylvestre, Chis.; L. montauum, Bauh. ; Mar- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Stem cylindrical, robust, many-flowered.
tagon imperiale, Park; Turnagain Gentleman.
Leaves obovate-lanceolate, verticillate. Perianth somewhat nodding;
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 893; t. 1634; Eng. Bot. t. 2799 ; segments revolutely reflexed.
and our fig. 3, in Plate 56.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A great many varieties of this species are common in British gardens, twelve of which
are named in books, but as they are not very distinct I have not thought it worth while to describe them. They
are all tall plants, varying from three to five feet in height, with long, erect racemes of flowers, varying in colour
from a reddish purple to white. The leaves of all the kinds are harsh and coarse, the flowers glossy, and of a
fleshy texture. They are natives of England and Germany, and the species is one of the oldest garden flowers of
which we have any record.



Pl. 56
5
19
3
2
2011
4
3.
6
7
8
1. Lilium Tigrinum_2, Filium superbum_3
. Sileum Martagon
4 Selum barolinianum _5 Silum tenuifolum_6. Lilium Pomponium.
7 Lilium autumnale. _8. Littum bhalcedonicum.
UNID
OF


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
261
13.-LILIUM PYRENAICUM, Gouan. THE PYRENEAN LILY.
SYNONYMES.—L. Pomponium B, Ker; L. flavum, Tourn. ; L. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves lanceolate-linear, single. Perianth
montanum B, Clus.
nodding, segments revolutely reflexed, papillose within.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 798; and our fig. 6, in Plate 56, under
the name of L. Pomponium.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-A handsome species, which is easily distinguished from the common Martagon lily by its
leaves, which are not in whorls, and by the small watery blisters inside its flowers. It is a native of the
Pyrenees, whence it was introduced before 1596, and it is quite hardy in British gardens.
-
14.-LILIUM CHALCEDONICUM, Lin. THE CHALCEDONIAN LILY, OR SCARLET MARTAGON.
SYNONYMES.-L. Byzantinum, Bauh. ; Red Martagon of Constan- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Scape 1-6-flowered. Leaves lanceolate, en-
tinople, Park; Scarlet Turnagain Gentleman.
folding the stem. Perianth nodding, segments revolute-reflexed.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 30; and our fig. 8, in Plate 56.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The scarlet Martagon is a common flower in every garden, from its great hardiness and
the brilliant colour of its flowers, which are produced in great abundance even when the plant is grown in a
smoky atmosphere. It was first received in England before 1594 from Constantinople, and hence it has been
supposed to be a native of Persia, or Turkey, but it is in fact from Hungary. The only care it requires in its
cultivation is, when the plants become deformed, to remove them to a better soil; taking care not to disturb the
bulbs till the stems have begun to wither.
OTHER SPECIES OF LILIUM.
L. ANDINUM, Nut.; L. UMBELLATUM, Pursh ; L. PHILADELPHICUM B ANDINUM, Bot. Reg. t. 504; and our
fig. 7, in Plate 56, under the name of L, autumnale.
A showy hardy plant, a native of the Andes; introduced in 1811; and flowering in August and September.
L. CAROLINIANUM, Ker; Bot. Reg. t. 580 ; and our fig. 4, in Plate 56.
A native of Carolina, introduced in 1820 ; quite hardy in British gardens.
L. PUMILUM, Bot. Reg. t. 133 ; and our fig. 3, in Plate 57; L. LINIFOLIUM, Hort.
A dwarf species, a native of Siberia, introduced in 1816; quite hardy.
L. ATROSANGUINEUM, Sieb.
A Japan species, nearly allied to L. speciosum, and requiring the same treatment; introduced in 1835.
L. TIGRINUM, Bot. Mag. t. 1237; and our fig. 1, in Plate 56.
A native of China, introduced in 1804 ; flowering in September and October, but quite hardy in British
gardens.
L. CORUSCANS, Hort.
Probably a variety of L. speciosum.
L. TENUIFOLIUM, Bieb. ; Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard., 2nd Ser. t. 275 ; and our fig. 5, in Plate 56.
A native of Caucasus, introduced in 1820 ; quite hardy.

262
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
L. POMPONIUM, Lin.; L. P. RUBRUM, Bot. Mag. t. 971; and our fig. 2, in Plate 57.
A native of Siberia ; introduced before 1629, and a common flower in British gardens, for its hardiness and
the easiness of its culture.
L. PULCHELLUM, Fisch.
A native of Siberia, introduced in 1829.
To these may be added
LILIUM PUDICUM, Pursh. ; AMBLIRION PUDICUM, Raf.
A dwarf plant with yellow flowers, found on the banks of the Mississippi, and introduced in 1825.
L. KAMSCHATCENSE, Lin. Trans. 10, t. 11; A. KAMSCHATCENSE, G. Don.
A species with purple flowers, introduced in 1759.
OBSERVATIONS ON THE LILIES.—In the preceding pages I have followed the latest botanical arrangement, but
a more popular one would have been to class the lilies as the hardy and the tender; and this mode of arrange-
ment is the one most convenient to follow with regard to culture.
The hardy lilies, such as the white, the orange, and the Martagon or Turk’s-cap, all require very little care
from the gardener. The principal thing indeed to be attended to, is to forbear disturbing them too often. All
these kinds, when once planted, should be left as long as possible untouched ; unless they begin to bear deformed
flowers, which they often do, and which is a proof that they are suffering from too much moisture, or some other
cause, and that they require taking up, and replanting in a different soil. When from this cause or any other
it is found necessary to remove any kind of hardy lilies, the bed or border in which they are to be replanted
should be prepared beforehand by draining, and making the soil a deep, rich loam. In this the bulbs should be
planted from three to five inches deep, according to their size, as soon as possible after taking them up, as they
will be spoiled if they are allowed to get thoroughly dry. The bulbs should be taken up only in autumn, after
they have done flowering, and are in a perfectly dormant state.
The tender lilies, such as L. japonicum, L. longiflorum, and L. speciosum, seem to have puzzled gardeners
very much, as quite different methods of treatment are recommended for them. I have been told by some
gardeners that they will never flower well in pots; and by others, that they will not flower if planted in the
free ground. Some persons recommend shade and moisture, and others an open situation, exposed to the full
influence of the sun and air. In this diversity of opinion, I have thought it safest to copy the following passage
from Pawton's Magazine of Botany for August ; as it is generally allowed that there cannot be a better authority
than that of Mr. Paxton for all matters connected with culture :-
“Of Lilium speciosum and its allies, we have recently declared our opinion, from several instances of which
we are cognizant, that they grow too grossly and luxuriantly if planted in the border of a partially shaded house.
As we find the plan likely to prevail, and since it seems to be a common impression that they succeed best in a
Camellia-house, or one which has a western aspect, we feel called upon to re-affirm what we have before stated,
and show how these plants are spoiled by shade,
“Planted in a border which is inevitably twelve or fourteen feet from the glass, and more or less screened from
the sun's rays by the surrounding Camellias; from the moment they appear above the ground to the period of
their flowering, there is an unnatural effort maintained to reach the top of the house. Hence, by the month of



No 57
IK
IN
To
3
1Shum monadelphum 2. Pileum Pomponium zubum & Plum pumilium
UNIL
30F


OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
263
66
a
July, the stems are considerably higher than the tallest person, and, wanting proportionate strength and foliage,
this is a very displeasing characteristic in Lilies. The flowers, then, when they are developed, lack colour in
the more richly mottled varieties, and are too remote from each other and from the spectator in all.
Turning to the converse case, if the plants are confined to pots, and retained in a house with a southerly
aspect, they can be placed close to the glass throughout their entire growth ; and perfection in height, in the
arrangement, number, size, and colouring of the flowers, will be readily attained. The height, under such
congenial treatment, will be from two feet to two feet six inches; the flowers will be from ten to twelve in a
group on a single stem ; the hues most gorgeous ; and the whole a model of bealth and beauty. Should it be
thought that our opinions on the subject are merely supposititious, we must distinctly say, that having often
observed plants in both the states and circumstances noted, our description of them is quite accurate.
“ When proximity to the glass occasions excessive evaporation from the soil in which the species are grown, it
is useful to spread over the top of the earth a layer of moss, an inch or more in thickness. The practice is
adopted, though not for the purpose suggested, at Mr. Low's, Clapton, and it is found that the roots rise through
the soil into the moss, and are there both easily supplied with water, and nearer the atmospheric influences.
On the moss becoming filled with roots, a little soil or other moss can be placed above it, thus encouraging the
most valuable rootlets to range near the surface; the importance of which is appreciated by every scientific
culturist.
“Our objections to cultivating the Japan Lilies in a border, do not, of course, extend to the open ground. The
main difference between the two situations is that while in the bed of a Camellia-house only vertical light should
be received, which would unavoidably draw' the plants towards the point at which it enters; in an exposed
border, the plants would be encompassed with light, the comparatively equal attraction of which on all sides
would counteract the tendency to grow to a great perpendicular height, and impel them to the expansion of
lateral branches when in a much dwarfer state. The distinction here made is of immense moment in the culture
of tender exotics, and involves consequences which are daily ensuring fresh attention.”
6
GENUS VII.
ERYTHRONIUM, Lin. DOG’S-TOOTH VIOLET.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.--Perianth superior, 6-parted, campanulate ; segments reflexed to half their length ; three of them having two
callosities inside at the base. Capsule subglobose. Seeds oblong.
DESCRIPTION, &c.--All the species of dog's-tooth violet are remarkable for their deeply-reflexed segments,
which are so completely turned back as to present a very singular appearance. They are natives of Europe and
America. The name of Erythronium is derived from a Greek word signifying red.
1.-ERYTHRONIUM DENS CANIS, Lin. THE COMMON DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET
VARIETIES.-E. D. 2 longiflorum; E. D. 3 albiflorum,Swt. Brit.Flow. | Brit. Flow. Gard. 2d Ser. t. 76 ; and our fig. 3 in Plate 58.
Gard, t. 71 f. 6.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves obovate. Segments of the perianth
ENGRAVINGS. —Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 71 ; Bot. Mag. t. 5 ; Swt. lanceolate, and conniving at the bage.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The dog's-tooth violet is a plant that varies exceedingly in colour, from purple to a pale
pink, and to white. The species is a native of the south of Europe, whence it was introduced before 1596. It
а.

264
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
is quite hardy in British gardens, but it should be grown in a soft loamy soil, and in a shady situation. When
once planted, the bulbs should never be removed, unless absolutely necessary; and when they are taken up, they
should be replanted as soon as possible, as if suffered to shrink they will rot and soon decay. The plants should
be always arranged in patches, and not planted singly ; in order that the flowers may produce a good effect,
which they never do when planted singly.
;
-
a
2.- ERYTHRONIUM AMERICANUM, Ker. THE AMERICAN DOGʻS-TOOTH VIOLET.
SYNONYMES.-E. lanceolatum, Pursh ; E. Dens canis, Micha. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate. Segments of the perianth
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1113.
lanceolate, obtusely dilated at the base. Germen subglobose.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species has yellow flowers. It is a native of North America, where it is found from
.
Canada to Virginia, in woods, near the roots of old trees, and on the banks of rivulets ; it is also found on the
banks of the Missouri. There is a variety with brown spots at the base of the flower. Both kinds require
the same culture as the preceding species.
3.- ERYTHRONIUM GRANDIFLORUM, Pursh. THE LARGE-FLOWERED DOG'S-TOOTH VIOLET.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Reg. t. 1786 ; and our fig. 4, in Plate 58.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves linear-lanceolate. Segments of the perianth lanceolate, subunguiculate, acute; ovary oblong.
DESCRIPTION, &c.- The flowers of this species are nearly twice the size of those of the other kinds, and of a
pale yellow. The species is a native of North America, whence it was introduced in 1825, and it requires the
same treatment as the preceding kinds.
OTHER SPECIES OF ERYTHRONIUM. ·
E. ALBIDUM, Nutt.
The flowers are white. The species is a native of North America, and it was introduced in 1825. It is
quite hardy.
E. GIGANTEUM, Bot. Reg.
This species is of a very large size.
CHAPTER VIII.
MELANTHACEÆ.
Seeds
ESSENTIAL CHARACTER.---Perianth inferior, 3-parted, or tubular from
the cohesion of the claws of the segments. Stamens 6, anthers generally
turned outwards. Ovary 3-celled, many-seeded. Style trifid, or 3-
parted; stigmas undivided. Capsule generally in three parts.
with a membraneous testa; albumen dense, fleshy. (R. Br.)
a
DESCRIPTION, &C.-The Colchicum is the type of this order, and bulbous-rooted plants included in it generally
have their flowers arising from under the surface of the ground. They have also, in most cases, showy flowers.
Many new genera have lately been made from the plants included in this order; but in most cases I have retained
the old names, as being those by which the plants are most generally known.

OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
265
GENUS I.
BULBOCODIUM, Lin. THE BULBOCODIUM,
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-Perianth funnel-shaped ; 6-parted. Segments narrow, stamen-bearing. Capsule superior.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The plants belonging to this genus bear a strong resemblance to the different kinds of
Crocus and Colchicum.
1.---BULBOCODIUM VERNUM, Lin. THE SPRING BULBOCODIUM.
SYNONYMES.-Colchicum vernum, Bauh.; Meadow saffron of the spring, Park.
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 153 ; and our fig. 8 in Plate 58. SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves lanceolate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.— This pretty little plant is a native of Spain, introduced before 1629. It
resembles a Colchicum, except in its time of flowering, which is in spring, instead of autumn. It is quite hardy.
very much
2.-BULBOCODIUM VERSICOLOR, Spreng. THE CHANGEABLE BULBOCODIUM.
SYNONYME.-Colchicum versicolor, Ker.
ENGRAVING.--Bot. Reg. t. 571. SPECIFIC CHARACTER. —Leaves four, glabrous, spiral. Flowers small. Style one.
DESCRIPTION, &C.-A dwarf plant, with very small purplish flowers; a native of the Crimea ; introduced
in 1820.
GENUS II.
COLCHICUM, Lin. THE COLCHICUM,
THE COLCHICUM, OR MEADOW SAFFRON.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.-- Flowers enfolded in a spathe. Perianth 6-parted, with a tube proceeding directly from the root.
Anthers incumbent. Capsules three, connected, inflated.
DESCRIPTION, &c.-All the kinds of Colchicum bear so strong a resemblance to the different kinds of Crocus,
as to be undistinguishable by a common observer. They are, however, so different in the eyes of botanists as to
be placed widely apart, not only according to the system of Linnæus, but even in the natural system. The
principal difference, however, consists in the stamens, of which there are three in the Crocus, and six in the
Colchicum ; many more flowers are also produced from each bulb of the latter; in most other respects the plants
are nearly alike. All the kinds of Colchicum yet known are European or Asiatic; and none have yet been found
in America, Africa, or Australia. They all possess strong medicinal properties, and are poisonous if used to
The name of Colchicum is derived from Colchis, where the plant grows in abundance.
excess.
1.–COLCHICUM AUTUMNALE, Lin. THE COMMON OR AUTUMNAL CROCUS.
ENGRAVING. - Eng. Bot. t. 133.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.–Leaves flat, lanceolate, erect.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This species is the one generally used in medicine for the gout and rheumatism ; and it
is said to be the principal ingredient in the celebrated eau médicinale of the French. It has, however, been found
мм

266
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN
a
poisonous to some constitutions; and as several persons have died from taking it, the use of the medicine has been
prohibited in France, though it is still allowed in England. In gardens it is a pretty border flower, and though
it has rather a naked appearance from the want of leaves, it is valuable from its flowers appearing at a time when
there are few others in our gardens. This Colchicum is also valuable on account of the great number of flowers
produced; six or eight springing from each bulb. The plants are quite hardy in British gardens, and are, indeed,
frequently found wild in this country. There is a very pretty variety with white flowers, and another with the
flowers double.
2.-COLCHICUM BYZANTINUM, Park. THE BYZANTINE, OR BROAD-LEAVED COLCHICUM.
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag. t. 1122.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.—Leaves five, ovate-oblong, very broad. Flowers very numerous.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is remarkable for the great size of its bulb, which is as large as a man's fist ;
for the extraordinary breadth of its leaves, which are sometimes six inches across; and for the abundance of its
from sixteen to twenty generally springing from each bulb. The flowers appear in autumn, and when
they fade they are succeeded by the leaves, which are in perfection in May. The species was introduced from
Constantinople before 1629, but though very hardy and very showy, it is seldom seen in gardens.
flowers,
3.-COLCHICUM VARIEGATUM, Ker. THE VARIEGATED COLCHICUM.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 1028; and our fig. 1 in Plate 58.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-- Leaves wavy, spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—The flowers of this species are curiously variegated. It is a native of Greece, and was
a
introduced before 1629. It is quite hardy, but it is seldom seen in British gardens.
OTHER SPECIES OF COLCHICUM.
C. CROCIFLORUM, Bot. Mag. t. 2673; and our fig. 2 in Plate 58.
The flowers of this species, which is occasionally found wild in Britain, resemble those of a crocus.
C. CHIONENSE, Haw.
The flowers are purple, and the plant is a native of Chio.
C. ALPINUM, Dec.
A species with purple flowers, found on the Apennines, and introduced in 1820.
C. ARENARIUM, Spreng.
A native of Hungary, with lilac flowers; introduced in 1816.
C. UMBROSUM, Fisch.
A species with lilac flowers; a native of the woods of Siberia ; introduced in 1820.
C. TESSELLATUM, Mil.
A species nearly allied to C. variegatum ; introduced from the south of Europe in 1600.
.
C. MONTANUM, Spreng.
A species with lilac flowers; introduced from the south of Europe in 1818.



OF ORNAMENTAL BULBOUS PLANTS.
267
GENUS III.
MERENDERA, Bieb.
THE MERENDERA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.—Perianth funnel-shaped, 6-parted ; segments on very long claws; stamens inserted in them above the claws.
DESCRIPTION, &C.-There is only one species. The name of Merendera was originally given to the Colchicum,
and it has been applied to this plant on account of its resemblance to the colchicums.
1.-MERENDERA CAUCASICA, Bieb. THE CAUCASIAN MERENDERA.
SYNONYMES.-Bulbocodium trigynum, Adams ; Colchicum cau- SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Anthers versatile. Leaves lanceolate-linear,
casicum, Spreng.
spreading. Flowers rising with the leaves.
ENGRAVINGS.Bot. Mag. t. 3690 ; and our fig. 6, in Plate 58.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very pretty little plant, distinguished from the colchicumis by the leaves and flowers
&
rising at the same time. It is a native of Caucasus, introduced in 1823.
a
GENUS IV.
WURMBEA, Willd. THE WURMBEA.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA MONOGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER.---Perianth 6-parted, with an hexangular tube. Filaments inserted in the throat. Styles conniving. Capsule oblong,
3-cornered. Seeds round.
1.-WURMBEA PURPUREA, Ait. THE PURPLE WURMBEA.
SYNONYMES.-W. capensis, And.; W. campanulata B, Willd. ; SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Spike oblong, many-flowered. Leaves con-
Melanthium spicatum, Houtt.
volutely channelled, attenuated. Perianth star-like, segments linear-
ENGRAVINGS.-Bot. Mag. t. 694; Bot. Rep. t. 221.
subulate, spreading.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—A very singular little plant, with a spike of very dark purple flowers. It is a native of
the hills near Groene-Kloof, at the Cape of Good Hope. It was introduced in 1788, and requires the same
treatment as an Ixia.
a
OTHER SPECIES OF WURMBEA.
W. CAMPANULATA, Willd. ; MELANTHIUM MONOPETALUM, Bot. Mag. t. 1292.
Has white flowers. It was found with the preceding species, and introduced at the same time.
W. PUMILA, Willd.
A dwarf species, with white flowers, introduced 1800.
W. LONGIFLORA, Willd.
This species has also white flowers.

268
THE LADIES' FLOWER-GARDEN.
GENUS V.
MELANTHIUM, Lin. THE MELANTHIUM.
Lin. Syst. HEXANDRIA TRIGYNIA.
GENERIC CHARACTER. - Perianth 6-parted, spreading; segments glands at the base. Capsule subovate, sub-trifid at the apex, 3-celled.
equal, unguiculate ; unguis stamiferis, segments furnished with two Seeds numerous, and furnished with a membranaceous wing.
DESCRIPTION, &C.--A genus of pretty little plants, from which several new genera have been formed.
C.A
The
name of Melanthium is derived from two Greek words, signifying a black flower. Most of the species are
natives of the Cape of Good Hope.
L.
1.-MELANTHIUM JUNCEUM, Willd. THE RUSH-LEAVED MELANTHIUM,
SYNONYMES.-M. triquetrum, Lin.; Phalangium, Houtt.
SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves linear-subulate; upper ones dilated at
|
ENGRAVING.-Bot. Mag, t. 558.
the base. Spike flexuose; segments of the perianth unguiculate.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This is a very beautiful little Cape plant, having very much the appearance of a small
Ixia. The flowers are stained within with some dark crimson spots, which look almost black, and hence the
name of the genus, which signifies “ black flowers." This species was brought from the Cape of Good Hope in
1788; and it is generally kept in the greenhouse, as it requires protection during winter.
-
2.-—MELANTHIUM UNIFLORUM, Willd. THE ONE-FLOWERED MELANTHIUM.
SYNONYMES.-M. ciliatum, Jacq. ; Kolbea Breyniana, Rom. et SPECIFIC CHARACTER.-Leaves broad-subulate, channelled, stem-
Schul.
clasping. Flowers few. Perianth erect. Segments distinct, diverging.
ENGRAVINGS.—Bot. Mag. t. 767; and our fig. 7, in Plate 58. Ovary columnar, style very short, stigma obsolete.
DESCRIPTION, &c.—This plant is a very singular one. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope, whence it
was introduced in 1787; and it requires the same treatment as an Ixia.
OTHER SPECIES OF MLANTHIUM.
M. VIRIDE, Bot. Mag, t. 994; ORNITHOGLOSSUM VIRIDE, Sal.
This is a little plant with green flowers, a native of the Cape ; introduced in 1788.
M. UNDULATUM; O. UNDULATUM, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 131; and our fig. 5, in Plate 58.
This species is distinguished by its waved leaves. It is a native of the Cape, and was introduced in 1825. It
should be kept in a pot in a greenhouse, and grown
in
very sandy loam.
It flowers in August and September.
a
M. EUCOMOIDES, Bot. Mag. t. 641; ANDROCYMBIUM EUCOMOIDES, Swt. Brit. Flow. Gard. t. 165.
A very singular plant, of no beauty, resembling a Massonia, introduced in 1794, and flowering in March.
M. SECUNDUM, Lam.; M. CAPENSE, Willd.; and M. CILIATUM, Thun.
All Cape species with white, purple, and brown and yellow flowers, are also mentioned in the Plant Catalogues ;
as are M. GRAMINEUM, Willd., a native of Barbary; and M. PHALANGIOIDES, W., from Carolina, both with white
flowers.

INDEX TO THE GENERA.
ENGLISH AND BOTANIC NAMES.
Acis, 182
Ajax, 167, 170
Adamsia, 189
Albuca, 189
Aletris, 185
Allium, 232
Amancaes, 164
Amaryllidaceæ, 113
Amaryllis, 125
Ammocharis, 141
Anisanthus, 41
Anomatheca, 31
Antholyza, 39
Asphodelaceæ, 187
Assaracus, 167, 173
Atamasco Lily, 117
Autumnal Crocus, 104
Common Tulip, 247
Conanthera, 240
Cooperia, 113
Corbularia, 167, 168
Corn-flag, 47
Corms, 2
Crown Imperial, 252
Crinum, 149
Crocus, 99
Culture of Anomatheca, 32
Culture of Cape Bulbs, 72
Culture of Corms or solid Bulbs, 33
Culture of the Ferraria, 23
Culture of the Guernsey Lily, 132
Culture of the Hyacinth, 212
Culture of the Tiger-flower, 26
Culture of the Tulip, 247
Cummingia, 241
Curculago, 112
Cyanella, 238
Cyclobothra, 253
Cypella, 15
Cyrtanthus, 152
Ganymedes, 168, 173
Garlic, 232
Gastronema, 155
Geissorhiza, 91
Gethyllis, 184
Gladiolus, 47
Gladiolus cardinalis, 56
Golden Lily, 120
Grape Hyacinth, 222
Grand Monarque, 178
Grand Primo Citroniere, 178
Great Jonquil, 175
Griffinia, 144
Guernsey Lily, 130
Babiana, 33
Barnardia, 203
Bazelman major, 178
Bazelman minor, 178
Belladonna Lily, 125
Bellevalia, 222
Bessera, 188
Blood Flower, 145
Botanical construction of the lris, 6
Brodiæa, 186
Brunsvigia, 142
Bulbocodium, 265
Bulbous Violet, 183
Bulbs, nature of, 2
Buphane, 140
Butter and Eggs, 175
Byzantine Squill, 208
Daffodil, 167, 170
Daubenia, 231
Diomedes, 167, 172, 174
Dog's-tooth Violet, 262
Drimia, 230
Habranthus, 120
Hæmanthus, 145
Harebell, 205
Haylockia, 116
Helena, 167
Herbertia, 15
Hermione, 168, 178
Hesperantha, 89
Hesperoscordum, 242
Heasea, 138
Hexaglottis, 22
Hippeastrum, 126
Homeria, 19
Hoop Petticoat, 168, 189
Hungarian Squill, 209
Hyacinths, 206
Hyacinth, 212
Hybrid Gladioli, 64
Hybridizing, 56
Hymenocallis, 163
Hypoxis, 108
Erinosma, 181
Eriospermum, 231
Erythronium, 264
Eucomis, 231
Eucrosia, 159
Eurycles, 160
Evening Flower, 89
Calliprora, 187
Calochortus, 254
Calostemma, 159
Camassia, 187
Carpolyza, 140
Cape Crinum, 150
Cape Crocus, 184
Cape Hyacinth, 207
Chalcedonian Iris, 9
Chinese Squill, 203
Chlidanthus, 157
Chloraster, 168
Choretis, 136
Cloth-of-gold Crocus, 102
Coburghia, 151
Colchicum, 264
Common Corn-flag, 57
Fading of flowers, to prevent, 35
Ferraria, 23
Flag-flower,
Flame Lily, 129
Fleur de Lis, 5
Flower de Luce, 5
French Tulip, 246
Fritillaria, 250
Fritillary, 250
Illus, 167, 173
Imhofia, 138
Introduction, 1
Iris, 5
Ismene, 164
Italian Corn-flag, 66
Italian Narcissus, 179
Italian Squill, 209
Ixia, 80
Ixiolirion, 136
Gagea, 202
Galanthus, 180
Galaxia. 28
Jacobaan Lily, 128
Japan Lily, 257
Jonquilla, 167
Jonquil, 176

270
INDEX.
Knight's Star Lily, 127
Lachenalia, 225
Lapeyrousia, 29
Leucocoryne, 243
Leucojum, 181, 182, 183
Liliaceæ, 244
Lilies, 256
Lilium, 256
Lloydia, 204
Lycoris, 129
Peruvian Swamp-lily, 119
Petamenes, 42
Phalocallis, 16
Phycella, 143
Phylogyne, 168, 175
Plaid Ixia, 91
Poet's Narcissus, 177
Polyanthus Narcissus, 178
Portuguese Squill, 210
Primo Citronière, 178
Primrose Peerless, 176
Puschkinia, 188
Pyrolirion, 129
Star of Bethlehem, 192
Starry Tulip, 245
Stenbergia, 114
Stenomesson, 158
Streptanthera, 94
Strumaria, 137
Summer Snowflake, 183
Swamp Lily, 117
Synnotia, 67
Quamash, 187
Queen Anne's Jonquil, 175
Queltia, 167, 174
Martagon Lily, 260
Massonia, 231
Meadow Saffron, 265
Melanthaceae, 264
Melanthium, 268
Melasphærula, 88
Merendera, 267
Milla, 243
Missouri Hyacinth, 242
Mock Narcissus, 174
Morea, 10
Morphixia, 87
Mountain Spiderwort, 204
Muscari, 222
Musk Hyacinth, 223
Myogalum, 205
Tassel Hyacinth, 223
Tazetta Narcissus, 178
Tiger-flower, 26
Tigridia, 26
Tile-root, 91
Trichonema, 96
Triteleia, 241
Tritonia, 72
Tros, 167, 174
True Narcissus, 176
Tulipa, 244
Tulip, 244
Tunicated Bulbs, 2
Turk’s-Cap, 260
Turnagain Gentleman, 260
Rhinopetalum, 256
Ribbon-flower, 95
Rigidella, 27
Roman Narcissus, 179
Roman Squill, 222
Rush Daffodil, 173
Russian Snowdrop, 180
Urceolina, 157
Urginea, 201
Uropetalon, 221
Narcissus, 167, 168
Nerinè, 130
Nonsuch Narcissus, 175
Nosegay Narcissus, 178
Vallota, 156
Van Thol Tulip, 247
Veltheimia, 185
Vieusseuxia, 17
Viper Gladiolus, 58
Oileus, 167
Onion of the West, 242
Oporanthus, 115
Orange Lily, 257
Origin of the name of Lapeyrousia, 29
Orithyia, 204
Ornithogalum, 189, 192
Orrice-root, 6
Saffron, 104
St. Agnes' Flower, 181
Scaly Bulbs, 2
Sceptranthus, 116
Schizanthes, 168, 175
Sicilian Tulip, 246
Scilla, 201, 206
Scotch Crocus, 101
Sea Daffodil, 161
Sea Onion, 201
Siberian Squill, 207
Snake's-head Iris, 9
Snowdrop, 180
Snowflake, 181, 182, 183.
Soleil-d'or, 178
Spanish Hyacinth, 220
Spanish Nut, 10
Spanish Squill, 206
Sparaxis, 68
Spatalanthus, 95
Sphærosphora, 66
Sprekelia, 128
Spring Crocus, 100
Spring Snowflake, 181
Squill, common, 201
Starch Hyacinth, 224
Wachendorfia, 106
Watsonia, 42
White Lily, 256
Wild Hyacinth, 205
Wild Tulip, 246
Wurmbea, 267
Xiphium, 6
Pale Daffodil, 176
Pancratium, 161
Paper-white Narcissus, 179
Parrot Gladiolus, 60
Peacock Iris, 17
Persian Iris, 8
Peruvian Squill, 210
Yellow Amaryllis, 115
Yellow Crocus, 103
Zephyranthes, 117
THE END.
London: Printed by STEWART and MURRAY, Old Bailey.
n




UNIVERSITY OF MICHIGAN
3 9015 02713 7796

BOUND
NOV 30 1936
UNIV. ICH
LIBRARY
co